As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Cedar Fair, L.P.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware    7990    34-1560655

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation

or organization)

   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification
Code Number)
   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Canada’s Wonderland Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Canada   7990   98-0524175
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Magnum Management Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Ohio   7990   34-6525545
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
 

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification

Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

 

SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

 

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants’ principal executive offices)

 

 

Duffield Milkie

Vice President and General Counsel

Cedar Fair, L.P.

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With a copy to:

Risë B. Norman, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017-3954

Telephone: (212) 455-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange offer: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, please check the following box.     ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      x      Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer      ¨    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

 

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of each class of securities to be registered   Amount to be
registered
 

Proposed

maximum
offering price

per Note

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate
offering price(1)

  Amount of
registration fee

9   1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018

  $405,000,000   100%   $405,000,000   $47,021

Guarantees of 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018(2)

  N/A       N/A   N/A(3)
 
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(2) See inside facing page for table of registrant guarantors.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act, no separate filing fee is required for the guarantees.

 

 

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


TABLE OF REGISTRANT GUARANTORS

 

Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as
Specified in its Charter (or Other Organizational
Document)

   State or other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
or
Organization
   IRS
Employer
Identification
Number
    

Address, Including
Zip Code, and Telephone Number,

Including Area Code of
Registrant Guarantor’s
Principal Executive
Offices

Boeckling, L.P.

   Ohio      52-2071215      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

Cedar Fair

   Ohio      52-2068285      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

Cedar Fair Southwest Inc.

   Delaware      06-1346301      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

Cedar Point, Inc.

   Ohio      34-1237537      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

Cedar Point of Michigan, Inc.

   Michigan      34-1150887      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

Kings Island Company

   Delaware      31-1088699      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

Knott’s Berry Farm

   California      95-0907155      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

Michigan’s Adventure, Inc.

   Michigan      38-2173895      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

Western Row Properties, Inc.

   Ohio      31-1358762      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830

Wonderland Company Inc.

   Delaware      13-3929556      

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

(419) 626-0830


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell the securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 11, 2011

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Cedar Fair, L.P. (“Cedar Fair”), Canada’s Wonderland Company (“Cedar Canada”), and Magnum Management Corporation (“Magnum” and, collectively with Cedar Fair and Cedar Canada, the “Issuers”) offer to exchange all outstanding $405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “outstanding notes”) for an equal amount of 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “exchange notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (such transaction, the “exchange offer”).

 

 

We are conducting the exchange offer in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered notes for freely tradable notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.

The Exchange Offer

 

   

We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradable.

 

   

You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

 

   

The exchange offer expires at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                    , 2011, unless extended. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date.

 

   

The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

   

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

The Exchange Notes

 

   

The exchange notes are being offered in order to satisfy certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the placement of the outstanding notes.

 

   

The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be freely tradable.

 

   

Each of Cedar Fair’s wholly owned subsidiaries (other than Cedar Canada and Magnum) jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under the outstanding notes, exchange notes and the indenture governing the notes.

Resales of Exchange Notes

 

   

The exchange notes may be sold in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions or through a combination of such methods. We do not plan to list the exchange notes on a national securities exchange.

All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

 

 

See ‘ Risk factors ” beginning on page 20 of this prospectus for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2011.


You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The prospectus may be used only for the purposes for which it has been published, and no person has been authorized to give any information not contained herein. If you receive any other information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Summary

     1   

Risk factors

     20   

Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements

     31   

Use of proceeds

     32   

Capitalization

     33   

Selected historical consolidated financial and other operating data

     34   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     36   

Business

     49   

Management

     60   

Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management

     91   

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     93   

Description of other indebtedness

     94   

The exchange offer

     96   

Description of notes

     106   

Certain United States federal tax consequences

     149   

Certain ERISA considerations

     151   

Plan of distribution

     153   

Legal matters

     154   

Experts

     154   

Available information

     154   

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1   

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

Cedar Canada is organized under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia, Canada. Certain assets of Cedar Canada are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to effect service of process within the United States upon Cedar Canada or to enforce against Cedar Canada judgments obtained in the U.S. courts predicated upon civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

THERE IS DOUBT WHETHER PROCEEDINGS CAN SUCCESSFULLY BE PURSUED IN CANADIAN COURTS BASED UPON VIOLATIONS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS FOR WHICH NO EQUIVALENT OR SIMILAR CLAIMS ARE AVAILABLE IN CANADIAN LAW. MOREOVER, DEPENDING ON THE CIRCUMSTANCES AND NATURE OF RELIEF

OBTAINED, THERE MAY ALSO BE DOUBT AS TO THE ENFORCEABILITY IN CANADIAN


COURTS OF JUDGMENTS OF UNITED STATES COURTS OBTAINED IN ACTIONS BASED UPON THE CIVIL LIABILITY PROVISIONS OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY STATE THEREOF OR THE EQUIVALENT LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS. THEREFORE, IT MAY NOT BE POSSIBLE SUCCESSFULLY TO ASSERT CERTAIN CLAIMS, OR ENFORCE JUDGMENTS OBTAINED IN CERTAIN UNITED STATES PROCEEDINGS, AGAINST CEDAR CANADA, ITS DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS NAMED IN THE PROSPECTUS.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

The market, industry and other similar data contained in this prospectus are generally estimates and are based on management’s knowledge of our business and markets and independent industry publications or other published independent sources, including Amusement Today , an international publication that covers amusement and water park news. While we believe that these estimates are reasonable, such data are subject to change and cannot always be verified due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data and uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey. We have not independently verified any of the data from third party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied on therein. As a result, you should be aware that any such market, industry and other similar data may not be reliable. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk factors” below. “PEANUTS” and “Snoopy” are registered trademarks of United Feature Syndicate, Inc. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus and not mentioned as owned by us are the property of their respective owners.


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the information presented under the heading “Risk factors” and the more detailed information in the historical financial statements and related notes presented elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Partnership,” and “the Company” refer to Cedar Fair and each of its consolidated subsidiaries and references to “the Issuers” refer to Cedar Fair, L.P., Canada’s Wonderland Company and Magnum Management Corporation and not any of their subsidiaries.

Our company

We are one of the largest regional amusement park operators in the world. We own and operate eleven amusement parks, including three of the 15 largest amusement parks in the United States based on 2009 attendance, six separately gated outdoor water parks, and five hotels, including one that has an indoor water park. Our amusement and water parks serve 13 of the 35 largest metropolitan statistical areas in the United States and more than 150 million people in their combined markets.

Our four largest parks by attendance are as follows:

 

   

Cedar Point . Cedar Point, located on Lake Erie between Cleveland and Toledo in Sandusky, Ohio, is the largest seasonal amusement park in the United States, measured by the number of rides and attractions and the hourly ride capacity. Cedar Point has been voted the “Best Amusement Park in the World” for 13 consecutive years by Amusement Today’s international survey, and offers five of the top 25 steel roller coasters in the world, according to Amusement Today ‘s 2010 survey. In addition to world-class thrill rides and family attractions, Cedar Point features four hotels, two marinas and an upscale campground.

 

   

Knott’s Berry Farm . Knott’s Berry Farm, located near Los Angeles in Buena Park, California, is a year-round park that is renowned for its seasonal events, including one of the top rated Halloween events in the country, Knott’s Scary Farm . The park also features an adjacent 320-room, full-service hotel.

 

   

Kings Island . Kings Island is a combination amusement and water park located near Cincinnati, Ohio, and is one of the largest seasonal amusement parks in the United States, measured by the number of rides and attractions and the hourly ride capacity. Kings Island features a children’s area that has been named the “Best Kids’ Area in the World” for ten consecutive years, according to Amusement Today , and its newest steel roller-coaster, Diamondback, was voted second best new ride for 2009 by Amusement Today .

 

   

Canada’s Wonderland . Canada’s Wonderland is a combination amusement and water park located near Toronto, Canada, and is one of the most attended regional amusement parks in North America. Canada’s Wonderland contains more than 200 attractions, including 15 roller coasters, and hosts many cultural festivals each year.

Our other seven amusement parks are California’s Great America located in Santa Clara, California; Carowinds located in Charlotte, North Carolina; Dorney Park & Wildwater Kingdom, located near Allentown in South Whitehall Township, Pennsylvania; Kings Dominion located near Richmond, Virginia; Michigan’s Adventure located near Muskegon, Michigan; Valleyfair, located near Minneapolis/St. Paul in Shakopee, Minnesota; and Worlds of Fun located in Kansas City, Missouri. Additionally, we have a management contract for Gilroy Gardens Family Theme Park in Gilroy, California.

 

 

1


We also own and operate the Castaway Bay Indoor Waterpark Resort in Sandusky, Ohio, and six separately gated outdoor water parks. Three of the outdoor water parks are located adjacent to Cedar Point, Knott’s Berry Farm and Worlds of Fun, one is located near San Diego, one is in Palm Springs, California, and one is Geauga Lake’s Wildwater Kingdom located near Cleveland in Aurora, Ohio, which was previously operated as an amusement park and water park but began operating solely as a water park in 2008.

Our parks are family-oriented, with recreational facilities for guests of all ages, and provide clean and attractive environments with exciting rides and entertainment. Our amusement parks generally offer a broad selection of state-of-the-art and traditional thrill rides, themed areas, concerts and shows, restaurants, game venues and merchandise outlets. Our water parks feature a wide variety of attractions, including water slides, wave pools, raft rides and children’s play areas. We hold a long-term license for theme park usage of the PEANUTS characters, including Snoopy, which we use to provide an enhanced family entertainment experience at the majority of our parks. All rides and attractions at the amusement and water parks are owned and operated by us.

We believe families are attracted by a combination of rides and live entertainment and the clean, wholesome atmosphere we provide in our parks. We believe young people are attracted by our many action-packed thrill rides. During their operating seasons, our parks conduct active television, radio, newspaper and internet advertising campaigns geared toward these two demographic groups in nearby major markets. Each of our parks has strong regional name recognition and a leading market position in its geographical area based on attendance. Cedar Point, Valleyfair and Michigan’s Adventure are the largest amusement parks in Ohio, Minnesota and Michigan, respectively. In addition, Cedar Point and Dorney Park have operated continuously in their respective markets for more than 100 years.

Our seasonal amusement parks are generally open during weekends beginning in April or May, and then daily from Memorial Day until Labor Day, after which they are open during weekends in September and, in most cases, October. The six outdoor water parks also operate seasonally, generally from Memorial Day to Labor Day, plus some additional weekends before and after this period. As a result, virtually all of the operating revenues of these parks are generated during an approximate 130 to 140-day operating season. Both Knott’s Berry Farm and Castaway Bay Resort are open daily on a year-round basis. Castaway Bay’s indoor water park is open daily generally from Memorial Day to Labor Day, with a limited daily schedule for the balance of the year. Each park charges a basic daily admission price, which allows unlimited use of most rides and attractions.

In 2010, more than 22 million people visited our amusement parks and outdoor water parks and guest per capita spending averaged $39.21. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had net revenues of $977.6 million, operating income of $153.7 million, net loss of $(31.6) million and Adjusted EBITDA of $359.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of operating performance computed in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for operating income, net income or cash flows from operating activities computed in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. A reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA is provided on page 19.

Competitive strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

High quality, well-maintained parks.  We believe that we are a leading operator of regional amusement parks because we have historically made substantial investments in our park and resort facilities. This has enabled us to provide a wholesome, exciting, quality experience with broad family appeal and, as a result, increase attendance levels and generate higher in-park guest per capita spending and higher revenue from guest accommodations.

 

 

2


Capital investments for new rides and attractions in our parks typically range from $80-90 million per annum, excluding annual maintenance expenses that are included in the operating expense on our income statement. Capital expenditures and maintenance expenses together represented approximately 16-18% of revenue in each of the last three fiscal years.

We allocate capital to parks based on strict return parameters and aim to achieve cash-on-cash returns of 15-25% on investments in new rides, attractions and hotels. To accomplish that goal, we invest in marketable attractions—including an industry-leading portfolio of award-winning rollercoasters—that help drive attendance and have long operating lives and evergreen themes that incur minimal royalty payments and do not require costly re-theming or other reinvestment to keep pace with changing third party intellectual property. As a result of these capital investments, our parks have a variety of award-winning thrill rides, including nine of the world’s top 25 steel roller coasters and three of the world’s top 15 wooden roller coasters according to international surveys conducted by Amusement Today . Those surveys have also voted Cedar Point the “Best Amusement Park in the World” for 13 consecutive years.

Each of our parks has also maintained broad family appeal, with designated areas for young children. According to Amusement Today’s survey, Kings Island has had the #1 ranked “Best Kids’ Area” for ten consecutive years and Knott’s Berry Farm was ranked #4 this past year. We continue to pursue additional opportunities for growth at the parks that have a broad family appeal. For example, in 2010, we introduced the PEANUTS characters and Planet Snoopy, a children’s area, at the five Paramount Parks acquired in 2006. We believe making our parks appealing to the whole family results in higher attendance and greater per capita spending.

Favorable industry dynamics.  Regional amusement parks provide an attractive and affordable alternative to large destination parks, particularly in a challenging economic environment. We believe that a leading position in the regional amusement park industry provides a distinct competitive advantage due to a price / value proposition that compares favorably to other local, out-of-home entertainment options.

Additionally, our regional amusement and water parks are primarily located near major cities with little or no direct competition within their core market area and draw approximately 75% of attendance from within a 150-mile radius.

We are headquartered in Sandusky, Ohio.

Significant barriers to entry.  We believe there are significant barriers to entry in the amusement park industry that help our parks to maintain their strong regional market positions:

 

   

Capital Costs. Construction of a quality regional theme park requires a substantial initial capital investment, and there is generally limited visibility on a newly-constructed park’s return on capital at inception.

 

   

Real Estate Requirements. Building a new theme park requires a significant plot of developable land, plus additional land for roads and local businesses, including lodging and restaurants, that will be complementary to the park.

 

   

Zoning Restrictions. Local governments often believe the negative impact of increased traffic and environmental effects will outweigh the promise of increased tax revenue and job creation, and as a result generally show reluctance to approve zoning for a new theme park.

 

   

Development Time. We estimate that it takes approximately three years to construct a regional amusement park, with the planning process taking approximately one year (including a feasibility analysis, public approval processes, design development and financing) and construction taking up to two years (including procurement and installation of rides, show facilities and other equipment).

 

 

3


Significant real estate holdings and other assets.  We own over 4,700 acres of land, with only one park utilizing leased property under a long-term ground lease through 2039. Our theme parks comprise approximately 4,000 acres of our owned land, including over 1,200 acres of developable land, and we also own approximately 535 acres of land at Geauga Lake near Cleveland, Ohio and 450 acres of land in Lenawee County, Michigan. All of the rides and attractions at the amusement and water parks are owned and operated by us. We also own and operate a number of other complementary assets adjacent to some of our parks:

 

   

We own and operate four hotel facilities at Cedar Point, including: Castaway Bay, which has a tropical Caribbean theme with 237 hotel rooms centered around a 38,000-square-foot indoor water park and is the park’s only year-round hotel; Hotel Breakers, which is the park’s largest hotel with more than 600 guest rooms plus dining and lounge facilities, a private beach, lake swimming, a conference/meeting center, one indoor pool and two outdoor pools; Breakers Express, a 350-room, limited-service hotel located near the Causeway entrance to the park; and Sandcastle Suites Hotel, which features 187 suites, a courtyard pool, tennis courts and a waterfront restaurant.

 

   

We own and operate several other assets at Cedar Point that are complementary to the park’s operations, including: Cedar Point Marina, which is one of the largest full-service marinas on the Great Lakes and provides dockage facilities (including floating docks and full guest amenities) for more than 740 boats; Castaway Bay Marina, which is a full-service marina featuring 160 slips and full guest amenities; Camper Village, which has campsites for more than 100 recreational vehicles; and Lighthouse Point, which offers lakefront cottages, cabins and full-service recreation vehicle campsites.

 

   

We own the Cedar Point Causeway across Sandusky Bay, which is a major access route to Cedar Point.

 

   

We own and operate the Knott’s Berry Farm Resort Hotel, a 320-room, full-service hotel that features a pool, tennis courts and meeting/banquet facilities and is located adjacent to Knott’s Berry Farm.

 

   

We own Worlds of Fun Village, an upscale camping area that offers overnight guest accommodations next to our Worlds of Fun park in 20 wood-side cottages, 22 log cabins and 80 deluxe RV sites, as well as owning campgrounds at both Kings Dominion and Carowinds.

 

   

We own dormitory facilities that house seasonal and part-time employees near or adjacent to several of our parks, including: Cedar Point, where we own dormitories that house up to 2,800 employees; Kings Dominion, where we own a dormitory that houses up to 440 employees; and Valleyfair, where we own a dormitory that houses up to 420 employees.

Stable and diversified cash flows.  We have historically generated stable cash flow as a result of consistent attendance and long-term revenue trends. In addition to favorable industry dynamics historically driving organic attendance growth, we have opportunistically made acquisitions to further our diversity of revenue and market share. As a result, our park portfolio is broadly distributed across North America, establishing a geographic footprint that mitigates regional economic and weather risk, and our revenues and EBITDA are diversified across our parks, so we are not dependent on any one park or region.

We have also used our highly successful holiday events to extend the operating season and generate additional revenue at our parks. In the last decade, Halloween events have been added to most of the Company’s parks and have become meaningful financial contributors. These Halloween events follow in the tradition of Knott’s Scary Farm, the original theme park Halloween event dating back to 1973 at Knott’s Berry Farm. Knott’s Scary Farm has consistently been named one of the “Best Halloween Events in the World” according to Amusement Today , and its immense popularity also paved the way for a Christmas Event, Knott’s Merry Farm.

We believe our stable and diversified cash flow will continue to give us the opportunity to grow, reinvest in our business and service our indebtedness.

 

 

4


Industry-leading operating metrics. We believe we have some of the highest operating margins and cash conversion profiles in the theme park industry. We protect these margins by maintaining our pricing policies and abiding by strict cost controls. On the pricing side, we limit the use of complimentary and heavily-discounted tickets and focus on single-day ticket price integrity with a reasonable season-pass / single-day ratio. On the cost side, we carefully manage seasonal staffing levels, minimize corporate overhead and require senior management approval for pricing decisions, permanent hiring and corporate travel. Additionally, our management has consistently demonstrated the ability to enhance the performance of acquired assets by enforcing strict cost controls, optimizing pricing policies for tickets and redirecting spending away from intellectual property and towards thrill rides.

Our high operating margins are also aided by our lack of significant licensing fees, as compared to industry peers who incur licensing fees for certain entertainment-themed attractions. Our relatively low licensing fees allow us to redirect expenditures toward thrill rides that will increase attendance, such as Behemoth at Cedar Canada and Diamondback at Kings Island. We believe this is an important reason that we have consistently outperformed our peers in periods of economic uncertainty.

We believe that our ability to maintain industry-leading operating margins will allow us to continue to outperform our peers.

Experienced management team.  The members of our senior management team have an average of 18 years of experience with us and more than 25 years in the amusement park and entertainment industry. The management team is led by Richard L. Kinzel (Director, President and Chief Executive Officer) and Peter J. Crage (Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer) who have 38 and 21 years of experience in the amusement and entertainment industry and 38 and 9 years of experience with Cedar Fair, respectively. We believe our experienced and stable management is a key component of our success and will enable us to continue to produce attractive operating results.

Our strategy

Our objective is to maximize our cash flow and operating profitability while providing our guests high-value, high-quality entertainment through a focus on our cornerstones of safety, service, cleanliness, courtesy and integrity. Key elements of our business strategy are:

Pursuing growth in our existing parks.  We have an industry-leading portfolio of regional amusements parks that are well capitalized and in excellent condition, along with significant real estate holdings. We believe there are continuing opportunities for us to leverage this high-quality asset base to generate growth in and around our existing parks.

We are constantly looking for ways to increase our revenues by increasing attendance and guest per capita spending, including pursuing the following strategies:

 

   

We will continue to make prudent capital investments, adding marketable rides and attractions and improving the overall guest experience.

 

   

We plan to implement innovative ticket pricing strategies to maximize admissions revenue and out-of-park spending on hotels, campgrounds and extra-charge attractions.

 

   

We plan to add and enhance dining, merchandise and other revenue outlets.

 

   

We will focus on opportunities to host new seasonal events and other special events.

Because a large portion of our expenses are relatively fixed, incremental attendance gains and increases in guest per capita spending have historically resulted in significant increases in our operating profits.

 

 

5


Maintaining disciplined expense controls.  Our management team focuses on fostering a strong culture of accountability that allows us to control operating costs and expenses in all aspects of our business while maintaining a high-quality guest experience. Full-time staff and corporate overhead are kept to a minimum, and seasonal staffing levels are adjusted daily based on expected park attendance. All other costs and expenses are carefully budgeted and controlled to the maximum extent practicable. As a result, we are able to maintain industry leading operating margins, even in the face of a challenging economic environment.

Additionally, we have been able to implement our strategy and cost discipline at the parks that we have acquired throughout the years. For example, through our strict cost controls and other initiatives, we were able to significantly increase park level EBITDA margins at the five Paramount Parks that we acquired in 2006.

We believe that our disciplined approach to costs and expenses will continue to contribute to our industry leading margins and provide us with flexibility during downturns in the economy and in our business.

Extending the traditional operating season.  A majority of our amusement parks are seasonal, with virtually all of the operating revenues of these parks generated during an approximate 130- to 140-day operating season that lasts from Memorial Day to Labor Day. We have marketed a number of initiatives to generate business and extend the operating season. Our parks host several successful and popular holiday events which extend the operating season, including award winning Halloween events. Knott’s Scary Farm at Knott’s Berry Farm, for example, has consistently been named one of the “Best Halloween Events in the World” according to Amusement Today . In recent years, Halloween and other special events have been added to most of our parks and have become meaningful financial contributors.

We continuously consider and implement new concepts and initiatives that allow us to maximize the value of our assets through higher utilization.

Adding complementary facilities.  Our industry-leading portfolio of regional amusements parks includes significant real estate holdings that we may develop in the future to maximize ancillary revenue at our parks. In the past, we have expanded several of our parks by adding complementary facilities such as campgrounds, lodging, marinas and water parks. Because a portion of visitors to our amusement parks include an overnight stay in their visits, particularly at Cedar Point, we continuously upgrade our resort facilities and other lodging options. We also add branded and non-branded restaurant offerings adjacent to our parks to better serve the desires of our guests and to drive incremental revenue.

We believe that adding and maintaining complementary facilities will allow us to continue to benefit from increased revenues and operating profits.

Recent developments

Notice of Proposed Amendment and Request for Special Meeting. We received notice from Q Funding III, L.P. and Q4 Funding, L.P. (collectively “Q Funding”), dated March 2, 2011, requesting a Special Meeting of the Company’s limited partner unitholders for the purpose of considering and voting upon an amendment to the Partnership Agreement to confirm the right of unitholders to nominate directors for election to the board of directors of the General Partner of the Company.

Amendment to our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.  On February 25, 2011, we amended our senior secured credit facilities and extended the maturity date of the U.S. term loan portion of the credit facilities by one year. The extended U.S. term loan, which will amortize at $11.8 million per year beginning in 2011, matures in December 2017 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 300 bps with a LIBOR floor of 100 bps. See the “Description of other indebtedness” section of this prospectus for additional information about our senior secured credit facilities as amended.

 

 

 

6


Proxy solicitation. On November 3, 2010, proxy solicitation materials were sent by each of Q Funding III, L.P. and Q4 Funding, L.P. (together with Geoffrey Raynor, collectively, “Q Investments”) to be used at a Special Meeting of the Company’s limited partner unitholders that was held on January 11, 2011. The purpose of the proxy solicitation of holders of the Company’s outstanding interests (“Units”) was to: (i) amend the Partnership Agreement to require the implementation of a policy providing that the Chairman of the Board of Directors be an independent director who has not previously served as an officer of the General Partner of the Company or its affiliates (Proposal #1), and (ii) amend the Partnership Agreement to require the prioritization of an increased distribution to unitholders (Proposal #2). In order to be effective, each Proposal was required to be approved by (a) the holders of a majority of the outstanding limited partnership units of Cedar Fair and (b) the General Partner. In response to Q Investments’ proposals, on December 10, 2010, proxy solicitation materials were sent by the Company to its limited partner unitholders. Based on the results of the Special Meeting, Proposal #1 passed with approximately 54% of the vote, while Proposal #2 failed to receive the requisite number of votes required for approval by Cedar Fair unitholders. Although Proposal #1 was approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding units of Cedar Fair, the General Partner has not approved Proposal #1 and therefore Proposal #1 is not effective or binding upon Cedar Fair. However, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) adopted a policy requiring the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer to be separate and for the Chairman to be independent of the company. Proposal #2 was not approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding units of Cedar Fair and therefore is not effective or binding upon Cedar Fair.

 

 

7


Corporate structure

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure:

LOGO

Corporate information

Our principal executive offices are located at One Cedar Point Drive, Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259. Our telephone number is (419) 626-0830. The address of our internet site is www.cedarfair.com. This internet address is provided for informational purposes only and is not intended to be a hyperlink. Accordingly, no information in this internet address is included or incorporated by reference into this prospectus and such information should not be relied upon in connection with making any investment decision with respect to the exchange offer.

 

 

8


The exchange offer

On July 29, 2010, we completed the private offering of $405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “outstanding notes”). In this prospectus, the term “exchange notes” refers to the 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018, as registered under the Securities Act. The term “notes” refers to both the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.

 

General

In connection with the private offering, the Issuers and the guarantors of the outstanding notes entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers, in which the Issuers and the guarantors agreed, among other things, to use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the exchange offer for the outstanding notes within 270 days after the date of issuance of the outstanding notes.

You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offer your outstanding notes for exchange notes, which are identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes except:

 

   

the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act;

 

   

the exchange notes are not entitled to any registration rights which are applicable to the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement; and

 

   

certain additional interest rate provisions are no longer applicable.

 

The Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange up to $405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9  1 / 8 % senior notes due 2018. You may only exchange outstanding notes in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

 

Resale:

Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless you are our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

 

   

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and

 

   

you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.

If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale or other transfer of the exchange notes that you receive in the exchange offer. See “Plan of distribution.”

 

 

9


  Any holder of outstanding notes who:

 

   

is our affiliate;

 

   

does not acquire exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business; or

 

   

tenders its outstanding notes in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating in a distribution of exchange notes

 

  cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991), Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

 

Expiration Date

The exchange offer will expire at 11:59 p.m, New York City time, on                     , 2011, unless extended by the Issuers. The Issuers currently do not intend to extend the expiration date.

 

Withdrawal

You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. The Issuers will return to you any of your outstanding notes that are not accepted for any reason for exchange, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which the Issuers may waive. See “The exchange offer—Conditions to the exchange offer.”

 

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the accompanying letter of transmittal, according to the instructions contained in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal, together with the outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal.

 

  If you hold outstanding notes through The Depository Trust Company, or “DTC”, and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC by which you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal. By signing, or agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among things:

 

   

you are not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

 

10


   

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;

 

   

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender those outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender those outstanding notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal and any other required documents, or you cannot comply with the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program for transfer of book-entry interests prior to the expiration date, you must tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures.”

 

Effect on Holders of Outstanding Notes

As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered outstanding notes pursuant to the terms of the exchange offer, the Issuers and the guarantors of the notes will have fulfilled a covenant under the registration rights agreement. Accordingly, there will be no increase in the applicable interest rate on the outstanding notes under the circumstances described in the registration rights agreement. If you do not tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the outstanding notes as set forth in the indenture governing the notes, except the Issuers and the guarantors of the notes will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of untendered outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement. To the extent that outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for outstanding notes that are not so tendered and accepted could be adversely affected.

 

 

11


Consequence of Failure to Exchange

All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, the Issuers and the guarantors of the notes do not currently anticipate that they will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

 

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

The exchange of outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Certain United States federal tax consequences.”

 

Regulatory Approvals

Other than compliance with the Securities Act and qualification of the indenture governing the notes under the Trust Indenture Act, there are no federal or state regulatory requirements that must be complied with or approvals that must be obtained in connection with the exchange offer.

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon is the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The contact information for the exchange agent is set forth in the section captioned “The exchange offer—exchange agent.”

 

 

12


The exchange notes

The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of notes” section of this prospectus contains more detailed descriptions of the terms and conditions of the outstanding notes and exchange notes. The exchange notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the registration rights agreement.

 

Issuers

Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation.

 

Securities Offered

$405 million aggregate principal amount of 9  1 / 8 % senior notes due 2018.

 

Maturity Date

August 1, 2018.

 

Interest Rate

Interest on the exchange notes will be payable in cash and will accrue at a rate of 9  1 / 8 % per annum.

 

Interest Payment Dates

February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on February 1, 2011.

 

Guarantees

The exchange notes will be jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by each wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuers that guarantees our senior secured credit facilities. Going forward, each of the Issuers’ new wholly owned domestic subsidiaries and each of the Issuers’ new wholly owned Canadian subsidiaries will be required to guarantee the exchange notes to the extent each such entity guarantees our senior secured credit facilities, provided that the guarantee would not result in adverse tax consequences to the Issuers.

 

Ranking

The exchange notes will be the joint and several senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers and:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the exchange notes;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms expressly subordinated in right of payment to the exchange notes;

 

   

be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured debt (including obligations under our senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt; and

 

   

be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the exchange notes.

 

 

13


The guarantees will be the senior unsecured obligations of the guarantors and will:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s other existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;

 

   

be effectively subordinated to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future secured debt (including indebtedness secured by such guarantor’s assets, such as our senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and

 

   

be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the notes.

On July 29, 2010 we completed the private offering of the outstanding notes and we entered into new senior secured credit facilities. The proceeds from the private offering together with our borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities were used to terminate our prior credit facilities (the “Transactions”).

As of December 31, 2010, the notes and related guarantees ranked effectively junior to $1,157.1 million (book value) of senior secured indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities. Further, we have an additional $221.1 million of available borrowing capacity under our senior secured revolving credit, all of which, if drawn, would be effectively senior to the notes. As of December 31, 2010, $15.7 million of our senior secured revolving credit facility was subject to our outstanding letters of credit.

In the event any subsidiary guarantor (other than Cedar Canada or Magnum, which are co-issuers of the exchange notes offered hereby) is released from its obligations under our senior secured credit facilities, such subsidiary guarantor (other than Cedar Canada or Magnum, which are co-issuers of the exchange notes offered hereby) will also be released from its obligations under the exchange notes. In the event Cedar Canada or Magnum is released from its obligations as a borrower and/or guarantor under our senior secured credit facilities, such entity will also be released from its obligations under the exchange notes.

 

Optional Redemption

We may redeem the exchange notes, in whole or part, at any time prior to August 1, 2014 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the exchange notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date as described in “Description of notes—Optional redemption.”

 

 

14


We may redeem the exchange notes, in whole or in part, on or after August 1, 2014, at the redemption prices set forth under “Description of notes—Optional redemption” together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date.

 

Optional Redemption after Certain Equity Offerings

At any time (which may be more than once) before August 1, 2013, we may choose to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes at a redemption price equal to 109  1 / 8 % of the face amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to us. We may make the redemption only if, after the redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes remains outstanding. See “Description of notes—Optional redemption.”

 

Change of Control

If we experience a change of control (as defined in the indenture governing the notes), we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the exchange notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. See “Description of notes—Change of control.”

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture governing the notes contains covenants limiting our ability and the ability of certain of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;

 

   

pay distributions on or make distributions in respect of capital stock or units or make other restricted payments;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

   

create restrictions on distributions from restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

   

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. See “Description of notes.” Certain covenants will cease to apply to the exchange notes for so long as the exchange notes have investment grade ratings from both Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“Standard & Poor’s”).

 

 

15


No Prior Market

The exchange notes will be freely transferable but will be new securities for which there will not initially be a market. Accordingly, we cannot assure you whether a market for the exchange notes will develop or as to the liquidity of any such market that may develop. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the outstanding notes have informed us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes; however, they are not obligated to do so, and they may discontinue any such market-making activities at any time without notice.

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Risk Factors

Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks. See “Risk factors” for a brief description of some of the risks you should consider before participating in the exchange offer.

 

 

16


SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING DATA

Set forth below is our summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the periods presented.

The summary historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 has been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and the financial information included in this prospectus in the sections entitled “Risk factors,” “Selected historical consolidated financial and other operating data,” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

(In millions,

except per capita amounts)

   For the years ended
December 31,
 
   2010     2009     2008  

Statements of operations data:

      

Net revenues:

      

Admissions

   $ 568.8      $ 532.8      $ 566.3   

Food, merchandise, and games

     337.3        316.4        355.9   

Accommodations and other

     71.5        66.9        74.0   

Total net revenues

     977.6        916.1        996.2   

Costs and operating expenses:

      

Cost of food, merchandise and games revenue

     86.6        84.9        90.6   

Operating expenses

     411.4        402.7        418.6   

Selling, general and administrative

     134.0        128.6        131.8   

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

     2.3        4.5        87.0   

Loss on impairment/retirement of fixed assets

     62.8        0.2        8.4   

Gain on sale of other assets

     —          (23.1     —     

Depreciation and amortization

     126.8        132.8        125.9   

Total costs and operating expenses

     823.9        730.6        862.3   

Operating income

     153.7        185.5        133.9   

Interest expense

     150.3        124.7        129.6   

Net effect of swaps

     18.2        9.2        —     

Loss on early debt extinguishment

     35.3        —          —     

Unrealized/realized foreign currency (gain) loss

     (20.6     0.4        0.5   

Other (income) expense, net

     (1.2     0.9        (1.0

Income (loss) before taxes

     (28.3     50.3        4.8   

Provision for (benefit from) taxes

     3.3        14.9        (0.9

Net income (loss)

   $ (31.6   $ 35.4      $ 5.7   

 

 

17


(In millions,

except per capita amounts)

   For the years ended
December 31,
 
   2010     2009     2008  

Other Data

      

EBITDA(1)

   $ 247.6      $ 307.8      $ 259.2   

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     359.2        316.5        355.9   

Cash interest expense (including revolver)

     129.8        117.0        120.3   

Capital expenditures

     71.7        69.1        83.5   

Combined attendance(2)

     22.8        21.1        22.7   

Combined in-park guest per capita spending(3)

   $ 39.21      $ 39.56      $ 40.13   

Total debt (excluding revolver) to Adjusted EBITDA

     4.3x        4.9x        4.8x   

Adjusted EBITDA to cash interest expense

     2.8x        2.7x        3.0x   

Net cash from operating activities

   $ 182.1      $ 185.2      $ 215.6   

Net cash for investing activities

     (71.7     (15.3     (77.1

Net cash from (for) financing activities

     (112.7     (173.3     (127.6

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)

     —          1.4x        1.0x   

Pro forma earnings to fixed charges(4)

     —         

Balance sheet data (at period end):

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9.8      $ 11.9      $ 13.9   

Working capital (deficit)(5)

     (98.5     (70.2     (50.7

Property and equipment, net

     1,676.6        1,781.1        1,825.1   

Total assets

     2,082.4        2,145.4        2,186.1   

Total debt including revolver

     1,579.7        1,626.3        1,724.1   

Total debt excluding revolver(6)

     1,556.5        1,540.0        1,701.4   

Total equity

     137.1        127.9        106.8   

 

 

(1) EBITDA represents net income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes, interest expense and depreciation and amortization, and Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA, as further adjusted to exclude other non-cash items including specific items and other adjustments required or permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indenture governing the notes and the new senior secured credit facilities. We present Adjusted EBITDA because certain of our covenants in the indenture relating to the notes are tied to a ratio based on these measures.

We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and about items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. Further, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides meaningful measures of park-level operating profitability because we have historically used it and plan to use it for measuring returns on capital investments, evaluating potential acquisitions and determining awards under incentive compensation plans. Going forward, we intend to report Adjusted EBITDA as calculated and presented below.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of operating performance computed in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as substitutes for operating income, net income or cash flows from operating activities computed in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. See “Non-GAAP financial measures.”

 

 

18


A reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA is provided below.

 

(In millions)

   For the years
ended
December 31,
 
   2010     2009     2008  

Net income (loss)

   $ (31.6   $ 35.4      $ 5.7   

Provision for (benefits from) income taxes

     3.3        14.9        (0.9

Interest expense, net

     149.1        124.7        128.5   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     126.8        132.8        125.9   

EBITDA

     247.6      $ 307.8      $ 259.2   

Gain on sale of other assets(a)

     —          (23.1     —     

Net effect of swaps(b)

     18.2        9.2        —     

Unrealized foreign currency (gain) loss on Notes(c)

     (17.5     —          —     

Other (income) expense, net(d)

     —          0.9        0.4   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt(e)

     35.3        —          —     

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets(f)

     62.8        0.2        8.4   

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles(g)

     2.3        4.5        87.0   

Non-cash equity-based compensation(h)

     (0.1     —          0.7   

California class action settlement(i)

     0.3        9.5        —     

Licensing dispute settlement(j)

     —          2.0        —     

Transaction related costs(k)

     10.3        5.6        —     

Contract related adjustments(l)

     —          (0.1     0.2   

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 359.2      $ 316.5      $ 355.9   

 

  (a) Reflects the gain on the sale of surplus land near Cedar Canada in Toronto in the third quarter of 2009.
  (b) Represents the removal of the net effect of swaps that do not qualify for hedge accounting, which is a non-cash expense.
  (c) Represents unrealized foreign currency gains and losses on the notes.
  (d) Represents the net effect of: foreign currency transaction gains and losses, and legal and bank fees related to financing.
  (e) Represents the loss on the early extinguishment of debt resulting from the 2010 financing.
  (f) Reflects the non-cash impairment or retirement of fixed assets.
  (g) Represents non-cash impairment charges for the impairment of goodwill and trade names, originally recorded with the Paramount Parks acquisition in 2006.
  (h) Represents non-cash equity-based compensation expense (benefit).
  (i) Reflects costs associated with the settlement of a California class-action lawsuit ($9.0 million) and $0.8 million of legal and other costs incurred in connection with this settlement.
  (j) Reflects costs associated with the settlement of a licensing dispute.
  (k) Transaction costs represent legal and other expenses related to the terminated merger with Apollo.
  (l) Reflects adjustments for contract-related expenses such as early termination penalties and legal expenses related to contract dispute resolutions, net of gains arising from contract terminations.

 

(2) Combined attendance includes attendance figures from the eleven amusement parks, six separately gated outdoor water parks, and Star Trek: The Experience for the period prior to its closing in September 2008.
(3) Combined in-park guest per capita spending includes all amusement park, outdoor water park, causeway tolls and parking revenues for the amusement park and water park operating seasons. Revenues from indoor water park, hotel, campground, marina and other out-of-park operations are excluded from per capita statistics.
(4) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income (loss) before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense plus capitalized interest, amortization of capitalized debt costs and the interest component of rental costs. Our earnings were insufficient to cover our fixed charges for 2010 and pro forma 2010 by approximately $29.2 million and $65.3 million, respectively, due to a non-cash fourth quarter charge for the impairment of long-lived assets. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was 1.1x and 2.3x for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
(5) Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.
(6) Total debt includes short-term borrowings and long-term debt, net of original issue discount, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, but excludes borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility, as permitted under the indenture governing the notes.

 

 

19


RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such a case, you may lose all or a part of your original investment.

Risks related to the exchange offer

There may be adverse consequences to you if you do not exchange your outstanding notes.

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer of your outstanding notes as set forth in the offering memorandum dated July 15, 2010 distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. You should refer to “Summary—The exchange offer” and “The exchange offer” for information about how to tender your outstanding notes.

The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offer will reduce the outstanding amount of the outstanding notes, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market prices of the outstanding notes due to a reduction in liquidity.

Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the exchange notes.

We are offering the exchange notes to the holders of the outstanding notes. The outstanding notes were offered and sold in 2010 to qualified institutional investors.

We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on a securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. There is currently no established market for the exchange notes, and we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the exchange notes, your ability to sell the exchange notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the exchange notes. If such markets were to exist, the exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than their principal amount or purchase price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other factors. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the outstanding notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market with respect to the exchange notes. However, these initial purchasers are not obligated to do so, and any market making with respect to the exchange notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, such market making activity may be limited during the pendency of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement in lieu thereof. Therefore, we cannot assure you that an active market for the exchange notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the notes. The market, if any, for the exchange notes may experience similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes.

Certain persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange notes.

Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp. , SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. , SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling , SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1983), we believe that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer

 

20


the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances described in this prospectus under “Plan of distribution,” certain holders of exchange notes will remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer the exchange notes. If such a holder transfers any exchange notes without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, such a holder may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify such a holder against, this liability.

Risks related to our indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from making debt service payments on the notes.

We are a highly leveraged company. We had $1,601.0 million face value of indebtedness as of December 31, 2010 (after giving effect to $15.7 million of outstanding letters of credit under our senior secured revolving credit facility and $5.6 million of original issue discount on our notes).

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences for you as a holder of the notes. For example, it could:

 

   

limit our ability to borrow money for our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, strategic initiatives or other purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning or reacting to changes in business and future business operations;

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including the notes, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the indenture governing the notes and the agreements governing other indebtedness;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

make us more highly leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage; and

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the repayment of our indebtedness thereby reducing funds available to us for other purposes, such as making strategic acquisitions, introducing new rides and attractions and exploiting business opportunities.

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur significantly more debt. This could intensify the risks described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial indebtedness in the future. Although the terms of the indenture governing the notes and our senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on the Issuers’ and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness that will be effectively senior to the notes, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. As of December 31, 2010, we had $221.1 million available for additional borrowing under our senior secured revolving credit facility (after giving effect to $15.7 million of outstanding letters of credit), all of which was secured. In addition to the notes and our borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, the covenants under any future debt instruments could allow us to incur a significant amount of additional indebtedness. In addition to the $260.0 million which is available to us for borrowing under our senior secured revolving credit facility and the $1,175 million which we have borrowed under our senior secured term loan facility, subject to certain conditions, we have the option to

 

21


add one or more incremental term loan facilities to the senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate amount of up to $350.0 million (subject to the conditions thereof, including compliance with a maximum senior secured leverage ratio of 3.00:1.00), plus an additional aggregate amount of up to $15.0 million under the revolving credit facility of our senior secured credit facilities, plus the amount of any additional indebtedness that can be incurred pursuant to the terms of our senior secured credit facilities as in effect on the closing date. The more leveraged we become, the more we, and in turn our noteholders, will be exposed to certain risks described above under “—Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from making debt service payments on the notes.”

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.

Our ability to pay principal and interest on the notes and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend upon, among other things:

 

   

our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control; and

 

   

our future ability to borrow under our senior secured revolving credit facility, the availability of which depends on, among other things, our compliance with the covenants in such credit facility.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that we will be able to draw under our senior secured revolving credit facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs, including the payment of principal and interest on the notes.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt agreements, including our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the notes, may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all. Furthermore, any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due.

Your right to receive payments on the notes is effectively junior to those lenders who have a security interest in our assets.

The Issuers’ obligations under the notes and the guarantors’ obligations under their guarantees of the notes will be unsecured. As a result, the notes and the related guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. Our obligations under our senior secured credit facilities are secured by a pledge of substantially all of our and our guarantors’ tangible and intangible assets. In the event that we or a guarantor are declared bankrupt, become insolvent or are liquidated or reorganized, our obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and any other secured obligations will be entitled to be paid in full from our assets or the assets of such guarantor, as the case may be, pledged as security for such obligation before any payment may be made with respect to the notes. Holders of the notes would participate ratably in our remaining assets or the remaining assets of the guarantor, as the case may be, with all holders of unsecured indebtedness that are deemed to rank equally with the notes, based

 

22


upon the respective amount owed to each creditor. In addition, if we default under our senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to the exclusion of holders of the notes, even if an event of default exists under the indenture under which the notes will be issued at such time. Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose and sell the pledged equity interests in any subsidiary guarantor (other than Cedar Canada and Magnum which are issuers of the notes) under the notes, then that subsidiary guarantor (other than Cedar Canada and Magnum which are issuers of the notes) will be released from its guarantee of the notes automatically and immediately upon such sale. In any such event, because the notes are not be secured by any of our assets or the equity interests in subsidiary guarantors, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy your claims fully. See “Description of other indebtedness.”

As of December 31, 2010, we had $1,157.1 million (book value) of senior secured indebtedness (all of which was indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities and which does not include additional borrowing availability of $221.1 million under our senior secured revolving credit facility, after giving effect to $15.7 million of outstanding letters of credit). The indenture governing the notes permits the incurrence of substantial additional indebtedness by Cedar Fair and its restricted subsidiaries in the future, including secured indebtedness. Any secured indebtedness incurred would rank senior to the notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under our senior secured credit facilities that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could leave us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, or interest on the notes and could substantially decrease the market value of the notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, or interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including our senior secured credit facilities), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets; the lenders under our senior secured revolving credit facility could elect to terminate their commitments and cease making further loans; and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future breach our covenants and need to seek waivers from the required lenders under our senior secured credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we are unable to obtain such a waiver, we would be in default and the lenders could exercise their rights as described above. If any of our indebtedness were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of other indebtedness” and “Description of notes.”

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that could limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the notes contain, and any future indebtedness of ours will likely contain, a number of covenants that could impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our and our subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional debt or issue certain preferred equity;

 

   

pay distributions on or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or units or make other restricted payments;

 

23


   

make certain investments;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

   

create restrictions on distributions from restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

 

   

consolidate, merge, amalgamate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

   

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

In addition, our senior secured credit facilities require us to meet certain maximum leverage ratios and minimum fixed charge coverage ratios and the failure to do so may constitute an event of default under our senior secured credit facilities. As a result of these covenants, we could be limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.

Variable rate indebtedness subjects us to the risk of higher interest rates, which could cause our future debt service obligations to increase significantly.

As of December 31, 2010, after giving consideration to current outstanding interest-rate swap arrangements, we had no indebtedness under our term loan facility that accrues interest at a variable rate that is not swapped to a fixed rate. As of December 31, 2010, we also had in place several forward-starting swap agreements that will effectively convert a portion of our variable-rate debt to fixed rates from October 2011 through December 2015. See “Description of other indebtedness.” After the expiration of certain outstanding interest-rate and cross-currency swap arrangements, which is scheduled to occur in October 2011 and February 2012, respectively, and after giving consideration to the forward-starting swap agreements, certain of our borrowings may be at variable rates of interest and thus may expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our annual debt service obligations on any variable-rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease.

We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all of the notes at 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of notes or that restrictions in our senior secured credit facilities will not allow such repurchases. Our failure to repay holders tendering notes upon a change of control would result in an event of default under the notes. A change of control, or an event of default under the notes, may also result in an event of default under our senior secured credit facilities, which may result in the acceleration of the indebtedness under those facilities requiring us to repay that indebtedness immediately. If a change of control were to occur, we cannot assure you that we would have sufficient funds to repay debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities or any securities which we would be required to offer to purchase or that become immediately due and payable as a result. We may require additional financing from third parties to fund any such purchases, and we cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a “change of control” under the indenture governing the notes. See “Description of notes—Change of control.”

 

24


Relevant local insolvency laws may not be as favorable to you as U.S. bankruptcy laws and may preclude holders of notes from recovering payments due.

Cedar Canada is organized under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia, Canada and certain future guarantors may be incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof. Any insolvency proceedings by or against any such entity may be based on the laws of Canada. The procedural and substantive provisions of Canadian insolvency laws may not be as favorable to creditors as comparable provisions of U.S. law.

In the event that any one or more of the Issuers, the guarantors, or any future guarantors experience financial difficulty, it is not possible to predict with certainty in which jurisdiction or jurisdictions insolvency or similar proceedings would be commenced, or the outcome of such proceedings.

You may not be able to effectively enforce your rights in multiple bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar proceedings. Multi-jurisdictional proceedings are typically complex and costly for creditors and often result in substantial uncertainty and delay in the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

It may be difficult to assert claims or enforce U.S. judgments against Cedar Canada, its directors and officers or any future guarantors incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof, or their respective directors and officers.

There is doubt whether proceedings can successfully be pursued in Canadian courts based upon violations of United States federal securities laws for which no equivalent or similar claims are available in Canadian law. Moreover, depending on the circumstances and nature of relief obtained, there may also be doubt as to the enforceability in Canadian courts of judgments of United States courts obtained in actions based upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws or other laws of the United States or any state thereof or the equivalent laws of other jurisdictions. Therefore, it may not be possible successfully to assert certain claims, or enforce judgments obtained in certain United States proceedings, against Cedar Canada, its directors and officers named in this prospectus or any future guarantors incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof, or their respective directors and officers.

Because each guarantor’s liability under its guarantees may be reduced to zero, avoided or released under certain circumstances, you may not receive any payments from some or all of the guarantors.

You have the benefit of the guarantees of the guarantors. However, the guarantees by the guarantors are limited to the maximum amount that the guarantors are permitted to guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be reduced to zero, depending on the amount of other obligations of such guarantor. Further, under the circumstances discussed more fully below, a court under applicable fraudulent conveyance and transfer statutes could void the obligations under a guarantee or further subordinate it to all other obligations of the guarantor. In addition, you will lose the benefit of a particular guarantee if it is released under certain circumstances described under “Description of notes—Guarantees and obligations of each guarantor.”

As a result, a guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be materially reduced or eliminated depending upon the amounts of its other obligations and upon applicable laws. In particular, in certain jurisdictions, a guarantee issued by a company that is not in the company’s corporate interests, the burden of which exceeds the benefit to the company, or which is entered into within a certain period prior to insolvency or bankruptcy, may not be valid and enforceable. It is possible that a guarantor, a creditor of a guarantor, or the insolvency administrator in the case of an insolvency of a guarantor, may contest the validity and enforceability of the guarantee and that the applicable court may determine the guarantee should be limited or voided. In the event that any guarantees are deemed invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or to the extent that agreed limitations on the guarantee obligation apply, the notes would be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of the applicable guarantor, including trade payables of such guarantor.

 

25


U.S. Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void notes and guarantees and require note holders to return payments received.

If any Issuer or guarantor becomes a debtor in a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or encounters other financial difficulty, under federal or state fraudulent transfer law a court may void or otherwise decline to enforce the notes or the guarantees. The notes or guarantees could be subordinated to all other debts of the applicable Issuer or guarantor if, among other things, a court found that when the Issuers issued the notes or the guarantor entered into its guarantee (or in some states when payments became due under the notes or the guarantees) the Issuer or guarantor received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and either:

 

   

was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or

 

   

was left with inadequate capital to conduct its business; or

 

   

believed or reasonably should have believed that it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay.

The court might also void an issuance of notes or a guarantee, without regard to the above factors, if the court found that the Issuers issued the notes or the applicable guarantor entered into its guarantee with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors.

A court would likely find that an Issuer or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or its guarantee if an Issuer or a guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes. If a court were to void the issuance of the notes or any guarantee you would no longer have any claim against the applicable Issuer or guarantor. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining obligors, if any. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from an Issuer or guarantor.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, an issuer or guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets; or

 

   

if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

If an active trading market does not develop for the exchange notes you may not be able to resell them.

Prior to the offering of the notes, there was no public market for the outstanding notes and we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for the exchange notes. We have been informed by the initial purchasers that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes. If no active trading market develops, you may not be able to resell your notes at their fair market value or at all. Future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, our operating results and the market for similar securities. However, the initial purchasers may cease their market-making at any time.

The trading market for the notes may be adversely affected by future resales of the notes by the initial purchasers or other factors.

On the closing date of the Transactions, substantially all of the notes were purchased by the initial purchasers. The initial purchasers may resell the notes at any time and at any price, and there can be no assurance that such resales will not adversely affect the market for the notes and the prices at which you may sell your

 

26


notes. In addition to the foregoing, the notes may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending on other factors that include, without limitation, prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes and our performance.

If the notes are rated investment grade at any time by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, most of the restrictive covenants contained in the indenture governing the notes will be suspended.

If, at any time, the credit rating on the notes, as determined by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, equals or exceeds BBB- and Baa3, respectively, or any equivalent replacement ratings, we will not be subject to most of the restrictive covenants and certain events of default contained in the indenture governing the notes. As a result, you may have less contractual protection in the future under the indenture governing the notes than you had at the time the notes were initially issued. In the event that one or both of the ratings later drops below investment grade, we will thereafter again be subject to such restrictive covenants and events of default but actions that we have taken during a suspension period will not be the basis for a default or event of default under the indenture governing the notes if such actions were permitted at the time they were taken.

Changes in our credit rating could adversely affect the market price or liquidity of the notes.

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for the companies that they follow, including us. Credit rating agencies also evaluate our industry as a whole and may change their credit ratings for us based on their overall view of our industry. We cannot be sure that credit rating agencies will maintain their ratings on the notes. A negative change in our ratings could have an adverse effect on the future trading prices of the notes.

Risks related to our business

We compete for discretionary spending with many other entertainment alternatives and are subject to factors that generally affect the recreation and leisure industry, including the recent economic downturn.

Our parks compete for discretionary spending with other amusement, water and theme parks and with other types of recreational activities and forms of entertainment, including movies, sports events, restaurants and vacation travel. Our business is also subject to factors that generally affect the recreation and leisure industries and are not within our control. Such factors include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions, including relative fuel prices, and changes in consumer tastes and spending habits. The difficult regional economic conditions and recessionary periods may adversely impact attendance figures and guest spending patterns at our parks, and disproportionately affect different segments of our target customers within our core markets. For example, group sales and season-pass sales, which represent a significant portion of our revenues, are disproportionately affected by general economic conditions. Both attendance and guest per capita spending at our parks are key drivers of our revenues and profitability, and reductions in either can directly and negatively affect revenues and profitability. The principal competitive factors of a park include location, price, the uniqueness and perceived quality of the rides and attractions, the atmosphere and cleanliness of the park and the quality of its food and entertainment.

The uncertain economic conditions, such as higher unemployment rates, a constrained credit market and housing-related pressures, have affected our guests’ levels of discretionary spending. A continued decrease in discretionary spending due to decreases in consumer confidence in the economy, a continued economic slowdown or further deterioration in the economy could adversely affect the frequency with which our guests choose to attend our amusement parks and the amount that our guests spend on our products when they visit. The continued materialization of these risks could lead to a decrease in our revenues, operating income and cash flows.

 

27


Bad or extreme weather conditions can adversely impact attendance at our parks, which in turn would reduce our revenues.

Because most of the attractions at our parks are outdoors, attendance at our parks can be adversely affected by continuous bad or extreme weather and by forecasts of bad or mixed weather conditions, which negatively affects our revenue. We believe that our ownership of many parks in different geographic locations reduces, but does not completely eliminate, the effect that adverse weather can have on our consolidated results. For example, we believe that our operating results in 2009 were adversely affected by abnormally cold and wet weather in a number of our major U.S. markets.

The operating season at most of our parks is of limited duration, which can magnify the impact of adverse conditions or events occurring within that operating season.

Ten of our amusement parks are seasonal, generally operating during a portion of April or May, then daily from Memorial Day through Labor Day, and during weekends in September and, in most cases, October. Our water parks also operate seasonally, generally from Memorial Day through Labor Day and during some additional weekends before and after that period. Most of our revenues are generated during this 130 to 140-day annual operating season. As a result, when conditions or events described as risk factors occur during the operating season, particularly during the peak months of July and August or the important fall season, there is only a limited period of time during which the impact of those conditions or events can be mitigated. Accordingly, such conditions or events may have a disproportionately adverse effect upon our revenues.

Unanticipated construction delays in completing capital improvement projects in our parks and resort facilities can adversely affect our revenues.

A principal competitive factor for an amusement park is the uniqueness and perceived quality of its rides and attractions in a particular market area. Accordingly, the regular addition of new rides and attractions is important, and a key element of our revenue growth is strategic capital spending on new rides and attractions. Any construction delays or ride down-time can adversely affect our attendance and our ability to realize revenue growth.

If we lose key personnel, our business may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in part upon a number of key employees, including our senior management team, whose members have been involved in the amusement park industry for an average of more than 20 years. The loss of the services of our key employees could have a materially adverse effect on our business. With the exception of several executive officers, we do not have employment agreements with our key employees.

Increased costs of labor and employee health and welfare benefits may reduce our results of operations.

Labor is a primary component in the cost of operating our business. We devote significant resources to recruiting and training our managers and employees. Increased labor costs, due to competition, increased minimum wage or employee benefit costs or otherwise, could adversely impact our operating expenses. In addition, our success depends on our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified employees to keep pace with our needs. If we are unable to do so, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

There is a risk of accidents occurring at amusement parks, which may reduce attendance and negatively impact our revenues.

All of our amusement parks feature thrill rides. Although we are safety conscious, there are inherent risks involved with these attractions, and an accident or a serious injury at any of our amusement parks may result in negative publicity and could reduce attendance and result in decreased revenues. In addition, accidents or injuries

 

28


at parks operated by our competitors may influence the general attitudes of amusement park patrons and adversely affect attendance at our amusement parks.

Instability in general economic conditions throughout the world could impact our profitability and liquidity while increasing our exposure to counterparty risk.

Unfavorable general economic conditions, such as higher unemployment rates, a constrained credit market, housing-related pressures, and higher prices for consumer goods may hinder the ability of those with which we do business, including vendors, concessionaires and customers, to satisfy their obligations to us. Our exposure to credit losses will depend on the financial condition of our vendors, concessionaires and customers and other factors beyond our control, such as deteriorating conditions in the world economy or in the theme park industry. The unprecedented levels of disruption and volatility in the credit and financial markets have increased our possible exposure to vendor, concessionaires and customer credit risk because it has made it harder for them to access sufficient capital to meet their liquidity needs. This market turmoil, coupled with a reduction of business activity, generally increases our risks related to our status as an unsecured creditor of most of our vendors, concessionaires and customers. Credit losses, if significant, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, these issues could also increase the counterparty risk inherent in our business, including with our suppliers, vendors and financial institutions with which we enter into hedging agreements and long-term debt agreements, such as our senior secured credit facilities. The soundness of these counterparties could adversely affect us. In this difficult economic environment, our credit evaluations may be inaccurate and we cannot assure you that credit performance will not be materially worse than anticipated, and, as a result, materially and adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

Our operations and our ownership of property subject us to environmental regulation, which creates uncertainty regarding future environmental expenditures and liabilities.

We may be required to incur costs to comply with environmental requirements, such as those relating to water resources, discharges to air, water and land; the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous waste; and the cleanup of properties affected by regulated materials. Under these and other environmental requirements we may be required to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases from current or formerly owned or operated facilities. Environmental laws typically impose cleanup responsibility and liability without regard to whether the relevant entity knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants. The costs of investigation, remediation or removal of regulated materials may be substantial, and the presence of those substances, or the failure to remediate a property properly, may impair our ability to use, transfer or obtain financing regarding our property. We may be required to incur costs to remediate potential environmental hazards, mitigate environmental risks in the future, or comply with other environmental requirements.

If our customers’ credit card data is compromised/stolen, we could be exposed to data loss, litigation and liability, and our reputation could be harmed.

In connection with credit card sales, we transmit confidential credit card information securely over public networks and store it in our data warehouse. Third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of this customer information, and our security measures may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to this information. If a person is able to circumvent our security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation and liability and could disrupt our operations and any resulting negative publicity could harm our reputation.

 

29


Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that we could suffer, and our insurance costs may increase.

Companies engaged in the amusement park business may be sued for substantial damages in the event of an actual or alleged accident. An accident occurring at our parks or at competing parks may reduce attendance, increase insurance premiums, and negatively impact our operating results. Although we carry liability insurance to cover this risk, there can be no assurance that our coverage will be adequate to cover liabilities, or that we will be able to obtain adequate coverage should a catastrophic incident occur.

We will continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain sufficient insurance coverage. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to obtain adequate levels of insurance to protect against suits and judgments in connection with accidents that may occur in our amusement parks.

Turmoil in the credit and capital markets could impede our future ability to refinance our long term debt or prevent us from obtaining additional funds required to effectively operate our business, including funds from our new senior secured revolving credit facility.

From 2008 through 2010, U.S. and global credit markets experienced significant disruption, making it difficult for many businesses to obtain financing on acceptable or previously customary terms. Additionally, the volatility in equity markets due to rapid and wide fluctuations in value has resulted in a reduction of public offerings of equity securities. If these conditions persist or worsen, our borrowing costs may increase, and it may be more difficult to secure funding for our operations, including capital expenditures for theme park attractions. These risks could also impact our long-term debt ratings which would likely increase our cost of borrowing and/or make it more difficult for us to obtain funding. These factors are particularly important given our substantial long-term debt balance as of December 31, 2010 of $1,579.7 million (excluding $5.6 million of original issue discount on our notes).

Other factors, including local events, natural disasters and terrorist activities, can adversely impact park attendance and our revenues.

Lower attendance may result from various local events, natural disasters or terrorist activities, all of which are outside of our control.

 

30


DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which involve risks and uncertainties including in “Summary—Competitive strengths,” “Summary—Our strategy,” “Summary—Recent developments,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Business.” You can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believes,” “project,” “might,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” or “anticipates” or similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans or intentions. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time and, therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. While we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations (“cautionary statements”) are disclosed under “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:

 

   

the effects of local and national economic, credit and capital market conditions on the economy in general, and on the recreation and leisure industries in particular;

 

   

changes in consumer spending patterns;

 

   

factors impacting attendance, such as local conditions, events, disturbances and terrorist activities;

 

   

accidents occurring at our parks or other theme parks;

 

   

adverse weather conditions;

 

   

the effects of competition with other theme parks and other entertainment alternatives;

 

   

unanticipated construction delays in completing capital improvement projects;

 

   

access to available and reasonable financing on a timely basis;

 

   

changes in laws, including increased tax rates, regulations or accounting standards, third-party relations and approvals, and decisions of courts, regulators and governmental bodies;

 

   

pending, threatened or future legal proceedings;

 

   

our ability to recoup costs of capital investments through higher revenues;

 

   

acts of war or terrorist incidents or natural disasters; and

 

   

the other factors described under “Risk factors.”

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

31


USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes. The outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.

 

32


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2010.

You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the sections entitled “Summary—Summary historical consolidated financial and other operating data,” “Use of proceeds,” “Selected historical consolidated financial and other operating data,” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

(in millions)

   Actual as of
December 31,
2010
 

Available cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9.8   
        

Outstanding indebtedness:

  

Senior secured revolving credit facility(1)

   $ 23.2   

Senior secured term loan facility(2)

     1,157.1   

Senior unsecured notes offered hereby(3)

     405.0   
        

Total debt(3)

   $ 1,585.3   
        

Total equity

     137.1   
        

Total capitalization

   $ 1,722.4   
        

 

(1) Concurrent with the initial issuance of the outstanding notes, we entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $260 million maturing in July 2015. At December 31, 2010, we had $23.2 million of outstanding borrowings under our existing revolving credit facility, which was also subject to $15.7 million of outstanding letters of credit. However, our business is seasonal, and the amount of borrowings and letters of credit that we have outstanding under our senior secured revolving credit facility depends on our working capital needs from time to time. The Issuers and all of Cedar Fair’s wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee our senior secured credit facilities and that are not co-issuers of the notes are guarantors of the notes. See “Description of other indebtedness” for a summary of the terms of our senior secured revolving credit facility.
(2) Concurrent with the initial issuance of the outstanding notes, we entered into a $1,175 million senior secured term loan facility scheduled to mature in December 2016, all of which was drawn at closing. We extended the maturity of the term loan facility by one year on February 25, 2011. The Issuers and all of Cedar Fair’s wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee our senior secured credit facilities and that are not co-issuers of the notes are guarantors of the notes. See “Description of other indebtedness” for a summary of the terms of our senior secured term loan facility.
(3) Includes approximately $5.6 million of original issue discount on the notes.

 

33


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING DATA

The following table sets forth selected financial data for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2010. We derived the selected financial data from our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2010 which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    For the years ended December 31,  

(In millions, except per capita amounts)

  2010     2009     2008     2007     2006(1)  

Statement of operations data:

         

Net revenues:

         

Admissions

  $ 568.8      $ 532.8      $ 566.3      $ 552.1      $ 459.5   

Food, merchandise, and games

    337.3        316.4        355.9        360.1        306.9   

Accommodations and other

    71.5        66.9        74.0        74.8        65.0   
                                       

Total net revenues

    977.6        916.1        996.2        987.0        831.4   
                                       

Costs and operating expenses:

         

Cost of food, merchandise and games revenue

    86.6        84.9        90.6        92.6        80.2   

Operating expenses

    411.4        402.7        418.6        419.1        340.3   

Selling, general and administrative

    134.0        128.6        131.8        135.2        100.7   

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles .

    2.3        4.5        87.0        —          —     

Loss on impairment/retirement of fixed assets

    62.8        0.2        8.4        54.9        —     

Gain on sale of other assets

    —          (23.1     —          —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

    126.8        132.8        125.9        130.6        90.7   
                                       

Total costs and operating expenses

    823.9        730.6        862.3        832.4        611.9   
                                       

Operating income

    153.7        185.5        133.9        154.6        219.5   

Interest expense

    150.3        124.7        129.6        145.6        88.3   

Net effect of swaps

    18.2        9.2        —          —          —     

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    35.3        —          —          —          4.7   

Unrealized/realized foreign currency (gain) loss

    (20.6     0.4        0.5        —          —     

Other (income) expense, net

    (1.2     0.9        (1.0     (0.7     (0.1
                                       

Income (loss) before taxes

    (28.3     50.3        4.8        9.7        126.6   

Provision (benefit) for taxes

    3.3        14.9        (0.9     14.2        39.1   
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (31.6   $ 35.4      $ 5.7      $ (4.5   $ 87.5   
                                       

Net income (loss) per unit-basic

  $ (0.57   $ 0.64      $ 0.10      $ (0.08   $ 1.62   

Net income (loss) per unit-diluted

  $ (0.57   $ 0.63      $ 0.10      $ (0.08   $ 1.59   

Balance sheet data:

         

Total assets

  $ 2,082.4      $ 2,145.4      $ 2,186.1      $ 2,418.7      $ 2,510.9   

Working capital (deficit)

    (98.5     (70.2     (50.7     (60.0     (54.8

Long-term debt

    1,579.7        1,626.3        1,724.1        1,752.9        1,777.2   

Total equity

    137.1        127.9        106.8        285.1        410.6   

Distributions

         

Cash distributions paid per limited partner unit

  $ 0.25      $ 1.23      $ 1.92      $ 1.90      $ 1.87   

 

34


    For the years ended December 31,  

(In millions, except per capita amounts)

  2010     2009     2008     2007     2006(1)  

Other Data

         

Depreciation and amortization expense

  $ 126.8      $ 132.8      $ 125.9      $ 130.6      $ 90.7   

Capital expenditures

    71.7        69.1        83.5        78.5        59.5   

Combined attendance(2)

    22.8        21.1        22.7        22.1        19.3   

Combined in-park guest per capita spending(3)

  $ 39.21      $ 39.56      $ 40.13      $ 40.60      $ 38.71   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)

    —          1.4x        1.0x        1.1x        2.3x   

 

(1) On June 30, 2006, we acquired the following amusement parks: Cedar Canada, Kings Island, Kings Dominion, Carowinds, and Great America (collectively, the “Paramount Parks”). Operating results for the Paramount Parks are included for the periods subsequent to their acquisition date.
(2) Combined attendance includes attendance figures from the eleven amusement parks, six separately gated outdoor water parks, and Star Trek: The Experience, which closed in September 2008.
(3) Combined in-park guest per capita spending includes all amusement park and outdoor water park revenues, causeway tolls and parking revenues for the amusement park and water park operating seasons. Revenues from indoor water park, hotel, campground, marina and other out-of-park operations are excluded from per capita statistics.
(4) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income (loss) before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense plus capitalized interest, amortization of capitalized debt costs and the interest component of rental costs. Our earnings were insufficient to cover our fixed charges for 2010 by approximately $29.2 million due to a non-cash fourth-quarter charge for the impairment of long-lived assets.

 

35


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition covers periods prior to the consummation of the Transactions. Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of those historical periods does not reflect the impact that the Transactions have had and will have on us. You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition with the financial statements and related notes and the information presented under the headings “Selected historical consolidated financial and other operating data” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Business Overview

We generate our revenues primarily from sales of (1) admission to our parks, (2) food, merchandise and games inside our parks, and (3) hotel rooms, food and other attractions outside our parks. Our principal costs and expenses, which include salaries and wages, advertising, maintenance, operating supplies, utilities and insurance, are relatively fixed and do not vary significantly with attendance.

Each of our properties is run by a park general manager and operates autonomously. Management reviews operating results, evaluates performance and makes operating decisions, including the allocation of resources, on a property-by-property basis. In order to better facilitate discussion of trends in attendance and guest per capita spending than would be possible on a consolidated basis, our 11 amusement parks and six separately gated water parks have been grouped into regional designations. The northern region, which is the largest, includes Cedar Point and the adjacent Soak City water park, Kings Island, Canada’s Wonderland, Dorney Park, Valleyfair, Geauga Lake and Michigan’s Adventure. The southern region includes Kings Dominion, Carowinds, Worlds of Fun and Oceans of Fun. Finally, our western region includes Knott’s Berry Farm, Great America and the Soak City water parks located in Palm Springs, San Diego and adjacent to Knott’s Berry Farm. This region also includes the management contract with Gilroy Gardens Family Theme Park in Gilroy, California.

Aside from attendance and guest per capita statistics, discrete financial information and operating results are not prepared at the regional level, but rather at the individual park level for use by the CEO, who is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), as well as by the CFO, the park general managers, and two executive vice presidents, who report directly to the CEO and to whom our park general managers report.

 

36


The following table presents certain financial data expressed as a percent of total net revenues and selective statistical information for the periods indicated.

 

For the years ended December 31,

   2010     2009     2008  
     (In millions)     (In millions)     (In millions)  

Net revenues:

        

Admissions

   $ 568.8        58.2   $ 532.8        58.2   $ 566.3        56.9

Food, merchandise and games

     337.3        34.5     316.4        34.5     355.9        35.7

Accommodations and other

     71.5        7.3     66.9        7.3     74.0        7.4
                                                

Net revenues

     977.6        100.0     916.1        100.0     996.2        100.0

Operating costs and expenses

     632.0        64.6     616.2        67.3     641.0        64.3

Depreciation and amortization

     126.8        13.0     132.8        14.5     125.9        12.6

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

     2.3        0.2     4.5        0.5     87.0        8.7

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets

     62.8        6.4     0.2        —       8.4        0.9

(Gain) on sale of other assets

     —          —       (23.1     (2.5 %)      —          —  
                                                

Operating income

     153.7        22.1     185.5        20.2     133.9        13.4
                                                

Interest and other expense, net

     149.2        15.3     125.4        13.8     130.1        12.9

Net change in fair value of swaps

     18.2        1.9     9.2        1.0     —          —  

Loss on early debt extinguishment

     35.3        3.6     —          —          —          —     

Unrealized / realized (gain) loss on f/x

     (20.6     (2.1 )%      0.6        0.1     (1.0     (0.1 )% 

Provision (benefit) for taxes

     3.2        0.3     14.9        1.6     (0.9     (0.1 %) 
                                                

Net income

   $ (31.6     (3.2 )%    $ 35.4        3.9   $ 5.7        0.6
                                                

Other data:

        

Combined attendance (in thousands)

     22,794          21,136          22,720     

Combined in-park guest per capita spending

   $ 39.21        $ 39.56        $ 40.13     
                              

Critical Accounting Policies

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These principles require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions during the normal course of business that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes. The following discussion addresses our critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and operating results or involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity (see Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a complete discussion of our significant accounting policies). Application of the critical accounting policies described below involves the exercise of judgment and the use of assumptions as to future uncertainties, and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures made to maintain such assets in their original operating condition are expensed as incurred, and improvements and upgrades are capitalized. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The composite method is used for the group of assets acquired as a whole in 1983, as well as for the groups of like assets of each subsequent business acquisition. The unit method is used for all individual assets purchased.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The carrying values of long-lived assets, including property and equipment, are reviewed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values of the assets may not be recoverable. An

 

37


impairment loss may be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets, including disposition, are less than the carrying value of the assets. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying amounts of the assets. Fair value is generally determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis. In order to determine if an asset has been impaired, assets are grouped and tested at the lowest level (park level) for which identifiable, independent cash flows are available.

The determination of both undiscounted and discounted cash flows requires management to make significant estimates and consider an anticipated course of action as of the balance sheet date. Subsequent changes in estimated undiscounted and discounted cash flows arising from changes in anticipated actions could impact the determination of whether impairment exists, the amount of the impairment charge recorded and whether the effects could materially impact the consolidated financial statements.

At the end of the fourth quarter, we concluded, based on 2010 operating results, as well as updated forecasts, that a review of the carrying value of long-lived assets at California’s Great America was warranted. After performing our review, we determined that a portion of the park’s fixed assets, the majority of which were originally recorded with the Paramount Parks (“PPI”) acquisition, were impaired. As a result, we recognized $62.0 million of fixed-asset impairment as of December 31, 2010.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, including trade-names, are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in equity price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and slower growth rates. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of these assets and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

An impairment loss may be recognized if the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than its fair value, which is estimated using both an income (discounted cash flow) and market approach. The amount of impairment is determined by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill to the carrying value of the goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference. Goodwill and trade-names have been assigned at the reporting unit, or park level, for purposes of impairment testing.

Historically, goodwill related to parks acquired prior to 2006 has been annually tested for impairment as of October 1, while goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles, including trade-name intangibles, related to the PPI acquisition in 2006 have been annually tested for impairment as of April 1. Effective in December 2010, we changed the date of our annual goodwill impairment tests from April 1 and October 1 to December 31 to more closely align the impairment testing procedures with our long-range planning and forecasting process, which occurs in the fourth quarter each year. We believe the change is preferable since the long-term cash flow projections are a key component in performing our annual impairment tests of goodwill. In addition, we changed the date of our annual impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangibles from April 1 to December 31.

During 2010, we tested goodwill for impairment as of April 1, 2010 or October 1, 2010, as applicable, and again as of December 31, 2010. The tests indicated no impairment of goodwill as of any of those dates. Other indefinite-lived intangibles were tested for impairment as of April 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010. After performing the April 1, 2010 impairment test, we determined that a portion of trade-names at certain PPI parks

 

38


were impaired as the carrying values of those trade-names exceeded their fair values. As a result we recognized $1.4 million of trade-name impairment during the second quarter of 2010. This impairment was driven mainly by an increase in our cost of capital in 2010 and lower projected growth rates for certain parks as of the test date. After performing the December 31, 2010 impairment test, we determined that a portion of the trade-names at Great America, originally recorded with the PPI acquisition, were impaired. As a result, we recognized an additional $0.9 million of trade-name impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010.

The change in accounting principle related to changing the annual goodwill impairment testing date did not delay, accelerate, avoid or cause an impairment charge. As it was impracticable to objectively determine operating and valuation estimates for periods prior to December 31, 2010, we have prospectively applied the change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date from December 31, 2010.

It is possible that our assumptions about future performance, as well as the economic outlook, and related conclusions regarding the valuation of our reporting units (parks), could change adversely, which may result in additional impairment that would have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations, in future periods. At December 31, 2010, two of our reporting units had fair values in excess of their carrying values by greater than 10%, and a third reporting unit had a fair value in excess of the carrying value by 8%.

Self-Insurance Reserves

Reserves are recorded for the estimated amounts of guest and employee claims and expenses incurred each period that are not covered by insurance. Reserves are established for both identified claims and incurred but not reported (IBNR) claims. Such amounts are accrued for when claim amounts become probable and estimable. Reserves for identified claims are based upon our own historical claims experience and third-party estimates of settlement costs. Reserves for IBNR claims, which are not material to our consolidated financial statements, are based upon our own claims data history, as well as industry averages. All reserves are periodically reviewed for changes in facts and circumstances and adjustments are made as necessary.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are only used within our overall risk management program to manage certain interest rate and foreign currency risks from time to time. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

Derivative financial instruments used in hedging transactions are assessed both at inception and quarterly thereafter to ensure they are effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the related underlying exposures. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument is reported as a component of “Other comprehensive income (loss)” and reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments that do not qualify as effective hedging activities are reported as “Net effect of swaps” in the consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, the “Other comprehensive income (loss)” related to interest rate swaps that become ineffective is amortized over the remaining life of the interest rate swap, and reported as a component of “Net effect of swaps” in the consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues on multi-day admission tickets are recognized over the estimated number of visits expected for each type of ticket, and are adjusted periodically during the season. All other revenues are recognized on a daily basis based on actual guest spending at our facilities, or over the park operating season in the case of certain marina revenues and certain sponsorship revenues. Revenues on admission tickets for the next operating season, including season passes, are deferred in the year received and recognized as revenue in the following year.

 

39


Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2010 compared with year ended December 31, 2009

The following table presents key operating and financial information for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (amounts in thousands, except per capita spending and percentages).

 

                 Increase (Decrease)  
     12/31/10     12/31/09             $                     %          

Net revenues

   $ 977,592      $ 916,075      $ 61,517        6.7

Operating costs and expenses

     632,022        616,141        15,881        2.6

Depreciation and amortization

     126,796        132,745        (5,949     (4.5 )% 

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

     2,293        4,500        (2,207     N/M   

Loss on impairment/retirement of fixed assets

     62,752        244        62,508        N/M   

(Gain) on sale of other assets

     —          (23,098     23,098        N/M   
                          

Operating income

   $ 153,729      $ 185,543      $ (31,814     (17.1 )% 
                          

Other Data:

        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 359,231      $ 316,512      $ 42,719        13.5

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     36.7     34.6     —          2.1

Attendance

     22,794        21,136        1,658        7.8

Per capita spending

   $ 39.21      $ 39.56      $ (0.35     (0.9 )% 

Out-of-park revenues

   $ 108,809      $ 102,601      $ 6,208        6.1

Cash operating costs

   $ 632,111      $ 616,167      $ 15,944        2.6

 

   N/M-Not meaningful

Consolidated net revenues totaled $977.6 million in 2010, increasing $61.5 million, from $916.1 million in 2009. The 7% increase in revenues reflects an 8%, or 1.7 million-visit, increase in attendance from a year ago. The improved attendance was largely due to an increase in season-pass visits, the result of an increase in the number of season passes sold, particularly at our parks in the southern and western regions. In addition, attendance in 2010 benefited from an increase in group sales business as many of our parks saw the return of numerous group bookings that were lost in 2009, as well as favorable weather conditions throughout much of the operating season, including the all important fall season.

The increase in 2010 revenues also reflects an increase of 6%, or approximately $6.2 million, in out-of-park revenues, which represents the sale of hotel rooms, food, merchandise and other complementary activities located outside of the park gates. The increase in out-of-park revenues was primarily driven by an increase in occupancy and average-daily-room rates at most of our hotel properties. Slightly offsetting the increases in attendance and out-of-park revenues was a less than 1%, or $0.35, decrease in average in-park guest per capita spending for the year. In-park guest per capita spending represents the amount spent per attendee to gain admission to a park, plus all amounts spent while inside the park gates. For the fiscal year, average in-park per capita spending increased 2% in the northern region, but this increase was offset by declines in per capita spending in the southern and western regions. The declines in those regions were in part the result of the increase in season pass visits. The increase in revenues for the fiscal year also reflects the impact of currency exchange rates and the weakening U.S. dollar on our Canadian operations (approximately $7.4 million) during the year.

Operating costs and expenses increased $15.9 million, or 3%, to $632.0 million versus $616.1 million for 2009. The increase reflects $10.4 million of costs incurred in 2010 in connection with the terminated Apollo merger, an increase in scheduled maintenance expense across the parks of approximately $9.5 million, increases in operating supplies and seasonal wages of approximately $3.2 million and $2.9 million, respectively, the result of increased attendance, and the negative impact of currency exchange rates on our Canadian operating expenses of approximately $4.5 million during the year. The comparison between years is also affected by certain one-time

 

40


costs incurred in 2009, including $11.5 million of litigation costs for the settlement of a California class-action lawsuit and a license dispute with Paramount Pictures, as well as $5.6 million of costs for the terminated Apollo merger.

Depreciation and amortization expense for the year decreased $5.9 million due primarily to lower amortization expense in 2010 resulting from the accelerated amortization in 2009 of the intangible asset related to the Nickelodeon licensing agreement, which was not renewed at the end of 2009. During the second and fourth quarters of 2010, we recognized non-cash charges of $1.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, for the partial impairment of trade-names originally recorded at the time of the PPI acquisition. This compares with a non-cash charge of $4.5 million for the impairment of trade-names in 2009. Additionally in the fourth quarter, we recognized a non-cash charge of $62.0 million at Great America for the partial impairment of its fixed assets and a $0.8 million charge for asset retirements across all properties. Although the acquisition of the PPI parks continues to meet our collective operating and profitability goals, the performance of certain acquired parks fell below our original expectations in 2010, which when coupled with a higher cost of capital, resulted in the impairment charges recorded in 2010. It is important to note that each of the acquired PPI parks produces positive cash flow, and that trade-name write-downs and fixed asset impairment losses do not affect cash, Adjusted EBITDA or liquidity.

The comparison of operating income between years is also affected by a $23.1 million gain on the sale of other assets in 2009. In late August of 2009, we completed the sale of 87 acres of surplus land at Canada’s Wonderland to the Vaughan Health Campus of Care in Ontario, Canada as part of our ongoing efforts to reduce debt. Net proceeds from this sale totaled $53.8 million and resulted in the recognition of a $23.1 million gain during 2009. After this gain, as well as depreciation, amortization, impairment losses and all other operating costs, operating income for 2010 decreased $31.8 million to $153.7 million compared with $185.5 million in 2009.

In July 2010, we completed the refinancing of our outstanding debt by issuing $405 million of 9.125% senior unsecured notes and entering into a new $1,435 million credit agreement, resulting in the recognition of a $35.3 million loss during the year on the early extinguishment of our previous debt. As a result of the 2010 financing, as well as the August 2009 amendment that extended $900 million of term debt, interest-rate spreads were higher during 2010 than a year ago. Based on the higher interest-rate spreads, interest expense for 2010 increased $25.6 million to $150.3 million from $124.7 million in 2009.

During 2010, the net effect of our swaps increased $9.0 million to a non-cash charge to earnings of $18.2 million, reflecting the regularly scheduled amortization of amounts in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” (AOCI) related to the swaps, offset somewhat by gains from marking the ineffective and de-designated swaps to market and foreign currency gains related to the U.S.-dollar denominated Canadian term loan in the current period. During the year, we also recognized a $20.6 million benefit to earnings for unrealized/realized foreign currency gains, $17.5 million of which represents an unrealized foreign currency gain on the U.S.-dollar denominated notes issued in July and held at our Canadian property.

A provision for taxes of $3.2 million was recorded in 2010, consisting of a benefit to account for the tax attributes of our corporate subsidiaries of $4.7 million and a provision for publicly traded partnership (PTP) taxes of $7.9 million. This compares with a provision for taxes of $14.9 million in 2009, consisting of $7.9 million for the tax attributes of our corporate subsidiaries and $7.0 million for PTP taxes.

After interest expense and provision for taxes, net loss for the period totaled $31.6 million, or $0.57 per diluted limited partner unit, compared with net income of $35.4 million, or $0.63 per unit, a year ago.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is a meaningful measure of our operating results (for additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, including how we define and use Adjusted EBITDA, as well as a reconciliation to net income, see Note 1 in “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Operating Data,” on pages

 

41


18-19). In 2010, Adjusted EBITDA (as defined by our credit agreement) increased $42.7 million, or 14%, to $359.2 million, with our Adjusted EBITDA margin (Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues) increasing 210 basis points (bps) to 36.7% from 34.6% in 2009. The increase in margin in 2010 was largely due to increased attendance which led to strong operating results during the peak summer months of July and August, as well as the ever-growing fall season, and continued disciplined cost containment throughout the year.

Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2009 compared with Year ended December 31, 2008

The following table presents key operating and financial information for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. (Amounts in thousands except per capita spending and percentages)

 

                  Increase (Decrease)  
     12/31/09     12/31/08              $                     %          

Net revenues

   $ 916,075      $ 996,232       $ (80,157     (8.0

Operating costs and expenses

     616,141        641,058         (24,917     (3.9

Depreciation and amortization

     132,745        125,838         6,907        5.5   

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

     4,500        86,988         (82,488     N/M   

Loss on impairment/retirement of fixed assets

     244        8,425         (8,181     N/M   

(Gain) on sale of other assets

     (23,098     —           (23,098     N/M   
                           

Operating income

   $ 185,543      $ 133,923       $ 51,620        38.5   
                           

Other Data:

         

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 316,512      $ 355,890       $ (39,378     (11.1

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     34.6        35.7         —          (1.1

Attendance

     21,136        22,720         (1,584     (7.0

Per capita spending

   $ 39.56      $ 40.13       $ (0.57     (1.4

Out-of-park revenues

   $ 102,601      $ 109,919       $ (7,318     (6.7

Cash operating costs

   $ 616,167      $ 640,342       $ (24,175     (3.8

 

   N/M-Not meaningful

Consolidated net revenues totaled $916.1 million in 2009, decreasing $80.1 million, from $996.2 million in 2008. The decrease in revenues reflects a 7%, or 1.6 million-visit, decrease in attendance in 2009 compared with 2008. The decrease in attendance was primarily the result of a sharp decline in group sales business, which was negatively affected by the poor economy, a decrease in season pass visits due to a decline in season pass sales during the year and poor weather, including particularly cooler than normal temperatures throughout much of the season at our northern and southern regions. The revenue decline also represents a decrease of 1%, or $0.57, in average in-park per capita spending for 2009. In-park guest per capita spending represents the amount spent per attendee to gain admission to a park plus all amounts spent while inside the park gates. Excluding the effects of the closing of Star Trek: The Experience in 2008, the decrease in per capita spending for the period would have been $0.34, or less than 1% when compared with 2008. Out-of-park revenues, which represent the sale of hotel rooms, food, merchandise and other complementary activities located outside of the park gates, decreased 7%, or $7.3 million between years, due primarily to declines in occupancy rates at most of our hotel properties.

Operating costs and expenses, excluding depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges, decreased 4%, or $24.9 million, to $616.1 million in 2009 from $641.0 million in 2008. The decrease in operating costs was the result of the successful implementation of numerous cost-savings initiatives, a reduction in variable costs due to a decrease in attendance, and the closing of Star Trek: The Experience in late 2008. Together, these items reduced core operating costs by approximately $40.7 million, or 6.4%, in 2009. This reduction in operating costs was offset somewhat by $17.1 million of charges during the year related to the terminated Apollo merger and litigation settlements discussed earlier.

 

42


As mentioned in our “Year ended December 31, 2010 compared with year ended December 31, 2009” discussion above, in 2009 we recognized a $23.1 million gain on the sale of 87 acres of surplus land at Canada’s Wonderland. After the gain on the sale of the Canadian land, depreciation, amortization, loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, and all other non-cash costs, operating income for the period increased $51.6 million to $185.5 million in 2009 compared with $133.9 million in 2008. The increase in operating income was affected by the recording of non-cash charges in 2009 of $4.5 million for the impairment of trade-names that were originally recorded when we acquired the PPI parks in 2006, compared with non-cash charges of $79.9 million and $7.1 million recorded in 2008 for impairment of goodwill and trade-names, respectively. See Note 4 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of these impairment charges.

In 2009, depreciation and amortization increased $6.9 million from 2008. This increase was due to an increase in amortization expense of $8.4 million, offset by a decrease in depreciation of $1.5 million. The increase in amortization expense reflects the accelerated amortization of the intangible asset related to the Nickelodeon licensing agreement. During 2009, it was determined that we would not be renewing the licensing agreement, which expired on December 31, 2009, thus triggering the accelerated amortization.

Interest expense for 2009 decreased $4.9 million to $124.7 million from $129.6 million in 2008. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest rates on our variable-rate outstanding borrowings along with lower average debt balances, offset slightly by a 200 basis point increase in interest costs on $900 million of term-debt borrowings that were extended by two years in August 2009. During 2009, we retired $161.3 million of term- debt through regularly scheduled debt amortization payments, as well as the use of available cash from the reduction in our annual distribution rate and the net proceeds from the sale of excess land at Canada’s Wonderland. Net change in fair value of swaps and other (income) expense, net, increased $10.8 million compared with 2008. This increase was primarily a result of recording a $9.2 million non-cash charge to income for the change in the mark-to-market valuations of our swaps that had gone ineffective or were de-designated for hedge accounting during the year, as well as the related amortization of amounts previously recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss. In 2008, the swaps were highly effective and the change in the mark-to-market valuations were appropriately recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss.

A provision for taxes of $14.9 million was recorded in 2009, consisting of a provision to account for the tax attributes of our corporate subsidiaries of $7.9 million and a provision for PTP taxes of $7.0 million. This compares with a benefit for taxes of $0.9 million in 2008, consisting of a $9.4 million benefit for the tax attributes of our corporate subsidiaries and a $8.5 million provision for PTP taxes.

After interest expense and provision for taxes, net income for the period totaled $35.4 million, or $0.63 per diluted limited partner unit, compared with net income of $5.7 million, or $0.10 per unit, a year ago.

In 2009, Adjusted EBITDA decreased $39.4 million, or 11%, to $316.5 million, with our Adjusted EBITDA margin decreasing 110 basis points (bps) to 34.6% from 35.7% in 2008. The decrease in margin in 2009 was due to a decrease in net revenues, caused primarily by a decrease in group business, only being partially offset by cost control initiatives implemented in 2009. For additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, including how we define and use Adjusted EBITDA, as well as a reconciliation to net income, see Note 1 in “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Operating Data.”

Financial Condition

With respect to both liquidity and cash flow, we ended 2010 in sound condition. The negative working capital ratio (current liabilities divided by current assets) of 2.4 at December 31, 2010 was the result of our highly seasonal business, as well as the impact of the fair value liability of our interest rate swap agreements that expire in October 2011 becoming current. Receivables and inventories are at normally low seasonal levels and credit facilities are in place to fund current liabilities, capital expenditures and pre-opening expenses as required.

 

43


Operating Activities

Net cash from operating activities in 2010 decreased $3.1 million to $182.1 million from $185.2 million in 2009. The decrease in operating cash flows between years was primarily attributable to the negative change in working capital, excluding the impact of debt-related and non-cash items, offset somewhat by the increase in the operating results of our parks.

Net cash from operating activities in 2009 decreased $30.4 million to $185.2 million compared with $215.6 million in 2008. The decrease in operating cash flows between years was primarily attributable to the decrease in operating results of our parks, offset by lower interest and income tax payments, and a favorable change in working capital.

Investing Activities

Investing activities consist principally of acquisitions and capital investments we make in our parks and resort properties. During 2010, cash used for investing activities totaled $71.7 million, compared to $15.3 million in 2009 and $77.1 million in 2008. The change between years was primarily the result for capital investments of a $53.8 million influx of cash in 2009 from the sale of excess land at Canada’s Wonderland. In addition, the 2008 total includes $6.4 million received from CBS Corporation as final settlement of a purchase-price working capital adjustment related to the acquisition of PPI. In 2009 and 2008, cash used for capital investments totaled $69.1 million and $83.5 million, respectively.

Historically, we have been able to improve our revenues and profitability by continuing to make substantial capital investments in our park and resort facilities. This has enabled us to maintain or increase attendance levels, as well as to generate increases in guest per capita spending and revenues from guest accommodations. For the 2011 operating season, we will be investing approximately $75 million in capital investments at our 17 properties, with the highlight of the 2011 program being the addition of four thrill-seeking 300-foot-tall swing rides, one at each of Cedar Point, Knott’s Berry Farm, Canada’s Wonderland and Kings Island.

In addition to great new thrill rides, we are also investing in other capital improvements across our parks, including the re-theming of children’s areas at three of our parks to the PEANUTS characters and the addition of a night-time light show and display at three of our parks, which will be similar to shows introduced at several of our parks over the past two seasons that have proved to be very popular with guests.

Financing Activities

Net cash utilized for financing activities in 2010, which reflects the July refinancing of our debt, totaled $112.7 million, compared with $173.3 million in 2009 and $127.6 million in 2008. The $60.6 million decrease in cash used for financing activities was primarily attributable to lower distribution payments made to partners in 2010 ($13.8 million) compared to 2009 ($67.9 million). Reflected in the 2009 total is the retirement of $53.8 million of term debt with funds obtained from the sale of excess land near Canada’s Wonderland.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In July 2010, we issued $405 million of 9  1 / 8 % senior unsecured notes in a private placement, including $5.6 million of original issue discount to yield 9.375%. The notes mature in 2018. Concurrently with that offering, we entered into new $1,435 million senior secured credit facilities, which include a $1,175 million senior secured term loan facility and a $260 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The net proceeds from the offering of the notes, along with borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities, were used to repay in full all amounts outstanding under our previous credit facilities. On February 25, 2011, we amended the senior secured credit facilities and extended the maturity date of the U.S. term loan portion of the credit facilities by one year. Certain terms of the amendment are described below.

 

44


Terms of the senior secured credit facilities include a reduction in our previous $310 million revolving credit facilities to a combined $260 million facility. Under the new agreement, the Canadian portion of the revolving credit facility has a limit of $15 million. U.S. denominated loans made under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 bps (with no LIBOR floor). Canadian denominated loans made under the Canadian portion of the facility also bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 bps (with no LIBOR floor). The revolving credit facility, which matures in July 2015, also provides for the issuance of documentary and standby letters of credit.

The extended U.S. term loan, as amended on February 25, 2011, will amortize at $11.8 million per year beginning in 2011 and mature in December 2017. The extended U.S. term loan bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 300 bps, with a LIBOR floor of 100 bps. Until our recent amendment to the senior secured credit facilities, the U.S. term loan bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 bps, with a LIBOR floor of 150 bps.

At December 31, 2010, we had $1,157.1 million of variable-rate term debt, $399.4 million of the fixed-rate notes, and $23.2 million in borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility. After letters of credit, which totaled $15.7 million at December 31, 2010, we had $221.1 million of available borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Of our total term debt outstanding at the end of the year, none was scheduled to mature within the next twelve months.

Our $405 million of notes require semi-annual interest payments in February and August, with the principal due in full on August 1, 2018. The notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to August 1, 2014 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Thereafter, the notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at various prices depending on the date redeemed. Prior to August 1, 2013, up to 35% of the notes may be redeemed with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at 109.125%.

In 2006, we entered into several fixed-rate interest rate swap agreements totaling $1.0 billion. The weighted average fixed-LIBOR rate on the interest rate swaps, which mature in October 2011, is 5.6%. Based upon our scheduled quarterly regression analysis testing for the effectiveness of the accounting treatment of these swaps, as well as changes in the forward interest rate yield curves used in that testing, the swaps were deemed to be ineffective beginning in October 2009 and continuing through December 31, 2010. This resulted in the swaps not qualifying for hedge accounting during the fourth quarter of 2009 and all of 2010. The fair market value of these instruments at December 31, 2010 was a $48.0 million liability, which was recorded in “Current derivative liability” on the consolidated balance sheet.

In 2007, we entered into two cross-currency swap agreements, which mature in February 2012 and effectively converted $268.7 million of term debt at the time, and the associated interest payments, from U.S. dollar denominated debt at a rate of LIBOR plus 200 bps to 6.3% fixed-rate Canadian dollar denominated debt. As a result of paying down the underlying Canadian term debt with net proceeds from the sale of surplus land near Canada’s Wonderland in August 2009, the notional amounts of the underlying debt and the cross-currency swaps no longer match. Because of the mismatch of the notional amounts, we determined the swaps would no longer be highly effective going forward, resulting in the de-designation of the swaps as of the end of August 2009. The fair market value of these instruments at December 31, 2010 was a $54.5 million liability, which was recorded in “Derivative Liability” on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

45


The following table presents our existing fixed-rate swaps, which mature October 1, 2011, along with their notional amounts and their fixed interest rates, which compare to 30-day LIBOR of 0.26% as of December 31, 2010. The table also presents our cross-currency swaps and their notional amounts and interest rates as of December 31, 2010.

 

     Interest Rate Swaps     Cross-currency Swaps  
($’s in thousands)    Notional
Amounts
     LIBOR
Rate
    Notional
Amounts
     Implied
Interest Rate
 
   $ 200,000         5.64   $ 258,000         7.31
     200,000         5.64     525         9.50
     200,000         5.64     
     200,000         5.57     
     100,000         5.60     
     100,000         5.60     
                      

Total $’s/Average Rate

   $ 1,000,000         5.62   $ 258,525         7.31
                      

In order to maintain fixed interest costs on a portion of our domestic term debt beyond the expiration of the existing swaps, in September 2010 we entered into several forward-starting swap agreements that will effectively convert a total of $600 million of LIBOR based variable-rate debt to fixed rates beginning in October 2011. The weighted average fixed rate on these LIBOR based interest rate swaps, which mature in December 2015, is 2.57%. The fair market value of these instruments at December 31, 2010 was $6.3 million, which was recorded in “Other Assets” on the consolidated balance sheet.

The following table presents our forward-starting fixed-rate swaps, which become effective October 1, 2011 and mature December 15, 2015, along with their notional amounts and their fixed interest rates.

 

     Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swaps  
($’s in thousands)    Notional Amounts      Interest Rate  
   $ 200,000         2.51
     75,000         2.54
     50,000         2.53
     150,000         2.67
     50,000         2.53
     50,000         2.67
     25,000         2.53
           

Total $’s/Average Rate

   $ 600,000         2.57
           

The senior secured credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios, which if breached for any reason, including a decline in operating results due to economic or weather conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreement. The most critical of these ratios is the Consolidated Leverage Ratio. At the end of 2010, this ratio was set at 6.25x consolidated total debt (excluding the revolving debt)-to-consolidated EBITDA. As of December 31, 2010, our consolidated total debt (excluding revolving debt)-to-consolidated EBITDA ratio was 4.33x, providing $110.2 million of consolidated EBITDA cushion on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio. We were in compliance with all other covenants under the senior secured credit facilities as of December 31, 2010.

The senior secured credit facilities, as amended February 25, 2011, also include provisions that allow us to make restricted payments of up to $60 million in 2011 and up to $20 million annually thereafter, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, so long as no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing. The restricted payment limitation in place under the credit facilities during 2010 and prior to the recent amendment capped the annual amount of permitted restricted payments at $20 million. These restricted payments are not subject to any

 

46


specific covenants. Beginning in 2012, additional restricted payments are allowed to be made based on an excess-cash-flow formula, should our pro-forma consolidated leverage ratio be less than or equal to 4.50x consolidated total debt (excluding the revolving debt)-to-consolidated EBITDA (as defined), measured on a quarterly basis. Per the terms of the indenture governing our notes, our ability to make restricted payments in 2011 and beyond is permitted should our trailing-twelve-month Total-Indebtedness-to-Consolidated-Cash-Flow Ratio be less than or equal to 4.75x consolidated total indebtedness (including revolving debt)-to-consolidated EBITDA, measured on a quarterly basis. In accordance with these provisions, on October 5, 2010, we announced the declaration of a distribution of $0.25 per limited partner unit, which was paid on December 15, 2010. On February 15, 2011, we announced the declaration of a distribution of $0.08 per limited partner unit, which is payable on March 15, 2011.

In addition to the above mentioned covenants and provisions, the senior secured credit facilities contain an initial three-year requirement that at least 50% of our aggregate term debt and senior notes be subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection.

Existing credit facilities and cash flows from operations are expected to be sufficient to meet working capital needs, debt service, partnership distributions and planned capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We had $15.7 million in letters of credit, which are primarily in place to backstop insurance arrangements, outstanding on our revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2010. We have no other significant off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We are exposed to market risks from fluctuations in interest rates, and to a lesser extent on currency exchange rates on our operations in Canada and, from time to time, on imported rides and equipment. The objective of our financial risk management is to reduce the potential negative impact of interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations to acceptable levels. We do not acquire market risk sensitive instruments for trading purposes.

We manage interest rate risk through the use of a combination of fixed-rate long-term debt, interest rate swaps, which fix a portion of our variable-rate long-term debt, and variable-rate borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We mitigate a portion of our foreign currency exposure from the Canadian dollar through the use of foreign-currency denominated debt. Hedging of the U.S. dollar denominated debt, used to fund a substantial portion of our net investment in our Canadian operations, is accomplished through the use of cross-currency swaps. Any gain or loss on the effective hedging instrument primarily offsets the gain or loss on the underlying debt. Translation exposures with regard to our Canadian operations are not hedged.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument is reported as a component of “Other comprehensive income (loss)” and reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments that do not qualify as effective hedging activities are reported as “Net effect of swaps” in the consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, the “Other comprehensive income (loss)” related to interest rate swaps that become ineffective is amortized over the remaining life of the interest rate swap, and reported as a component of “Net effect of swaps” in the consolidated statement of operations.

After considering the impact of interest rate swap agreements, at December 31, 2010, all of our outstanding long-term debt represented fixed-rate debt. Assuming an average balance on our revolving credit borrowings of approximately $108 million, a hypothetical 100 bps increase in 30-day LIBOR on our variable-rate debt would lead to a decrease of approximately $12 million in annual cash interest costs due to the impact of our fixed-rate swap agreements.

 

47


A uniform 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar would result in a $3.5 million decrease in annual operating income.

Impact of inflation

Substantial increases in costs and expenses could impact our operating results to the extent such increases could not be passed along to our guests. In particular, increases in labor, supplies, taxes, and utility expenses could have an impact on our operating results. The majority of our employees are seasonal and are paid hourly rates which are consistent with federal and state minimum wage laws. Historically, we have been able to pass along cost increases to guests through increases in admission, food, merchandise and other prices, and we believe that we will continue to have the ability to do so over the long term. We believe that the effects of inflation, if any, on our operating results and financial condition have been and will continue to be minor.

 

48


BUSINESS

Overview

We are one of the largest regional amusement park operators in the world and we own eleven amusement parks, six outdoor water parks, one indoor water park and five hotels.

In 2010, we entertained more than 22 million visitors. All of our parks are family-oriented, with recreational facilities for people of all ages, and provide clean and attractive environments with exciting rides and entertainment. The amusement parks include: Cedar Point, located on Lake Erie between Cleveland and Toledo in Sandusky, Ohio; Kings Island near Cincinnati, Ohio; Cedar Canada near Toronto, Canada; Dorney Park & Wildwater Kingdom (“Dorney Park”), located near Allentown in South Whitehall Township, Pennsylvania; Valleyfair, located near Minneapolis/St. Paul in Shakopee, Minnesota; Michigan’s Adventure located near Muskegon, Michigan; Kings Dominion near Richmond, Virginia; Carowinds in Charlotte, North Carolina; Worlds of Fun located in Kansas City, Missouri; Knott’s Berry Farm, located near Los Angeles in Buena Park, California; and California’s Great America (“Great America”) located in Santa Clara, California. Additionally, we have a management contract for Gilroy Gardens Family Theme Park in Gilroy, California.

We also own and operate the Castaway Bay Indoor Waterpark Resort in Sandusky, Ohio, and six separately gated outdoor water parks. Three of the outdoor water parks are located adjacent to Cedar Point, Knott’s Berry Farm and Worlds of Fun, the fourth is located near San Diego, the fifth is in Palm Springs, California, and the sixth is Geauga Lake’s Wildwater Kingdom located near Cleveland in Aurora, Ohio. We own and operate all rides and attractions at the amusement and water parks.

Our seasonal amusement parks are generally open during weekends beginning in April or May, and then daily from Memorial Day until Labor Day, after which they are open during weekends in September and, in most cases, October. The six outdoor water parks also operate seasonally, generally from Memorial Day to Labor Day, plus some additional weekends before and after this period. As a result, virtually all of the operating revenues of these parks are generated during an approximate 130 to 140-day operating season. Both Knott’s Berry Farm and Castaway Bay Resort are open daily on a year-round basis. Castaway Bay’s indoor water park is open daily generally from Memorial Day to Labor Day, plus a limited daily schedule for the balance of the year. Each park charges a basic daily admission price, which allows unlimited use of most rides and attractions.

The demographic groups that are most important to the parks are young people ages 12 through 24 and families. Families are believed to be attracted by a combination of rides and live entertainment and the clean, wholesome atmosphere. Young people are believed to be attracted by the action-packed rides. During their operating season, the parks conduct active television, radio, newspaper and internet advertising campaigns in their major market areas geared toward these two groups.

Competitive strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

High quality, well-maintained parks. We believe that we are a leading operator of regional amusement parks because we have historically made substantial investments in our park and resort facilities. This has enabled us to provide a wholesome, exciting, quality experience with broad family appeal and, as a result, increase attendance levels and generate higher in-park guest per capita spending and higher revenue from guest accommodations.

Capital investments for new rides and attractions in our parks typically range from $80-90 million per annum, excluding annual maintenance expenses that are included in the operating expense on our income statement. Capital expenditures and maintenance expenses together represented approximately 16-18% of revenue in each of the last three fiscal years.

 

49


We allocate capital to parks based on strict return parameters and aim to achieve cash-on-cash returns of 15-25% on investments in new rides, attractions and hotels. To accomplish that goal, we invest in marketable attractions—including an industry-leading portfolio of award-winning rollercoasters—that help drive attendance and have long operating lives and evergreen themes that incur minimal royalty payments and do not require costly re-theming or other reinvestment to keep pace with changing third party intellectual property. As a result of these capital investments, our parks have a variety of award winning thrill rides, including nine of the world’s top 25 steel roller coasters and three of the world’s top 15 wooden roller coasters according to international surveys conducted by Amusement Today . Those surveys have also voted Cedar Point the “Best Amusement Park in the World” for 13 consecutive years.

Each of our parks has also maintained broad family appeal, with designated areas for young children. According to Amusement Today’s survey, Kings Island has had the #1 ranked “Best Kids’ Area” for 10 consecutive years and Knott’s Berry Farm was ranked #4 this past year. We continue to pursue additional opportunities for growth at the parks that have a broad family appeal. For example, in 2010, we introduced the PEANUTS characters and Planet Snoopy, a children’s area, at the five Paramount Parks acquired in 2006. We believe making our parks appealing to the whole family results in higher attendance and greater per capita spending.

Favorable industry dynamics. Regional amusement parks provide an attractive and affordable alternative to large destination parks, particularly in a challenging economic environment. We believe that a leading position in the regional amusement park industry provides a distinct competitive advantage due to a price/value proposition that compares favorably to other local, out-of-home entertainment options. Additionally, our regional amusement and water parks are primarily located near major cities with little or no direct competition within their core market area and draw approximately 75% of attendance from within a 150-mile radius.

We are headquartered in Sandusky, Ohio.

Significant barriers to entry. We believe there are significant barriers to entry in the amusement park industry that help our parks to maintain their strong regional market positions:

 

   

Capital Costs. Construction of a quality regional theme park requires a substantial initial capital investment, and there is generally limited visibility on a newly-constructed park’s return on capital at inception.

 

   

Real Estate Requirements. Building a new theme park requires a significant plot of developable land, plus additional land for roads and local businesses, including lodging and restaurants, that will be complimentary to the park.

 

   

Zoning Restrictions. Local governments often believe the negative impact of increased traffic and environmental effects will outweigh the promise of increased tax revenue and job creation, and as a result generally show reluctance to approve zoning for a new theme park.

 

   

Development Time. We estimate that it takes approximately three years to construct a regional amusement park, with the planning process taking approximately one year (including a feasibility analysis, public approval processes, design development and financing) and construction taking up to two years (including procurement and installation of rides, show facilities and other equipment).

Significant real estate holdings and other assets. We own over 4,700 acres of land, with only one park utilizing leased property under a long-term ground lease through 2039. Our theme parks comprise approximately 4,000 acres of our owned land, including over 1,200 acres of developable land, and we also own approximately 535 acres of land at Geauga Lake near Cleveland, Ohio and 450 acres of land in Lenawee County, Michigan. All of the rides and attractions at the amusement and water parks are owned and operated by us. We also own and operate a number of other complementary assets adjacent to some of our parks:

 

   

We own and operate four hotel facilities at Cedar Point, including: Castaway Bay, which has a tropical Caribbean theme with 237 hotel rooms centered around a 38,000-square-foot indoor water park and is

 

50


 

the park’s only year-round hotel; Hotel Breakers, which is the park’s largest hotel with more than 600 guest rooms plus dining and lounge facilities, a private beach, lake swimming, a conference/meeting center, one indoor pool and two outdoor pools; Breakers Express, a 350-room, limited-service hotel located near the Causeway entrance to the park; and Sandcastle Suites Hotel, which features 187 suites, a courtyard pool, tennis courts and a waterfront restaurant.

 

   

We own and operate several other assets at Cedar Point that are complementary to the park’s operations, including: Cedar Point Marina, which is one of the largest full-service marinas on the Great Lakes and provides dockage facilities (including floating docks and full guest amenities) for more than 740 boats; Castaway Bay Marina, which is a full-service marina featuring 160 slips and full guest amenities; Camper Village, which has campsites for more than 100 recreational vehicles; and Lighthouse Point, which offers lakefront cottages, cabins and full-service recreation vehicle campsites.

 

   

We own the Cedar Point Causeway across Sandusky Bay, which is a major access route to Cedar Point.

 

   

We own and operate the Knott’s Berry Farm Resort Hotel, a 320-room, full-service hotel that features a pool, tennis courts and meeting/banquet facilities and is located adjacent to Knott’s Berry Farm.

 

   

We own Worlds of Fun Village, an upscale camping area that offers overnight guest accommodations next to our Worlds of Fun park in 20 wood-side cottages, 22 log cabins and 80 deluxe RV sites, as well as owning campgrounds at both Kings Dominion and Carowinds.

 

   

We own dormitory facilities that house seasonal and part-time employees near or adjacent to several of our parks, including: Cedar Point, where we own dormitories that house up to 2,800 employees; Kings Dominion, where we own a dormitory that houses up to 440 employees; and Valleyfair, where we own a dormitory that houses up to 420 employees.

Stable and diversified cash flows.  We have historically generated stable cash flow as a result of consistent attendance and long-term revenue trends. In addition to favorable industry dynamics historically driving organic attendance growth, we have opportunistically made acquisitions to further our diversity of revenue and market share. As a result, our park portfolio is broadly distributed across North America, establishing a geographic footprint that mitigates regional economic and weather risk, and our revenues and EBITDA are diversified across our parks, so we are not dependent on any one park or region.

We have also used our highly successful holiday events to extend the operating season and generate additional revenue at our parks. In the last decade, Halloween events have been added to most of the Company’s parks and have become meaningful financial contributors. These Halloween events follow in the tradition of Knott’s Scary Farm, the original theme park Halloween event dating back to 1973 at Knott’s Berry Farm. Knott’s Scary Farm has consistently been named one of the “Best Halloween Events in the World” according to Amusement Today , and its immense popularity also paved the way for a Christmas Event, Knott’s Merry Farm.

We believe our stable and diversified cash flow will continue to give us the opportunity to grow, reinvest in our business and service our indebtedness.

Industry-leading operating metrics.  We have some of the highest EBITDA margins and cash conversion profiles in the theme park industry. We protect these margins by maintaining our pricing policies and abiding by strict cost controls. On the pricing side, we limit the use of complimentary and heavily-discounted tickets and focus on single-day ticket price integrity with a reasonable season-pass/single-day ratio. On the cost side, we carefully manage seasonal staffing levels, minimize corporate overhead and require senior management approval for pricing decisions, permanent hiring and corporate travel. Additionally, our management has consistently demonstrated the ability to enhance the performance of acquired assets by enforcing strict cost controls, optimizing pricing policies for tickets and redirecting spending away from intellectual property and towards thrill rides.

 

51


Our high operating margins are also aided by our lack of significant licensing fees, as compared to industry peers who incur licensing fees for certain entertainment-themed attractions. Our relatively low licensing fees allow us to redirect expenditures toward thrill rides that will increase attendance, such as Behemoth at Cedar Canada and Diamondback at Kings Island. We believe this is an important reason that we have consistently outperformed our peers in periods of economic uncertainty.

We believe that our ability to maintain industry-leading operating margins will allow us to continue to outperform our peers.

Experienced management team.  The members of our senior management team have an average of 18 years of experience with us and more than 25 years in the amusement park and entertainment industry. The management team is led by Richard L. Kinzel (President and Chief Executive Officer) and Peter J. Crage (Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer) who have 38 and 21 years of experience in the amusement and entertainment industry and 38 and 9 years of experience with Cedar Fair, respectively. We believe our experienced and stable management is a key component of our success and will enable us to continue to produce attractive operating results.

Our strategy

Our objective is to maximize our cash flow and operating profitability while providing our guests high-value, high-quality entertainment through a focus on our cornerstones of safety, service, cleanliness, courtesy and integrity. Key elements of our business strategy are:

Pursuing growth in our existing parks.  We have an industry-leading portfolio of regional amusements parks that are well capitalized and in excellent condition, along with significant real estate holdings. We believe there are continuing opportunities for us to leverage this high-quality asset base to generate growth in and around our existing parks.

We are constantly looking for ways to increase our revenues by increasing attendance and guest per capita spending, including pursuing the following strategies:

 

   

We will continue to make prudent capital investments, adding marketable rides and attractions and improving the overall guest experience.

 

   

We plan to implement innovative ticket pricing strategies to maximize admissions revenue and out-of-park spending on hotels, campgrounds and extra-charge attractions.

 

   

We plan to add and enhance dining, merchandise and other revenue outlets.

 

   

We will focus on opportunities to host new seasonal events and other special events.

Because a large portion of our expenses are relatively fixed, incremental attendance gains and increases in guest per capita spending have historically resulted in significant increases in our operating profits.

Maintaining disciplined expense controls.  Our management team focuses on fostering a strong culture of accountability that allows us to control operating costs and expenses in all aspects of our business while maintaining a high-quality guest experience. Full-time staff and corporate overhead are kept to a minimum, and seasonal staffing levels are adjusted daily based on expected park attendance. All other costs and expenses are carefully budgeted and controlled to the maximum extent practicable. As a result, we are able to maintain industry leading operating margins, even in the face of a challenging economic environment.

Additionally, we have been able to implement our strategy and cost discipline at the parks that we have acquired throughout the years. For example, through our strict cost controls and other initiatives, we were able to significantly increase park level EBITDA margins at the five Paramount Parks that we acquired in 2006.

 

52


We believe that our disciplined approach to costs and expenses will continue to contribute to our industry leading margins and provide us with flexibility during downturns in the economy and in our business.

Extending the traditional operating season.  A majority of our amusement parks are seasonal, with virtually all of the operating revenues of these parks generated during an approximate 130- to 140-day operating season that lasts from Memorial Day to Labor Day. We have marketed a number of initiatives to generate business and extend the operating season. Our parks host several successful and popular holiday events which extend the operating season, including award winning Halloween events. Knott’s Scary Farm at Knott’s Berry Farm, for example, has consistently been named one of the “Best Halloween Events in the World” according to Amusement Today. In recent years, Halloween and other special events have been added to most of our parks and have become meaningful financial contributors.

We continuously consider and implement new concepts and initiatives that allow us to maximize the value of our assets through higher utilization.

Adding complementary facilities.  Our industry-leading portfolio of regional amusements parks includes significant real estate holdings that we may develop in the future to maximize ancillary revenue at our parks. In the past, we have expanded several of our parks by adding complementary facilities such as campgrounds, lodging, marinas and water parks. Because a portion of visitors to our amusement parks include an overnight stay in their visits, particularly at Cedar Point, we continuously upgrade our resort facilities and other lodging options. We also add branded and non-branded restaurant offerings adjacent to our parks to better serve the desires of our guests and to drive incremental revenue.

We believe that adding and maintaining complementary facilities will allow us to continue to benefit from increased revenues and operating profits.

Description of parks

Cedar Point

Cedar Point, which was first developed as a recreational area in 1870, is located on a peninsula in Sandusky, Ohio bordered by Lake Erie and Sandusky Bay, approximately 60 miles west of Cleveland and 100 miles southeast of Detroit. Cedar Point is believed to be the largest seasonal amusement park in the United States, measured by the number of rides and attractions and the hourly ride capacity, and has been named the Best Amusement Park in the World for 13 consecutive years by Amusement Today’s international survey. It serves a six-state region in the Midwestern United States, which includes nearly all of Ohio and Michigan, western Pennsylvania and New York, northern West Virginia and Indiana, and southwestern Ontario, Canada. The park’s total market area includes approximately 26 million people, and the major areas of dominant influence in this market area, which are Cleveland, Detroit, Toledo, Akron, Columbus, Grand Rapids, Flint, and Lansing, include approximately 15 million people.

Located adjacent to the park is Soak City, a separately gated water park that features more than 20 water rides and attractions, as well as Challenge Park, which features several extra-charge attractions including two 18-hole themed miniature golf courses and two go-kart tracks.

Cedar Point also owns and operates four hotel facilities. Cedar Point’s only year-round hotel is Castaway Bay Indoor Waterpark Resort, an indoor water park resort, which is located at the Causeway entrance to the park. Castaway Bay features a tropical Caribbean theme with 237 hotel rooms centered around a 38,000-square-foot indoor water park. The park’s largest hotel, the historic Hotel Breakers, has more than 600 guest rooms. Hotel Breakers has various dining and lounge facilities, a private beach, lake swimming, a conference/meeting center, one indoor pool and two outdoor pools. Located near the Causeway entrance to the park is Breakers Express, a 350-room, limited-service seasonal hotel. In addition to the Hotel Breakers and Breakers Express, Cedar Point

 

53


offers the lakefront Sandcastle Suites Hotel, which features 187 suites, a courtyard pool, tennis courts and a contemporary waterfront restaurant.

Cedar Point also owns and operates the Cedar Point Marina, Castaway Bay Marina and Camper Village. Cedar Point Marina is one of the largest full-service marinas on the Great Lakes and provides dockage facilities for more than 740 boats, including floating docks and full guest amenities. In addition, Cedar Point Marina features a Famous Dave’s Bar-B-Que restaurant and an upscale seafood restaurant, called Bay Harbor, both of which are accessible by the general public. Castaway Bay Marina is a full-service marina featuring 160 slips. Camper Village includes campsites for more than 100 recreational vehicles and Lighthouse Point which offers lakefront cottages, cabins and full-service recreation vehicle campsites.

We also own and operate the Cedar Point Causeway across Sandusky Bay, a major access route to Cedar Point, and dormitory facilities located near the park that house up to 3,300 of the park’s approximately 4,100 seasonal and part-time employees.

Knott’s Berry Farm

Knott’s Berry Farm, located near Los Angeles in Buena Park, California, first opened in 1920 and was acquired by us late in 1997. The park is one of several year-round theme parks in Southern California and serves a total market area of approximately 20 million people centered in Orange County and a large national and international tourism population.

The park is renowned for its seasonal events, including a special Christmas promotion, “Knott’s Merry Farm,” and a Halloween event called “Knott’s Scary Farm,” which has been held for more than 30 years and is annually rated one of the best Halloween events in the industry by Amusement Today’s international survey.

We also own and operate three water parks in California. Adjacent to Knott’s Berry Farm is Knott’s Soak City-Orange County, a separately gated seasonal water park that features more than 20 water rides and attractions. Just south of San Diego in Chula Vista, California is Knott’s Soak City-San Diego, a seasonal water park which offers its guests more than 20 water rides and attractions. Knott’s Soak City-Palm Springs is a 16-acre seasonal water park, located in Palm Springs, California, that offers 20 separate water rides and attractions, including 13 water slides, a giant wave pool, a lazy river inner tube ride and a children’s activity area, as well as various food and merchandise shops.

We also own and operate the Knott’s Berry Farm Resort Hotel, a 320-room, full-service hotel located adjacent to Knott’s Berry Farm, which features a pool, tennis courts and meeting/banquet facilities.

Canada’s Wonderland

Canada’s Wonderland, a combination amusement and water park located near Toronto in Vaughan, Ontario, first opened in 1981 and was acquired by us in June of 2006. It contains more than 200 attractions, including 15 roller coasters, and is one of the most attended regional amusement parks in North America. Canada’s Wonderland is in a culturally diverse metropolitan market with large populations of different ethnicities and national origins. Each year, numerous cultural festivals featuring renowned music artists from across the world perform in the Kingswood Music Theatre located within the park. The park’s total market area includes approximately 9 million people.

Kings Island

Kings Island, a combination amusement and water park located near Cincinnati, Ohio, first opened in 1972 and was acquired by us in June of 2006. Kings Island is one of the largest seasonal amusement parks in the United States, measured by the number of rides and attractions and the hourly ride capacity. The park features a

 

54


children’s area that has been named the “Best Kids’ Area in the World” for 10 consecutive years by Amusement Today , and its 2009 steel roller-coaster, Diamondback, was voted second best new ride for 2009 by Amusement Today .

The park’s total market area includes approximately 15 million people, and the major areas of dominant influence in this market area, which are Cincinnati, Dayton and Columbus, Ohio, Louisville and Lexington, Kentucky, and Indianapolis, Indiana, include approximately 8 million people.

Dorney Park

Dorney Park, a combination amusement and water park located near Allentown in South Whitehall Township, Pennsylvania, was first developed as a summer resort area in 1884 and was acquired by us in 1992. Dorney Park is one of the largest amusement parks in the Northeastern United States and serves a total market area of approximately 35 million people. The park’s major markets include Philadelphia, New Jersey, New York City, Lancaster, Harrisburg, York, Scranton, Wilkes-Barre, Hazleton and the Lehigh Valley.

Kings Dominion

Kings Dominion, a combination amusement and water park located near Richmond, Virginia, first opened in 1975 and was acquired by us in June of 2006. The park’s total market area includes approximately 19 million people and the major areas of dominant influence in this market area, which are Richmond and Norfolk, Virginia, Raleigh, North Carolina, Baltimore, Maryland and Washington, D.C, include approximately 12 million people. In 2010, Kings Dominion introduced Intimidator 305, which was voted the second-best new ride in 2010 by Amusement Today’s international survey.

Additionally, the park offers Kings Dominion Campground, a camping area featuring a swimming pool, playground, volleyball courts, miniature golf, and laundry facilities. The campground also offers a free shuttle service between the campground and amusement park.

We also own a dormitory facility located adjacent to the park that houses up to 440 of the park’s approximately 3,100 seasonal employees.

Carowinds

Carowinds, a combination amusement and water park located in Charlotte, North Carolina, first opened in 1973 and was acquired by us in June 2006. Carowinds’ major markets include Charlotte, Greensboro, and Raleigh, North Carolina as well as Greenville and Columbia, South Carolina. The park’s total market area includes approximately 14 million people. In 2010, Carowinds introduced Intimidator, which was voted the fourth-best new ride in 2010 by Amusement Today’s international survey.

The park also offers Camp Wilderness Resort, a camping area that offers a convenience and merchandise store, laundry facilities, a swimming pool, miniature golf, shuffleboard, and sand volleyball courts. The campground has more than 140 RV sites and 57 spacious tent and pop-up sites. The campground also offers a free shuttle service between the campground and amusement park.

California’s Great America

California’s Great America, a combination amusement and water park located in Santa Clara, California, first opened in 1976 and was acquired by us in June of 2006. The park’s total market area includes approximately 13 million people and draws its visitors primarily from San Jose, San Francisco, Sacramento, Modesto and Monterey, among other cities in northern California.

 

55


Valleyfair

Valleyfair, which opened in 1976 and was acquired by our predecessor in 1978, is a combination amusement and water park located near Minneapolis-St. Paul in Shakopee, Minnesota. It is the largest amusement park in Minnesota. Valleyfair’s market area is centered in Minneapolis-St. Paul, which has a population of approximately 3 million, but the park also draws visitors from other areas in Minnesota and surrounding states with a combined population base of 9 million people.

We also own a dormitory facility located adjacent to the park that houses up to 420 of the park’s approximately 1,750 seasonal employees.

Worlds of Fun

Worlds of Fun, which opened in 1973, and Oceans of Fun, the adjacent separately gated water park that opened in 1982, were acquired by us in 1995. Located in Kansas City, Missouri, Worlds of Fun serves a total market area of approximately 7 million people centered in Kansas City, but also including most of Missouri, as well as portions of Kansas and Nebraska.

The park also features Worlds of Fun Village, an upscale camping area that offers overnight guest accommodations next to the park in 20 wood-side cottages, 22 log cabins and 80 deluxe RV sites. Also, included within the Village is a clubhouse with a swimming pool and arcade games.

Oceans of Fun, which requires a separate admission fee, is located adjacent to Worlds of Fun and features a wide variety of water attractions.

Michigan’s Adventure

Michigan’s Adventure, which was acquired by us in 2001, is the largest amusement park in Michigan. The combination amusement and water park located near Muskegon, Michigan serves a total market area of approximately 5 million people, principally from central and western Michigan and eastern Indiana.

Geauga Lake’s Wildwater Kingdom

Geauga Lake’s Wildwater Kingdom (“Geauga Lake”), located near Cleveland, Ohio, was first developed as a recreational area in 1888, and was acquired by us in 2004. This family-oriented water park serves a total market area of approximately 17 million people. The park’s major markets include Cleveland, Akron and Youngstown.

Working capital and capital expenditures

During the operating season, we carry significant receivables and inventories of food and merchandise, as well as payables and payroll-related accruals. Amounts are substantially reduced in non-operating periods. Seasonal working capital needs are funded with revolving credit facilities, which are established at levels sufficient to accommodate our peak borrowing requirements in April and May as the seasonal parks complete preparations for opening. Revolving credit borrowings are reduced daily with our strong positive cash flow during the seasonal operating period.

We believe that annual park attendance is influenced to a large extent by the investment in new attractions from year to year. Capital expenditures are planned on a seasonal basis with the majority of such capital expenditures made in the period from October through May, prior to the beginning of the peak operating season. Capital expenditures made in a calendar year may differ materially from amounts identified with a particular operating season because of timing considerations such as weather conditions, site preparation requirements and availability of ride components, which may result in accelerated or delayed expenditures around calendar year-end.

 

56


Competition

In general, we compete for discretionary spending with all phases of the recreation industry within our primary market areas, including several destination and regional amusement parks. We also compete with other forms of entertainment and recreational activities, including movies, sports events, restaurants and vacation travel.

The principal competitive factors in the amusement park industry include the uniqueness and perceived quality of the rides and attractions in a particular park, its proximity to metropolitan areas, the atmosphere and cleanliness of the park, and the quality and variety of the food and entertainment available. We believe that our amusement parks feature a sufficient quality and variety of rides and attractions, restaurants, gift shops and family atmosphere to make them highly competitive with other parks and forms of entertainment.

Government regulation

Our properties and operations are subject to a variety of federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Currently we believe we are in substantial compliance with applicable requirements under them. However, such requirements have generally become more strict over time, and there can be no assurance that new requirements, changes in enforcement policies or newly discovered conditions relating to our properties or operations will not require significant expenditures in the future.

All rides are run and inspected daily by both the Partnership’s maintenance and ride operations personnel before being put into operation. The parks are also periodically inspected by the Partnership’s insurance carrier and, at all parks except Valleyfair and Carowinds’ South Carolina rides, by state or county ride-safety inspectors. Valleyfair contracts with a third party to inspect its rides per Minnesota law and submits the third-party report to the state agency. Carowinds contracts with a third party to inspect its rides located in South Carolina per the law and submits the third-party report to the state agency.

Our employees

The Partnership has approximately 1,500 full-time employees. During the operating season, the Partnership employs in aggregate approximately 37,000 seasonal and part-time employees, most of whom are high school and college students. Approximately 3,300 of Cedar Point’s seasonal employees, 300 of Valleyfair’s seasonal employees, and 440 of Kings Dominion’s seasonal employees live in dormitories owned by the Partnership. The Partnership maintains training programs for all new employees and believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Legal proceedings

Q Funding III, L.P. and Q4 Funding, L.P. vs. Cedar Fair Management, Inc.

On October 14, 2010, Q Funding III, L.P. and Q4 Funding, L.P. (together, “Q Funding”), both Cedar Fair, L.P. unitholders, commenced an action in the Delaware Court of Chancery against Cedar Fair Management, Inc. (“CFMI”) and Cedar Fair, L.P. The complaint, captioned Q Funding III, L.P. and Q4 Funding, L.P. vs. Cedar Fair Management, Inc. and Cedar Fair, L.P. , C.A. No. 5904-VCS, alleges, among other things, that CFMI breached the terms of the Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Limited Partnership Agreement”) by indicating that unitholders may lack the right to nominate candidates, or to solicit proxies in support of new candidates, for election to the board of directors of CFMI. Q Funding seeks, among other things, (i) a declaratory judgment that under the terms of the Limited Partnership Agreement, all unitholders, including Q Funding, have the right to nominate and solicit proxies in support of candidates for election as directors to the Board of CFMI, and (ii) injunctive relief precluding the Company or its representatives from taking any action to interfere with unitholders’ rights to nominate and solicit proxies in support of candidates for election as directors to the Board of CFMI at the 2011 annual meeting of Cedar Fair unitholders and subsequent annual meetings of the Cedar Fair unitholders.

 

57


We filed an answer denying the allegations as set forth in the complaint and the parties are currently engaged in discovery. An evidentiary hearing has been scheduled for April 21, 2011 in the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Delaware Lawsuit

The previously-disclosed putative class action in the Delaware Court of Chancery, originally disclosed under Item 3 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010 and updated under Part II, Item 1 of our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 28, 2010, June 27, 2010, and September 26, 2010 has been stayed, and remains dormant. We do not expect this pending lawsuit to materially affect our financial results in future periods.

Northern District of Ohio Lawsuit

On February 5, 2010, an additional putative class action was commenced in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio by Leo Mortiz, a purported unitholder, on behalf of himself and all of our other unitholders, against the defendants of Cedar Fair seeking to enjoin the merger agreement with Apollo Management and its related affiliates, and alleging that the preliminary proxy statement regarding the merger on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 8, 2010, was materially misleading in violation of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act. On March 4, 2011, the Court dismissed the case without prejudice.

In addition to the matters described above, we are involved in various claims and routine litigation incidental to our business. We believe that these claims and proceedings are unlikely to have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.

Properties

Cedar Point and Soak City are located on approximately 365 acres, virtually all of which have been developed, on the Cedar Point peninsula in Sandusky, Ohio. We also own approximately 100 acres of property on the mainland adjoining the approach to the Cedar Point Causeway. The Breakers Express hotel, the Castaway Bay Indoor Waterpark Resort and adjoining TGI Friday’s restaurant, Castaway Bay Marina and two seasonal-employee housing complexes are located on this property.

We control, through ownership or an easement, a six-mile public highway and own approximately 38 acres of vacant land adjacent to this highway, which is a secondary access route to Cedar Point and serves about 250 private residences. The roadway is maintained by us pursuant to deed provisions. The Cedar Point Causeway, a four-lane roadway across Sandusky Bay, is the principal access road to Cedar Point and is owned by one of our subsidiaries.

Knott’s Berry Farm and Knott’s Soak City, located in California, are situated on approximately 147 acres and 13 acres, respectively, virtually all of which have been developed. Knott’s Soak City-San Diego is located on 60 acres, of which 27 acres have been developed and 33 acres remain available for future expansion. Knott’s Soak City-Palm Springs is located on 23 acres, of which 17 acres have been developed and 6 acres remain available for future expansion.

Kings Island, located in Ohio, is situated on approximately 677 acres, of which 326 acres have been developed and 351 acres remain available for future expansion.

Canada’s Wonderland, located near Toronto near Vaughn, Ontario, is situated on approximately 290 acres, virtually all of which have been developed.

 

58


Kings Dominion, located in Virginia, is situated on approximately 738 acres, of which 279 acres have been developed and 459 acres remain available for future expansion.

Dorney Park, located in Pennsylvania, is situated on approximately 201 acres, of which 178 acres have been developed and 23 acres remain available for future expansion.

Carowinds, located in North Carolina, is situated on approximately 337 acres, of which 299 acres have been developed and 38 acres remain available for future expansion.

Valleyfair, located in Minnesota, is situated on approximately 180 acres, of which 113 acres have been developed, and approximately 77 additional acres remain available for future expansion.

Worlds of Fun, located in Missouri, is situated on approximately 350 acres, of which 250 acres have been developed and 100 acres remain available for future expansion or other uses.

Great America, located in California, is situated on approximately 181 acres, virtually all of which have been developed.

Michigan’s Adventure, located in Michigan, is situated on approximately 250 acres, of which 119 acres have been developed and 131 acres remain available for future expansion.

At Geauga Lake, located in Ohio, the Partnership owns approximately 670 total acres, of which 65 acres have been developed and are in use at the water park and an additional 65 acres are being held for future expansion. The remaining acreage is available for sale or for future development.

We also own approximately 450 acres of land in southern Michigan through our subsidiary, Cedar Point of Michigan, Inc.

All of our property is owned in fee simple, with the exception of Great America in Santa Clara, California, and encumbered under our credit facilities. We lease the land for Great America from the City of Santa Clara through a long-term lease agreement that automatically renews through 2039 with options to terminate at our discretion at the end of each successive 10-year term. We consider our properties to be well maintained, in good condition and adequate for our present uses and business requirements.

 

59


MANAGEMENT

The following table provides information regarding the executive officers of Cedar Fair. Cedar Fair Management, Inc., an Ohio corporation owned by an Ohio trust, is the General Partner of Cedar Fair and has full responsibility for its management.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Richard L. Kinzel

     70       Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Peter J. Crage

     49       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

H. Philip Bender

     55       Executive Vice President

Richard A. Zimmerman

     50       Executive Vice President

Robert A. Decker

     50       Corporate Vice President—Planning and Design

Craig J. Freeman

     57       Corporate Vice President—Administration

Duffield E. Milkie

     45       Corporate Vice President—General Counsel

Lee Ann Alexakos

     55       Corporate Vice President—Marketing

Brian C. Witherow

     44       Vice President and Corporate Controller

David R. Hoffman

     42       Vice President—Finance and Corporate Tax

Richard L. Kinzel has served as President and Chief Executive Officer since 1986, and from 2003 through January 2011 he also served as Chairman. Mr. Kinzel has been employed by Cedar Fair or its predecessor since 1972, and from 1978 to 1986 he served as Vice President and General Manager of Valleyfair.

Peter J. Crage has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2010, prior to which he served as Corporate Vice President—Finance and Chief Financial Officer since 2005.

H. Philip Bender has served as Executive Vice President since November 2010, previously serving as Regional Vice President since June 2006. Prior to that, he served as Vice President and General Manager of Worlds of Fun / Oceans of Fun since the end of 2000.

Richard A. Zimmerman has served as Executive Vice President since November 2010, previously serving as Regional Vice President since June 2007. Prior to that, he served as Vice President and General Manager of Kings Dominion since 1998.

Robert A. Decker has served as Corporate Vice President—Planning and Design since the end of 2002. Prior to that, he served as Corporate Director of Planning and Design since 1999.

Craig J. Freeman has served as Corporate Vice President—Administration since September 2005. Prior to that, he served as Vice President and General Manager of Knott’s Camp Snoopy at the Mall of America from 1996 through 2005.

Duffield E. Milkie has served as Corporate Vice President—General Counsel since February 2008. Prior to that, he was a partner in the law firm of Wickens, Herzer, Panza, Cook, & Batista since 1998.

Lee Ann Alexakos has served as Corporate Vice President—Marketing and Advertising since July 2006. Prior to that, she served as Director of Marketing for Cedar Point from 2004 through 2006 and as Director of Corporate Marketing Services from 1995 through 2004.

Brian C. Witherow has served as Vice President and Corporate Controller since July 2005. Prior to that, he served as Corporate Treasurer from May 2004 to June 2005 and as Corporate Director of Investor Relations from 1995 through 2004.

 

60


Dave Hoffman has served as Vice President of Finance and Corporate Tax since November 2010. Prior to that, he served as Vice President of Corporate Tax. Before joining Cedar Fair in 2006, he served as a tax consultant with Ernst & Young.

Employment Agreements

Cedar Fair has employment agreements in place with Messrs. Kinzel and Crage, which are discussed in detail below under “Management – Narrative to Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan Based Awards Table – Employment Agreements” and “Management – Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.” On January 24, 2011, in connection with Mr. Kinzel’s voluntary relinquishment of his position as the Chairman of the Board of Directors, Cedar Fair and Mr. Kinzel amended Mr. Kinzel’s employment agreement to reflect his consent to relinquish his position as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Kinzel will continue on as a Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of the General Partner and will receive the same compensation he would have received had he not resigned as Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Jacob T. Falfas has not worked at Cedar Fair since June 12, 2010. The non-solicitation and non-competition provisions of his employment agreement remain in effect, and the circumstances of his departure remain under dispute.

On June 17, 2010, Cedar Fair entered into an employment agreement with H. Philip Bender. The agreement is effective as of June 17, 2010 and ending on November 30, 2011. This agreement will renew automatically for a period of two years commencing December 1, 2011, and on every two-year anniversary of December 1, 2011, thereafter if not terminated by either party. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Bender will receive an annual base salary of not less than $277,000 per year. He will also be entitled to participate in one or more of Cedar Fair’s incentive compensation plans and equity incentive plans at a level determined by the Board and in Cedar Fair’s welfare benefit plans and other benefit programs.

If Cedar Fair terminates Mr. Bender’s employment other than for cause, as such term is defined in the agreement, then, upon providing a general release of liability to Cedar Fair, Mr. Bender will receive his base salary for the longer of one year or the remaining term of the agreement in accordance with Cedar Fair’s payroll practices. Mr. Bender will also be entitled to receive medical and dental insurance for the period of time for which he continues to receive salary payments. If Cedar Fair terminates Mr. Bender’s employment for reason of disability, Mr. Bender will receive the same benefits as if he were terminated other than for cause, except that any salary benefits shall be reduced by any payments received by Mr. Bender from any short or long term disability plan maintained by Cedar Fair. If Mr. Bender dies during the term of the agreement, Cedar Fair will continue health care coverage for Mr. Bender’s immediate family during the remainder of the term of the agreement. If Cedar Fair terminates Mr. Bender’s employment for cause, as defined by the agreement, Cedar Fair will pay Mr. Bender his base compensation through the date of his termination. Upon termination, Mr. Bender will be subject to a twelve-month non-competition and non-solicitation provision, as defined by the agreement.

On June 23, 2010, Cedar Fair entered into an employment agreement with Richard A. Zimmerman. The agreement is effective as of June 23, 2010 and ending on November 30, 2011. This agreement will renew automatically for a period of two years commencing December 1, 2011, and on every two-year anniversary of December 1, 2011, thereafter if not terminated by either party. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Zimmerman will receive an annual base salary of not less than $315,000 per year. He will also be entitled to participate in one or more of Cedar Fair’s incentive compensation plans and equity incentive plans at a level determined by the Board and in Cedar Fair’s welfare benefit plans and other benefit programs.

If Cedar Fair terminates Mr. Zimmerman’s employment other than for cause, as such term is defined in the agreement, then, upon providing a general release of liability to Cedar Fair, Mr. Zimmerman will receive his base salary for the longer of one year or the remaining term of the agreement in accordance with Cedar Fair’s

 

61


payroll practices. Mr. Zimmerman will also be entitled to receive medical and dental insurance for the period of time for which he continues to receive salary payments. If Cedar Fair terminates Mr. Zimmerman’s employment for reason of disability, Mr. Zimmerman will receive the same benefits as if he were terminated other than for cause, except that any salary benefits shall be reduced by any payments received by Mr. Zimmerman from any short or long term disability plan maintained by Cedar Fair. If Mr. Zimmerman dies during the term of the agreement, Cedar Fair will continue health care coverage for Mr. Zimmerman’s immediate family during the remainder of the term of the agreement. If Cedar Fair terminates Mr. Zimmerman’s employment for cause, as defined by the agreement, Cedar Fair will pay Mr. Zimmerman his base compensation through the date of his termination. Upon termination, Mr. Zimmerman will be subject to a twelve-month non-competition and non-solicitation provision, as defined by the agreement.

Board structure

The Board of Directors of Cedar Fair Management, Inc. (“CFMI”) is comprised of nine directors (the “Board”). The directors are divided into three classes, Class I, Class II, and Class III, each of which currently consists of three directors. Class I consists of three directors, and Classes II and III each consist of two directors. The size of the Board was increased to nine directors by the appointment of Eric L. Affeldt and John M. Scott III as directors immediately following the 2010 Annual Meeting (the “Annual Meeting”) on June 7, 2010. Messrs. Affeldt and Scott are Class I directors with a term that will expire at the 2013 Annual Meeting. Cedar Fair has agreed to reduce the number of directors on its Board back to seven by the Company’s 2011 Annual Meeting.

Board committees

The Board has three committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Each Committee is composed entirely of independent directors, as that term is defined in the NYSE listing standards, and each member of the Audit Committee is independent as required under Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Audit Committee is comprised of Darrel D. Anderson, Richard S. Ferreira, Eric L. Affeldt and John M. Scott III, with Mr. Ferreira serving as the chair of the Committee. The Compensation Committee is comprised of Messrs. Affeldt, and Kwiatkowski and C. Thomas Harvie and David Paradeau, with Mr. Kwiatkowski serving as the chair. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is comprised of Messrs. Kwiatkowski, Harvie and Ferreira, with Mr. Harvie serving as the chair. Each Committee conducts an annual evaluation of its performance, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee annually conducts an evaluation of the Board.

The Audit Committee is responsible for appointing and meeting with Cedar Fair’s independent registered public accounting firm and for assisting the Board in its oversight of the financial statement reporting, internal audit and risk management functions. The Board has determined that each Committee member is financially literate, and Mr. Ferreira, the chair of the Committee, is the designated financial expert.

The Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing Cedar Fair’s compensation and employee benefit policies and programs, and recommending related actions, as well as executive compensation decisions, to the Board. Compensation decisions for the chief executive officer are made by the Compensation Committee, together with the Board, based upon its review of his performance and the performance of Cedar Fair. The Committee makes recommendations to the Board with respect to non-CEO compensation, incentive compensation plans and equity-based compensation based on discussions with and recommendations of the chief executive officer. On an annual basis, the chief executive officer reviews all of his direct reports, including the other named executive officers, and all of the regional vice presidents and park general managers.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending criteria for service as a director, identifying qualified director nominees to enhance the Board, for recommending the fees paid to the directors and Board Committee members for services in those capacities, and for playing a leadership role in shaping the governance of CFMI. The Committee considers diversity of experience and background when

 

62


selecting candidates. The Committee believes candidates for the Board should have the ability to exercise objectivity and independence in making informed business decisions; the highest integrity; extensive knowledge, experience and judgment; loyalty to the interests of Cedar Fair and its unitholders; and a willingness to devote the extensive time necessary to fulfill a director’s duties. Although CFMI does not have a formal policy on diversity in the selection of candidates for the Board, the Committee considers diversity in its nominating process, including factors such as education, career and professional experience, independence, skills and personal characteristics, and understanding of and experiences in management, finance and marketing in Cedar Fair’s industry as well as other industries. The Committee reviews these factors as well as the other qualifications outlined above and strives to create a Board with a variety of complementary skills and experiences, both personal and professional. The Committee conducts all necessary and appropriate inquiries into the background and qualifications of Board candidates meeting these criteria.

Our Code of Ethics is applicable to all our directors, officers and employees (the “Code of Conduct”). The Code of Conduct is available on the Code of Conduct & Ethics page of our website at www.cedarfair.com. To the extent required pursuant to applicable SEC regulations, we intend to post amendments to or waivers from our Code of Conduct (to the extent applicable to our chief executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer) at this location on our website or report the same on a Current Report on Form 8-K. Our Code of Conduct is available free of charge upon request to Investor Relations, One Cedar Point Drive, Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes our compensation philosophy and objectives, our methods for determining executive compensation, the elements of executive compensation and the reasons that we have elected to pay these particular elements of compensation. Throughout this prospectus the individuals listed in the summary compensation table are referred to as the “named executive officers.”

Summary

Although some of our Partnership-level performance objectives were not achieved in 2009 as a result of the challenging economic and weather conditions, the Compensation Committee recognized that our named executive officers accomplished a number of important objectives that enhanced our 2009 results and dealt with nearer term debt maturity and covenant compliance concerns. For example, over the course of the year our named executive officers and their teams reduced operating expenses by $27 million from the amount that we budgeted for 2009. In addition, management led initiatives that reduced debt by approximately $110 million and addressed our capital structure by negotiating an amendment to our credit agreement to extend $900 million of our term debt. Finally, our data demonstrates that, while our 2009 results were below the record results we achieved in 2008, we still outperformed our competitors in the amusement park industry during 2009 and produced strong operating margins. In recognition of our named executive officers’ achievement of these objectives and their efforts in managing the Company through poor market conditions and operating challenges, we provided appropriate bonuses for the 2009 year. We also provided long-term incentive awards designed to retain these individuals through the 2010 season and beyond, and to incentivize these executives for long-term value creation.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our compensation program is designed to incentivize our key employees to drive superior results, to give key employees a proprietary and vested interest in our growth and performance, and to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptional managerial talent upon whom, in large measure, our sustained growth, progress and profitability depend. Our compensation structure rewards successful individual performance and considers the operating results of the Company as well as the operating results on a park-by-park basis. Our compensation structure is flexible and allows us to respond to changes in our industry and business environment.

 

63


The objectives of our compensation program are:

 

   

To provide compensation that motivates and encourages hard work among employees;

 

   

To retain those employees with a track record of strong performance;

 

   

To compete on a national level for qualified individuals that can institute our system of managing amusement parks throughout our 17 locations;

 

   

To structure competitive compensation packages to recruit those individuals to the Company; and

 

   

To tie compensation to the achievement of long-term value for all stakeholders.

We believe that our compensation levels are effective at retaining and attracting top executives. For example, the five named executive officers have an aggregate of more than 110 years of service with us. Each has held various positions and been elevated within the Company. We continually reassess our compensation levels, benefits and incentive opportunities as we consider the best methods to recruit, reward and retain key personnel.

Because we mix different types of compensation, consider various factors in assessing performance and retain, at the Compensation Committee level, discretion in certain compensation matters, we believe that our compensation program does not encourage our executives to take unreasonable risks with respect to our business.

Determining Executive Compensation

The Compensation Committee and the chief executive officer work together to individualize compensation levels and elements for our executive officers. We combine the compensation elements discussed below in a manner that we believe will optimize the executive’s contribution to the Company. In general, we work within ranges of base salary commensurate with the executive’s scope of responsibilities and use our cash bonus and phantom unit award programs to challenge the executive to achieve superior annual and long-term results. We do not adhere to a mechanical application of a system of compensation tied solely to annual results, recognizing that there are many factors to consider in assessing an individual’s value to the Company.

Although our Board, upon recommendation from the Compensation Committee, makes the final compensation decisions for the named executive officers, the process of determining compensation is a collaborative process between the Compensation Committee and the chief executive officer. From time to time, we have consulted nationally recognized independent consulting firms to review and analyze our compensation program, including the compensation levels, the compensation structure and the mix of long-term and short-term compensation for certain of our named executive officers, as compared to compensation of senior management of comparable companies. Our chief executive officer dedicates time annually to review all of his direct reports, including the other named executive officers, as well as all of the park general managers. He reviews each individual against budget targets, operational targets and individual performance objectives established before the operating season begins and makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee regarding the compensation of each individual. The Committee then makes compensation determinations, exercising its discretion to modify the chief executive officer’s recommendations to higher or lower levels when determined to be appropriate. Decisions regarding the chief executive officer’s compensation are made by the Compensation Committee, together with the Board of Directors, based upon its review of his performance and the Company’s performance.

Our annual compensation arrangements are made in early March, prior to the beginning of the operating season. At that time, the Board approves the budget for the current fiscal year and establishes preliminary potential cash bonus percentages and the related performance objectives for the upcoming season. The types of

 

64


objectives established for each individual vary in accordance with his or her position. The cash bonus percentage is determined at the Compensation Committee’s discretion. The Committee also makes long-term incentive awards, usually in the form of phantom unit awards, that may be subject to performance criteria and vesting requirements discussed below in the “Management – Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Long-Term Incentive Compensation” section.

The Board reviews compensation matters after the seasonal parks have closed for the season and the financial results for the season are available. The chief executive officer finalizes his evaluations of the other named executive officers, among others, and prepares recommendations with respect to cash bonus and phantom unit awards, as well as salary adjustments for the coming year. The chief executive officer generally presents this report to the Compensation Committee in October and to the Board at the November Board meeting. Based on the Company’s performance, park performance and individual performance, the Compensation Committee makes final recommendations with regard to cash bonuses, phantom unit awards and any salary adjustments, subject to Board approval.

We have historically expected the Company’s performance to exceed market median, and accordingly have provided a potential compensation package that, if performance objectives are met, will exceed market median. Because a portion of this compensation is dependent on performance results, an executive’s actual total direct compensation could vary considerably if we have a year that exceeds or fails to meet expectations. We believe that this is a fair result and appropriately motivates our executives to achieve peak corporate and park level performance over the long term. Those executive officers with expertise that is specific to our amusement park operations and industry will be compensated at levels that we believe are necessary to maintain that expertise. The range of targeted compensation is position dependent and may reflect how difficult we believe it would be to replace that particular person.

Elements of 2009 Executive Compensation

Compensation Mix

In light of the objectives and philosophy set forth above, we have determined that a mix of the following components of compensation for our named executive officers in 2009 was appropriate:

 

   

Base salary;

 

   

Annual bonus;

 

   

Long-term equity incentive compensation;

 

   

Retirement benefits; and

 

   

Perquisites and other welfare benefits.

We balance the total direct compensation for executives among fixed and variable cash compensation, long-term unit awards and perquisites in a manner designed to achieve our overall compensation objectives. In structuring the appropriate compensation mix for each executive, we consider the executive’s existing ownership position in our units, the level of impact that executive has on our performance overall and terms required under an existing employment agreement. For our three most highly compensated executives, fixed compensation (in the form of salary, benefits and perquisites) represented approximately 30-35% of their overall compensation in 2009, and variable compensation in the form of cash bonuses and long-term incentive awards represented 65-70% of their overall compensation. These executives make business decisions that directly impact our financial results and performance, and their compensation awards are weighted therefore more heavily on the variable and long-term compensation component. Mr. Zimmerman and Mr. Bender are responsible for supervising the management at five and six of our parks, respectively, and do not have Company level decision

 

65


making responsibility. Their compensation is therefore more evenly weighted between the fixed and variable compensation components, with approximately 50% of their compensation fixed and 50% variable.

Base Salary

We use base salaries to provide a guaranteed amount of compensation commensurate with the executive’s scope of responsibilities, performance, current compensation levels and career with Cedar Fair. We do not consider the earnings of prior long-term incentive grants or retirement plans when determining base salary compensation, as awards earned in prior years were earned for prior performance and should not be a factor in current compensation. Base salaries may be adjusted on an annual basis. Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas and Crage each have base salaries that are derived from amounts agreed to when we negotiated employment agreements with them in 2007. Based on the factors identified above, the Board, or the Compensation Committee, as the case may be, has typically increased on an annual basis the annual base salary for each of the named executive officers.

All of our named executive officers received merit increases in base salary for 2009 reflecting their dedication and commitment to our success in a difficult business environment and the strong year-over-year performance of the Company in 2008 as compared to 2007. Specifically, attendance at our properties, net revenues and adjusted EBITDA all increased year-over-year in 2008 despite the economic difficulties that prevailed in our operating markets. Each named executive officer met or exceeded our expectations and specific objectives related to his position. For 2010, the Compensation Committee increased the base salary for our named executive officers, though the salary increases for 2010 are proportionately lower than we have traditionally provided in the past. Our decision to provide these salary increases was based on the commitment and effort of our executives in facing the continuing business and operational challenges of the Company, the scope of each executive’s responsibilities, and the desire to retain these individuals through the 2010 season and beyond.

Mr. Kinzel, our chief executive officer since 1986, had a base salary in 2009 of $1,300,000 that reflected a 4.0% merit increase over his 2008 base salary. Mr. Kinzel’s salary for 2010 is $1,340,000, representing a 3.1% increase from 2009.

Mr. Falfas, our chief operating officer since 2005, had a base salary in 2009 of $645,000 that reflected a 3.2% merit increase over his 2008 base salary. Mr. Falfas’s salary for 2010 is $665,000, representing a 3.1% increase from 2009.

Mr. Crage, our vice president of finance and chief financial officer since 2005, had a base salary in 2009 of $450,000 that reflected a 5.9% merit increase over his 2008 base salary. Mr. Crage’s salary for 2010 is $470,000, representing a 4.4% increase from 2009.

Mr. Zimmerman, one of our regional vice presidents since June 2006, supervises the management of five of our parks. Mr. Zimmerman’s had a 2009 base salary of $310,000 that reflected a 3.3% merit increase over his 2008 base salary. Mr. Zimmerman’s salary for 2010 is $315,000, representing a 1.6% increase from 2009.

Mr. Bender, one of our regional vice presidents since June 2006, supervises the management of six of our parks. Mr. Bender had a 2009 base salary of $271,500 that reflected a 3.4% merit increase over his 2008 base salary. Mr. Bender’s salary for 2010 is $277,000, representing a 2.0% increase from 2009.

Annual Bonus Program

Our cash bonus awards provide a component of compensation that is contingent on the achievement of annual performance objectives and is designed to reward achievement of short-term financial and operational goals. In March of each year, the Compensation Committee determines performance objectives for each executive. The performance objectives are individualized for each position and individual and may be expressed in multiple measures of performance, including individual, business unit, management unit and Company

 

66


performance, weighted differently as between positions and individuals. For example, corporate vice presidents’ performance objectives relate to various aspects of Company performance. Park general managers may have performance objectives related to capital projects or reducing particular expenses at the parks they manage.

At the same meeting at which it determines performance objectives, the Compensation Committee also establishes a percentage of base salary that may be earned as a cash bonus for that year. The 2009 target award opportunities for the named executive officers, reflected as a percentage of base salary, were as follows: Kinzel 100%; Falfas 70%; Crage 65%; Zimmerman 40% and Bender 60%. The Compensation Committee has discretion to decrease or increase the award, but no increase can result in an award in excess of 150% of the award target.

The continuation of poor economic conditions during 2009 affected our business and we faced other non-operational challenges during the year. These factors resulted in our named executive officers receiving annual cash bonuses that were less than their bonus opportunities established for 2009. In considering the level of cash bonuses to be paid for 2009, the Compensation Committee reviewed the various performance objectives that had been established for each individual in March 2009, the extent to which those objectives were satisfied in 2009 for each individual, and if not fully satisfied, the reasons for any shortfall. Although a number of the Company’s and park level performance objectives were not achieved in 2009 as a result of the challenging general economic conditions, the Compensation Committee recognized that the named executive officers were responsible for achieving a number of important objectives during the year. For example, based upon data available to it, the Compensation Committee believes that, even though 2009 results were below the record results of 2008, we outperformed competitors in the amusement park business during 2009. In addition, management was able to reduce operating expenses by $27 million from our 2009 budgeted level and maintain strong operating margins. Finally, management was able to accomplish a number of strategic objectives, including amending our credit facility to extend the maturity date of $900 million of our term debt and selling unused land owned in Canada for approximately $60 million.

In recognition of the commitment and efforts of our named executive officers in managing our operations in the face of continuing poor economic conditions and in addressing strategic non-operational issues that face the Company, the Compensation Committee concluded it was appropriate to award cash bonuses for 2009 performance in the amounts and percentages set forth below:

 

Executive Officer    2009 Cash Bonus    Bonus as Percentage of
2009 Salary
Kinzel    $1,196,000    92%
Falfas    $   415,380    64%
Crage    $   269,100    60%
Zimmerman    $   111,228    36%
Bender    $   149,868    54%

From December 16, 2009 until April 6, 2010, we were party to a merger agreement with affiliates of Apollo Global Management. Due to restrictions imposed on us by that agreement and the uncertainty related to the proposed merger, the Compensation Committee did not set 2010 target bonus opportunities in March.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

We provide long-term incentive compensation awards to senior management under our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. These long-term incentive awards, together with current salary and cash bonus compensation, should achieve the total direct compensation level determined by the Board. Our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan allows us to grant options, units, unit appreciation rights and other types of performance awards. For the past five years we have relied primarily on our phantom unit grants to provide long-term incentives to our executive officers. We believe that phantom unit awards give key employees a proprietary and vested interest in our growth

 

67


and performance and align key employees’ interests with that of our unitholders, while providing a cost effective means of compensation for us.

We granted phantom unit awards and performance based unit awards in 2009; we did not grant any option awards in 2009. We believe that the vesting schedule for these awards aids us in retaining executives and motivates superior performance over the long term because the awards are forfeited if the executive voluntarily leaves prior to the vesting date. Our strong management team possesses vast operations experience and a deep knowledge of our markets and customers and that knowledge is important to our ability to improve results, particularly as we fine tune our product offerings to appeal to budget-conscious consumers in 2010. We anticipate that these long-term incentive awards will encourage these executives to remain in our employ for the next several years and motivate them to achieve superior results.

Annual Performance-Based Phantom Unit Awards

Performance-based phantom unit awards are intended to provide rewards for the achievement of established performance objectives. In March of each year, the Board approves annual objectives for executives that relate either to park or corporate-level performance or some combination of both. Although the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan contains guidelines relative to the percentages that must be achieved and the awards to be granted, the Compensation Committee has the discretion to grant the phantom unit awards as it deems appropriate.

The phantom awards are payable in either units of a cash equivalent, or a combination of both, as determined by the Board, in two equal installments at the third- and fourth-year anniversary dates of the grant, to the extent earned on the basis of the performance achieved during the relevant annual period and as long as the executive is in our employ at those dates. The phantom unit awards accrue additional phantom units on the date of each quarterly distribution paid by us, if any, calculated at the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) closing price on that date.

In March 2009, we made the following performance-based phantom unit awards to Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas and Crage: 166,167; 65,333; and 52,778, respectively. The performance objective that was established in order for the executives to receive payment of 90% of these awards was the generation by the Company in 2009 of $135.2 million of cash available for distribution to unitholders. Based upon the actual cash available for distribution to unitholders for 2009, Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas and Crage earned performance-based phantom units of 26,667; 10,453; and 8,444, respectively, or approximately 16% of their full awards, in accordance with the provisions of the phantom unit awards. The phantom units earned will be payable in two equal installments in March 2012 and March 2013, assuming the executive remains in our employ at those times.

Due to restrictions imposed on us by our prior agreement with affiliates of Apollo Global Management and uncertainty related to the proposed merger, the Compensation Committee did not approve annual objectives for performance-based phantom units in March.

Time-Based Phantom Unit Awards. Time-based phantom unit awards are intended to assist in retaining our executive team in order to accomplish our strategic and long-term objectives. In October 2009, we made time-based phantom unit awards to Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas and Crage. These awards will vest in two equal installments in March 2012 and March 2013, assuming the executive continues in our employ. These awards accrue additional phantom units and are paid out in the same manner as the performance-based phantom units. In 2009, Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas and Crage received the following time-based phantom unit grants: 127,530; 59,798; and 50,506, respectively.

Multi-Year Performance Unit Awards. In 2009 we made multi-year performance unit awards to certain vice presidents and mid-level employees. Each award is made in accordance with the terms of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, but the terms of each award are specific to each employee. Messrs. Zimmerman and Mr. Bender each received a performance unit award that is based on certain performance objectives from 2009 through 2012.

 

68


The performance unit awards vest in the third and fourth year after grant, assuming performance objectives are achieved and they have remained in our employ. If all performance objectives are met over the performance period, Mr. Zimmerman will receive a value equal to 16,667 units and Mr. Bender will receive a value equal to 14,556 units, payable in a cash equivalent at the time of payment or units, or a combination of both, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Change-in-Control Arrangements

We have a change-of-control plan in place for certain executives and key employees, and some of our executives are employed under employment agreements that contain change-in-control provisions. If an executive that would otherwise be covered by the change-of-control plan has change in control provisions in his employment agreement, then the executive does not participate in the change-of-control plan while the employment agreement is in effect, except for specified benefit plans. The executives that would be covered by the change-of-control plan (absent a relevant employment agreement) include the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer and the regional vice president. Our Board of Directors also has discretion to add other key executive employees to the plan.

During 2007, we entered into amended and restated employment agreements with Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas, and Crage, each of which provides for certain benefits in change-in-control situations. As such, Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas and Crage would be entitled to the benefits provided for in their respective employment agreements in a change-in-control situation and would not be entitled to benefits under the change-of-control plan. During the periods for which compensation data is provided below, Messrs. Zimmerman and Bender did not have employment agreements with us and so they would have been entitled to benefits under our change-of-control plan in a change-in-control situation. In addition, certain of our incentive plans contain change-in-control provisions. We believe that the change-in-control provisions help ensure that, if a change-in-control situation develops, our management team will act in the best interest of unitholders. The change-of-control plan as well as the other agreements are discussed in more detail under “Management – Potential Payment Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Retirement Programs

Our named executive officers participate in our tax-qualified Cedar Fair Retirement Savings Plan. This plan, or a similar plan, is available to all of our employees and contains a 401(k) matching program as well as a profit sharing component. The annual amount of the profit sharing contribution is determined at our sole discretion. Our contributions to this plan for our named executive officers are included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table below. In addition, Messrs. Kinzel and Falfas participate in our Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program described herein. Additional contributions to this plan were discontinued on May 2004, and we do not intend to have any other executive officers participate in this plan. In February 2008, we adopted the 2008 Supplemental Retirement Plan to provide retirement benefits to a broader group of executives, which is described herein. Messrs. Falfas and Crage participate in the plan. Messrs. Falfas’s and Crage’s accounts were credited with $100,000 for the 2009 and 2010 plan years respectively.

Perquisites

We provide perquisites to our named executive officers that we believe are reasonable, competitive and consistent with our overall compensation philosophy. We believe that these benefits generally allow our executives to work more efficiently and represent a small percentage of overall compensation. We provide the following perquisites to our named executive officers: automobile and gas allowance, discount on Company products and limited spousal travel expenses. Mr. Kinzel also receives an annual physical exam and the premium payment on a life insurance policy and dues for one club membership. The incremental costs of the perquisites provided to the named executive officers are contained in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table below.

 

69


Summary Compensation Table For 2009

The table below summarizes the total compensation paid to or earned by each of the named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. The table also summarizes, for each of our named executive officers the total compensation paid to or earned by the officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  
                   

Name and

Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus
(1)
    Unit
Awards
(2)
    Option
Awards
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
(3)
    All Other
Compensation
(4) (5)
    Total  

Richard L. Kinzel

    2009      $ 1,300,000      $ 1,196,000      $ 1,500,000      $         -        $         -        $ 58,126      $ 44,059 (6)    $ 4,098,185   

Chairman, President and

    2008      $ 1,250,000      $ 1,275,000      $ 1,500,000      $ -        $ -        $ 87,306      $ 47,558 (6)    $ 4,159,864   

Chief Executive Officer

    2007      $ 1,200,000      $ 1,188,000      $ 1,222,000      $ -        $ -        $ 128,664      $ 50,222 (6)    $ 3,788,886   

Jacob T. Falfas

    2009      $ 645,000      $ 415,380      $ 675,001      $ -        $ -        $ 97,635      $ 38,487      $ 1,871,503   

Chief Operating Officer

    2008      $ 625,000      $ 446,250      $ 588,000      $ -        $ -        $ 90,157      $ 36,867      $ 1,786,274   
      2007      $ 600,000      $ 415,800      $ 580,200      $ -        $ -        $ 3,944      $ 37,770      $ 1,637,714   

Peter J. Crage

    2009      $ 450,000      $ 269,100      $ 574,995      $ -        $ -        $ 65,556      $ 20,469      $ 1,380,120   

Corporate Vice President -

    2008      $ 425,000      $ 281,775      $ 475,000      $ -        $ -        $ 68,316      $ 24,504      $ 1,274,595   

Finance and Chief Financial Officer

    2007      $ 400,000      $ 257,400      $ 455,600      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 28,958      $ 1,141,958   

Richard A. Zimmerman

    2009      $ 310,000      $ 111,228      $ 150,003      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 20,469      $ 591,700   

Regional Vice President

    2008      $ 300,000      $ 114,800      $ 150,000      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 15,887      $ 580,687   
      2007      $ 300,000      $ 105,000      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 10,047      $ 415,047   

H. Philip Bender

    2009      $ 271,500      $ 146,121      $ 131,004      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 32,454      $ 581,079   

Regional Vice President

    2008      $ 262,500      $ 155,401      $ 131,000      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 25,189      $ 574,090   
      2007      $ 250,000      $ 145,500      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 29,486      $ 424,986   

 

  (1) The amounts in column (d) reflect the cash awards to the named individuals under the 2008 Omnibus Plan (for 2009) or the Amended and Restated 2000 Senior Executive Management Incentive Plan (for 2008 and 2007).

 

  (2) The amounts in column (e) reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 of phantom unit awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 or 2007, as applicable, pursuant to the 2008 Omnibus Plan or the Amended and Restated Senior Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as applicable. The amounts in column (e) also reflect, for Messrs. Zimmerman and Bender, the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 of performance awards granted during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 pursuant to the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan based on the maximum potential payout under the established performance targets. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are discussed in Note 6 to the Partnership’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, included in the Partnership’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2010.

 

  (3) The amounts in column (h) reflect the aggregate positive change in actuarial present value of the officer’s accumulated benefits from the prior year under the Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program and/or the 2008 Supplemental Retirement Plan which are discussed herein under the heading “Management – Element of 2009 Executive Compensation – Retirement Program.”

 

  (4)

The amounts shown in column (i) reflect, for each named executive officer, 401(k) matching contributions of 3% of pay and profit sharing contributions of 4% of pay up to the respective limitations imposed under the rules of the Internal Revenue Service. The 2009 profit sharing contributions for each named executive officer were approximately $13,119. The 2009 amounts shown in column (i) also reflect the aggregate value of the following types of perquisites (if such perquisites were received by the named executive officer), for each named executive officer for whom the

 

70


 

total value of all perquisites for a given year was at least $10,000: automobile and gas allowance; club dues; discounts on Company products and services; and limited spousal travel expenses. For additional discussion of contributions that we make for our named executive officers under our Retirement Savings Plan and of perquisites we provide our named executive officers, see “Management – Elements of 2009 Executive Compensation – Retirement Programs” and “Management – Elements of 2009 Executive Compensation – Perquisites.”

 

  (5) The value attributable to the personal use of company-provided automobiles (calculated in accordance with Internal Revenue Service guidelines) is included as compensation on the W-2 of named executive officers who receive such benefits. Each such named executive officer is responsible for paying income tax on such amount.

 

  (6) In addition to the items noted in footnote (4) above, the amount in column (i) reflects the value attributable to life insurance premiums and an annual physical provided to Mr. Kinzel pursuant to his employment contract more fully described under the heading “Management – Employment Agreements.”

Grants Of Plan Based Awards Table For 2009

 

(a)   (b)   (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)     (k)     (l)  
             
Name   Grant
Date
  Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
    Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
    All Other
Unit Awards:
Number of
Units
(#)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
    Exercise or
Base Price
of Option
Awards
($)
    Grant Date
Fair Value
of Unit
and Option
Awards
($)
 
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
         

Kinzel

  03/20/09   $         -        $         -        $         -          -          150,000 (1)      250,001 (2)      -          -        $         -        $ 240,003   
    10/29/09   $ -        $ -        $ -          -          -          -          127,530 (3)      -        $ -        $ 1,249,794   

Falfas

  03/20/09   $ -        $ -        $ -          -          58,800 (1)      98,000 (2)      -          -        $ -        $ 94,077   
    10/29/09   $ -        $ -        $ -          -          -          -          58,798 (3)      -        $ -        $ 576,220   

Crage

  03/20/09   $ -        $ -        $ -          -          47,500 (1)      79,167 (2)      -          -        $ -        $ 75,996   
    10/29/09   $ -        $ -        $ -          -          -          -          50,506 (3)      -        $ -        $ 494,959   

Zimmerman

  03/20/09   $ -        $ -        $ -          -          16,667 (4)      16,667 (4)      -          -        $ -        $ 150,003   
    10/29/09   $ -        $ -        $ -          -          -          -          -          -        $ -        $ -     

Bender

  03/20/09   $ -        $ -        $ -          -          14,556 (4)      14,556 (4)      -          -        $ -        $ 131,004   
    10/29/09   $ -        $ -        $ -          -          -          -          -          -        $ -        $ -     

 

  (1) Amounts reflect performance-based phantom units granted under the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan and equal 90% of the base number of phantom units awarded in accordance with the Omnibus Plan. Based upon the level of achievement of the performance objectives related to these awards, Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas and Crage earned 22,667; 10,453 and 8,444 phantom units, respectively, or approximately 16% of their full awards. These awards will be payable in cash equivalent or units, or a combination of both, as determined by the Compensation Committee, in March 2012 and March 2013.

 

  (2) Amounts equal 150% of the base number of phantom units awarded in accordance with the 2008 Omnibus Plan.

 

  (3) Amounts reflect time-based phantom units granted under the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. These awards will be payable in cash equivalent or units, or a combination of both, as determined by the Compensation Committee, in March 2012 and March 2013.

 

  (4) Amount reflects a multi-year performance unit award granted under the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. There are no thresholds associated with this award.

 

71


Narrative to Summary Compensation and

Grants of Plan Based Awards Table

Described below is a summary of the terms and conditions of the employment agreements that we had with certain named executive officers during the years covered by the tables, as well as the programs under which the compensation reflected in the tables was awarded.

Employment agreements

On July 20, 2007, Cedar Fair entered into amended and restated employment agreements with Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas and Crage. These agreements amend and supersede the previous employment agreements between Cedar Fair and the executive officers that were entered into on December 12, 2006. The amended and restated employment agreements were updated to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and to include change in control provisions with a related tax gross-up. Due to the Change in Control Provisions in the employment agreements, Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas, and Crage do not participate in our change-of-control plan discussed above.

The amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Kinzel, our president and chief executive officer, has a term expiring January 2, 2012. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Kinzel receives an annual base salary of not less than $1.2 million per year. In addition, he is entitled to participate in our welfare benefit programs and various incentive compensation plans on terms no less favorable than provided to other senior managers and/or officers. Cedar Fair purchased a $2 million term life insurance policy for Mr. Kinzel that will remain in effect through July 23, 2018, whether or not he is employed by Cedar Fair. Post retirement, Mr. Kinzel will continue as a director of the Board for at least three years, provided he is elected to the Board. The agreement contains non-solicitation and non-competition provisions.

The amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Falfas, our chief operating officer during the years covered by the tables, was automatically renewed on December 1, 2009 in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Falfas was entitled to receive an annual base salary of not less than $600,000 per year. He was also entitled to participate in one or more of our incentive compensation and equity incentive plans at a level determined by the Board and in our welfare benefit plans and other benefit programs. The agreement contains non-solicitation and non-competition provisions.

The amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Crage, our executive vice president and chief financial officer, was automatically renewed on December 1, 2008 in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The agreement renewed automatically for a period of two years commencing on December 1, 2010 and will renew on every two-year anniversary thereafter unless either party provides written notice of its intent to terminate the agreement at least 60 days prior to the automatic renewal date. Mr. Crage receives an annual base salary of not less than $400,000 per year. He is entitled to participate in one or more of Cedar Fair’s incentive compensation plans and equity incentive plans at a level determined by the Board and in its welfare benefit plans and other benefit programs. The agreement contains non-solicitation and non-competition provisions.

For a discussion of the benefits that would be provided by the above described agreements in the event of the executive’s death, retirement, disability, termination or resignation or upon a change in control, see “Management – Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” in this prospectus. For a discussion of changes to our employment relationships and new employment agreements with certain of our named executive officers following the date of the information in the compensation tables, see “Management – Employment Agreements” above.

 

 

72


Cash Bonus Awards

Cash bonus awards for 2009 reflected in column (d) of the Summary Compensation Table were made pursuant to our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. For additional detail regarding this program and regarding the 2009 bonus awards (including the percentage of 2009 year end salary represented by each executive’s 2009 bonus award and the percentage of the target award opportunity received by each executive for 2009), see “Management – Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Elements of 2009 Executive Compensation – Annual Bonus Program.” Cash bonus awards for 2008 and 2007 were made pursuant to our Amended and Restated 2000 Senior Executive Management Incentive Plan, which we utilized prior to the unitholders’ adoption of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Performance measures and target award opportunities for the named executive officers were set in March of the fiscal year in which the bonus was earned. Since the unitholders’ adoption of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, we prohibited any further grants under the Amended and Restated 2000 Senior Executive Management Incentive Plan, as the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for cash incentive awards.

Phantom Unit and Option Awards

In October 2009 and October 2008, we granted time-based phantom unit awards to certain executive officers in accordance with our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan under the “other unit award” provisions of that plan. The October 2009 phantom unit awards are reflected in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table, and the grant date fair value of these awards is included in the 2009 amount in column (e) of the Summary Compensation Table, where applicable. The grant date fair value of the 2008 time-based phantom unit awards is included in the 2008 amount in column (e) of the Summary Compensation Table where applicable. Payouts with respect to the time-based phantom units are subject to the continued employment of the recipient and the passage of time. The 2009 phantom units vest and will be payable in cash equivalent, units or a combination of both, as will be determined by the Compensation Committee, 50% in March 2012 and 50% in March 2013 for the 2009 awards, and 50% in March 2011 and 50% in March 2012 for the 2008 awards. The phantom units accrue additional phantom units on the date of each quarterly distribution paid by us, if any, calculated at the NYSE closing price on such date. If a participant is terminated or resigns prior to any payment under this award, that unpaid amount is forfeited. In the event of death or disability during employment or retirement after age 62, the awards will be paid in a lump sum cash payment within 90 days of the event, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of a change in control, all restrictions applicable to the time-based phantom unit awards will lapse and the awards will become fully vested and transferable and will be payable in full.

In March 2009, we granted performance-based phantom unit awards to certain executive officers under our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The March 2009 phantom unit awards are reflected in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table, and the grant date fair value of these awards is included in the 2009 amount in column (e) of the Summary Compensation Table, where applicable. The awards were determined by the Compensation Committee and were based on the achievement of annual performance targets and various factors considered by the Compensation Committee. For additional detail regarding the performance achieved with respect to these awards, see “Management – Compensation Discussion & Analysis.” These awards are payable in cash equivalent or units, or a combination of both, as determined by the Compensation Committee, 50% in March 2012 and 50% in March 2013. The phantom unit awards accrue additional phantom units on the date of each quarterly distribution paid by us, if any, calculated at the NYSE closing price on such date. If a participant is terminated or resigns prior to any payment under this plan, that unpaid amount is forfeited. In the event of death or disability during employment, actual awards for that year, as well as any unpaid awards for prior years, will be paid in a lump sum cash payment within ninety days of the event, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of retirement after age 62, actual awards for that year will be prorated and paid, together with any unpaid awards for prior years, in a lump sum cash payment within 90 days of the end of the performance period or retirement date, respectively, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of a change in control, the percentage of base award for that calendar year will be calculated as if 100% of the target level had been achieved and will be paid in a lump sum cash payment within 30 days following the change of control, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

73


Prior to the adoption of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, we utilized the Amended and Restated Senior Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan to award phantom units to members of senior management including the chief executive officer, the general managers and corporate vice presidents who report to the chief executive officer. Phantom unit awards granted in 2007 for which the grant date fair value is reported in column (e) of the Summary Compensation Table were awarded under this plan. The awards were determined by the Compensation Committee annually. The awards were based on the achievement of annual performance targets and various factors considered by the Compensation Committee and are payable in cash or units, or a combination of both, as determined by the Board, in the third and fourth year after grant. The phantom unit awards accrue additional phantom units on the date of each quarterly distribution paid by us, calculated at the NYSE closing price on such date. If a participant is terminated or resigns prior to any payment under this plan, that unpaid amount is forfeited. In the event of death or disability during employment, retirement after age 62 or a change in control, actual awards for that year, as well as any unpaid awards for prior years, will be paid on a lump sum cash payment within 90 days of the event, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of a change in control, the percentage of base award for that calendar year will be calculated as if 100% of the target level had been achieved.

We also previously utilized the Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, which allowed us to award options, unit appreciation rights, restricted units, and other types of unit awards, prior to the adoption of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Traditionally we granted options under this plan to certain key employees and units to our directors as part of their annual compensation. Options were issued with an exercise price no less than the closing price of the Company’s units on the NYSE the day prior to the date of grant. Certain options granted in prior years were variably priced, meaning that the exercise price declines by the value of cash distributions declared on the underlying units. All options under this plan vested ratably over five years and expire ten years from grant. We have not awarded any options since 2003, but have continued to award units to our Directors annually.

Since the unitholders’ adoption of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, we prohibited any further grants under the Amended and Restated Senior Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan and the Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. Future phantom unit and option awards, if any, may be granted under the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan also permits other types of unit-based awards to be made to eligible employees, such as unit appreciation rights, restricted unit awards, performance awards and other unit awards.

Performance Awards

In March 2009 and August 2008, we made multi-year performance unit awards to certain vice presidents and mid-level employees in accordance with the terms of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Messrs. Zimmerman and Bender were the only named executive officers to receive such an award, and the awards they received are based on the attainment of certain performance targets from 2009 through 2011. These awards are reflected in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table, and the grant date fair value of these performance awards are reflected in Messrs. Zimmerman’s and Bender’s 2009 and 2008 amounts, reported in Column (e) of the Summary Compensation Table. The amounts in the table reflect the value of the award at the grant date assuming the highest level of performance is achieved. Messrs. Zimmerman’s and Bender’s performance unit awards will vest in the third and fourth year after grant for the 2009 awards and in the fourth and fifth year after grant for the 2008 awards, assuming the performance metrics are achieved and that they remain employed. If all performance metrics are met for the 2009 awards over the three-year period, Messrs. Zimmerman and Bender will receive a value equal to 16,667 units and 14,556 units, respectively, payable in cash equivalent or units, or a combination of both, as determined by the Compensation Committee. If all performance metrics are met for the 2008 awards over the three and a half year period, Messrs. Zimmerman and Bender will receive a value equal to 6,474 units and 5,654 units, respectively, payable in cash equivalent, units, or a combination of both, as determined by the Compensation Committee. If Messrs. Zimmerman or Bender leaves our employment prior to the end of the performance period, their respective performance unit award would be forfeited except in the case of death,

 

74


disability, or retirement at age 62 or over, in which cases the performance unit award would be prorated and made after the end of the performance period, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of a change of control, the performance unit awards will be deemed earned and payable in full.

Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End For 2009

 

      Option Awards     Unit Awards  
(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  
Name   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
    Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Units That
Have Not
Vested (1)
    Market
Value of
Units
That
Have Not
Vested (2)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Units
or Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
 

Kinzel

    90,000        -          -        $ 20.60        03/07/11        -          -          -          -     
      150,000        -          -        $ 24.14        03/07/12        -          -          -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          29,184 (4)    $ 332,989        -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          53,790 (5)    $ 613,744        -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          104,889 (6)    $ 1,196,783        -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          160,952 (7)    $ 1,836,462        -          -     
                                                                         

Falfas

    15,000        -          -        $ 24.14        03/07/12        -          -          -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          11,674 (4)    $ 133,200        -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          25,539 (5)    $ 291,400        -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          41,116 (6)    $ 469,134        -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          72,285 (7)    $ 824,772        -          -     
                                                                         

Crage

    -          -          -          -          -          8,269 (4)    $ 94,349        -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          20,054 (5)    $ 228,816        -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          33,215 (6)    $ 378,983        -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          61,532 (7)    $ 702,080        -          -     
                                                                         

Zimmerman

    -          -          -          -          -          -          -          -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          -          -          23,141 (8)    $ 264,039   
                                                                         

Bender

    16,000        -          -        $ 3.36 (3)      03/02/10        -          -          -          -     
      1,000        -          -        $ 20.60        03/07/11        -          -          -          -     
      10,000        -          -        $ 20.60        03/07/11        -          -          -          -     
      10,000        -          -        $ 24.14        03/07/12        -          -          -          -     
      -          -          -          -          -          -          -          20,210 (8)    $ 230,596   
                                                                         

 

  (1) The amounts include additional units that are credited as a result of the reinvestment of distribution equivalents.

 

  (2) The market values in this column were calculated by multiplying the closing price of our units as of December 31, 2009 as reported on the NYSE by the number of unvested units.

 

  (3) These variable priced options were granted in 2000 to Mr. Bender as part of a restructuring of the Company’s executive compensation system and its structure for paying fees to its general partner.

 

  (4) These phantom units vest and will be payable either in cash equivalent, units or a combination of both, in March 2010.

 

75


  (5) These phantom units vest and will be payable either in cash equivalent, units or a combination of both, 50% in March 2010 and 50% in March 2011.

 

  (6) These phantom units vest and will be payable either in cash equivalent, units or a combination of both, 50% in March 2011 and 50% in March 2012.

 

  (7) Amounts include performance-based phantom units awarded in 2009 and time-based phantom units awarded in 2009, both of which vest and will be payable either in cash equivalent, units or a combination of both, 50% in March 2012 and 50% in March 2013.

 

  (8) Amounts include performance units awarded in 2008 pursuant to the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan that are contingent upon the level of attainment of certain performance targets from June 2008 through 2011 and performance units awarded in 2009 pursuant to the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan that are contingent upon the level of attainment of certain performance targets from 2009 through 2011. Messrs. Zimmerman and Bender were awarded 6,474 and 5,654 performance units, respectively, in 2008 and 16,667 and 14,556 performance units, respectively, in 2009. The determination of whether and to what extent these performance unit awards are achieved will be made by the Compensation Committee. The amounts set forth in Columns (i) and (j) assume that the maximum number of units are awarded. Market value reported in Column (j) was calculated by multiplying the closing market price of our units as of December 31, 2009 by the maximum number of units that may be awarded set forth in Column (i). The actual number of units awarded vest and will be payable either in cash equivalent, units, or a combination of both 50% in March 2012 and 50% in March 2013.

Option Exercises And Units Vested In 2009

 

      Option Awards     Unit Awards (1)  
(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)  
       
Name   Number of Units
Acquired on Exercise
(#)
   

Value Realized
on Exercise

($)

    Number of Units
Acquired on Vesting
(2) (#)
    Value Realized
on Vesting
(3) ($)
 

Kinzel

    -        $         -          55,838      $ 457,313   
                                 

Falfas

    -        $ -          14,476      $ 118,559   
                                 

Crage

    -        $ -          11,327      $ 92,769   
                                 

Zimmerman

    -        $ -          -        $ -     
                                 

Bender

    -        $ -          1,121      $ 9,180   
                                 

 

  (1) Reflects the vesting and related value of phantom unit grants made in 2005 and 2006 pursuant to the Amended and Restated Senior Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, including additional units credited as a result of reinvestment of distribution equivalents.

 

  (2) The amounts in column (d) reflect the total number of phantom units that vested for each executive in 2009. Of the total phantom units that vested in 2009, each of Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas, Crage, and Bender received 60% of the value in units and 40% of the value in cash to cover tax obligations. As such, Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas, Crage, and Bender received 33,503 units, 8,686 units, 6,796 units and 673 units, respectively, in connection with the vesting of their phantom units. Mr. Zimmerman had no phantom units vest in 2009.

 

76


  (3) The amount listed for each individual represents the total value of the phantom units that vested in 2009, including the dollar value of the units received and cash received. Of the total value of the phantom units that vested in 2009, the executives received the following values in units and cash, respectively: Mr. Kinzel received 33,503 units having a value of $274,390 and $182,923 in cash; Mr. Falfas received 8,686 units having a value of $71,138 and $47,421 in cash; Mr. Crage received 6,796 units having a value of $55,659 and $37,110 in cash and Mr. Bender received 673 units having a value of $5,512 and $9,180 in cash. Mr. Zimmerman had no phantom units vest in 2009.

Pension Benefits For 2009

The amounts indicated in the table below represent the December 31, 2009 present value of accumulated benefits payable to each of the named executive officers under the Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program and the 2008 Supplemental Retirement Plan, as applicable. Mr. Kinzel has reached retirement age under the Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program and has more than 20 years of service. Therefore, if Mr. Kinzel were to retire, he would be entitled to receive the amount indicated below. Because Mr. Falfas and Mr. Crage are not vested under either of the supplemental retirement programs yet, we have indicated the present value of their accumulated benefits determined using interest rate assumptions consistent with those used in our financial statements.

 

(a)   (b)   (c)     (d)     (e)  
         
Name   Plan Name  

Number of Years

Cedited Service

    Present Value
of Accumulated
Benefit
    Payments During Last
Fiscal Year
 

Kinzel

  Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program     37      $ 1,824,984                    -     
                             

Falfas

  Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program     34      $ 18,310        -     
    2008 Supplemental Retirement Plan     34      $ 187,716        -     
                             

Crage

  2008 Supplemental Retirement Plan     7      $ 133,872        -     
                             

Zimmerman

  -       -          -          -     
                             

Bender

  -       -          -          -     
                             

Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program

Our Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program provides retirement benefits to its participants, Messrs. Kinzel and Falfas. Participants have the right to receive cash payments from us upon retirement at age 62 or over, with a minimum of 20 years’ service to us. Amounts were allocated in prior years to participants from the general partner fees as approved by the Compensation Committee. No allocations have been made since May 2004. Each account accrues interest at the prime rate as established from time to time by our bank. Participants who leave our employ prior to age 62 or before achieving 20 years of service forfeit the amount in their account. In the event of death, disability or retirement at age 62 or over with 20 years of service, all amounts accrued will vest and become payable. In the event of a change in control, all amounts accrued will vest and fund a trust for the benefit of the participant when the participant reaches age 62, dies or becomes disabled. The accrued balance may be distributed in a lump sum or in a number of future payments over a period not to exceed 10 years. The Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program is not presently open to additional participants, but the 2008 Supplemental Retirement Plan, a description of which follows, is open to additional participants.

 

77


2008 Supplemental Retirement Plan

The 2008 Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “2008 SERP”) provides nonqualified retirement benefits to its participants, who are selected by the Compensation Committee or other committee designated to administer the plan. Plan participants are selected prior to the beginning of a plan year except for 2008, for which year Messrs. Falfas and Crage were selected as participants within 30 days of the effective date of the plan. Messrs. Falfas and Crage also have been designated as participants in the 2008 SERP for the 2010 plan year. Accounts were credited for the 2009 plan year and have been credited for the 2010 plan year as described on page 14 of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Amounts to be credited to participants’ accounts are to be made on the basis of base salary except that the amounts credited to accounts during 2008 were prorated as provided in the 2008 SERP. No participant account may be credited more than $100,000 in any plan year, and no more than $250,000 may be credited in the aggregate to all participant accounts in any plan year. The maximum amount that may be credited to all participant accounts during the 2008-2025 time period is $3,350,000. Interest accrues on participants’ accounts at the prime rate of our bank, as adjusted each December, and interest accruals will not count towards the preceding limitations on amounts that may be credited under the plan.

Participants who incur a separation from service at age 62 or over before having 20 years of service or who otherwise incur a separation from service, other than as a result of death or disability, forfeit their entire account. In the event of death, disability or separation of service at age 62 or over with at least 20 years of service, all amounts accrued to a participant’s account will vest and become payable. In the event of a change in control, all amounts accrued will vest and fund a trust for the benefit of the participant once the participant retires at age 62 or over, dies or becomes disabled. The plan generally provides for the distribution of the accrued balance as a lump sum amount and specifies the time for distribution. Participants may elect to receive the lump sum at a different time or to receive the accrued balance in a number of future payments over a specified period if certain conditions are satisfied. In general, the delay elected by a participant may not exceed 10 years or 5 years depending on when the distribution election is made. Distribution elections by participants who also participate in our Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program and whose accounts under that other plan include credits other than earnings credits allocated after December 31, 2004 must be the same as the elections under the other plan for each distribution event.

Potential Payments Upon Termination Or Change In Control

We maintain employment agreements or change in control agreements with all of our named executive officers, and some of the named executive officers also participate in our long-term incentive plans and our supplemental retirement plans. The following summaries describe and quantify the payments that each named executive officer would receive if his employment with us were terminated or if we had a change in control. In all cases, the timing and amount of payments will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The summaries assume that the termination or change in control occurred on December 31, 2009 and the relevant unit price is the closing market price of our units on the NYSE on December 31, 2009, which was $11.41.

Payments Pursuant to Employment Agreements with Certain Executive Officers (other than in connection with a Change in Control)

The following information summarizes payments that our named executive officers will receive in the event of termination with or without cause, death, disability and retirement. For information regarding payments in the event of a change in control, see “Management – Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control – Payment Upon a Change in Control” below. For additional information regarding payments in the event of death, disability or retirement, see “Management – Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control – Payments Upon Death, Disability or Retirement” below.

Richard L. Kinzel

We have an employment agreement with Mr. Kinzel, our president and chief executive officer. If we terminate Mr. Kinzel’s employment for cause, we will not be obligated to make any payment to him other than

 

78


salary and incentive compensation earned but not yet paid as of the termination date in accordance with the terms of each incentive plan. As defined in his employment agreement, “cause” means (a) conviction of a felony or crime of moral turpitude, (b) failure to perform duties that results in material injury or damage to us, (c) failure to comply with the confidentiality and noncompetition provisions of the agreement, (d) theft, embezzlement or fraud, (e) gross negligence or misconduct relating to our affairs or (f) violation of our policies and procedures related to discrimination or harassment. Mr. Kinzel cannot be terminated for cause if he reasonably and in good faith believed his actions were in our best interests or if he met the standard of conduct for indemnification or reimbursement under our governing documents or the laws of the State of Ohio.

If we terminate Mr. Kinzel’s employment other than for cause, Mr. Kinzel will receive a lump-sum payment within 20 business days of termination (or such period of time as may be required by Section 409A of the Code) that consists of (a) his annual base salary earned but unpaid through the date of termination and (b) an amount equal to the present value, using a reasonable interest rate, of his annual base salary on the date of termination and incentive compensation that he would have received had he remained employed for the term of the agreement. The incentive compensation amount will be determined by computing the average incentive compensation that Mr. Kinzel received under the incentive plans during the three years preceding the termination multiplied by the number of years remaining on the employment agreement. In addition, all of Mr. Kinzel’s outstanding equity awards, including options and restricted unit awards, will vest and become payable in accordance with the terms of the respective plan and Section 409A. Mr. Kinzel’s options will be exercisable until the earlier of the expiration of the option or March 1, 2012. Mr. Kinzel and his spouse will receive lifetime health coverage benefits that, when combined with Medicare, will be substantially similar to the coverage provided to our employees, and any expense for Medicare coverage will be reimbursed by us. We will also maintain the $2 million life insurance policy on Mr. Kinzel’s life for the benefit of his designee through July 23, 2018, and Mr. Kinzel will be eligible to participate in our fringe benefit plans and programs on terms no less favorable than provided to our other senior managers and officers through January 2, 2012.

If Mr. Kinzel suffers from a disability, he will receive the same benefits as if he were terminated other than for cause, except that his salary or incentive compensation benefits will be reduced by any payments received by him from any short- or long-term disability plan maintained by us. A disability is defined as a physical or mental illness that renders Mr. Kinzel unable to perform his duties on a full-time basis for a period of six consecutive months as confirmed by a physician selected by us.

If Mr. Kinzel dies during the term of the agreement, Mr. Kinzel’s estate will receive all of his compensation earned but not yet paid within 90 days of his death. In addition, all of Mr. Kinzel’s outstanding equity awards, including options and restricted unit awards, will vest, and his options will be exercisable until the earlier of the expiration of the option or March 1, 2012. Mr. Kinzel’s spouse will receive lifetime health care coverage, including a supplement to Medicare and reimbursement of any expense for Medicare coverage, so that her complete health care coverage is substantially similar to coverage provided to our active employees.

If Mr. Kinzel retires, he and his spouse will receive lifetime health coverage benefits that, when combined with Medicare, will be substantially similar to the coverage provided to our employees, and any expense for Medicare coverage will be reimbursed by us. In addition, all of Mr. Kinzel’s outstanding equity awards will vest, and his options will be exercisable until the earlier of the expiration date of the award or 10 years from the date of retirement. All other equity awards will be paid in accordance with the terms of the respective plan and Section 409A of the Code.

During the longer of the period during which Mr. Kinzel is receiving benefits and 24 months following the date of termination, he will be subject to a non-compete and a non-solicitation provision. In addition, if Mr. Kinzel is terminated other than for cause, then in order to receive those payments and benefits, Mr. Kinzel must provide a mutually acceptable separation agreement and release.

 

 

79


Jacob T. Falfas, and Peter J. Crage

Each of Messrs. Falfas and Crage are entitled to certain payments if we terminate their employment other than for cause. As defined in their employment agreements, “cause” means (a) conviction of a felony, (b) failure to perform duties that results in significant injury or damage to us, (c) failure to comply with the confidentiality and noncompetition provisions of the employment agreement, (d) fraud, (e) gross negligence or misconduct relating to our affairs, (f) violation of our policies and procedures related to discrimination or harassment or (g) dishonesty or significant impropriety resulting or intending to result in personal gain to the executive officer at our expense, monetary or otherwise. If the executive officer is terminated for cause, he will receive a lump sum payment on the 20th business day following termination of his base salary earned but not yet paid as of the date of termination.

If terminated other than for cause, then upon providing a separation and release agreement to us, each executive will receive his base salary for the longer of one year or the remaining term of the agreement paid in accordance with our payroll practices. Each will also be entitled to receive medical and dental insurance during the period of time that he receives salary payments.

If the executive officer suffers from a disability, defined as a physical or mental illness that renders him incapable of performing his duties on a full-time basis for six consecutive months, the executive officer will receive the same benefits as if he were terminated other than for cause, except that any salary or incentive compensation benefits will be reduced by any payments received from any short or long term disability plan maintained by us. If the executive officer dies during the term of his employment agreement, his estate will receive any earned but unpaid compensation and benefits within 90 days of the date of death. We will continue health care coverage for his immediate family for the shorter of 24 months following death or the remainder of the term of the agreement.

Upon termination, Messrs. Falfas and Crage will be subject to 12-month noncompetition and non-solicitation provisions contained in their employment agreements.

Payments upon Death, Disability or Retirement under our Incentive and Supplemental Retirement Plans

If any named executive officer dies, becomes disabled or retires at age 62 or over while employed by us, any unvested phantom unit awards under our Amended and Restated Senior Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan and the unvested phantom units awarded in October 2008 under our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be paid in full in a lump sum cash payment within 90 days of the event (or such period of time as required by Section 409A of the Code). In addition, any unvested options held by the executive will vest and become exercisable immediately. All amounts accrued under our Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program or our 2008 SERP will also become fully vested and payable upon an executive’s death, disability, or retirement at age 62 or over with at least 20 years of service. Any cash incentive awards outstanding at the time of death or retirement will be paid on a prorated basis. If Messrs. Zimmerman or Bender dies or becomes disabled while employed by us or retires at age 62 or over from employment with us during the performance period, his performance unit award under the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be prorated and paid after the end of the performance period. Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas, and Crage also will receive any payments in these situations as described above under “Management – Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control – Payments Pursuant to Employment Agreements with Certain Executive Officers.”

Payments upon a Change in Control under Employment Agreements and Change-of-Control Plan

In the event of a change in control, Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas, and Crage will receive benefits and payments in accordance with the terms of their employment agreements or by our Amended and Restated Executive Change of Control Plan in the case of certain specified benefit plans. In the event of a change in control on December 31, 2009, Messrs. Zimmerman and Bender would have received benefits and payments in accordance with our

 

80


Amended and Restated Executive Change of Control Plan, which covers designated officers who do not otherwise have change-in-control provisions in employment agreements or otherwise. Our incentive plans, our Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Plan, and our 2008 SERP also contain change-in-control provisions. As discussed above, we amended and restated our plans, supplemental retirement program and employment agreements in 2007 to comply with Section 409A of the Code and to create consistency among the plans and agreements. For example, as amended and restated in 2007, and as provided in connection with adopting our 2008 SERP, our plans and agreements contain the same definitions for “change in control,” “cash compensation,” and other important terms, so that if a change in control occurs under one plan or agreement, it will trigger payment under the other plans and agreements as well.

All of our employment agreements, our Amended and Restated Executive Change of Control Plan and our supplemental retirement plans contain a double trigger change in control provision, which means that two events must occur for a participant to receive payments under the change in control provision. First, a change in control must occur. Each of our incentive plans and employment agreements uses the “change in control” definition provided by Section 409A of the Code. “Change-in-control” events include:

 

   

a change in ownership of the Company which generally would occur when a person or group acquires units representing more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company;

 

   

a change in the effective control of the Company, which could occur even if a change in ownership has not occurred, and would occur if either (i) a person or group acquires units, all at once or over a period of 12 months, representing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the Company, or (ii) a majority of our directors will have been replaced during a 12-month period by directors not endorsed by a majority of the board before the date of appointment or election; or

 

   

a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, which would occur if a person or group acquires, all at once or over a period of 12 months, assets from us that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of our assets immediately before the acquisition(s), determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

Section 409A and its rules contain detailed provisions for determining whether a change-in-control event has occurred. The above descriptions of change-in-control events are general summaries only, and we refer you to Section 409A of the Code and its rules for additional detail.

The second trigger under the employment agreements and the Amended and Restated Executive Change of Control Plan is that the executive’s employment must be terminated within 24 months of the change in control. “Termination” includes involuntary termination of the executive as well as “deemed termination” which occurs if the executive is forced to relocate by more than 35 miles, if he suffers a reduction in base salary or a significant reduction in responsibility or if his position is eliminated. The second trigger under our supplemental retirement plans is the occurrence of a separation from service under the plan.

In each employment agreement and in the Amended and Restated Executive Change-of-Control Plan, “cash compensation” with respect to any calendar year is defined as (a) the total salary payable, (b) annual cash bonuses earned, even if not paid and (c) with respect to any multi-year bonus, the amount actually paid. Any lump sum payments made pursuant to the employment agreements or Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Plan in connection with a change in control will be paid within 60 days following the termination, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Payments of change-in-control amounts or provisions of change-in-control benefits under the employment agreements and Amended and Restated Executive Change-of-Control Plan are conditioned upon the execution and non-revocation of a mutually acceptable separation agreement and release.

 

81


Richard L. Kinzel

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Kinzel’s employment agreement, if Mr. Kinzel’s employment is terminated (other than for cause) within 24 months of a change in control, Mr. Kinzel will receive:

 

   

the greater of (A) three times his average annual cash compensation (as defined above), for the three years preceding the year in which the change in control occurred, less US$1; and (B) the sum of: (i) his annual base salary earned but unpaid through the date of termination; (ii) an amount equal to the present value, using a reasonable interest rate, of his annual base salary on the date of termination that he would have received had he remained employed for the term of the employment agreement (which term expires January 2, 2012); (iii) an amount equal to the present value, using a reasonable interest rate of the average incentive compensation that Mr. Kinzel received under the incentive plans during the three years preceding the termination multiplied by the number of years or prorations of years remaining on the employment agreement; and (iv) Mr. Kinzel becoming immediately vested in any award or right, interest or option relating to units awarded pursuant to the incentive plans;

 

   

lifetime health care coverage, a supplement to Medicare and reimbursement of any expense for Medicare as detailed in the employment agreement for Mr. Kinzel and his spouse;

 

   

maintenance of a $2 million term life insurance policy on the life of Mr. Kinzel for the benefit of his designee until July 23, 2018;

 

   

life, disability and accident benefits on terms no less favorable than those provided to our other officers for the longer of (i) the period ending January 2, 2012 or (ii) 3 years, or if shorter, until Mr. Kinzel is re-employed;

 

   

fringe benefits on terms no less favorable than those received by our other officers until January 2, 2012; and

 

   

tax gross-up payments to reimburse Mr. Kinzel for any excise taxes he may incur under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.

Jacob T. Falfas and Peter J. Crage

If Mr. Falfas’ or Mr. Crage’s employment is terminated (other than for cause) within 24 months of a change in control, each will receive:

 

   

2.5 times his average annual cash compensation for the 3 years (or such shorter period of time that the executive is employed by us) preceding the year in which the change in control occurred, less US$1;

 

   

life, disability, accident and health insurance benefits substantially similar to those that were received or entitled to be received prior to termination for the shorter of 30 months or the period until he is re-employed; and

 

   

tax gross-up payments to reimburse the executive for any excise taxes he may incur under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.

 

 

82


H.Philip Bender and Richard A. Zimmerman

Messrs. Zimmerman or Bender would have received payments and benefits upon a change in control on December 31, 2009 pursuant to our Amended and Restated Change-of-Control Plan. If Messrs. Zimmerman or Bender is terminated within 24 months of such a change in control, he would have received:

 

   

2 times his average annual cash compensation for the 3 years (or such shorter period of time that he is employed by us) preceding the year in which the change in control occurred less US$1; and

 

   

life, disability, accident and health insurance benefits substantially similar to those that were received or entitled to be received prior to termination for the shorter of 24 months or the period until he is re-employed.

Incentive Plan and Supplemental Retirement Plan Payments

In addition to the payments and benefits outlined above, our incentive plans and our supplemental retirement plans contain change-in-control provisions that may result in payments to participating named executive officers, summarized below. In the event of a change in control:

 

   

Unpaid awards from prior years that were made under our Amended and Restated Senior Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan will be paid in a lump sum cash payment within 90 days of the event (or such period of time as may be required by Section 409A of the Code).

 

   

Grants made under our Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, including options, unit appreciation rights, restricted units or performance units, will vest, become fully exercisable and be free of all restrictions or limitations. Option holders may elect to “cash out” any options for the difference between the price of the option and the change in control price per unit within 60 days of a change in control.

 

   

Unless otherwise specified in connection with making a particular award, cash bonuses awarded under our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, pursuant to which we grant our cash bonuses, will be deemed to have been earned at 100% of the target level in the year of the change in control and will be paid within 30 days following a change in control.

 

   

Unless otherwise specified in connection with making a particular award, all long-term incentive awards made under the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, such as the March 2009 performance-based phantom unit awards, will be deemed to have been earned at 100% of the target level. All such awards, including any unpaid awards from prior years will be paid in a lump sum cash payment within 30 days of the change in control.

 

   

Unless otherwise specified in connection with making a particular award, all performance awards made under our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be deemed to have been earned and payable in full and any other restriction shall lapse. Any such performance awards will be paid within 30 days following a change of control.

 

   

Unless otherwise specified in connection with making a particular award, all restrictions, limitations and other conditions applicable to any “other unit awards” granted under our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, such as the time-based phantom unit awards granted in October 2008 and October 2009, shall lapse and those awards shall become fully vested and transferable. Any such awards will be issued, settled or distributed, as applicable within 30 days following a change in control.

 

 

83


   

All amounts accrued by the named executive officers under our Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program will vest and be funded in a trust for the benefit of the executive officers when they reach age 62, die, or become disabled, whichever occurs first.

 

   

All amounts accrued by the named executive officers under our 2008 SERP will vest and be funded in a trust for the benefit of the executive officers when they retire at or after reaching age 62, die, or become disabled, whichever occurs first.

Payments upon Death, Disability or Retirement

If any named executive officer dies, becomes disabled or retires at age 62 or over while employed by us, any unvested phantom unit awards under our Amended and Restated Senior Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan and the unvested phantom units awarded in October 2008 under our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be paid in full in a lump sum cash payment within 90 days of the event (or such period of time as required by Section 409A of the Code). In addition, any unvested options held by the executive will vest and become exercisable immediately. All amounts accrued under our Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program or our 2008 SERP will also become fully vested and payable upon an executive’s death, disability, or retirement at age 62 or over with at least 20 years of service. Any cash incentive awards outstanding at the time of death or retirement will be paid on a prorated basis. If Messrs. Zimmerman or Bender dies or becomes disabled while employed by us or retires at age 62 or over from employment with us during the performance period, their performance units awarded under the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be prorated and paid after the end of the performance period. Messrs. Kinzel, Falfas and Crage also will receive any payments in these situations as described above under “Management – Potential Payments Upon termination or Change in Control – Payments Pursuant to Employment Agreements with Certain Executive Officers.”

 

 

84


Richard L. Kinzel

The payments that would have been made to Mr. Kinzel upon a termination of his employment or a change in control of the Company as of December 31, 2009, are as follows:

 

               
Executive Benefits
and Payments Upon
Separation
  Termination
For Cause
    Termination
Other than
For Cause
    Normal
Retirement
    Disability     Death     Change in
Control
Only
    Termination
upon Change
in Control
 
               

Compensation

               

Earned but unpaid salary

  $ 50,000      $ 50,000      $ 50,000      $ 50,000      $ 50,000      $ 50,000      $ 50,000   

Severance

    -          2,356,956        -          2,356,956 (1)      -          -          2,356,955 (2) 

Incentive compensation

    1,196,000        4,011,382        1,196,000        4,011,382        1,196,000        1,300,000 (3)      5,311,382   

Unit options

    -          -          -          -          -          -          -     

Phantom units

    -          3,979,978        3,979,978        3,979,978        3,979,978        3,979,978        3,979,978   

Supplemental retirement

    1,824,984        1,824,984        1,824,984        1,824,984        1,824,984        1,824,984        1,824,984   
               

Benefits

               

Health benefits

    -          186,695 (5)      186,695 (5)      186,695 (5)      111,250        -          186,695 (5) 

Disability and accident benefits

                2,074   

Life insurance

    -          56,718        -          56,718        2,000,000 (4)      -          56,718   

Fringe Benefits

    -          33,145        -          33,145        -          -          33,145   

Tax gross-up

    -          -          -          -          -          -          3,245,712   
                                                         

Totals

  $ 3,070,984      $ 12,499,858      $ 7,237,657      $ 12,499,858      $ 9,162,212      $ 7,154,962      $ 17,047,643   

 

  (1) This payment will be decreased by any payments or benefits that Mr. Kinzel receives as a result of long or short-term disability plans maintained by the Partnership.

 

  (2) This payment was computed under the change-in-control provision specifically defined under the 2007 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Mr. Kinzel.

 

  (3) This payment represents payout at 100% of the target level in accordance with the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

  (4) Amount represents proceeds paid out under a life insurance policy purchased by the Company for Mr. Kinzel.

 

  (5) This payment will be decreased by any benefits that Mr. Kinzel receives under Medicare.

 

85


Jacob T. Falfas

The payments that would have been made to Mr. Falfas upon a termination of his employment or a change in control of the Company as of December 31, 2009, are as follows:

 

             

Executive Benefits and Payments

Upon Separation

  Termination
For Cause
    Termination
Other than
For Cause
    Disability     Death     Change in
Control
Only
    Termination
upon Change
in Control
 
             

Compensation

             

Earned but unpaid salary

  $ 24,808      $ 24,808      $ 24,808      $ 24,808      $ 24,808      $ 24,808   

Severance

    -          1,881,250        1,881,250 (1)      -          -          2,515,169   

Incentive compensation

    -          -          -          428,260        451,500 (2)      451,500 (2) 

Unit options

    -          -          -          -          -          -     

Phantom units

    -          -          1,718,506        1,718,506        1,718,506        1,718,506   

Supplemental retirement

    -          -          206,026        206,026        206,026        206,026   
             

Benefits

             

Health benefits

    -          38,231        38,231        26,215        -          32,770   

Disability and accident benefits

    -          -          -          -          -          1,838   

Life insurance

    -          -          -          -          -          720   

Tax gross-up

    -          -          -          -          -          1,453,685   
                                                 

Totals

  $ 24,808      $ 1,944,289      $ 3,868,821      $ 2,403,815      $ 2,400,840      $ 6,405,022   

 

  (1) This payment will be decreased by any payments or benefits that Mr. Falfas receives as a result of long or short-term disability plans maintained by the Company.

 

  (2) This payment represents payout at 100% of the target level in accordance with the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

86


Peter J. Crage

The payments that would have been made to Mr. Crage upon a termination of his employment or a change in control of the Company as of December 31, 2009, are as follows:

 

             

Executive Benefits and Payments

Upon Separation

  Termination
For Cause
    Termination
Other than
For Cause
    Disability     Death     Change in
Control
Only
    Termination
upon Change
in Control
 
             

Compensation

             

Earned but unpaid salary

  $ 17,308      $ 17,308      $ 17,308      $ 17,308      $ 17,308      $ 17,308   

Severance

    -          450,000        450,000 (1)      -          -          1,630,722   

Incentive compensation

    -          -          -          269,100        292,500 (2)      292,500 (2) 

Unit options

    -          -          -          -          -          -     

Phantom units

    -          -          1,404,228        1,404,228        1,404,228        1,404,228   

Supplemental retirement

    -          -          133,872        133,872        133,872        133,872   
             

Benefits

             

Health benefits

    -          13,108        13,108        12,015        -          32,770   

Disability and accident benefits

    -          -          -          -          -          1,838   

Life insurance

    -          -          -          -          -          720   

Tax gross-up

    -          -          -          -          -          1,040,774   
                                                 

Totals

  $ 17,308      $ 480,416      $ 2,018,516      $ 1,836,523      $ 1,847,908      $ 4,554,732   

 

  (1) This payment will be decreased by any payments or benefits that Mr. Crage receives as a result of long or short-term disability plans maintained by the Company.

 

  (2) This payment represents payout at 100% of the target level in accordance with the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

87


Richard A. Zimmerman

The payments that would have been made to Mr. Zimmerman upon a termination of his employment or a change in control of the Company as of December 31, 2009, are as follows:

 

             
Executive Benefits and
Payments Upon Separation
  Termination
For Cause
    Termination
Other than
For Cause
    Disability     Death     Change in
Control
Only
    Termination
upon Change
in Control
 
           

Compensation

                     

Earned but unpaid salary

    $    11,923        $    11,923        $    11,923        $    11,923        $    11,923        $    11,923   

Severance

    -          -          -          -          -          822,807   

Incentive compensation

    -          -          111,228        111,228        124,000 (1)      124,000 (1) 

Unit options

    -          -          -          -          -          -     

Phantom units

    -          -          -   (2)      -   (2)      264,039 (2)      264,039   

Supplemental retirement

    -          -          -          -          -          -     
           

Benefits

                     

Health benefits

    -          -          -          -          -          26,216   

Disability and accident benefits

    -          -          -          -          -          1,470   

Life insurance

    -          -          -          -          -          576   

Tax gross-up

    -          -          -          -          -          -     
                                                 

Totals

  $ 11,923      $ 11,923      $ 123,151 (3)    $ 123,151 (3)    $ 399,962 (3)    $ 1,251,031   

 

  (1) This payment represents payout at 100% of the target level in accordance with the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

  (2) If Mr. Zimmerman had died or had become disabled on December 31, 2009, he would be entitled to receive payments in 2012 and 2013 as provided in his performance unit award as if he were employed on such payment dates. Any such payments would be prorated as of December 31, 2009, the date of death or disability. Any such payments also would depend upon the level of attainment of the performance metrics. If all performance metrics are met over the three and a half year period, the maximum value Mr. Zimmerman would receive in these circumstances would be the value of 10,225 units (e.g., the value of 23,141 units, prorated as of December 31, 2009). As Mr. Zimmerman would not receive that value until the scheduled payment dates in 2012 or 2013, the dollar value to Mr. Zimmerman of that payment will depend upon the unit price as of the 2012 or 2013 payment date.

 

  (3) This total does not include any amount that Mr. Zimmerman would receive pursuant to the performance unit award he was granted in August 2008. Any payment pursuant to that performance unit award would depend on the factors described in the preceding footnote and would increase the total payout reported for this column.

 

88


H. Philip Bender

The payments that would have been made to Mr. Bender upon a termination of his employment or a change in control of the Company as of December 31, 2009, are as follows:

 

Executive Benefits and
Payments Upon Separation
  Termination
For Cause
    Termination
Other than
For Cause
    Disability     Death     Change in
Control
Only
    Termination
upon Change
in Control
 
             

Compensation

                       

Earned but unpaid salary

    $    10,442        $    10,442        $    10,442        $    10,442        $    10,442        $    10,442   

Severance

    -          -          -          -          -          798,163   

Incentive compensation

    -          -          146,122        146,122        162,900 (1)      162,900   

Unit options

    -          -          -          -          128,800        128,800   

Phantom units

    -          -          -          -          -          -     

Performance awards

    -          -          -   (2)      -   (2)      230,596 (2)      230,596   

Supplemental retirement

    -          -          -          -          -          -     
             

Benefits

                       

Health benefits

    -          -          -          -          -          26,216   

Disability and accident benefits

                        1,470   

Life insurance

    -          -          -          -          -          576   

Tax gross-up

    -          -          -          -          -          -     
                                                 

Totals

  $ 10,442      $ 10,442      $ 156,564 (3)    $ 156,564 (3)    $ 532,738 (3)    $ 1,359,163   

 

  (1) This payment represents payout at 100% of the target level in accordance with the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

  (2) If Mr. Bender had died or had become disabled on December 31, 2009, he would be entitled to receive payments in 2012 and 2013 as provided in his performance unit award as if he were employed on such payment dates. Any such payments would be prorated as of December 31, 2009, the date of death or disability. Any such payments also would depend upon the level of attainment of the performance metrics. If all performance metrics are met over the three and a half year period, the maximum value Mr. Bender would receive in these circumstances would be the value of 8,930 units (e.g., the value of 20,210 units, prorated as of December 31, 2009). As Mr. Bender would not receive that value until the scheduled payment dates in 2012 or 2013, the dollar value to Mr. Bender of that payment will depend upon the unit price as of the 2012 or 2013 payment date.

 

  (3) This total does not include any amount that Mr. Bender would receive pursuant to the performance unit award he was granted in August 2008. Any payment pursuant to that performance unit award would depend on the factors described in the preceding footnote and would increase the total payout reported for this column.

Director Compensation

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors recommends the fees paid to Directors and Board Committee members for services in those capacities. The schedule of fees for 2010 is as follows:

 

  1. For service as a member of the Board, $50,000 per annum, payable in cash quarterly, plus $1,500 payable in cash for attendance at each meeting of the Board, plus $120,000 per annum to be paid in cash, limited partnership units, adjusted for fractional units as needed, or a combination of both;

 

  2.

For service as a Board Committee member, $2,000 per annum (excluding Committee Chairman), plus $250 for attendance at each Committee meeting held on the same date on which the Board of

 

89


 

Directors meets and $1,500 for attendance at any additional Committee meeting held on a date other than a date on which the Board of Directors meets; and

 

  3. For service as lead independent Director of the Board, a fee of $10,000 per annum, for service as Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board, a fee of $10,000 per annum, and for service as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, a fee of $5,000 for each per annum.

These fees are payable only to non-management Directors. Management Directors receive no additional compensation for service as a Director. All Directors receive reimbursement from the Company for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with service in that capacity.

Director Compensation for 2009

The table that follows summarizes the compensation paid by the Company to non-employee Directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. The schedule of fees for 2009 was as follows:

 

  1. For service as a member of the Board, $50,000 per annum, payable in cash quarterly, plus $1,500 payable in cash for attendance at each meeting of the Board, plus $120,000 per annum to be paid in cash equivalent, units or a combination of both, and which was paid in cash for 2009 as required by the merger agreement with affiliates of Apollo Global Management;

 

  2. For service as a Board Committee member, $2,000 per annum (excluding Committee Chairman), plus $250 for attendance at each Committee meeting held on the same date on which the Board of Directors meets and $1,500 for attendance at any additional Committee meeting held on a date other than a date on which the Board of Directors meets; and

 

  3. For service as lead independent Director of the Board, a fee of $10,000 per annum, for service as Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board, a fee of $10,000 per annum, and for service as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, a fee of $5,000 for each per annum.

 

(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)  
               
Name (1)   Fees Earned
or
Paid in Cash
    Unit
Awards
    Option
Awards
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    Change
in Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Darrel D. Anderson

  $ 218,750      $         -        $         -        $         -        $         -        $         -        $ 218,750   
                                                         

Richard S. Ferreira

  $ 224,500      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 224,500   
                                                         

C. Thomas Harvie

  $ 215,000      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 215,000   
                                                         

Michael D. Kwiatkowski

  $ 235,500      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 235,500   
                                                         

David L. Paradeau

  $ 211,250      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 211,250   
                                                         

Steven H. Tishman

  $ 206,000      $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 206,000   

 

  (1) Richard L. Kinzel, the Company’s Chairman, (until January 24, 2011), President and Chief Executive Officer, is not included in this table as he is an employee of the Company and thus receives no compensation for his service as a Director. The compensation received by Mr. Kinzel as an employee of the Company is shown in the Summary Compensation Table herein.

 

90


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the number of Cedar Fair’s units beneficially owned by each of its directors, named executive officers, all current directors and executive officers as a group, and by each person known by Cedar Fair to own 5% or more of its units as of March 10, 2011.

Directors and executive officers

 

     Beneficial
Ownership
    Investment & Voting Power      Percent
of Units (1)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

     Sole      Shared     

Richard L. Kinzel

     1,621,928 (2)      1,574,019         47,909         2.9

Peter J. Crage

     12,533        12,533         —           *   

H. Philip Bender

     48,538 (3)      48,538         —           *   

Richard A. Zimmerman

     10,000        10,000         —           *   

C. Thomas Harvie

     17,680        17,680         —           *   

Eric L. Affeldt

     13,000        13,000         —           *   

Darrel D. Anderson

     19,890        19,890         —           *   

Richard S. Ferreira

     30,008 (4)      25,913         4,095         *   

Michael D. Kwiatkowski

     3,790        3,790         —           *   

David L. Paradeau

     7,838 (5)      7,838         —           *   

John M. Scott, III

     5,000        5,000         —           *   

Steven H. Tishman

     42,087        42,087         —           *   

All Directors and executive officers as a group (18 individuals) (6)

     2,214,724        1,831,117         383,607         4.0

 

(1) Each beneficial owner’s ownership percentage has been calculated assuming full exercise of outstanding options to purchase units, if any, exercisable by such owner within 60 days after March 10, 2011, but no exercise of outstanding options covering units held by any other person. The ownership percentage of the Directors and executive officers as a group has been calculated assuming full exercise of outstanding options that the Directors and executive officers as a group have the right to exercise within 60 days after March 10, 2011, but no exercise of outstanding options covering units held by anyone outside that group.
(2) Consists of 1,621,503 units as to which Mr. Kinzel has sole voting and investment power (which includes 1,333,594 units beneficially owned as of March 10, 2011 and 240,000 units that Mr. Kinzel has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 10, 2011 through the exercise of options); and 47,909 units for which he has shared voting and investment power.
(3) Consists of 27,538 units beneficially owned by Mr. Bender as of March 10, 2011 and 21,000 units that he has the right to acquire within 60 days after March 10, 2011 through the exercise of options, as to all of which Mr. Bender has sole voting and investment power.
(4) Consists of 30,008 units as to which Mr. Ferreira has sole voting and investment power (including 25,513 units beneficially owned as of March 10, 2011 and 400 units that he has the right to acquire within 60 days after March 10, 2011 through the exercise of options); and 4,095 units for which he has shared voting and investment power.
(5) Consists of 7,438 units beneficially owned by Mr. Paradeau as of March 10, 2011 and 400 units that he has the right to acquire within 60 days after March 10, 2011 through the exercise of options, as to all of which Mr. Paradeau has sole voting and investment power.
(6) The unit amounts listed include a total of 282,850 units of limited partner interest which all current directors and executive officers as a group have vested options to acquire within 60 days from March 10, 2011.

 

91


5% or Greater Unitholders

 

Name and address of beneficial owner

   Amount and
nature  of

beneficial ownership
    Percentage
of units
 

Q Funding III, L.P.

     10,021,418 (1)      18.1 %(1) 

301 Commerce Street, Suite 3200

Fort Worth, TX 76102

    

Neuberger Berman LLC

     7,250,015 (2)      13.1 %(2) 

605 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10158

    

 

(1) Based upon a Schedule 14A filing on March 3, 2011 by Q Funding III, L.P (“Q Funding”) and Q4 Funding, L.P. (“Q4”). On the Schedule 14A, Q Funding reported sole voting power over 3,683,325 units and Q4 reported sole voting power over 2,687,276 units. In addition, 3,650,817 units are held directly and indirectly through entities and trusts for the benefit of Mr. Geoffrey Raynor.
(2) Based upon a Schedule 13F filing by Neuberger Berman LLC (“NB”) on February 14, 2011. On the Schedule 13F, NB reported shared voting power over 6,060,593 units, and beneficial ownership over 7,250,015 units.

 

92


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Richard Kinzel’s son, Bart Kinzel, Vice President and General Manager of Carowinds, and son-in-law, Tim Boals, Corporate Vice President—Resale and Sponsorships, are employed by Cedar Fair and received compensation of approximately $358,000 and $368,000, respectively, in 2010.

Board member Steven Tishman is a managing director of Rothschild Inc., which served as the co-advisor to the merger agreement with affiliates of Apollo Global Management. Rothschild Inc. received a fee of $1.5 million from Cedar Fair for a fairness opinion on the transaction. The Board believes that the fees paid to Rothschild were comparable to those that could have been negotiated with an unrelated third party.

There were no other transactions that must be disclosed between Cedar Fair and its officers, directors or any person related to its officers or directors, or with any holder of more than 5% of the outstanding units, during 2010 and through March 10, 2011.

 

93


DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior secured credit facilities

General

On July 29, 2010 we entered into senior secured credit facilities among Cedar Fair, Magnum, Cedar Canada, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the lenders, issuing lenders, swing line lenders and other agents party thereto. On February 25, 2011, we amended our senior secured credit facilities and extended the maturity date of the U.S. term loan portion of the credit facilities by one year. Certain terms of the amendment are described below.

Our senior secured credit facilities currently provide for senior secured financing of up to $1,440 million, consisting of:

 

   

a senior secured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $1,180 million maturing in December 2017; and

 

   

senior secured revolving credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $260 million maturing in July 2015, $15 million of which will be available through a revolving credit subfacility for borrowings by Cedar Canada, and including letter of credit subfacilities and a swingline loan subfacility.

In addition, we may request one or more incremental term loans in an aggregate amount of up to $350 million that may be incurred if such incurrence would not cause our senior secured leverage ratio to exceed 3.00 to 1.00, on a pro forma basis, and increase our senior secured revolving credit facilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15 million in each case, subject to certain conditions and receipt of commitments by existing or additional lenders.

All borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facilities are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of a default and the accuracy of representations and warranties.

Interest Rates and Fees

Borrowings under the U.S. term loan portion of our senior secured credit facilities, as amended on February 25, 2011, bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, Adjusted LIBOR plus 3.00% or an alternate base rate plus 2.00%, with each of Adjusted LIBOR and the alternative base rate subject to floors of 1.00% and 2.00%, respectively. Borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, Adjusted LIBOR plus 4.00% or an alternate base rate plus 3.00%.

In addition, on a quarterly basis, we are required to pay each lender (i) a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of any unused commitments under the revolving credit facilities subject to a reduction to 0.375% based upon our achievement of a total leverage ratio and (ii) a letter of credit fee in respect of the aggregate face amount of outstanding letters of credit under the revolving credit facilities. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees to any letter of credit issuing bank.

Prepayments

Subject to exceptions, our senior secured credit facilities require mandatory prepayments of term loans in amounts equal to:

 

   

50% (as may be reduced to 25% or to 0% based on our senior secured leverage ratio (excluding outstanding obligations under the revolving credit facilities) of our annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities);

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property in excess of $5 million, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions;

 

   

50% of the net cash proceeds of certain equity issuances; and

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds from incurrence of certain debt.

 

94


We will be permitted to prepay any of the debt or reduce any of the commitments under our senior secured credit facilities at any time without penalty or premium (subject to LIBOR redeployment costs).

In the event that, on or prior to August 25, 2011, as amended on February 25, 2011, the term loan facility is amended to reduce the interest rate applicable to the term loans or is refinanced with the proceeds of indebtedness with a lower yield than that which is applicable to the term loan facility, such prepayment shall be made at 101% of the principal amount of term loans repriced through an amendment or prepaid, as the case may be.

Amortization

Our senior secured term loan facility requires scheduled quarterly payments on the term loans in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans, with the balance paid at maturity.

Collateral and guarantors

Our senior secured credit facilities (as well as any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements or any cash management arrangements with lenders under our senior secured credit facilities or their affiliates) are guaranteed by Cedar Canada and by our existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and Canadian subsidiaries (unless adverse tax consequences would result), in each case other than any immaterial subsidiaries. Our senior secured credit facilities (as well as any such interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements or cash management arrangements) are secured by substantially all of the existing and future property and assets held by us and our subsidiary guarantors, including a pledge of the capital stock of the domestic subsidiary guarantors and 65% of the capital stock of the first-tier foreign subsidiaries (or 100% in the case of Canadian subsidiaries (unless adverse tax consequences would result)), in each case subject to exceptions.

Restrictive covenants and other matters

Our senior secured credit facilities require that we comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum total leverage test and a minimum fixed charge coverage test. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants, subject to significant exceptions, restricting or limiting our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred equity; (ii) pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) sell assets (including by way of sale-leaseback); (v) create or incur liens on assets; (vi) consolidate, merge, amalgamate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; (vii) enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and (viii) prepay certain debt (including the Notes).

Our senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Events of default

Our senior secured credit facilities also contain certain events of default, including, among other things, the failure to perform or observe terms, covenants or agreements included in our senior secured credit facilities, nonpayment defaults on principal, interest or fees under our senior secured credit facilities or on other indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $15 million, other defaults on other indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $15 million if the effect is to permit acceleration, entry of unsatisfied judgments in an aggregate amount of $15 million or more against us or our subsidiaries, the occurrence of a change of control, failure of any collateral document to create or maintain a priority lien and certain events related to bankruptcy and insolvency or ERISA matters.

If an event of default occurs, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities may, among other things, terminate their commitments, declare all outstanding borrowings to be immediately due and payable together with accrued interest and fees, and exercise remedies under the collateral documents relating to our senior secured credit facilities.

 

95


THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and effect of the exchange offer

The Issuers and the guarantors of the outstanding notes have entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes in which we agreed, under certain circumstances, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the outstanding notes for exchange notes and to complete the exchange offer within 270 days after the date of original issuance of the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the registration rights agreement. The outstanding notes were issued on July 29, 2010.

Under the circumstances set forth below, the Issuers and the guarantors will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the outstanding notes within the time periods specified in the registration rights agreement and to keep the registration statement effective until the second anniversary of the issue date of the notes or until the expiration of the one-year period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act applicable to securities held by nonaffiliates under the Securities Act (or a shorter period that will terminate when all the notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement or are freely tradable). These circumstances include:

 

   

if any changes in law, SEC rules or regulations or applicable interpretations thereof by the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer as contemplated by the registration rights agreement;

 

   

if the exchange offer for the notes is not consummated within 270 days after the date of issuance of the outstanding notes; or

 

   

if any initial purchaser of outstanding notes so requests, within 270 days after the date of issuance of such outstanding notes, with respect to the outstanding notes held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged for the exchange notes.

Under the registration rights agreement, if (i) the exchange offer is not completed on or before the date that is 270 days after the issue date of the notes, (ii) a shelf registration statement is required and the shelf registration statement is not declared effective prior to the later of the 270th day after the issue date and the 90th date after our obligation to file the shelf registration statement arises or (iii) a shelf registration statement becomes effective but thereafter ceases to be effective for any reason (any such event, a “Registration Default”), the annual interest rate borne by the notes will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until such Registration Default is cured, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest (it being understood that the amount of additional interest shall not be increased solely as a result of the occurrence of more than one Registration Default at any time). A copy of the registration rights agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

If you wish to exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make the following written representations:

 

   

you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

 

   

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;

 

   

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

96


   

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the broker-dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Please see “Plan of distribution.”

Resale of exchange notes

Based on interpretations by the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if:

 

   

you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;

 

   

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

   

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

If you are our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor, or are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business:

 

   

you cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling , dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and

 

   

in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please read “Plan of distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of exchange notes.

Terms of the exchange offer

On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, the Issuers will accept for exchange in the exchange offer any outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date. Outstanding notes may only be tendered in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The Issuers will issue exchange notes in principal amount identical to outstanding notes surrendered in the exchange offer.

The form and terms of the exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the outstanding notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and cause to be effective, a shelf

 

97


registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding notes. For a description of the indenture governing the notes, see “Description of notes.”

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.

As of the date of this prospectus, $405 million aggregate principal amount of the 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 are outstanding. This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. The Issuers intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to such holders’ outstanding notes and the registration rights agreement except we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement.

The Issuers will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding notes when they have given written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent of the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, the Issuers expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under “—Conditions to the exchange offer.”

If you tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read“—Fees and expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

Expiration Date, Extensions and Amendments

As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2011. However, if we, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” will mean the latest time and date to which we shall have extended the expiration of the exchange offer.

To extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by written notice, followed by notification by press release or other public announcement to the registered holders of the outstanding notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

The Issuers reserve the right, at their sole discretion:

 

   

to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes (only in the case that we amend or extend the exchange offer);

 

   

to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions to the exchange offer” have not been satisfied, by giving written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; and

 

98


   

subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. In the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the offer period following notice of the material change.

Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by written notice to the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If the Issuers amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, they will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of applicable outstanding notes of that amendment.

Conditions to the exchange offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, the Issuers will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes and they may terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus prior to the expiration date if in their reasonable judgment:

 

   

the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or

 

   

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in writing in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in their judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair their ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

In addition, the Issuers will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to them:

 

   

the representations described under “—Purpose and effect of the exchange offer,” “—Procedures for tendering outstanding notes” and “Plan of distribution”; or

 

   

any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to them an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

The Issuers expressly reserve the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, the Issuers may delay acceptance of any outstanding notes by giving written notice of such extension to their holders. The Issuers will return any outstanding notes that they do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

The Issuers expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. The Issuers will give written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

These conditions are for our sole benefit, and the Issuers may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration date in their sole discretion. If the Issuers fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that they may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration date.

In addition, the Issuers will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture governing the notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”).

 

99


Procedures for tendering outstanding notes

To tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you must comply with any of the following:

 

   

complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal and have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail; or if the letter of transmittal does not require a signature guarantee, deliver the letter of transmittal by mail or facsimile transmission;

 

   

deliver such letter of transmittal to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under“—Exchange agent” prior to the expiration date; or

 

   

comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.

In addition, either:

 

   

the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding notes along with the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;

 

   

the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below and a properly transmitted agent’s message prior to the expiration date; or

 

   

you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between us and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of outstanding notes, letters of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.

If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your outstanding notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either:

 

   

make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name; or

 

   

obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding notes.

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

 

   

by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

 

   

for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

 

100


If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed on the outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes, and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.

If the letter of transmittal, any certificates representing outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.

The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender outstanding notes. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:

 

   

DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

 

   

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the notice of guaranteed delivery; and

 

   

we may enforce that agreement against such participant.

DTC is referred to herein as a “book-entry transfer facility.”

Acceptance of exchange notes

In all cases, the Issuers will promptly issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that they have accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

 

   

outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and

 

   

a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

   

you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

   

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes must represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that

 

101


meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of distribution.”

The Issuers will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt and acceptance of outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular outstanding notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding notes if the acceptance might, in their or their counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes prior to the expiration date.

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither the Issuers, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.

Book-entry delivery procedures

Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC and, as the book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a “book-entry confirmation,” and an agent’s message prior to the expiration date or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Book-entry tenders will not be deemed made until the book-entry confirmation and agent’s message are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

Holders of outstanding notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date must tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Guaranteed delivery procedures

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program in the case of outstanding notes, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:

 

   

the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

 

   

prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery by facsimile transmission (if the notice of guaranteed delivery does not require a signature guarantee), mail, or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message, that (1) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange

 

102


 

trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or copy thereof, together with the outstanding notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and

 

   

the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or copy (if the letter of transmittal does not require a signature guarantee) thereof and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC and agent’s message within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.

Withdrawal rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

 

   

the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange agent”, such notice of withdrawal may be delivered by telegram, telex, or facsimile (if no medallion guarantee is required); or

 

   

you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

   

specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

 

   

identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding notes; and

 

   

where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such outstanding notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and the signatures in the notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution unless you are an eligible guarantor institution.

If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal, and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for tendering outstanding notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.

 

103


Exchange agent

The Bank of New York Mellon has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal and any notice of guaranteed delivery and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

480 Washington Boulevard—27th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

Attn: Diane Amoroso

By Facsimile Transmission

(eligible institutions only):

212-298-1915

Telephone Inquiries:

212-815-2742

 

If you deliver the letter of transmittal or the notice of guaranteed delivery to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile (if the letter of transmittal or the notice of guaranteed delivery does not require a signature guarantee) to a number other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.

Fees and expenses

The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the conduct of the exchange offer. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as well as the fees and reasonable expenses of its counsel. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

Accounting treatment

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We will record the expenses of the exchange offer as incurred.

 

104


Transfer taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchanges of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

   

certificates representing outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;

 

   

tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

 

   

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of failure to exchange

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, your outstanding notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding notes:

 

   

as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding notes as a consequence of the issuance of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

 

   

as otherwise set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

Other

Participating in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take. We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through a subsequent exchange offer or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.

 

105


DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

Cedar Fair, L.P. (“ Cedar Fair ”), Canada’s Wonderland Company (“ Cedar Canada ”) and Magnum Management Corporation (“ Magnum ” and together with Cedar Fair and Cedar Canada, the “ Issuers ”) collectively issued the 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”) under an indenture, dated as of July 29, 2010, to which the Issuers, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), were the parties (the “ Indenture ”). The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. It does not restate the Indenture in its entirety and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture and the Notes because they, and not this description, define your rights as a holder of the Notes. Copies of the forms of the Indenture and the Notes are available to you upon request.

You can find the definitions of some of the capitalized terms used in this section under the subheading “—Certain definitions.” In this section of the prospectus:

 

   

the terms the “Company,” “Cedar Fair,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms refer only to Cedar Fair, L.P. and not to any of its subsidiaries;

 

   

the term the “Issuers” or similar terms refer only to Cedar Fair, Cedar Canada and Magnum and not to any of their respective subsidiaries; and

 

   

references to “Guarantors” shall mean Cedar Fair’s direct and indirect wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Issuers) that are guarantors under the Credit Agreement and that guarantee the Notes.

The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and holders of Notes should refer to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement thereof.

Brief description of the notes and the guarantees

The notes

The Notes are:

 

   

joint and several obligations of the Issuers;

 

   

senior unsecured obligations of each Issuer;

 

   

ranked equally in right of payment with all of each Issuer’s existing and future senior unsecured debt;

 

   

ranked senior in right of payment to each Issuer’s future Subordinated Indebtedness, if any;

 

   

ranked effectively junior to (i) all debt and other liabilities (including trade payables) of Cedar Fair’s Subsidiaries (if any) that are not Issuers or Guarantors of the Notes, (ii) all secured obligations to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations, including the obligations of the Issuers under the Credit Agreement, and (iii) claims preferred by operation of law; and

 

   

fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors.

The Notes are issued in fully registered form only, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

The guarantees

The Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantors, which include all of Cedar Fair’s direct and indirect wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Cedar Canada and Magnum) that are Domestic Subsidiaries and that guarantee obligations under the Credit Agreement.

 

106


The Guarantees are:

 

   

senior unsecured obligations of each Guarantor;

 

   

ranked equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior debt of such Guarantor;

 

   

ranked senior in right of payment to all future Subordinated indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any; and

 

   

ranked effectively junior to (i) all debt and other liabilities (including trade payables) of such Guarantor, (ii) all secured obligations to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations, including the secured obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee of Cedar Fair’s obligations under the Credit Agreement, and (iii) claims preferred by operation of law.

Under certain circumstances, we are permitted to designate certain of our Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the restrictive covenants in the Indenture and do not guarantee the Notes.

Principal, maturity and interest

The Notes were issued in an aggregate principal amount of $405.0 million. Additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Notes that were issued on the Issue Date (the “ Additional Notes ”) may be issued under the Indenture from time to time in an unlimited amount, subject to compliance with the restrictions set forth under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness.” Any Additional Notes will be part of the same series as the Notes offered hereby and will vote on all matters as a single series with these Notes. All references to the Notes include Additional Notes. The Notes mature on August 1, 2018.

Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate per annum set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and is payable semiannually in cash on each February 1 and August 1, commencing February 1, 2011, to holders of record on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15 respectively. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. Interest on the Notes is computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months. Additional interest is payable with respect to the Notes in certain circumstances if the Issuers do not consummate the exchange offer (or shelf registration statement, if applicable) as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement and as further described under “Exchange offer; registration rights.”

The Notes are payable both as to principal and interest at our office or agency maintained for such purpose or, at our option, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of holders of Notes. Until otherwise designated by Cedar Fair, Cedar Fair’s office or agency maintained for such purpose is the office of the Trustee.

Guarantees and obligations of each guarantor

Each Guarantor, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, guarantees the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee is limited to the extent necessary to prevent such Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the applicable Guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its Guarantee worthless. If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our indebtedness and this offering—Because each Guarantor’s liability under its Guarantee may be reduced to zero, avoided or released under certain circumstances, you may not receive any payments for some or all of the Guarantors.” Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Guarantee is entitled to a pro rata contribution from each other Guarantor based on the respective net assets of the Guarantors.

 

107


Each Guarantor may consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into or sell its assets to the Issuers or another Restricted Subsidiary, or with or to other persons in a transaction that complies with the covenants described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on asset sales” or “—Certain covenants—Merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of assets,” as applicable.

The Guarantee of a Guarantor and the obligations of an Issuer (other than Cedar Fair) is deemed automatically discharged and released in accordance with the terms of the Indenture:

(1) in connection with any direct or indirect sale, conveyance or other disposition of the capital stock of that Guarantor or Issuer (including by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation) following which such Guarantor or Issuer ceases to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Cedar Fair if such sale or disposition is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture (see “—Certain covenants—Limitation on asset sales”) or any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor or Issuer;

(2) if such Guarantor or Issuer is dissolved or liquidated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

(3) if we designate any such Guarantor or Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the terms of the Indenture;

(4) upon the transfer of such Guarantor or Issuer in a transaction that (i) qualifies as a Permitted Investment or as a Restricted Payment that is not prohibited under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments” if following such transfer such Guarantor or Issuer ceases to be a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair or (ii) following such transaction, such Guarantor or Issuer is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a guarantor under any Credit Facility incurred under clause (2) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”; or

(5) in the case of the Guarantors, upon a discharge of the Indenture in accordance with “—Satisfaction and discharge” or upon any Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the Indenture.

Optional redemption

General

Except as provided below, the Notes are not redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to August 1, 2014. Thereafter, the Notes are subject to redemption at the Issuers’ option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date (subject to the rights of holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive payments of interest on the related interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on August 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2014

     104.563

2015

     102.281

2016 and thereafter

     100.000

Equity sales

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to August 1, 2013, the Issuers may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding (which includes Additional Notes, if any) at a redemption price equal to 109  1 / 8 % of the principal amount thereof on the repurchase date, together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to such redemption date (subject to the rights of holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive payments of interest on the related interest

 

108


payment date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more public or private sales of Qualified Capital Stock, other than proceeds from a sale to Cedar Fair or any of its Subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan in which Cedar Fair or any of its Subsidiaries participates; provided that:

 

   

at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

   

such redemption occurs no later than the 180th day following such sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

Make whole

In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to August 1, 2014, the Issuers may redeem all or any portion of the Notes outstanding (which includes Additional Notes, if any) at a redemption price equal to:

 

   

100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest, if any, to such redemption date (subject to the rights of holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive payments of interest on the related interest payment date), plus

 

   

the Make Whole Amount.

Make whole amount ” means, with respect to any Note at any redemption date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess, if any, of (A) an amount equal to the present value of (1) the redemption price of such Note at August 1, 2014 plus (2) the remaining scheduled interest payments on the Notes to be redeemed (subject to the right of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) to August 1, 2014 (other than interest accrued but unpaid to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed.

Treasury rate ” means, at the time of computation, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury Securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to August 1, 2014; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to August 1, 2014 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury Security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury Securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to August 1, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Additional amounts

The Indenture provides that payments made by the Issuers under or with respect to the Notes or any of the Guarantors with respect to any Guarantee are made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, assessment or other governmental charge (“ Taxes ”) unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which an Issuer or any Guarantor is organized, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision thereof or therein or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of an Issuer or any Guarantor (including the jurisdiction of any paying agent) or any political subdivision thereof or therein (each, a “ Tax Jurisdiction ”) will at any time be required to be made from any payments made by the Issuers under or with respect to the Notes or any of the Guarantors with respect to any Guarantee, the Issuer or

 

109


the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay to each holder of Notes such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by such holder after such withholding or deduction (including in respect of the Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount such holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment to a holder of the Notes (which holder shall be deemed, to the extent of any Taxes described below, an “ Excluded holder ”): (a) with respect to any Canadian Taxes resulting from the Issuers’ not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with the holder at the time of making such payment, (b) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of its having a current or former connection, with a relevant Tax Jurisdiction but excluding a connection resulting from acquiring, owning or disposing of the Notes, receiving payments in respect of such Note or a Guarantee or enforcing its rights thereunder, (c) which, despite being required by law, failed to comply with a timely request of the Issuers to provide information concerning such holder’s nationality, residence, entitlement to treaty benefits, identity or connection with a Tax Jurisdiction, if and to the extent that due and timely compliance with such request would have reduced or eliminated any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to such holder but for this clause, (d) which is a fiduciary or a partnership or not the sole beneficial owner of the relevant Note, if and to the extent that any beneficial owner of such Note (as the case may be) would not have been entitled to receive Additional Amounts with respect to the payment in question had such beneficiary, settlor, partner or beneficial owner been the sole beneficial owner of such Note, (e) in respect of any estate, gift, inheritance, excise, property, transfer or similar tax, (f) if and to the extent that such payment could have been made without deduction or withholding of such Taxes had the relevant Note been presented for payment (where presentation is required for payment) within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such Note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof was duly provided for, whichever was later (except to the extent that such holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period), (g) with respect to U.S. federal withholding Taxes, or (h) any combination of the above clauses in this proviso.

If any Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted as described above, the Issuers or the Guarantors, as applicable, will also: (a) make such withholding or deduction, and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuers or the Guarantors will furnish, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes are due pursuant to applicable law, to the Trustee on behalf of the applicable holders of Notes, copies of tax receipts, if any (or other documentation), evidencing the payments of Taxes made by the Issuers, or a Guarantor, as the case may be, on behalf of the holders.

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each holder of Notes (other than an Excluded holder) and upon written request reimburse each such holder for the amount of: (a) any Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such holder as a result of payments made under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee, (b) any liability (including penalties, interest and expense) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, and (c) any Taxes imposed with respect to any reimbursement under clause (a) or (b) above.

In addition to the foregoing, the Issuers and the Guarantors will also pay and indemnify each holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto) which are levied by any relevant Tax Jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance, or registration of any of the Notes, the Indenture, any Guarantee or any other document referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect thereto, or enforcement of, any of the Notes or any Guarantee.

At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Issuers or a Guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Issuers or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will deliver to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable, and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information as is necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to the holders of the Notes on the payment date.

 

110


Whenever in the Indenture or in this Description of notes there is mentioned, in any context: (a) the payment of principal (and premium, if any), (b) purchase prices in connection with a repurchase of Notes, (c) interest and additional interest, if any, or (d) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this section to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

The above obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture, any transfer by a holder or beneficial owner of its Notes, and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor person to the Issuers or any Guarantor is incorporated, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which such person makes any payment on the Notes (or any Guarantee) and any department or political subdivision thereof or therein.

Redemption for tax reasons

The Issuers may at any time redeem, in whole but not in part, the outstanding Notes (upon giving notice in accordance with the Indenture, which notice shall be irrevocable) at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will be come due on the date of redemption as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, the Issuers have become or would become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts (as defined herein) in respect of the Notes, and the Issuers cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it, as a result of: (a) any change in or amendment to the laws (or regulations promulgated thereunder) of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction, or (b) any change in or amendment to any official position of the relevant taxing authority regarding the application or interpretation of such laws or regulations, which change or amendment, in each case of (a) or (b), is announced and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, if the applicable relevant Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Issue Date, such later date); provided that, prior to the giving of any notice of redemption described in this paragraph, the Issuers will deliver to the trustee: (i) a certificate signed by an officer of an Issuer stating that the obligation to pay the Additional Amounts or indemnification payments cannot be avoided by such Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it; and (ii) a written opinion of independent legal counsel to the Issuer of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as a result of a change, amendment, official interpretation or application described above.

Selection and notice

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate; provided that no Notes with a principal amount of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, so long as the Issuers do not default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. Any notice of redemption pursuant to “—Optional redemption—equity sales” may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an offering of Qualified Capital Stock.

Change of control

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuers are required to make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal

 

111


amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of repurchase (subject to the rights of holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive payments of interest on the related interest payment date) (in either case, the “ Change of Control Payment ”), except to the extent the Issuers have previously or concurrently elected to redeem the Notes as described under “—Optional redemption”. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will be required to mail a notice to each holder and the Trustee stating:

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant described under “—Change of control”;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days after the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) that any Notes not tendered will continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(4) that, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee receives, not later than the close of business on the second business day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such holder is unconditionally withdrawing its election to have such Notes purchased;

(6) that holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; and

(7) any other information the Issuers determine is material to such holder’s decision to tender Notes.

The Issuers are required to comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes required in the event of a Change of Control and will not be deemed to have violated the “Change of Control” provisions of the Indenture as a result of such compliance. The Issuers are not required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers. The Issuers’ obligations in respect of a Change of Control Offer can be modified with the consent of holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding at any time prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

Due to our leveraged structure and the terms of other Indebtedness to which we and our Subsidiaries are or may in the future be subject, we may not be able to repurchase all of the Notes tendered upon a Change of Control. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our indebtedness and this offering—We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.” If we fail to repurchase all of the Notes tendered for purchase upon a Change of Control, such failure will constitute an Event of Default. In addition, the occurrence of certain of the events which would constitute a Change of Control would constitute an event of default under the Credit Agreement and may constitute an event of default under future Indebtedness. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Issuers to purchase the Notes could cause a default under such Indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of the repurchase on the Issuers. Finally, the Issuers’ ability to pay cash to the holders upon a Change of Control may be limited by their then existing financial resources.

 

112


The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of Cedar Fair’s assets. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, if we dispose of less than all our assets by any of the means described above, the ability of a holder of Notes to require the Issuers to repurchase its Notes may be uncertain.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid on the relevant interest payment date to the person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no Additional Interest will be payable to holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Issuers and the initial purchasers. None of the Issuers has the present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we or they could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we or they could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness” and “—Limitation on liens.” Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain any provisions that permit the holders of the Notes to require that the Issuers repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction. The Transactions will not constitute a Change of Control.

Certain covenants

Limitation on restricted payments

The Indenture provides that neither Cedar Fair nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly:

(a) pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of any Equity Interests of Cedar Fair other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Cedar Fair;

(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any of Cedar Fair’s Equity Interests or any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (i) Subordinated Indebtedness within one year of the stated maturity date thereof or in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation due within one year and (ii) any such Equity Interests or Subordinated Indebtedness owned by or owed to (x) Cedar Fair or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than:

(i) to Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(ii) to all holders of any class or series of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis; or

(d) make any Restricted Investment

(all such prohibited payments and other actions set forth in clauses (a) through (d) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

113


(ii) the Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio of Cedar Fair at the time of such Restricted Payment is less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis; and

(iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments made after the date of the Indenture, is less than the sum of:

(A) an amount equal to Cedar Fair’s Consolidated Cash Flow for the period from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing on or after March 29, 2010 to the end of Cedar Fair’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Basket Period”) less the product of 1.75 times Cedar Fair’s Consolidated Interest Expense for the Basket Period; plus

(B) an amount equal to the sum of (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Cedar Fair) of any property or assets received by the Issuers from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuers (other than Equity Interests sold to any of their Subsidiaries), following the Issue Date and (y) the aggregate amount by which Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness owed to Cedar Fair or a Subsidiary) incurred by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date is reduced on Cedar Fair’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange into Qualified Capital Stock (less the amount of any cash, or the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Cedar Fair) of assets, distributed by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange); plus

(C) if any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated by Cedar Fair as a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Cedar Fair) of the Investment by Cedar Fair or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation; provided, however, that the foregoing amount shall not exceed the amount of Restricted Investments made by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary in any such Unrestricted Subsidiary following the Issue Date which reduced the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (iii) less amounts received by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Unrestricted Subsidiary that increased the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (D) below; plus

(D) 100% of any cash dividends and other cash distributions and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Cedar Fair) of property or assets other than cash received by Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries from an Unrestricted Subsidiary since the Issue Date to the extent not included in Consolidated Cash Flow and 100% of the net proceeds received by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing amount shall not exceed the amount of Restricted Investments made by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary in any such Unrestricted Subsidiary following the Issue Date which reduced the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (iii); plus

(E) to the extent not included in clauses (A) through (D) above, an amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments of Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Issue Date resulting from payments in cash of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, or repayment of loans or advances, or other transfers of property, in each case, to Cedar Fair or to a Restricted Subsidiary or from the net cash proceeds from the sale, conveyance, liquidation or other disposition of any such Restricted Investment.

The foregoing provisions do not prohibit the following ( provided that with respect to clauses (9) and (10) below, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing):

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of (x) any Equity Interests of Cedar Fair in exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of the issue or sale within 60 days of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Cedar Fair (other than Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) issued or sold to any

 

114


Subsidiary) or (y) Subordinated Indebtedness of Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the issuance and sale within 60 days of, Qualified Capital Stock, (b) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence within 60 days of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under clause (10) of the covenant described below under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness” or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under such covenant or (c) with the Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or upon a Change of Control, in each case, to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness but only if the Issuers shall have previously applied such Net Proceeds to make an Excess Proceeds Offer or made a Change of Control Offer, as the case may be, in accordance with “—Certain covenants—Excess proceeds offer” or “—Change of control” and purchased all Notes validly tendered pursuant to the relevant offer prior to redeeming or repurchasing such Subordinated Indebtedness;

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of Cedar Fair or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such refinancing Disqualified Stock is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness” and constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or shares of Preferred Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”;

(5) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or upon the vesting of restricted stock units if such Equity Interests represent the exercise price of such options or warrants or represent withholding taxes due upon such exercise or vesting;

(6) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Cedar Fair or any Subsidiary of Cedar Fair (or any such person’s estates or heirs) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (6) do not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year; provided further that Cedar Fair may carry forward and make in a subsequent calendar year the amount of such purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions permitted to have been made but not made in any preceding calendar year up to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $5.0 million in any calendar year pursuant to this clause (6); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;

(7) payments or distributions by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with any merger, amalgamation or acquisition consummated on or after the Issue Date and not prohibited by the Indenture;

(8) purchases, redemptions or acquisitions of fractional shares of Equity Interests arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or business combinations;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; provided, however, that (a) the Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio of Cedar Fair, after giving effect to such issuance on a pro forma basis, would have been no greater than 5.00 to 1.0 and (b) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (9) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; and

(10) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million in any fiscal year.

 

115


Restricted Payments made pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant and clause (1) of the second paragraph of this covenant and, to the extent made with the proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock, Investments made pursuant to clause (j) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” shall be included as Restricted Payments in any computation made pursuant to clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this covenant. Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2) through (9) of the second paragraph of this covenant shall not be included as Restricted Payments in any computation made pursuant to clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this covenant.

If Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary makes a Restricted Investment and the person in which such Investment was made subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent such Investment resulted in a reduction in the amounts calculated under clause (iii) of the first paragraph of or under any other provision of this covenant (which was not subsequently reversed), then such amount shall be increased by the amount of such reduction.

Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness

The Indenture provides that Cedar Fair shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Equity Interests; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Guarantor may issue Preferred Equity Interests, in each case, if the Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio of Cedar Fair at the time of such incurrence or issuance, as the case may be, would have been less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom).

The foregoing limitation does not apply to any of the following incurrences of Indebtedness:

(1) Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Guarantees in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $405.0 million (including the exchange notes and related guarantees thereof issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement);

(2) Indebtedness of Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the excess of (x) $1,500.0 million over (y) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities permanently repaid pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on asset sales”;

(3) (x) Indebtedness among Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any such Indebtedness owed by an Issuer or a Guarantor to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full when due of the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable, and (y) Preferred Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary held by Cedar Fair or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Preferred Equity Interests are issued by an Issuer or a Guarantor, such Preferred Equity Interests are held by an Issuer or a Guarantor;

(4) Acquired Debt of a person incurred prior to the date upon which such person was acquired by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary (and not created in contemplation of such acquisition); provided that after giving effect to the incurrence of such Acquired Debt on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), if more than $5.0 million of Indebtedness is at any time outstanding under this clause (4), either Cedar Fair could incur $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or the Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio of Cedar Fair is less than or equal to the Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio of Cedar Fair immediately prior to such acquisition;

(5) Existing Indebtedness;

 

116


(6) Indebtedness consisting of (x) Purchase Money Indebtedness in an aggregate amount (when aggregated with the amount of Refinancing Indebtedness outstanding under clause (10) below in respect of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (6)(x)) not to exceed $50.0 million outstanding at any time and (y) Capitalized Lease Obligations arising from sale and leaseback transactions in an aggregate amount (when aggregated with the amount of Refinancing Indebtedness outstanding under clause (10) below in respect of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (6)(y)) not to exceed $150.0 million outstanding at any time;

(7) Hedging Obligations of Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries covering Indebtedness of Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Hedging Obligations are entered into for purposes of managing interest rate exposure or commodity pricing risk of Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes;

(8) Foreign Currency Obligations of Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into to manage exposure of Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries to fluctuations in currency values and not for speculative purposes;

(9) the incurrence by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees, performance, surety, statutory, appeal, completion, export or import, indemnities, customs, revenue bonds or similar instruments in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect thereto (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed);

(10) the incurrence by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, substitute or refund in whole or in part, Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary referred to in the first paragraph of this covenant or in clause (1), (4), (5) or (6) above or this clause (10) (“Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided, however, that:

(A) the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount and accrued interest of the Indebtedness so exchanged, extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted or refunded and any premiums payable and reasonable fees, expenses, commissions and costs in connection therewith;

(B) the Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final maturity equal to or later than, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than, the earlier of (i) 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes and (ii) the final maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity, respectively, of the Indebtedness being exchanged, extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted or refunded;

(C) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being exchanged, extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted or refunded; and

(D) if the Indebtedness to be exchanged refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted or refunded was the obligation of an Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall not be incurred by any of Cedar Fair’s Restricted Subsidiaries other than an Issuer, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that was an obligor under the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(11) additional Indebtedness of Cedar Fair and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75.0 million at any one time outstanding (which may, but need not, be incurred under the Credit Facilities);

(12) the guarantee by an Issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness of Cedar Fair or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant and the guarantee by any

 

117


Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor;

(13) the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock;

(14) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 5% of Consolidated Total Assets that are attributable to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries;

(15) overdrafts paid within 10 Business Days;

(16) customary purchase price adjustments and indemnifications in connection with acquisition or disposition of stock or assets;

(17) guarantees to suppliers, licensors, artists or franchisees (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;

(18) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Indebtedness consisting of obligations to pay insurance premiums in an amount not to exceed the annual premiums in respect of such insurance premiums at any one time outstanding;

(20) Indebtedness, the proceeds of which are applied to defease or discharge the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture described under “—Satisfaction and discharge” and “—Legal defeasance and covenant defeasance”; and

(21) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (a) the outstanding principal amount of any item of Indebtedness shall be counted only once, and any obligation arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness incurred in compliance with this covenant shall be disregarded, and (b) if an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant and also meets the criteria of one or more of the categories described in clauses (1) through (21) above, Cedar Fair shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant and may from time to time reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner in which such item could be incurred at the time of such reclassification; provided that Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date (and any Indebtedness secured by a Lien that refinances such Indebtedness) shall be deemed to be outstanding under clause (2) above and may not be reclassified.

Accrual of interest or dividends on Preferred Equity Interests, the accretion of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends on Preferred Equity Interests in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Equity Interests of the same class will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant. Any increase in the amount of Indebtedness solely by reason of currency fluctuations will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant. A change in GAAP that results in an obligation existing at the time of such change, not previously classified as Indebtedness, becoming Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant.

The amount of Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, (2) the principal amount thereof, in the case of any other

 

118


Indebtedness, (3) in the case of the guarantee by the specified person of any Indebtedness of any other person, the maximum liability to which the specified person may be subject upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation and (4) in the case of Indebtedness of others guaranteed by means of a Lien on any asset of the specified person, the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of such asset on the date on which Indebtedness is required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture and (B) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that we may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Limitation on asset sales

The Indenture provides that Cedar Fair will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

(1) Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets included in such Asset Sale (such Fair Market Value to be determined by (i) an executive officer of Cedar Fair or such Subsidiary if the value is less than $50.0 million or (ii) in all other cases by a resolution of Cedar Fair’s Board of Directors (or of a committee appointed thereby for such purposes)); and

(2) at least 75% of the total consideration in such Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents or Marketable Securities.

For purposes of clause (2), the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(a) the amount (without duplication) of any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and with respect to which Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is unconditionally released by the holder of such Indebtedness,

(b) the amount of any obligations or securities received from such transferee that are within 180 days converted by Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary to cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received),

(c) the Fair Market Value of any assets (other than securities) received by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary to be used by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business, and

(d) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary in an Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (d) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 1% of Consolidated Total Assets and $10.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

119


If Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply all or any of the Net Proceeds therefrom to:

(1) repay Indebtedness under any Credit Facility, and in the case of any such repayment under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility, or repay Indebtedness (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuers); or

(2)(A) invest all or any part of the Net Proceeds thereof in capital expenditures or the purchase of assets to be used by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business, (B) acquire Equity Interests in a person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a person engaged primarily in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the consummation of such acquisition or (C) a combination of (A) and (B).

Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied or invested (or committed pursuant to a written agreement to be applied) as provided in the preceding paragraph within 365 days after the receipt thereof and, in the case of any amount committed to a reinvestment, which are not actually so applied within 180 days following such 365-day period shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds ” and shall be applied to an offer to purchase Notes and other senior Indebtedness of Cedar Fair if and when required under the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Excess proceeds offer.” Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving indebtedness under a Credit Facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

Limitation on liens

The Indenture provides that Cedar Fair shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or assume any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, or on any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally or ratably with (or prior to in the case of Liens securing subordinated obligations) the obligations so secured for so long as the obligations are so secured.

Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes or such Guarantee pursuant to this covenant shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes or such Guarantee.

Additional subsidiary guarantees

The Indenture provides that if any of Cedar Fair’s wholly owned Domestic Subsidiaries that is not a Guarantor guarantees or becomes otherwise obligated under a Credit Facility incurred under clause (2) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness” or Indebtedness incurred in reliance on the first paragraph (other than under the second proviso thereto) under “—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness,” then in each case such Guarantor or obligor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms set forth in the Indenture. Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of the Indenture.

Each Guarantee is limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture described under “—Guarantees and obligations of each guarantor.”

 

120


Limitation on dividend and other payment restrictions affecting restricted subsidiaries

The Indenture provides that Cedar Fair shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) pay dividends or make any other distribution to Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Equity Interests in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common equity shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock) or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to Cedar Fair or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) make loans or advances to Cedar Fair or any of its Subsidiaries (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

(c) transfer any of its properties or assets to Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) Existing Indebtedness and existing agreements as in effect on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Registration Rights Agreement);

(ii) applicable law, rule or regulation;

(iii) any instrument governing Acquired Debt and any other agreement or instrument of an acquired person or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or other agreement or instrument was incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any person, or the properties or assets of any person, other than the person, or the property or assets of the person, so acquired or any of its Subsidiaries;

(iv) by reason of customary nonassignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Refinancing Indebtedness (as defined in the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”); provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(vi) the Indenture and the Notes or by Cedar Fair’s other Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Notes; provided that except as set forth in clause (vii) below such restrictions are no more restrictive taken as a whole than those imposed by the Indenture and the Notes;

(vii) any Credit Facility; provided that the restrictions therein are not (i) materially more restrictive than the agreements governing such Indebtedness as in effect on Issue Date or (ii) will not affect the Issuers’ ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined by Cedar Fair in good faith);

(viii) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases, sub-leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its assets in compliance with the terms of the Indenture that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition;

(x) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property (including cash) in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment), and

 

121


customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to the Equity Interests or Indebtedness of such joint venture, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(xi) Permitted Liens;

(xii) any agreement for the sale of any Subsidiary or its assets that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary (or sale of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests) pending its sale; provided that during the entire period in which such encumbrance or restriction is effective, such sale (together with any other sales pending) would be permitted under the terms of the Indenture;

(xiii) secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by the Indenture that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(xiv) Purchase Money Indebtedness that imposes restrictions of the type described in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;

(xv) provisions in agreements or instruments which prohibit the payment or making of dividends or other distributions other than on a pro rata basis;

(xvi) restrictions in Investments in persons that are Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvii) any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xvi) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in Cedar Fair’s good faith judgment, not materially more restrictive as a whole with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;

(xviii) Indebtedness or other agreements including, without limitation, agreements described in clause (x) of this paragraph, of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor that impose restrictions solely on such Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries; or

(xix) any restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, licensors or lessors or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of assets

The Indenture provides that Cedar Fair shall not consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into (whether or not Cedar Fair is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, another person unless:

(a) Cedar Fair is the surviving person or the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than Cedar Fair) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that if the surviving person is a limited liability company or limited partnership, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation;

(b) the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than Cedar Fair) or the person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all Cedar Fair’s obligations pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes and the Indenture;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

122


(d) Cedar Fair or the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than Cedar Fair) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made: (i) will have a Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio of Cedar Fair immediately after the transaction equal to or less than Cedar Fair’s Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio of Cedar Fair immediately preceding the transaction or (ii) would, at the time of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph in the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”; and

(e) Cedar Fair or the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than Cedar Fair) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made, has delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate amalgamate or merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Cedar Fair or another Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e), Cedar Fair may merge with a Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of reincorporating in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Cedar Fair and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

The Indenture provides that each Guarantor or Issuer (other than Cedar Fair) other than any Guarantor or Issuer whose Guarantee or obligation as an Issuer, as the case may be, is to be released in accordance with the terms of the Indenture will not consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor or Issuer is the surviving entity) any person other than an Issuer or a Guarantor (in each case, other than in accordance with the covenants described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on asset sales”) unless:

(a) the Guarantor or Issuer is the surviving person or the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Guarantor or such Issuer) is a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or the laws of Canada or any province thereof;

(b) the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Guarantor or such Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Guarantor or such Issuer, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes and the Indenture;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(d) the Guarantor or Issuer or the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Guarantor or such Issuer), has delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the consolidation, amalgamation or merger complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

provided, however, that clause (d) will not be applicable to any Guarantor consolidating with, merging or amalgamating into or transferring all or part of its properties and assets to any Issuer or any Guarantor.

This section includes a phrase relating to the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of Cedar Fair’s properties or assets. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, if we dispose of less than all Cedar Fair’s properties or assets by any of the means described above, the application of the covenant described in this section may be uncertain.

 

123


Limitation on transactions with affiliates

The Indenture provides that Cedar Fair shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of Cedar Fair’s or their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (including any Unrestricted Subsidiary) (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $3.0 million, unless:

(a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated person; provided that such transaction shall be deemed to be at least as favorable as the terms that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction with an unrelated person if such transaction is approved by the members of (x) Cedar Fair’s Board of Directors or (y) any duly constituted committee thereof, in each case including a majority of the disinterested members thereof who meet the independence requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ; and

(b) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments in excess of $50.0 million, Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary has obtained the favorable opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor as to the fairness of such Affiliate Transaction to Cedar Fair or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view;

provided , however , that the following shall, in each case, not be deemed Affiliate Transactions:

(i) the entry into employment agreements and the adoption of compensation or benefit plans for the benefit of, or payment of compensation to, directors and management of Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, salaries, fees, bonuses, equity and incentive arrangements and payments);

(ii) the payment of reasonable fees or expenses and the provision of indemnification or similar arrangements for current or former officers, directors, employees, agents or consultants of Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to charter, bylaw, statutory or contractual provisions;

(iii) transactions between or among Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv) Restricted Payments not prohibited by the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments”;

(v) any transactions between Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Affiliate of Cedar Fair the Equity Interests of which Affiliate are owned solely by Cedar Fair or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and by persons who are not Affiliates of Cedar Fair or its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the other hand;

(vi) any agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and described in this prospectus and any modifications, extensions or renewals thereof that are no less favorable to Cedar Fair or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary in any material respect than such agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(vii) so long as they comply with clause (a) above, transactions with customers, clients, lessors, landlords, suppliers, contractors, or purchasers or sellers of good or services that are Affiliates, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture;

(viii) the Transactions;

(ix) transactions with persons who are Affiliates of Cedar Fair solely as a result of Cedar Fair’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s Investment in such person;

 

124


(x) sales of Equity Interests to Affiliates of Cedar Fair or its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;

(xi) transactions with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid is Equity Interests of Cedar Fair other than Disqualified Stock;

(xii) transactions in which Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, deliver to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of this covenant;

(xiii) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) loans or advances to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business of Cedar Fair or its Restricted Subsidiaries, but in any event not to exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; and

(xv) transactions between Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any person, a director of which is also a director of Cedar Fair; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director on any matter involving such other person.

Reports

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Indenture provides that Cedar Fair will furnish to the holders of Notes all quarterly and annual financial information within 15 days after the times specified for the filing of the information, documents and reports for large accelerated filers, that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Cedar Fair was required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the independent registered public accounting firm of Cedar Fair; provided , however , that to the extent such reports are filed with the SEC and publicly available, no additional copies need be provided to holders of the Notes.

Cedar Fair will file such information with the SEC to the extent that the SEC is accepting such filings. In addition, Cedar Fair has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, it will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In addition, following the first full fiscal quarter after the date of the Indenture, so long as any Notes are outstanding the Issuer will use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) within 15 business days after furnishing the reports required by the first paragraph of this “Reports” covenant, hold a conference call to discuss such reports, and (B) issue a press release prior to the date of such conference call, announcing the time and date and either including information necessary to access the call or directing noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to obtain such information; provided that Cedar Fair may satisfy the requirements of this paragraph by issuing its regular quarterly earnings release and conducting its regular investor conference calls.

Excess proceeds offer

When the cumulative amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuers will be obligated to make an offer to all holders of the Notes (an “ Excess Proceeds Offer ”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of such Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent Cedar Fair or a Restricted Subsidiary is required under the terms of Indebtedness of Cedar Fair or such Restricted Subsidiary

 

125


(other than Subordinated Indebtedness), the Issuers shall also make a pro rata offer to the holders of such Indebtedness (including the Notes) with such proceeds. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other parity Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of such Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. To the extent that the principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer is less than the amount of such Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture. Upon completion of an Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Excess Proceeds Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Excess Proceeds Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Excess Proceeds Offer Period (the “ Excess Proceeds Purchase Date ”), the Issuers will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the principal amount of Notes purchased pursuant to this covenant (the “ Excess Proceeds Offer Amount ”) or portions of Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Excess Proceeds Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will deliver to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this covenant. The Issuers or the paying agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after termination of the Excess Proceeds Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering holder of Notes an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an officers’ certificate from the Issuers, will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the Issuers will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the other Senior Indebtedness. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the holder thereof.

The Issuers are required to comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes required in the event of an Excess Proceeds Offer and will not be deemed to have violated the “Excess Proceeds Offer” provisions of the Indenture as a result thereof.

Suspension of covenants

During any period of time after the Issue Date that (i) the Notes are rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenants in the Indenture specifically listed under the following captions in this “Description of notes” section of this prospectus (the “ Suspended Covenants ”):

(1) “—Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments”;

(2) “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”;

(3) “—Certain covenants—Limitation on asset sales”;

(4) clause (d) of the first paragraph under “—Certain covenants—Merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of assets”;

(5) “—Certain covenants—Limitation on transactions with affiliates”;

(6) “—Certain covenants—Limitation on dividend and other payment restrictions affecting restricted subsidiaries”; and

(7) “—Certain covenants—Excess proceeds offer.”

 

126


Additionally, at such time as the above referenced covenants are suspended (a “Suspension Period”), Cedar Fair will no longer be permitted to designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

In the event that Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their rating of Investment Grade, or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below Investment Grade, then Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenant with respect to future events unless and until the Notes subsequently attain a rating of Investment Grade and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain a rating of Investment Grade and no Default or Event of Default is in existence).

On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date will be deemed to be Existing Indebtedness. For purposes of calculating the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under clause (iii) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments,” calculations under such covenant shall be made as though such covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time after the Issue Date (including the Suspension Period) Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period not otherwise permitted pursuant to any of clauses (2) through (9) under the second paragraph under the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments” will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under clause (iii) of the first paragraph of such covenant, provided that the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments on the Reversion Date shall not be reduced to below zero solely as a result of such Restricted Payments. For purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Excess proceeds offer,” on the Reversion Date, the unutilized amount of Net Proceeds will be reset to zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither (a) the continued existence, after the Reversion Date, of facts and circumstances or obligations that were incurred or otherwise came into existence during a Suspension Period nor (b) the performance of any such obligations, shall constitute a breach of any covenant set forth herein or cause a Default or Event of Default thereunder.

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain a rating of Investment Grade.

Events of default

The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or additional interest, if any, on the Notes;

(b) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at maturity, upon repurchase, redemption or otherwise;

(c) failure to comply for 30 days after notice with any obligations under the provisions described under “—Certain covenants—Merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of assets,” “—Change of control,” “—Certain covenants—Limitation on asset sales” or “—Certain covenants—Excess proceeds offer”;

(d) subject to the penultimate paragraph of this “Events of default” section, default under any other provision of the Indenture or the Notes, which default remains uncured for 60 days after notice from the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Notes;

(e) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), which default is caused by a failure to pay the principal of such Indebtedness at the final stated maturity thereof within the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”), and the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default, aggregates $15.0 million or more;

 

127


(f) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Cedar Fair and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity not rescinded or cured within 30 days after such acceleration, and the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated and remains undischarged after such 30-day period, aggregates $15.0 million or more;

(g) failure by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments (other than any judgment as to which a reputable insurance company has accepted full liability) aggregating $15.0 million or more (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not stayed, discharged or waived within 60 days after their entry;

(h) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to any Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary (including the filing of a voluntary case, the consent to an order of relief in an involuntary case, the consent to the appointment of a custodian, a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or an order of a court for relief in an involuntary case, appointing a custodian or ordering liquidation, which order remains unstayed for 60 days); and

(i) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary shall be held in a judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary, or any person acting on behalf of any Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Guarantee in writing and such Default continues for 10 days.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from the events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to an Issuer described in clause (h) above, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in such holders’ interest.

Subject to certain conditions, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium on, or principal of, the Notes.

Any failure to perform, or breach of, any covenant or agreement pursuant to “—Certain covenants—Reports” shall not be a Default or an Event of Default until the 121st day after we have received the notice referred to in clause (d) of the first paragraph above (at which point, unless cured or waived, such failure to perform or breach shall constitute an Event of Default). Prior to such 121st day, remedies against the Issuers for any such failure or breach will be limited to additional interest at a rate per year equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of such Notes from the 60th day following such notice to and including the 121st day following such notice.

The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture.

No personal liability of directors, owners, employees, incorporators and stockholders

No director, owner, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of any Issuer or any of its Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of any Issuer or any of its Affiliates under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their

 

128


creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal defeasance and covenant defeasance

The Indenture provides that with respect to the Notes, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes (“ Legal Defeasance ”) . Such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers are deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness, and satisfied all obligations and covenants, under the Indenture, except for:

(a) the rights of holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, or on the redemption date, as the case may be;

(b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trust, immunities and indemnities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Indenture provides that with respect to the Notes, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all obligations released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants that are described in the Indenture, including, without limitation, under “—Change of control” (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. If Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including nonpayment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events with respect to the Issuers) described under “—Events of default” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Indenture provides that with respect to the Notes:

(i) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, noncallable U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in a written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be;

(ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

(A) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or

(B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in each case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance, and will be subject to federal income tax in the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exceptions, reasonably acceptable to such Trustee confirming that the holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax

 

129


purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (except any Default or Event of Default resulting from the failure to comply with “Certain Covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness” as a result of the borrowing of the funds required to effect such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which Cedar Fair or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Cedar Fair or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(vi) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by them with the intent of preferring the holders of the Notes over any of the Issuers’ other creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any of their other creditors or others; and

(vii) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance relating to the Notes have been complied with.

Satisfaction and discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when:

(1) either:

(a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or, within one year will become due and payable or subject to redemption as set forth above under the heading “—Optional redemption” and the Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee U.S. dollars in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable written instructions from the Issuers directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(2) the Issuers have paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by the Issuers; and

(3) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions) stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with; provided, however, that such counsel may rely, as to matters of fact, on a certificate or certificates of officers of the Issuers.

Amendment, supplement and waiver

Except as provided in the next paragraph, the Indenture and the Notes issued thereunder may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), and

 

130


any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

Without the consent of each holder affected, however, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Note held by a nonconsenting holder):

(a) reduce the aggregate principal amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than as provided in clause (h) below);

(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Notes;

(d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(f) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or interest on the Notes;

(g) waive a redemption payment or mandatory redemption with respect to any Note (other than as provided in clause (h) below);

(h) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Issuers to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control after such Change of Control has occurred;

(i) release all or substantially all of the Guarantees of the Guarantors other than in accordance with “—Guarantees and obligations of each guarantor” above; or

(j) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder of Notes, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes or Guarantees in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or Guarantees ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), to provide for the assumption of the obligations of an Issuer or any Guarantor to holders of the Notes in the case of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of such Issuer’s assets or such Guarantor’s assets, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of any such holder in any material respect, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Indenture, to provide for the issuance of exchange notes, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment of a successor trustee, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to conform the Indenture or the Notes to this “Description of notes,” or to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

The Issuers’ obligations in respect of Change of Control Offer can be modified with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding at any time prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The consent of the noteholders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

 

131


Concerning the trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, if the Trustee becomes a creditor of Cedar Fair or its Subsidiaries, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions with Cedar Fair and its Subsidiaries; however, if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee or resign.

With respect to the Notes, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture will provide that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his or her own affairs. The Trustee will not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this sentence shall not limit the preceding sentence of this paragraph;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph.

Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Certain definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified person, Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interests of any other person existing at the time such other person merges or amalgamates with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified person or is a Subsidiary of such other person at the time of such merger, amalgamation or acquisition, or Indebtedness incurred by such person in connection with the acquisition of assets.

Affiliate ” of any specified person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Asset Acquisition ” means (1) an Investment by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair in any other person pursuant to which such person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair, or shall be merged or amalgamated with or into Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair, or (2) the acquisition by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair of the assets of any person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such person or comprise any division or line of business of such person.

 

132


Asset Sale ” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment or other disposition by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary to any person other than to any Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation or through the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Preferred Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness” and other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or third parties to the extent required by applicable law) (collectively, for purposes of this definition, a “ transfer ”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of any assets of Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than sales of inventory and other transfers or operating leases in the ordinary course of business). For purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include:

(a) transfers of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(b) transfers of assets of Cedar Fair (including Equity Interests) that are governed by, and made in accordance with, the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of assets”;

(c) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments not prohibited or permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments”;

(d) the creation of or realization on any Lien not prohibited under the Indenture;

(e) transfers of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in Cedar Fair’s reasonable judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of Cedar Fair or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(f) sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property, or abandonment thereof, and licenses, leases or subleases of other assets, of Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not materially interfering with the business of Cedar Fair and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g) any transfer or series of related transfers that, but for this clause, would be Asset Sales, if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the assets transferred in such transaction or series of related transactions does not exceed $5.0 million;

(h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) the sale, transfer or other disposition of Hedging Obligations incurred in accordance with the Indenture;

(j) sales of assets received by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

(k) the sale of any property in a sale-leaseback transaction within six months of the acquisition of such property;

(l)(i) any loss or destruction of or damage to any property or asset or receipt of insurance proceeds in connection therewith or (ii) any institution of a proceeding for, or actual condemnation, seizure or taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise of such property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or the requisition of the use of such property or asset or settlement in lieu of the foregoing;

(m) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(o) any issuance of Capital Stock of Cedar Fair.

 

133


Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except in the context of the definition of “Change of Control,” a duly authorized committee thereof;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other person, the board or committee of such person serving a similar function.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as to any person, the obligations of such person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at the time any determination thereof is to be made shall be the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be so required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents, however designated, of corporate stock or partnership or membership interests, whether common or preferred.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(a) United States dollars or Canadian dollars;

(b) Government Securities having maturities of not more than twelve (12) months from the date of acquisition;

(c) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank or trust company having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million;

(d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above or any affiliate thereof;

(e) commercial paper issued by any issuer bearing at least an “A1” rating for any short-term rating provided by S&P or “P1” by Moody’s and maturing within two hundred seventy (270) days of the date of acquisition or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers;

(f) variable or fixed rate notes issued by any issuer rated at least AA by S&P (or the equivalent thereof) or at least Aa2 by Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof) and maturing within one (1) year of the date of acquisition;

(g) money market funds or programs (x) offered by any commercial or investment bank or insurance or mutual fund company having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million or any affiliate thereof at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (f) of this definition, (y) offered by any other United States or Canadian nationally recognized financial institution (i) at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (f), (ii) are rated AAA and (iii) the fund is at least $4 billion or (z) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital and surplus of at least $500.0 million or affiliates thereof and the portfolios of which are limited to investments of the character described in the foregoing subclauses hereof; and

(h) in addition, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, high quality short-term investments which are customarily used for cash management purposes in any country in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates.

 

134


Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any person or group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date of the Indenture) of Equity Interests representing more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of the total voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Cedar Fair or the general partner of Cedar Fair then entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of Cedar Fair or the General Partner of Cedar Fair generally; or

(b) there shall be consummated any share exchange, consolidation or merger of Cedar Fair pursuant to which Cedar Fair’s Equity Interests entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of Cedar Fair generally would be converted into cash, securities or other property, or Cedar Fair sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets, in each case other than pursuant to a share exchange, consolidation or merger of Cedar Fair in which the holders of Cedar Fair’s Equity Interests entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of Cedar Fair generally immediately prior to the share exchange, consolidation or merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the total voting power in the aggregate of all classes of Equity Interests of the continuing or surviving entity entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such person generally immediately after the share exchange, consolidation or merger.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) Cedar Fair becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary (the “ Sub Entity ”) of a holding company and (2) holders of securities that represented 100% of the voting power of the Equity Interests of Cedar Fair immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such merger or consolidation transaction), other than holders receiving solely cash in lieu of fractional shares, own directly or indirectly at least a majority of the voting power of the Equity Interests of such holding company (and no person or group owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting power of the Equity Interests of such holding company); provided that, upon the consummation of any such transaction, “ Change of Control ” shall thereafter include any Change of Control of any direct or indirect parent of the Sub Entity.

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period (i)  plus , to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income:

(a) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital;

(b) consolidated interest expense;

(c) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges;

(d) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual losses or expenses, including, without limitation, (i) salary, benefit and other direct savings resulting from workforce reductions by such person implemented during such period, (ii) severance or relocation costs or expenses and fees and restructuring costs of such person during such period, (iii) costs and expenses incurred after the date of the Indenture related to employment of terminated employees incurred by such person during such period, (iv) costs or charges (other than Consolidated Non-Cash Charges) incurred in connection with any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture, including a refinancing thereof, and including any such costs and charges incurred in connection with the Transactions (in each case whether or not successful), and any amendment or other modification of the Notes or other Indebtedness, and any additional interest in respect of the Notes, (v) fees, costs or other expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation of the proposed merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 6, 2009, among Siddur Holdings, Ltd., Cedar Fair and the other parties thereto and the termination of such agreement and (vi) losses realized in connection with any business disposition or any disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business or the disposition of securities, in each case to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income and without regard to any limitations of Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K;

 

135


(e) any losses in respect of post-retirement benefits of such person, as a result of the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 106, to the extent that such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; and

(f) any proceeds from business interruption insurance received by such person during such period, to the extent the associated losses arising out of the event that resulted in the payment of such business interruption insurance proceeds were included in computing Consolidated Net Income;

(ii) minus , to the extent not excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, (x) non-cash gain or income of such person for such period (except to the extent representing an accrual for future cash receipts or a reversal of a reserve that, when established, was not eligible to be a Consolidated Non-Cash Charge) and (y) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or income and without regard to any limitations of Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any person for any period, consolidated interest expense of such person for such period, whether paid or accrued, including amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments and the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations, on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding additional interest in respect of the Notes, amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees and expensing of any other financing fees, and the non-cash portion of interest expense resulting from the reduction in the carrying value under purchase accounting of outstanding Indebtedness; provided that, for purposes of calculating consolidated interest expense, no effect will be given to the discount and/or premium resulting from the bifurcation of derivatives in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification as a result of the terms of the Indebtedness to which such consolidated interest expense applies; provided , further , that with respect to the calculation of the consolidated interest expense of Cedar Fair, the interest expense of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any person that is not a Subsidiary shall be excluded.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, and without reduction for any dividends on Preferred Equity Interests; provided , however , that:

(a) the Net Income of any person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the referent person, in the case of a gain, or to the extent of any contributions or other payments by the referent person, in the case of a loss;

(b) the Net Income of any person that is a Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the referent person;

(c) solely for purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments,” the Net Income of any Subsidiary of such person that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or bylaws or any other agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or government regulation to which it is subject; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such person will be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted to cash) by any such Subsidiary to such person in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(d) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;

(e) any after-tax effect of income (loss) (x) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, (y) from sales or dispositions of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business), or (z) that is extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual (without regard to any limitations of Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K), in each case, shall be excluded;

 

136


(f) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants and periodic remeasurements of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded;

(g) any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs relating to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;

(h) any fees, expenses and other charges in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, investment, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument shall be excluded;

(i) gains and losses resulting solely from fluctuations in foreign currencies (including hedge agreements for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded; and

(j) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from Hedging Obligations shall be excluded.

Consolidated Non-Cash Charges ” means, with respect to any person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment, compensation, rent, other non-cash expenses and write-offs and write-downs of assets (including non-cash charges, losses or expenses attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133 or in connection with the early extinguishment of Hedging Obligations) of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-Cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the Total Secured Debt as of such date of determination to (2) Consolidated Cash Flow of Cedar Fair for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, with such pro forma and other adjustments to Consolidated Cash Flow as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma and other adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio.

Consolidated Total Assets ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any person, the total assets of such person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such person immediately preceding such date of determination.

continuing ” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

Credit Agreement ” means the credit agreement dated the Issue Date, by and among Cedar Fair and Cedar Fair Canada, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto from time to time, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents) as such agreement or facility may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture exchanging, extending the maturity of, refinancing, renewing, replacing, substituting or otherwise restructuring, whether in the bank or debt capital markets (or combination thereof) (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding or removing Subsidiaries as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or facility or any successor or replacement agreement or facility.

 

137


Credit Facilities ” means one or more credit agreements or debt facilities to which Cedar Fair and/or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries are party from time to time (including without limitation the Credit Agreement), in each case with banks, investment banks, insurance companies, mutual funds or other lenders or institutional investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, debt securities, bankers acceptances, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case as such agreements or facilities may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture exchanging, extending the maturity of, refinancing, renewing, replacing, substituting or otherwise restructuring, whether in the bank or debt capital markets (or combination thereof) (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding or removing Subsidiaries as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or facility or any successor or replacement agreement or facility.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by Cedar Fair or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an officers’ certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the chief financial officer and one additional officer of Cedar Fair, less the amount of cash or cash equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Equity Interests of Cedar Fair (other than Disqualified Stock) that are issued for cash (other than to any of Cedar Fair’s Subsidiaries or an employee stock plan or trust established by Cedar Fair or any of its Subsidiaries) and are so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an officers’ certificate, on the date of issuance thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments.”

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date on which the Notes mature; provided , however , that any such Capital Stock may require the issuer of such Capital Stock to make an offer to purchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of certain events if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that such an offer may not be satisfied and the purchase of such Capital Stock may not be consummated until the 91st day after the purchase of the Notes as required under “—Change of control” or “—Exceeds proceeds offer.”

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary and any Canadian Subsidiary that is not a “controlled foreign corporation” (within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) or a Subsidiary of such a “controlled foreign corporation.”

Eligible Institution ” means a commercial banking institution that has combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million or its equivalent in foreign currency, whose debt is rated by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in one of each such organization’s four highest generic rating categories at the time as of which any investment or rollover therein is made.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

138


Existing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Guarantees) of Cedar Fair and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions.

Fair Market Value ” means the value (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will take into account any liabilities associated with related assets) that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s length transaction not involving distress or compulsion of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Cedar Fair (unless otherwise provided in the Indenture).

Foreign Currency Obligations ” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such person pursuant to any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair against fluctuations in currency values.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary that is not incorporated, formed or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in the foregoing clause (i).

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the APB of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are applicable as of the date of determination; provided that, except as otherwise specifically provided, all calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of the provisions of the Indenture shall utilize GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date.

Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed or insured by, (i) the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged or (ii) Canada or any agency or instrumentality thereof for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of Canada is pledged.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

Guarantee ” means a guarantee by a Guarantor of the Notes.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any person, (i) the obligations of such person pursuant to any arrangement with any other person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements designed to protect such person against fluctuations in interest rates and (ii) any commodity futures contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of commodities actually used in the ordinary course of business of Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

holder ” means, with respect to any Note, the person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the note registrar.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person, any indebtedness of such person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, but excluding, in any case, any undrawn letters

 

139


of credit or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the fifth business day following payment on the letter of credit) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto (including pursuant to capital leases) or representing any Hedging Obligations or Foreign Currency Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable or earn-out obligations, if and to the extent any of the foregoing (other than Hedging Obligations or Foreign Currency Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared in accordance with GAAP, and also includes, to the extent not otherwise included, the amount of all obligations of such person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of such person, the liquidation preference with respect to, any Preferred Equity Interests (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends) as well as the guarantee of items that would be included within this definition.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means a person or entity which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Cedar Fair, is independent and otherwise qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged.

Investment Grade ” designates a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s. In the event that Cedar Fair shall select any other Rating Agency, the equivalent of such ratings by such Rating Agency shall be used.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(b) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act;

(c) investments in any fund that invests at least 95% of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution; and

(d) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

Investments ” means, with respect to any person, all investments by such person in other persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding accounts receivable, deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business, endorsements for collection or deposits arising in the ordinary course of business, guarantees and intercompany notes permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness,” and commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business). For purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments,” the sale of Equity Interests of a person that is a Restricted Subsidiary following which such person ceases to be a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment by Cedar Fair in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of such person held by Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately following such sale.

Issue Date ” means the first date on which Notes under the Indenture were issued.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

 

140


Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof).

Marketable Securities ” means: (a) Government Securities; (b) any certificate of deposit maturing not more than 365 days after the date of acquisition issued by, or time deposit of, an Eligible Institution; (c) commercial paper maturing not more than 365 days after the date of acquisition issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Cedar Fair) with a rating by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in one of each such organization’s four highest generic rating categories at the time as of which any investment therein is made, issued or offered by an Eligible Institution; (d) any bankers’ acceptances or money market deposit accounts issued or offered by an Eligible Institution; and (e) any fund investing exclusively in investments of the types described in clauses (a) through (d) above.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any person, the net income (loss) of such person, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation or brokerage expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (estimated reasonably and in good faith by Cedar Fair and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale, any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets and any reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by Cedar Fair or any of its Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters, or against any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale. Net Proceeds shall exclude any noncash proceeds received from any Asset Sale, but shall include such proceeds when and as converted by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary to cash.

obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Permitted Business ” means the businesses of Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries conducted (or proposed to be conducted) on the Issue Date and any business reasonably related, ancillary or complimentary thereto and any reasonable extension or evolution of any of the foregoing.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) Investments in Cedar Fair or in a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents, Marketable Securities and Investment Grade Securities;

(c) any guarantee of obligations of Cedar Fair or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”;

(d) Investments by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a person if, as a result of such Investment: (i) such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) such person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Cedar Fair or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

141


(e) Investments received in settlement of debts and owing to Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in satisfaction of judgments, acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms, in a foreclosure of a Lien, or as payment on a claim made in connection with any bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership or other insolvency proceeding;

(f) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification, renewal, replacement, refunding or refinancing of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(g) Investments in any person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration received for an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on asset sales” or for an asset disposition that does not constitute an Asset Sale;

(h) loans or advances or other similar transactions with customers, distributors, clients, developers, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, regardless of frequency;

(i) other Investments in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Consolidated Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) at any one time outstanding for all Investments made after the Issue Date; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (i) is made in any person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (a) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (i) for so long as such person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(j) any Investment solely in exchange for, or made with the proceeds of, the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock;

(k) any Investment in connection with Hedging Obligations and Foreign Currency Obligations otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(l) any contribution of any Investment in a joint venture or partnership that is not a Restricted Subsidiary to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for an Investment in the person to whom such contribution is made;

(m) any Investment acquired after the Issue Date as a result of the acquisition by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of another person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by the Indenture after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(n) any Investment consisting of workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits, prepayment and other credits to suppliers or landlords made in the ordinary course of business;

(o) guaranties made in the ordinary course of business of obligations owed to landlords, suppliers, customers, and licensees of Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(p) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving and relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(q) any Investment consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other persons; and

 

142


(r) any Investment consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses of intellectual property or leases, in each case, in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(a) Liens securing the Notes and Liens securing any Guarantee (including the exchange notes and related guarantees thereof issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement);

(b) Liens securing (x) Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (and related Hedging Obligations and cash management obligations to the extent such Liens arise under the definitive documentation governing such Indebtedness and the incurrence of such obligations is not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture) permitted by clauses (2) and (11) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness” and (y) other Indebtedness permitted under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”; provided that in the case of any such Indebtedness described in this subclause (y), such Indebtedness, when aggregated with the amount of indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors which is secured by a Lien, does not cause the Consolidated Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio to exceed 3.0 to 1.0 as of the last day of the most recent quarter for which internal financial statements are available on the date such Indebtedness is incurred; provided, further, that at the option of Cedar Fair, Indebtedness under any revolving commitments shall be deemed to have been incurred in the full amount of the commitments therefor on the date such commitments are outstanding and shall thereafter be deemed to be outstanding at all times thereafter in such amount until such commitments are terminated;

(c) Liens securing (i) Hedging Obligations and Foreign Currency Obligations permitted to be incurred under the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness” and (ii) cash management obligations not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

(d) Liens securing (i) Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted under clause (6)(x) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets of Cedar Fair or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the assets so acquired, constructed, installed or improved, products and proceeds thereof and insurance proceeds with respect thereto and (ii) Capital Lease Obligations permitted under clause (6)(y) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets of Cedar Fair or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the assets subject to the sale and leaseback transaction, products and proceeds thereof and insurance proceeds with respect thereto;

(e) Liens on property of a person existing at the time such person is merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and do not apply to any assets other than the assets of the person acquired in such merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(f) Liens on property of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that it is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or contemplation of, such designation;

(g) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary of Cedar Fair; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition and do not extend to any assets of Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property so acquired, constructed, installed or improved, products and proceeds thereof and insurance proceeds with respect thereto;

(h) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, or letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, surety or appeal bonds or performance bonds, or landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s,

 

143


mechanics’, suppliers’, 30-day goods suppliers’, unpaid vendors’, repairer’s, storer’s, materialmen’s or other like Liens, in any case incurred in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate process of law, if a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as is required by GAAP is made therefor;

(i) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(j) Liens for unpaid wages, vacation pay, pension plan contributions, unfunded pension liabilities, employee and non-resident withholding taxes, unremitted goods and services and provincial sales taxes, payroll, business, income and other taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP is made therefor;

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (10) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”; provided that such Liens shall not extend to assets other than the assets that secure such Indebtedness being refinanced;

(l) Liens (other than Liens created or imposed under ERISA) incurred or deposits made by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

(m) easements, rights-of-way, covenants, licenses, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not, in any material respect, impairing the use of the encumbered property for its intended purposes;

(n) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of Cedar Fair or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(o) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods and Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements that constitute Cash Equivalents;

(p) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions;

(q) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection;

(r) Liens not provided for in clauses (a) through (q) above so long as the Notes are secured by the assets subject to such Liens on an equal and ratable basis or on a basis prior to such Liens; provided that to the extent that such Lien secured Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, such Lien shall be subordinated to and be later in priority than the Notes on the same basis;

(s) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary incurred in accordance with clause (14) of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness”;

(t) Liens in favor of Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(u) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which solely encumber goods and/or documents of title and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

(v) extensions, renewals or refundings of any Liens referred to in clause (e), (g) or (i) above; provided that any such extension, renewal or refunding does not extend to any assets or secure any Indebtedness not securing or secured by the Liens being extended, renewed or refinanced;

 

144


(w) other Liens securing indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding having an aggregate principal amount at anyone time outstanding not to exceed $50.0 million;

(x) Liens incurred to secure any treasury management arrangement;

(y) Liens on Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(z) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(aa) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by Cedar Fair and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease; and

(cc) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement.

Preferred Equity Interest ” in any person, means an Equity Interest of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such person, over Equity Interests of any other class in such person.

Pro Forma Cost Savings ” means, with respect to any period, the reduction in net costs and expenses and related adjustments that:

(i) were directly attributable to an acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, disposition or operational change that occurred during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to the four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date of determination and calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act,

(ii) were actually implemented by the business that was the subject of any such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, disposition or operational change or by any related business of Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary with which such business is proposed to be or is being or has been integrated within 12 months after the date of the acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, disposition or operational change and prior to the date of determination that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of any such business, or

(iii) relate to the business that is the subject of any such acquisition, merger, consolidation or disposition or any related business of Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary with which such business is proposed to be or is being or has been integrated and that are probable in the reasonable judgment of Cedar Fair based upon specifically identifiable actions to be taken within 12 months of the date of the acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposition,

in each case regardless of whether such reductions and related adjustments could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy related thereto, as if all such reductions and related adjustments had been effected as of the beginning of such period.

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred (within 365 days of such purchase) to finance or refinance the purchase (including in the case of Capital Lease obligations the lease), construction, installation or improvement of any assets used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or through the purchase of Capital Stock of any person owning such assets); provided that the amount of Indebtedness thereunder does not exceed 100% of the purchase cost of such assets and costs incurred in such construction, installation or improvement.

 

145


Qualified Capital Stock ” means any Capital Stock of Cedar Fair that is not Disqualified Stock.

Rating Agencies ” means:

(a) S&P;

(b) Moody’s; or

(c) if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by Cedar Fair, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuers and the initial purchasers of the notes and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more similar registration rights agreements between the Issuers and the other parties thereto relating to rights given by the Issuers to the purchasers of such Additional Notes.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” or “ Restricted Subsidiaries ” means any Subsidiary of Cedar Fair, other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its subsidiaries, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any assets of the Issuer or any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the date of the Indenture.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of Cedar Fair or any Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be.

Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any person, any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such person or a combination thereof.

Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio ” means, with respect to any person for any period, the ratio of:

(1) the sum, without duplication, of (x) all Indebtedness of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (but, in the case of revolving credit loans, calculated using (a) for the purposes of determining the Total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio pursuant to subclause (ii) of the first paragraph set forth under “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”, the average daily outstanding principal amount of revolving credit loans under all Credit Facilities of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the immediately preceding 12 calendar month period and (b) for all other purposes under the Indenture, the lowest outstanding principal amount of revolving credit loans under all Credit Facilities of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the immediately preceding 12 calendar month period) and (y) the liquidation preference of all Disqualified Stock of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries of such person, in each case, at the time of determination (the “ Calculation Date ”) on a consolidated basis, to

 

146


(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow of such person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to the date for which internal financial statements are available.

For purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Cash Flow” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to (x) any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Debt and also including any Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or Asset Sale or other disposition during the most recent period of four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Calculation Date (the “ Measurement Period ”) or discontinued operations) and (y) operational changes that Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have both determined to make and have made, in each case occurring during the Measurement Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Measurement Period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Acquired Debt) or discontinued operations or operational change occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period, in each case giving effect to any Pro Forma Cost Savings.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Cedar Fair as set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the Trustee.

Total Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors (other than Hedging Obligations and cash management obligations to the extent permitted by the Indenture) outstanding on such date (or deemed outstanding pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), determined on a consolidated basis.

Transactions ” means the issuance of the Notes on the Issue Date, the initial borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the other transactions undertaken in connection with the foregoing as to the extent not inconsistent with this prospectus.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” or “ Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” means: (A) any Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in a resolution of Cedar Fair’s Board of Directors in accordance with the instructions set forth below; and (B) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Cedar Fair’s Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of such Subsidiary, immediately after such designation: (i) is guaranteed by Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (ii) is recourse to Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Cedar Fair or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfaction thereof;

(b) except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture (including by the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on transactions with affiliates”), neither Cedar Fair nor any other Subsidiary (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary) has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding with such Subsidiary, written or oral, other than on terms no less favorable to Cedar Fair or such other Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from persons who are not Cedar Fair’s Affiliates; and

(c) neither Cedar Fair nor any other Subsidiary (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary) has any obligation: (i) to subscribe for additional shares of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary or other equity interests therein; or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or to cause such Subsidiary to achieve certain levels of operating results.

 

147


If at any time after the Issue Date Cedar Fair designates an additional Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, Cedar Fair will be deemed to have made a Restricted Investment in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Cedar Fair’s Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution of Cedar Fair’s Board of Directors and set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than ten business days following a request from the Trustee) of such Subsidiary. An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary if, at the time of such designation after giving pro forma effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the total of the product obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

148


CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders for United States federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note, the holding period of the exchange note will include the holding period of the outstanding note exchanged therefor and the basis of the exchange note will be the same as the basis of the outstanding note immediately before the exchange.

In any event, persons considering the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

149


CERTAIN CANADIAN TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-CANADIAN HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a holder of notes who acquires the notes pursuant to this exchange and who, at all times, for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”), is not resident (and is not deemed to be resident) in Canada, deals at arm’s length with us and Cedar Canada, holds the notes as capital property, is not an insurer that carries on an insurance business in Canada or an authorized foreign bank that carries on a banking business in Canada and does not use or hold (and is not deemed to use or hold) the notes in the course of carrying on business in Canada (a “Non-Canadian Holder”).

This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder, all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act and the regulations announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof and the published administrative practices of the Canada Revenue Agency. This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law, whether by judicial, governmental or legislative decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign income tax considerations which may differ significantly from the Canadian federal income tax considerations described herein.

This summary is not exhaustive of all Canadian federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular Non-Canadian Holder. This summary is not intended to be, and should not be interpreted as, legal or tax advice to any particular Non-Canadian Holder, and no representation with respect to the income tax consequences to any particular Non-Canadian Holder is made. Accordingly, prospective holders of notes should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their individual circumstances.

The exchange of the outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not give rise to any Canadian income tax consequences to a Non-Canadian Holder.

A Non-Canadian Holder will not be subject to tax (including withholding tax) under the Tax Act on interest, principal or premium on the notes. However, a Non-Canadian Holder who transfers or is deemed to transfer a note to a person resident or deemed to be resident in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act should consult its own tax advisor for advice with respect to the tax consequences on such transfer. Gains realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of a note by a Non-Canadian Holder will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act.

 

150


CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase and holding of the exchange notes by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws, rules or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” (within the meaning of ERISA and any Similar Laws) of such plans, accounts and arrangements (each, a “Plan”).

General fiduciary matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of such an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice to an ERISA Plan for a fee or other compensation, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.

In considering an investment in the exchange notes of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

Prohibited transaction issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of exchange notes by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the Issuers or any of the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes are considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the United States Department of Labor (the “DOL”) has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”), that may apply to the acquisition and holding of the exchange notes. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE 96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers, although there can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemption will be satisfied. In addition, Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide relief from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions, provided that neither the issuer of the securities nor any of its affiliates (directly or indirectly) have or exercise any discretionary authority or control or render any investment advice with respect to the assets of any ERISA Plan involved in the transaction and provided further that the ERISA Plan pays no more than adequate consideration in connection with the transaction. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.

 

151


Because of the foregoing, the exchange notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding (and the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes) will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

Representation

Accordingly, by acceptance of an exchange note, each purchaser and subsequent transferee will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire and hold the exchange notes constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase and holding of the exchange notes (and the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes) by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature, and is not intended to be all inclusive, and should not be construed as legal advice or as complete in all relevant respects. The foregoing discussion is based on laws in effect on the date of this prospectus and is subject to any subsequent changes therein. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing the outstanding notes or the exchange notes (and holding or disposing the outstanding notes or the exchange notes) on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such transactions and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase and holding and disposition of the outstanding notes or the exchange notes (and the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes).

 

152


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. In addition, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes or from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker–dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendments or supplements to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the reasonable expenses of counsel for the holders of the outstanding notes) other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will also indemnify you (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities.

 

153


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the exchange notes and the related guarantees will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Squire, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP will pass on matters of Ohio law, Warner Norcross & Judd LLP will pass on matters of Michigan law and McInnes Cooper will pass on matters of Nova Scotia law.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Cedar Fair, L.P. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We are required to file annual and quarterly reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C., 20549. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our filings will also be available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, you may obtain these materials on our website. Our web site address is www.cedarfair.com. This reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference only. Information on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus nor is it incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should not be relied upon in connection with making any decision with respect to the notes.

You should rely only upon the information provided in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this prospectus.

This prospectus contains summaries of certain agreements that we have entered into in connection with the Transactions and the exchange offer. The descriptions contained in this prospectus of these agreements do not purport to be complete and are subject to, or qualified in their entirety by reference to, the definitive agreements. Copies of the definitive agreements will be made available without charge to you in response to a written or oral request to us.

 

154


Cedar Fair, L.P.

Index to consolidated financial statements

 

     Page  

Audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2   

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-3   

Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-4   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of partners’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-6   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Board of Directors and Unitholders of Cedar Fair, L.P.

Sandusky, Ohio

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cedar Fair, L.P. and subsidiaries (the “Partnership”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, partners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cedar Fair, L.P. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 1, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion (not presented herein) on the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Cleveland, Ohio

March 1, 2011

(March 11, 2011 as to Note 14)

 

F-2


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 

     12/31/2010     12/31/2009  
ASSETS             

Current Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,765      $ 11,928   

Receivables

     12,340        6,535   

Inventories

     32,142        27,265   

Current deferred tax asset

     5,874        6,725   

Prepaid insurance

     5,009        3,545   

Other current assets

     5,204        5,310   
                
     70,334        61,308   

Property and Equipment:

    

Land

     309,980        305,401   

Land improvements

     324,734        326,424   

Buildings

     575,725        589,219   

Rides and equipment

     1,398,403        1,351,595   

Construction in progress

     16,746        34,468   
                
     2,625,588        2,607,107   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (948,947     (826,038
                
     1,676,641        1,781,069   

Goodwill

     246,259        240,006   

Other Intangibles, net

     40,632        42,208   

Other Assets

     48,578        20,848   
                
   $ 2,082,444      $ 2,145,439   
                
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY             

Current Liabilities:

    

Current maturities of long-term debt

   $ —        $ 15,959   

Accounts payable

     10,787        10,040   

Deferred revenue

     26,328        23,176   

Accrued interest

     20,409        4,905   

Accrued taxes

     15,144        17,930   

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits

     18,220        19,008   

Self-insurance reserves

     21,487        21,785   

Current derivative liability

     47,986        —     

Other accrued liabilities

     8,491        18,717   
                
     168,852        131,520   

Deferred Tax Liability

     131,830        138,124   

Derivative Liability

     54,517        129,662   

Other Liabilities

     10,406        7,884   

Long-Term Debt:

    

Revolving credit loans

     23,200        86,300   

Term debt

     1,157,062        1,524,087   

Notes

     399,441        —     
                
     1,579,703        1,610,387   

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)

    

Partners’ Equity:

    

Special L.P. interests

     5,290        5,290   

General partner

     (1     (1

Limited partners, 55,334 and 55,234 units outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     165,555        209,854   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (33,708     (87,281
                
     137,136        127,862   
                
   $ 2,082,444      $ 2,145,439   
                

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-3


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per unit amounts)

 

For the years ended December 31,

   2010     2009     2008  

Net revenues:

      

Admissions

   $ 568,762      $ 532,814      $ 566,266   

Food, merchandise and games

     337,356        316,386        355,917   

Accommodations and other

     71,474        66,875        74,049   
                        
     977,592        916,075        996,232   
                        

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues

     86,619        84,940        90,626   

Operating expenses

     411,402        402,728        418,550   

Selling, general and administrative

     134,001        128,473        131,882   

Depreciation and amortization

     126,796        132,745        125,838   

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

     2,293        4,500        86,988   

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net

     62,752        244        8,425   

(Gain) on sale of other assets

     —          (23,098     —     
                        
     823,863        730,532        862,309   
                        

Operating income

     153,729        185,543        133,923   

Interest expense

     150,285        124,706        129,561   

Net effect of swaps

     18,194        9,170        —     

Loss on early debt extinguishment

     35,289        —          —     

Unrealized/realized foreign currency (gain) loss

     (20,563     445        561   

Other (income) expense

     (1,154     815        (970
                        

Income (loss) before taxes

     (28,322     50,407        4,771   

Provision (benefit) for taxes

     3,245        14,978        (935
                        

Net income (loss)

     (31,567     35,429        5,706   

Net income (loss) allocated to general partner

     —          —          —     
                        

Net income (loss) allocated to limited partners

   $ (31,567   $ 35,429      $ 5,706   
                        

Basic earnings per limited partner unit:

      

Weighted average limited partner units outstanding

     55,316        55,186        54,811   

Net income (loss) per limited partner unit

   $ (0.57   $ 0.64      $ 0.10   
                        

Diluted earnings per limited partner unit:

      

Weighted average limited partner units outstanding

     55,316        55,906        55,446   

Net income (loss) per limited partner unit

   $ (0.57   $ 0.63      $ 0.10   
                        

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-4


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

For the years ended December 31,

   2010     2009     2008  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (31,567   $ 35,429      $ 5,706   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     126,796        132,745        125,838   

Non-cash equity based compensation expense

     (89     (26     716   

Loss on early debt extinguishment

     35,289        —          —     

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

     2,293        4,500        86,988   

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net

     62,752        244        8,425   

Gain on sale of other assets

     —          (23,098     —     

Net effect of swaps

     18,194        9,170        —     

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     5,671        7,773        7,944   

Unrealized foreign currency gain on notes

     (17,464     —          —     

Other non-cash (income) expense

     (1,893     (257     (445

Deferred income taxes

     (14,140     (5,684     (17,827

Excess tax benefit from unit-based compensation expense

     —          —          (1,729

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

      

(Increase) decrease in current assets

     (11,855     551        1,674   

Decrease in other assets

     6        918        555   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     652        (2,635     (5,101

Increase (decrease) in accrued taxes

     (2,242     1,349        3,725   

Increase (decrease) in self-insurance reserves

     (383     857        (559

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue and other current liabilities

     7,653        20,428        (2,808

Increase in other liabilities

     2,442        2,933        2,486   
                        

Net cash from operating activities

     182,115        185,197        215,588   
                        

CASH FLOWS (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Acquisition of Paramount Parks, net of cash acquired

     —          —          6,431   

Sale of Canadian real estate

     —          53,831        —     

Capital expenditures

     (71,706     (69,136     (83,481
                        

Net cash (for) investing activities

     (71,706     (15,305     (77,050
                        

CASH FLOWS (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Net (payments) borrowings on revolving credit loans—previous credit agreement

     (86,300     63,600        (11,386

Net borrowings on revolving credit loans—existing credit agreement

     23,200        —          —     

Term debt borrowings

     1,175,000        —          —     

Note borrowings

     399,383        —          —     

Term debt payments, including early termination penalties

     (1,566,890     (161,329     (17,450

Distributions paid to partners

     (13,834     (67,864     (105,078

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (43,264     (7,694     —     

Exercise of limited partnership unit options

     7        4        4,541   

Excess tax benefit from unit-based compensation expense

     —          —          1,729   
                        

Net cash (for) financing activities

     (112,698     (173,283     (127,644
                        

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     126        1,446        (2,522
                        

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      

Net increase (decrease) for the year

     (2,163     (1,945     8,372   

Balance, beginning of year

     11,928        13,873        5,501   
                        

Balance, end of year

   $ 9,765      $ 11,928      $ 13,873   
                        

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

      

Cash payments for interest expense

   $ 129,815      $ 117,008      $ 120,340   

Interest capitalized

     1,343        1,617        1,623   

Cash payments for income taxes

     19,074        18,966        14,619   

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-5


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except per unit amounts)

 

For the years ended December 31,

   2010     2009     2008  

Limited Partnership Units Outstanding

      

Beginning balance

     55,234        55,076        54,248   

Limited partnership unit options exercised

     42        51        785   

Issuance of limited partnership units as compensation

     58        107        43   
                        
     55,334        55,234        55,076   
                        

Limited Partners’ Equity

      

Beginning balance

   $ 209,854      $ 242,123      $ 334,740   

Net income (loss)

     (31,567     35,429        5,706   

Partnership distribution declared (2010—$0.25; 2009—$1.23; 2008—$1.92)

     (13,834     (67,864     (105,078

Expense (income) recognized for limited partnership unit options

     (89     (26     —     

Limited partnership unit options exercised

     7        4        4,541   

Tax effect of units involved in option exercises and treasury unit transactions

     545        (976     1,253   

Issuance of limited partnership units as compensation

     639        1,164        961   
                        
     165,555        209,854        242,123   
                        

General Partner’s Equity

      

Beginning balance

     (1     (1     —     

Partnership distribution declared

     —          —          (1

Net income (loss)

     —          —          —     
                        
     (1     (1     (1
                        

Special L.P. Interests

     5,290        5,290        5,290   
                        

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

      

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment:

      

Beginning balance

     2,422        (6,075     12,755   

Current year activity, net of tax (($2,952) in 2010, ($8,076) in 2009, $10,112 in 2008)

     (6,475     8,497        (18,830
                        
     (4,053     2,422        (6,075
                        

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedging derivatives:

      

Beginning balance

     (89,703     (134,551     (67,693

Current year activity, net of tax (($5,825) in 2010, ($4,783) in 2009, $7,689 in 2008)

     60,048        44,848        (66,858
                        
     (29,655     (89,703     (134,551
                        
     (33,708     (87,281     (140,626
                        

Total Partners’ Equity

   $ 137,136      $ 127,862      $ 106,786   
                        

Summary of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (31,567   $ 35,429      $ 5,706   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     53,573        53,345        (85,688
                        

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   $ 22,006      $ 88,774      $ (79,982
                        

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-6


Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Partnership Organization:

Cedar Fair, L.P. (together with its affiliated companies, the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership that commenced operations in 1983 when it acquired Cedar Point, Inc., and became a publicly traded partnership in 1987. The Partnership’s general partner is Cedar Fair Management, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “General Partner”) whose shares are held by an Ohio trust. The General Partner owns a 0.001% interest in the Partnership’s income, losses and cash distributions, except in defined circumstances, and has full responsibility for management of the Partnership. At December 31, 2010 there were 55,333,989 outstanding limited partnership units listed on The New York Stock Exchange, net of 227,994 units held in treasury. At December 31, 2009, there were 55,234,208 outstanding limited partnership units listed, net of 327,774 units held in treasury.

The General Partner may, with the approval of a specified percentage of the limited partners, make additional capital contributions to the Partnership, but is only obligated to do so if the liabilities of the Partnership cannot otherwise be paid or there exists a negative balance in its capital account at the time of its withdrawal from the Partnership. The General Partner, in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement, is required to make regular cash distributions on a quarterly basis of all the Partnership’s available cash, as defined in the Partnership Agreement. In accordance with the Partnership agreement and with restrictions within the Partnership’s 2010 Credit Agreement, the General Partner paid a $0.25 per limited partner unit distribution, or approximately $13.8 million in aggregate, in 2010.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

The following policies are used by the Partnership in its preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Principles of Consolidation     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Partnership and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Foreign Currency     The financial statements of the Partnership’s Canadian subsidiary are measured using the Canadian dollar as its functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at current currency exchange rates, while income and expenses are translated at average monthly currency exchange rates. Translation gains and losses are included as components of accumulated other comprehensive loss in partners’ equity.

In 2010, the Partnership recognized a $20.6 million benefit to earnings for unrealized/realized foreign currency gains, $17.5 million of which represented an unrealized foreign currency gain on the U.S.-dollar denominated notes issued in July and held at its Canadian property. All other transaction gains and losses included in the 2010 consolidated statements of operations were not material. Transaction gains and losses included in the 2009 and 2008 consolidated statements of operations were not material.

Segment Reporting     Each of Partnership’s parks operates autonomously, and management reviews operating results, evaluates performance and makes operating decisions, including the allocation of resources, on a property-by-property basis. In order to better facilitate discussion of trends in attendance and guest per capita spending than would be possible on a consolidated basis, the Partnership’s eleven amusement parks and six separately gated water parks have been grouped into regional designations. Aside from attendance and guest per capita statistics, discrete financial information and operating results are not prepared at the regional level.

In addition to reviewing and evaluating performance of the business at the individual park level, the structure of Partnership’s management incentive compensation systems are centered around the operating results of each park as an integrated operating unit. Therefore, each park represents a separate operating segment of the Partnership’s business and the geographical regions do not represent operating segments.

 

F-7


Although the Partnership manages its parks with a high degree of autonomy, each park offers and markets a similar collection of products and services to similar customers. In addition, the parks all have similar economic characteristics no matter their geographic region, in that they all show similar long-term growth trends in key industry metrics such as attendance, guest per capita spending, net revenue, operating costs and operating profit. Therefore, the Partnership operates within the single reportable segment of amusement/water parks with accompanying resort facilities.

Estimates     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents     The Partnership considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Inventories     The Partnership’s inventories primarily consist of purchased products, such as merchandise and food, for sale to its customers. All inventories are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out (FIFO) cost or market.

Property and Equipment     Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures made to maintain such assets in their original operating condition are expensed as incurred, and improvements and upgrades are generally capitalized. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The composite method is used for the group of assets acquired as a whole in 1983, as well as for the groups of like assets of each subsequent business acquisition. The unit method is used for all individual assets purchased. Depreciation expense totaled $126.7 million in 2010, $123.0 million in 2009, and $124.5 million in 2008.

Under the composite depreciation method, assets with similar estimated lives are grouped together and the several pools of assets are depreciated on an aggregate basis. No gain or loss is recognized on normal retirements of composite assets. Instead, the acquisition cost of a retired asset reduces accumulated depreciation for the composite group. Abnormal retirements of composite assets could result in the recognition of a gain or loss. Management periodically reviews the composite groups to ensure that retirements have not extended the asset lives beyond their estimated remaining economic life.

Under the unit method of depreciation, individual assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives, with gains and losses on all asset retirements recognized currently in income.

The weighted average useful lives combining both methods are approximately:

 

Land improvements

     21 Years   

Buildings

     24 Years   

Rides

     18 Years   

Equipment

     9 Years   

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets     Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment” requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment upon the occurrence of events or changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss may be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset, including disposition, are less than the carrying value of the asset. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying amounts of the assets. Fair value is generally determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis. In order to determine if an asset has been impaired, assets are grouped and tested at the lowest level for which identifiable, independent cash flows are available.

 

F-8


Goodwill     FASB ASC 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” requires that goodwill no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment. An impairment charge would be recognized for the amount, if any, by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The fair value of a reporting unit and the related implied fair value of its respective goodwill are established using a combination of an income (discounted cash flow) approach and market approach. Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. All of the Partnership’s goodwill is allocated to its reporting units and goodwill impairment tests are performed at the reporting unit level. As discussed in Note 4, during 2010 the Partnership changed the testing date for its annual goodwill impairment tests from April 1 and October 1 to December 31 each year. As a result, the Partnership performed goodwill impairment tests as of April 1, 2010, or October 1, 2010, as applicable, and again as of December 31, 2010, and concluded there was no impairment of the carrying value of the goodwill.

Other Intangible Assets     The Partnership’s other intangible assets consist primarily of trade-names and license and franchise agreements. The Partnership assesses the indefinite-lived trade-names for impairment separately from goodwill. After considering the expected use of the trade-names and reviewing any legal, regulatory, contractual, obsolescence, demand, competitive or other economic factors that could limit the useful lives of the trade-names, in accordance with FASB ASC 350, the Partnership determined that the trade-names had indefinite lives. Pursuant to FASB ASC 350, indefinite-lived intangible assets are no longer amortized, but rather are reviewed, along with goodwill, annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The Partnership’s license and franchise agreements are amortized over the life of the agreement, generally ranging from five to twenty years.

Self-Insurance Reserves     Reserves are recorded for the estimated amounts of guest and employee claims and expenses incurred each period that are not covered by insurance. Reserves are established for both identified claims and incurred but not reported (IBNR) claims. Such amounts are accrued for when claim amounts become probable and estimable. Reserves for identified claims are based upon our own historical claims experience and third-party estimates of settlement costs. Reserves for IBNR claims, which are not material to our consolidated financial statements, are based upon our own claims data history, as well as industry averages. All reserves are periodically reviewed for changes in facts and circumstances and adjustments are made as necessary. At December 31, 2010 and 2009 the accrued reserves totaled $21.5 million and $21.8 million, respectively.

Derivative Financial Instruments     The Partnership is exposed to market risks, primarily resulting from changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. To manage these risks, it may enter into derivative transactions pursuant to its overall financial risk management program. The Partnership has only limited involvement with derivative financial instruments and does not use them for trading purposes.

The Partnership accounts for the use of derivative financial instruments according to FASB ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging”. For derivative instruments that hedge the exposure of variability in short-term rates, designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument is reported as a component of “Other comprehensive income (loss)” and reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. For the ineffective portion of a derivative, the change in fair value, if any, is reported in “Net effect of swaps” in earnings together with the changes in fair value of derivatives not designated as hedges. Derivative financial instruments used in hedging transactions are assessed both at inception and quarterly thereafter to ensure they are effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the related underlying exposures.

Revenue Recognition     Revenues on multi-day admission tickets are recognized over the estimated number of visits expected for each type of ticket, and are adjusted periodically during the season. All other revenues are recognized on a daily basis based on actual guest spending at our facilities, or over the park operating season in the case of certain marina revenues and certain sponsorship revenues. Revenues on admission tickets for the next operating season, including season passes, are deferred in the year received and recognized as revenue in the following year.

 

F-9


Advertising Costs     The Partnership expenses all costs associated with its advertising, promotion and marketing programs over each park’s operating season, including certain costs incurred prior to the season that are amortized over the season. Advertising expense totaled $51.8 million in 2010, $52.0 million in 2009 and $55.4 million in 2008. Certain costs incurred through year-end for the following year’s advertising programs are included in prepaid expenses.

Unit-Based Compensation     The Partnership accounts for unit-based compensation in accordance with FASB ASC 718-20 “Compensation—Stock Compensation” which requires measurement of compensation cost for all equity-based awards at fair value on the date of grant and recognition of compensation over the service period for awards expected to vest. The Partnership uses a binomial option-pricing model for all grant date estimations of fair value.

Income Taxes     The Partnership’s legal structure includes both partnerships and corporate subsidiaries. The Partnership itself is not subject to corporate income taxes; rather the Partnership’s tax attributes (except those of its corporate subsidiaries) are included in the tax returns of its partners. The Partnership’s corporate subsidiaries are subject to entity-level income taxes.

Neither the Partnership’s financial reporting income, nor the cash distributions to unitholders, can be used as a substitute for the detailed tax calculations that the Partnership must perform annually for its partners. Net income from the Partnership is not treated as “passive income” for federal income tax purposes. As a result, partners subject to the passive activity loss rules are not permitted to offset income from the Partnership with passive losses from other sources.

The Partnership’s corporate subsidiaries account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future book and tax consequences attributable to temporary difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income at the time of enactment of such change in tax rates. Any interest or penalties due for payment of income taxes are included in the provision for income taxes. The Partnership’s total provision for taxes also includes an amount for the publicly traded partnership (PTP) taxes owed (see Note 9).

Earnings Per Unit     For purposes of calculating the basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit, no adjustments have been made to the reported amounts of net income (loss). The unit amounts used are as follows:

 

(In thousands except per unit amounts)

   2010     2009      2008  

Basic weighted average units outstanding

     55,316        55,186         54,811   

Effect of dilutive units:

       

Unit options (Note 7)

     —          65         287   

Phantom units (Note 7)

     —          655         348   
                         

Diluted weighted average units outstanding

     55,316        55,906         55,446   
                         

Net income (loss) per unit—basic

   $ (0.57   $ 0.64       $ 0.10   
                         

Net income (loss) per unit—diluted

   $ (0.57   $ 0.63       $ 0.10   
                         

Weighted average unit options of 304,000, 460,000, and 300,000 were excluded from the diluted earnings per unit calculation as they were anti-dilutive for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Reclassifications     Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation.

 

F-10


(3) Long-Lived Assets:

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment upon the occurrence of events or changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In order to determine if an asset has been impaired, assets are grouped and tested at the lowest level for which identifiable, independent cash flows are available. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in equity price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; and slower growth rates. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of these assets and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The long-lived asset impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step is a comparison of each asset group’s carrying value to its estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets, including disposition. Projected future cash flows reflect management’s best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period, including growth rates in revenues and costs, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins and cash expenditures. Other significant estimates and assumptions include terminal value growth rates and future estimates of capital expenditures. If the carrying value of the asset group is higher than its undiscounted future cash flows, there is an indication that impairment exists and the second step must be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss. The amount of impairment is determined by comparing the implied fair value of the asset group to its carrying value in a manner consistent with the highest and best use of those assets. The Partnership estimates fair value using an income (discounted cash flows) approach, which uses an asset group’s projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that is discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital reflective of current market conditions. If the implied fair value of the assets is less than their carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference.

At the end of the fourth quarter, the Partnership concluded based on 2010 operating results, as well as updated forecasts, that a review of the carrying value of long-lived assets at California’s Great America was warranted. After performing its review, the Partnership determined that a portion of the park’s fixed assets, the majority of which were originally recorded with the PPI acquisition, were impaired. As a result, the Partnership recognized $62.0 million of fixed-asset impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010 which is recorded in “Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets” on the consolidated statement of operations.

(4) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, including trade-names, are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in equity price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and slower growth rates. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of these assets and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step is a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. The Partnership estimates fair value using both an income (discounted cash flows) and market approach. The income approach uses a reporting unit’s projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that is discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital that reflects current market conditions. The projection uses management’s best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period including growth rates in revenues and costs, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins and cash expenditures. Other significant estimates and assumptions include terminal value growth rates, future estimates of capital expenditures and changes in future working capital requirements. A market approach estimates fair value by applying cash flow multiples to the reporting unit’s operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics of the reporting units.

 

F-11


If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than its fair value, there is an indication that impairment may exist and the second step must be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss. The amount of impairment is determined by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill to the carrying value of the goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference.

A relief-from-royalty model is used to determine whether the fair value of trade-names exceed their carrying amounts. The fair value of the trade-names is determined as the present value of fees avoided by owning the respective trade-name.

Historically, goodwill related to parks acquired prior to 2006 has been annually tested for impairment as of October 1, while goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles, including trade-name intangibles, related to the Paramount Parks (PPI) acquisition in 2006 have been annually tested for impairment as of April 1. Effective in December 2010, the Partnership changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment tests from April 1 and October 1 to December 31 to more closely align the impairment testing procedures with its long-range planning and forecasting process, which occurs in the fourth quarter each year. The Partnership believes the change is preferable since the long-term cash flow projections are a key component in performing its annual impairment tests of goodwill. In addition, the Partnership changed the date of its annual impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangibles from April 1 to December 31.

During 2010, the Partnership tested goodwill for impairment as of April 1, 2010 or October 1, 2010, as applicable, and again as of December 31, 2010. The tests indicated no impairment of goodwill as of any of those dates. During 2010, the Partnership tested other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment as of April 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010. After performing the April 1, 2010 impairment test, it was determined that a portion of trade-names at certain PPI parks were impaired as the carrying values of those trade-names exceeded their fair values. As a result the Partnership recognized $1.4 million of trade-name impairment during the second quarter of 2010. This impairment was driven mainly by an increase in the Partnership’s cost of capital in 2010 and lower projected growth rates for certain parks as of the test date. After performing the December 31, 2010 test of indefinite-lived intangibles, it was determined that a portion of the trade-names at Great America, originally recorded with the PPI acquisition, were impaired. As a result, the Partnership recognized $0.9 million of additional trade-name impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010 which is recorded in “Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles” on the consolidated statement of operations. The Partnership recognized a charge to earnings in 2009 of $4.5 million for trade-name impairment and a total charge to earnings in 2008 of $87.0 million for the impairment of goodwill and trade-names.

The change in accounting principle related to changing the annual goodwill impairment testing date did not delay, accelerate, avoid or cause an impairment charge. As it was impracticable to objectively determine operating and valuation estimates for periods prior to December 31, 2010, we have prospectively applied the change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date from December 31, 2010.

A summary of changes in the Partnership’s carrying value of goodwill is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Goodwill
(gross)
     Accumulated
Impairment
Losses
    Goodwill
(net)
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 302,470       $ (79,868   $ 222,602   

Foreign currency exchange translation

     17,404         —          17,404   
                         

Balance at December 31, 2009

     319,874         (79,868     240,006   

Foreign currency exchange translation

     6,253         —          6,253   
                         

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 326,127       $ (79,868   $ 246,259   
                         

 

F-12


The Partnership’s other intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Value
 
     (Amounts in thousands)  

December 31, 2010

           

Other intangible assets:

           

Trade names

     —         $ 40,227       $ —         $ 40,227   

License / franchise agreements

     15.0 years         13,569         13,184         385   

Non-compete agreements

     5.0 years         200         180         20   
                                   

Total other intangible assets

     12.0 years       $ 53,996       $ 13,364       $ 40,632   
                                   

December 31, 2009

           

Other intangible assets:

           

Trade names

     —         $ 41,635       $ —         $ 41,635   

License / franchise agreements

     15.1 years         13,664         13,151         513   

Non-compete agreements

     5.0 years         200         140         60   
                                   

Total other intangible assets

     12.0 years       $ 55,499       $ 13,291       $ 42,208   
                                   

Amortization expense of other intangible assets for 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $73,000, $9,748,000, and $1,363,000, respectively. The increase in amortization expense during 2009 reflects the accelerated amortization of the intangible asset related to the Nickelodeon licensing agreement. During that year, the Partnership determined it would not renew the licensing agreement, which expired on December 31, 2009, thus triggering the accelerated amortization in 2009. Amortization expense of other intangible assets held at December 31, 2010, is expected to total less than $100,000 in each of the years 2011-2015.

(5) Long-Term Debt:

Long-term debt at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)

   2010      2009  

Revolving credit facility

   $ 23,200       $ 86,300   

Term debt(1)

     

July 2010 U.S. term loan averaging 5.5% at 2010 (due 2010-2016)

     1,157,062         —     

June 2006 U.S. term loan averaging 2.23% at 2009 (due 2007-2012)

     —           501,186   

June 2006 Canadian term loan averaging 2.23% at 2009 (due 2007-2012)

     —           143,500   

June 2006 U.S. term loan averaging 4.23% at 2009 (due 2009-2014)

     —           831,626   

June 2006 Canadian term loan averaging 4.23% at 2009 (due 2009-2014)

     —           63,734   

Notes

     

July 2010 U.S. fixed rate note at 9.125% (due 2018)

     399,441         —     
                 
     1,579,703         1,626,346   

Less: current portion

     —           15,959   
                 
   $ 1,579,703       $ 1,610,387   
                 

 

(1) These average interest rates do not reflect the effect of interest rate swap agreements entered into on our variable-rate term debt (see Note 6).

In July 2010, the Partnership issued $405 million of 9.125% senior unsecured notes (“the notes”), maturing in 2018, in a private placement, including $5.6 million of original issue discount to yield 9.375%. Concurrently with this offering, the Partnership entered into a new $1,435 million credit agreement (the 2010 Credit

 

F-13


Agreement), which includes a $1,175 million senior secured term loan facility and a $260 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The net proceeds from the offering of the notes, along with borrowings under the 2010 Credit Agreement, were used to repay in full all amounts outstanding under the Partnership’s previous credit facilities. The facilities provided under the 2010 Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.

Cedar Fair, L.P., Canada’s Wonderland Company (“Cedar Canada”), and Magnum Management Corporation (“Magnum”) are the co-issuers of the notes and co-borrowers of the senior secured credit facilities. Both the notes and senior secured credit facilities have been fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, by each 100% owned subsidiary of Cedar Fair (other than Cedar Canada and Magnum). There are no non-guarantor subsidiaries. (See Note 14 for additional information.)

Revolving Credit Loans     Terms of the 2010 Credit Agreement include a reduction in the Partnership’s previous $310 million revolving credit facilities to a combined $260 million facility. Under the new agreement, the Canadian portion of the revolving credit facility has a limit of $15 million. U.S. denominated loans made under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 basis points (bps) (with no LIBOR floor). Canadian denominated loans made under the Canadian portion of the facility also bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 bps (with no LIBOR floor). The revolving credit facility, which matures in July of 2015, also provides for the issuance of documentary and standby letters of credit. As of December 31, 2010, borrowings under the revolving credit facility were $23.2 million at an effective rate of 4.5% and standby letters of credit totaled $15.7 million. After letters of credit, the Partnership had $221.1 million of available borrowings under its revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2010. The maximum outstanding revolving credit balance during 2010 was $260.0 million under the revolving credit facility. The 2010 Credit Agreement requires the Partnership to pay a commitment fee of 50 bps per annum on the unused portion of the credit facilities.

Term Debt     The credit facilities provided under the 2010 Credit Agreement include a $1,175 million U.S. term loan maturing on December 15, 2016. As of December 31, 2010, the U.S. term loan, which amortizes at $11.8 million per year, bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 bps, with a LIBOR floor of 150 bps. In December of 2010, the Partnership prepaid $15 million of the term loan, which in turn was credited against the scheduled amortization for 2011 and for a portion of 2012.

At December 31, 2010, the scheduled annual maturities of term debt were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2011      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Total  

U.S. Term loan maturing in 2016

   $ —         $ 11,438       $ 11,750       $ 11,750       $ 11,750       $ 1,110,374       $ 1,157,062   
                                                              

The fair value of our term debt at December 31, 2010, was approximately $1,146.5 million, based on borrowing rates available as of that date to the Partnership on long-term debt with similar terms and maturities. The fair value of our term debt at December 31, 2009, was approximately $1,334.9 million, based on borrowing rates available to the Partnership on long-term debt with similar terms and maturities at December 31, 2009.

The Partnership may prepay some or all of its term debt maturing in 2016 without premium or penalty at any time.

Notes     The notes issued by the Partnership in July 2010 require semi-annual interest payments in February and August, with the principal due in full on August 1, 2018. The notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to August 1, 2014 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Thereafter, the notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at various prices depending on the date redeemed. Prior to August 1, 2013, up to 35% of the notes may be redeemed with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at 109.125%.

 

F-14


The fair value of the notes at December 31, 2010, was approximately $395.8 million, based on borrowing rates available as of that date to the Partnership on notes with similar terms and maturities.

Covenants     The 2010 Credit Agreement requires the Partnership to maintain specified financial ratios, which if breached for any reason, including a decline in operating results due to economic or weather conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreement. The most critical of these ratios is the Consolidated Leverage Ratio. As of December 31, 2010 this ratio is set at 6.25x Consolidated Total Debt (excluding the revolving debt)-to-Consolidated EBITDA. As of December 31, 2010, the Partnership’s Consolidated Total Debt (excluding revolving debt)-to-Consolidated EBITDA (as defined) ratio was 4.33x, providing $110.2 million of consolidated EBITDA cushion on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio. The Partnership was in compliance with all other covenants as of December 31, 2010.

The 2010 Credit Agreement also includes provisions that allow the Partnership to make restricted payments of up to $20 million annually at the discretion of the Board of Directors. These restricted payments are not subject to any specific covenants. Beginning in 2012, additional restricted payments are allowed to be made based on an Excess-Cash-Flow formula, should the Partnership’s pro-forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio be less than or equal to 4.50x Consolidated Total Debt (excluding the revolving debt)-to-Consolidated EBITDA. Per the terms of the indenture governing the Partnership’s notes, the ability to make restricted payments in 2011 and beyond is permitted should the Partnership’s trailing-twelve-month Total-Indebtedness-to-Consolidated-Cash-Flow Ratio (measured quarterly) be less than or equal to 4.75x consolidated total indebtedness (including revolving debt)-to-consolidated EBITDA.

In addition to the above mentioned covenants and provisions, the 2010 Credit Agreement contains an initial three-year requirement that at least 50% of the Partnership’s aggregate term debt and senior notes be subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection.

The Partnership’s policy is to capitalize interest on major construction projects. In 2010, interest payments of $1.3 million were capitalized, as compared to interest of $1.6 million capitalized in both 2009 and 2008.

(6) Derivative Financial Instruments:

Derivative financial instruments are only used within the Partnership’s overall risk management program to manage certain interest rate and foreign currency risks from time to time. The Partnership does not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

The Partnership has effectively converted a total of $1.0 billion of its variable-rate debt to fixed rates through the use of several interest rate swap agreements. Cash flows related to these interest rate swap agreements are included in interest expense over the term of the agreements. The swap agreements outstanding are set to expire in October 2011. The Partnership has designated these interest rate swap agreements and hedging relationships as cash flow hedges. The fair market value of these agreements at December 31, 2010, which was obtained from broker quotes, was recorded as a liability of $48.0 million in “Current derivative liability” on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair market value of these agreements at December 31, 2009 was recorded as a liability of $83.4 million in “Derivative Liability” on the consolidated balance sheet. As a part of our quarterly regression analysis testing of the effectiveness of these cash flow swaps, the swaps were deemed to be ineffective as of October 2009. As a result of this ineffectiveness, losses recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” (AOCI) will be amortized through October 2011. The amount recorded in AOCI to be amortized was $91.8 million at the time of ineffectiveness, of which $34.4 million remained still to be amortized in AOCI as of December 31, 2010.

The Partnership has also effectively converted $268.7 million of term debt related to its wholly owned Canadian subsidiary from variable U.S. dollar denominated debt to fixed-rate Canadian dollar denominated debt through the use of cross-currency swap agreements. The Partnership originally designated these cross-currency swaps as

 

F-15


foreign currency cash flow hedges. Cash flows related to these swap agreements, which expire in February 2012, are included in interest expense over the term of the agreement. The fair market value of the cross-currency swaps was a liability of $54.5 million at December 31, 2010 and $46.3 million at December 31, 2009, which was recorded in “Derivative Liability” on the consolidated balance sheet. As a result of paying down a portion of the underlying Canadian term debt with net proceeds from the sale of surplus land near Canada’s Wonderland in August 2009, the notional amounts of the underlying debt and the cross currency swaps no longer match. Because of the mismatch of the notional amounts, the Partnership determined the swaps were no longer highly effective, resulting in the de-designation of the swaps as of the end of August 2009. As a result of this de-designation, losses recorded in AOCI are being amortized through February 2012 (the original hedge period). The amount recorded in AOCI to be amortized was $15.1 million at the time of de-designation, of which approximately $422,000 still remained to be amortized in AOCI as of December 31, 2010.

In order to maintain fixed interest costs on a portion of its domestic term debt beyond the expiration of the existing swaps and comply with the 2010 Credit Agreement requirement that at least 50% of the Partnership’s aggregate term debt and senior notes be subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection, in September 2010 the Partnership entered into several forward-starting swap agreements that will effectively convert a total of $600 million of variable-rate debt to fixed rates beginning in October 2011. These forward-starting swap agreements, which have also been designated as cash flow hedges, mature in December 2015 and have fixed LIBOR at a weighted-average rate of 2.57%. The fair market value of these agreements at December 31, 2010 was an asset of $6.3 million, which was recorded in “Other Assets” on the consolidated balance sheet. No ineffectiveness related to the forward-starting swaps was recorded in any period presented.

 

(In thousands):

   Consolidated Balance
Sheet Location
     Fair Value as of
December 31, 2010
    Fair Value as of
December 31, 2009
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

       

Interest rate swaps

     Other Assets       $ 6,294      $ —     

Interest rate swaps

     Current derivative liability         (47,986     —     

Interest rate swaps

     Derivative Liability         —          (83,359
                   

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

        (41,692     (83,359
                   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

       

Cross-currency swaps

     Derivative Liability         (54,517     (46,303
                   

Net derivative liability

      $ (96,209   $ (129,662
                   

The following table presents our existing fixed-rate swaps, which mature October 1, 2011, along with their notional amounts and their fixed interest rates, which compare to 30-day LIBOR of 0.26% as of December 31, 2010. The table also presents our cross-currency swaps and their notional amounts and interest rates as of December 31, 2010.

 

       Interest Rate Swaps     Cross-currency Swaps  

($’s in thousands)

   Notional
Amounts
     LIBOR
Rate
    Notional
Amounts
     Implied
Interest Rate
 
   $ 200,000         5.64   $ 258,000         7.31
     200,000         5.64     525         9.50
     200,000         5.64     
     200,000         5.57     
     100,000         5.60     
     100,000         5.60     
                                  

Total $’s / Average Rate

   $ 1,000,000         5.62   $ 258,525         7.31
                                  

 

F-16


The following table presents our forward-starting fixed-rate swaps, which become effective October 1, 2011 and mature December 15, 2015, along with their notional amounts and their fixed interest rates.

 

     Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swaps  

($’s in thousands)

   Notional Amounts      Interest Rate  
   $ 200,000         2.51
     75,000         2.54
     50,000         2.53
     150,000         2.67
     50,000         2.53
     50,000         2.67
     25,000         2.53
                 

Total $’s / Average Rate

   $ 600,000         2.57
                 

Effects of Derivative Instruments on Income and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

 

(In thousands):

  Amount of Gain (Loss)
recognized in OCI on
Derivatives

(Effective Portion)
   

Amount and Location
of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)

   

Amount and Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)

 

Derivatives designated as Cash
Flow Hedging Relationships

  Twelve
months
ended
12/31/10
    Twelve
months
ended
12/31/09
        Twelve
months
ended
12/31/10
    Twelve
months
ended
12/31/09
        Twelve
months
ended
12/31/10
    Twelve
months
ended
12/31/09
 

Interest rate swaps

  $ 6,294      $ 23,142      Interest Expense   $ —        $ (43,051  

Net effect of swaps

  $ 35,372      $ 8,401   

Cross-currency swaps(1)

    —          (22,067   Interest Expense     —          (6,720       N/A        N/A   
                                                   

Total

  $ 6,294      $ 1,075        $ —        $ (49,771     $ 35,372      $ 8,401   
                                                   

 

(In thousands):

   Amount and Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative
 

Derivatives not designated as Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

          Twelve months
ended 12/31/10
    Twelve months
ended 12/31/09
 

Cross-currency swaps(1)

     Net effect of swaps       $ (5,756   $ (7,694
                   

 

(1) The cross currency swaps became ineffective and were de-designated in August 2009.

In addition to the $29.6 million of gain recognized in income on the ineffective portion of derivatives noted in the table above, $50.3 million of expense representing the amortization of amounts in AOCI for the swaps and a $2.5 million foreign currency gain during the year related to the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan was recorded during the fiscal year in the consolidated statements of operations. The net effect of these amounts resulted in a charge to earnings for the year of $18.2 million recorded in “Net effect of swaps.” For 2010, an additional $9.5 million of amortization of amounts in AOCI for the cross-currency swaps was recorded as a charge to earnings in “Loss on early extinguishment of debt” in the consolidated statements of operations as a result of the debt financing and the reduction of the majority of the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan.

The amounts reclassified from AOCI into income for the periods noted above are in large part the result of the Partnership’s initial three-year requirement to swap at least 50% of its aggregate term debt to fixed rates under the terms of its 2006 credit agreement.

 

F-17


(7) Partners’ Equity:

Special L.P. Interests     In accordance with the Partnership Agreement, certain partners were allocated $5.3 million of 1987 and 1988 taxable income (without any related cash distributions) for which they received Special L.P. Interests. The Special L.P. Interests do not participate in cash distributions and have no voting rights. However, the holders of Special L.P. Interests will receive in the aggregate $5.3 million upon liquidation of the Partnership.

Equity-Based Incentive Plans     In August 2000, the Partnership’s unitholders approved the establishment of an Equity Incentive Plan allowing the award of up to 4.8 million unit options and other forms of equity as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors as an element of compensation to senior management and other key employees. Grants were made by the Compensation Committee through December 31, 2008. Following the adoption of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Omnibus Plan), the Board of Directors prohibited any further grants under the Equity Incentive Plan. The Omnibus Plan was approved by the Partnership’s unitholders in May of 2008 and superseded and replaced the following incentive compensation plans: our Amended and Restated Senior Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, our Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, and our Amended and Restated 2000 Senior Executive Management Incentive Plan. The Omnibus Plan provides an opportunity for officers, directors, and eligible persons to acquire an interest in the growth and performance of our units and provides employees annual and long-term incentive awards as determined by the Board of Directors. Under the Omnibus Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors may grant unit options, unit appreciation rights, restricted units, performance awards, other unit awards, cash incentive awards and long-term incentive awards.

Phantom Units

During 2010, 207,650 “phantom units” were awarded at an average grant price of $14.51 per unit. These awards generally vest over an approximately four-year period and can be paid with cash, limited partnership units, or a combination of both. The effect for outstanding “phantom units” has been included in the diluted earnings per unit calculation, as half of the awards are expected to be settled in limited partnership units. Approximately $3.5 million, $3.0 million and $0.5 million in compensation expense related to “phantom units” was recognized in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These amounts are included in “Selling, General and Administrative Expense” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

At year-end, the Partnership had 656,673 “phantom units” outstanding, 544,743 of which were vested, at the December 31, 2010 closing price of $15.16 per unit. The aggregate market value of the “phantom units” vested at year-end, which has been reflected on the balance sheet in “Other Liabilities,” was $8.3 million in 2010 and $6.0 million in 2009. At December 31, 2010, unamortized compensation related to unvested phantom unit awards totaled approximately $1.7 million, which is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.

Performance Units

During 2010, 40,073 “performance units” were awarded at a grant price of $14.51 per unit. The number of “performance units” issuable is contingently based upon certain performance targets over a multi-year period. The awards vest 50% in March 2012 and 50% in March 2013, assuming targets are achieved, and can be paid with cash, limited partnership units, or a combination of both. The effect for outstanding “performance units” has been appropriately excluded from the diluted earnings per unit calculation, as not all performance conditions have been met as of year-end. Approximately $864,000, $476,000 and $188,000 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, was recorded in compensation expense related to “performance units” and is included in “Selling, General and Administrative Expense” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

At year-end, the Partnership had 298,745 “performance units” outstanding at the December 31, 2010 closing price of $15.16 per unit. The estimated aggregate market value of the “performance units” contingently issuable at year-end, which has been reflected on the balance sheet in “Other Liabilities,” was approximately $1,529,000

 

F-18


in 2010 and $664,000 in 2009. At December 31, 2010, unamortized compensation related to unvested “performance unit” awards totaled approximately $1.5 million, which is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

Unit Options

Options are issued with an exercise price no less than the market price of the Partnership’s units on the day before the date of grant. Variable-price options have an exercise price that declines by the value of cash distributions declared on the underlying limited partnership units. All options vest ratably over a five-year period, or when other conditions are met, and have a maximum term of ten years. As of December 31, 2010, the Partnership had 1,400 variable-price options and 340,100 fixed-price options outstanding under the Equity Incentive Plan. There were no unit options granted in 2010, 2009 or 2008.

No non-cash compensation expense relating to unit options was recognized in 2010, 2009 or 2008.

A summary of unit option activity in 2010 and 2009 is presented below:

 

     2010      2009  
     Unit
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Unit
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding, beginning of year

     428,100      $ 20.31         508,650      $ 18.15   

Granted

     —          —           —          —     

Exercised

     (57,200     3.16         (75,100     3.63   

Forfeited

     (29,400     21.21         (5,450     22.15   
                                 

Outstanding, end of year

     341,500      $ 23.10         428,100      $ 20.31   
                                 

Options exercisable, end of year

     341,500      $ 23.10         428,100      $ 20.31   
                                 

Cash received from unit option exercises totaled approximately $7,000 in 2010, $4,000 in 2009, and $4,541,000 in 2008.

The following table summarizes information about vested unit options outstanding at December 31, 2010:

Vested Options Outstanding

 

Type

   Range of Exercise
Prices
     Unit
Options
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Variable

   $ 17.67 - $17.67         1,400         2.8 years       $ 17.67   

Fixed

   $ 20.60 - $28.45         340,100         1.0 years       $ 23.12   

Outstanding at year-end

   $ 17.67 - $28.45         341,500         1.0 years       $ 23.10   

Aggregate intrinsic value

      $ —           

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $0.5 million, $0.6 million, and $13.1 million, respectively.

The Partnership did not have any unvested unit options at December 31, 2010, as all options were vested by December 31, 2008. In addition, there were no unrecognized compensation costs related to unit options as of December 31, 2010.

The Partnership has a policy of issuing limited partnership units from treasury to satisfy option exercises and expects its treasury unit balance to be sufficient for 2011, based on estimates of option exercises for that period.

 

F-19


(8) Retirement Plans:

The Partnership has trusteed, noncontributory retirement plans for the majority of its full-time employees. Contributions are discretionary and amounts accrued were approximately $4.1 million in 2010, $3.6 million in 2009 and $3.7 million in 2008. These plans also permit employees to contribute specified percentages of their salary, matched up to a limit by the Partnership. Matching contributions, net of forfeitures, approximated $1.5 million in 2010, $1.5 million in 2009 and $1.6 million in 2008.

In addition, approximately 114 employees are covered by union-sponsored, multi-employer pension plans for which approximately $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million were contributed for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The Partnership has no plans to withdraw from any of the multi-employer plans. The Partnership believes that the withdrawal liability from any such withdrawal, as defined by the Multi-employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, would not be material.

(9) Income and Partnership Taxes:

Federal and state tax legislation in 1997 provided a permanent income tax exemption to existing publicly traded partnerships (PTP), such as Cedar Fair, L.P., with a PTP tax levied on partnership gross income (net revenues less cost of food, merchandise and games) beginning in 1998. In addition, income taxes are recognized for the amount of taxes payable by the Partnership’s corporate subsidiaries for the current year and for the impact of deferred tax assets and liabilities, which represent future tax consequences of events that have been recognized differently in the financial statements than for tax purposes. As such, the Partnership’s total provision for taxes includes amounts for both the PTP tax and for income taxes on the Partnership’s corporate subsidiaries.

The Partnership’s 2010 tax provision totals $3.2 million, which consists of a $7.9 million provision for the PTP tax and a $4.7 million benefit for income taxes. This compares to the Partnership’s 2009 tax provision of $14.9 million, which consisted of a $7.0 million provision for the PTP tax and a $7.9 million provision for income taxes, and the 2008 tax benefit of $0.9 million, which consisted of an $8.5 million provision for the PTP tax and a $9.4 million benefit for income taxes. The calculation of the provision for taxes involves significant estimates and assumptions and actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant components of income (loss) before taxes are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2010     2009      2008  

Domestic

   $ (28,996   $ 19,440       $ (16,979

Foreign

     674        30,967         21,750   
                         
   $ (28,322   $ 50,407       $ 4,771   
                         

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following:

 

(In thousands)

   2010     2009     2008  

Income taxes:

      

Current federal

   $ 1,174      $ 3,038      $ 995   

Current state and local

     1,748        478        171   

Current foreign

     6,493        10,068        7,269   
                        

Total current

     9,415        13,584        8,435   
                        

Deferred federal, state and local

     (8,399     (1,827     (17,107

Deferred foreign

     (5,741     (3,857     (720
                        

Total deferred

     (14,140     (5,684     (17,827
                        
   $ (4,725   $ 7,900      $ (9,392
                        

 

F-20


The provision for income taxes for the Partnership’s corporate subsidiaries differs from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to the Partnership’s income before provision for income taxes.

The sources and tax effects of the differences are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2010     2009     2008  

Income tax expense based on the U.S. federal statutory tax rate

   $ (9,913   $ 17,643      $ 1,670   

Partnership loss (income) not deductible (includible) from (in) corporate income

     3,909        (12,470     (20,649

State and local taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     (921     (444     (1,907

Valuation allowance

     4,425        7,684        9,333   

Impairment of nondeductible goodwill

     —          —          6,613   

Adjustment of deferred state tax rates

     —          —          (1,548

Benefit of reduced statutory foreign tax rates

     —          (4,833     —     

Tax credits

     (2,706     (355     (833

Nondeductible expenses and other

     481        675        (2,071
                        
   $ (4,725   $ 7,900      $ (9,392
                        

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2010     2009  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Options and deferred compensation

   $ 7,053      $ 6,925   

Accrued expenses

     5,132        4,953   

Foreign tax credits

     42,682        35,874   

Tax attribute carryforwards

     26,335        20,620   

Derivatives

     2,536        13,956   

Intangibles

     5,450        9,465   

Other, net

     1,714        2,445   
                

Deferred tax assets

     90,902        94,238   

Valuation allowance

     (27,743     (23,318
                

Net deferred tax assets

     63,159        70,920   
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property

     (179,611     (196,688

Foreign currency translation

     (9,504     (5,631
                

Deferred tax liabilities

     (189,115     (202,319
                

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (125,956   $ (131,399
                

As of December 31, 2010, the Partnership had $42.7 million of foreign tax credit carryforwards available for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A $27.7 million valuation allowance has been recorded, $23.3 million in prior years and $4.4 million in 2010, to reflect uncertainties regarding the use of these foreign tax credits before they begin expiring in 2016. The valuation allowance is based on estimates of taxable income and loss from the foreign jurisdictions in which the Partnership operates and the period over which its deferred tax assets will be realized.

 

F-21


Additionally, as of December 31, 2010, the Partnership had $26.3 million of tax attribute carryforwards consisting of alternative minimum tax credits ($1.7 million), general business credits ($6.2 million) and the tax effect of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards ($11.1 million and $7.3 million, respectively). Alternative minimum tax credits do not expire. The general business credits will begin to expire in 2027. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire from 2017 to 2027. The Partnership expects to fully realize these tax attribute carryforwards. As such, no valuation allowance has been recorded relating to these tax attribute carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2009, the Partnership adjusted its deferred tax assets and liabilities to reflect the impact of changes to the enacted statutory tax rates in Canada ($4.8 million tax benefit).

The net current and non-current components of deferred taxes recognized as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2010     2009  

Net current deferred tax asset

   $ 5,874      $ 6,725   

Net non-current deferred tax liability

     (131,830     (138,124
                

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (125,956   $ (131,399
                

The net current deferred tax asset amounts are reported as “Current deferred tax asset,” and the net non-current deferred tax liability amounts are reported as “Deferred Tax Liability” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

As of December 31, 2010, the Partnership has recorded deferred tax liabilities of $2.6 million to account for the tax effect of derivatives and foreign currency translation adjustments included in Other Comprehensive Income.

The Partnership has no unrecognized income tax benefits. Further, the Partnership has no tax positions for which it estimates a significant change to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

The Partnership and its corporate subsidiaries are subject to taxation in the U.S., Canada and various state and local jurisdictions. As such, the tax returns of the Partnership are subject to examination by federal, state and local tax authorities. If such examinations result in changes to Partnership allocable taxable income or loss, the tax liability of the partners could be changed accordingly. The U.S. tax return of the Partnership has been examined through December 2003. The U.S. tax return of the Partnership’s corporate subsidiaries has been examined through March 1999; the March 2009 tax return is currently under examination. With few exceptions, the Partnership and its corporate subsidiaries are no longer subject to examination by the major taxing authorities for tax years before 2007.

(10) Operating Lease Commitments and Contingencies:

Operating Lease Commitments

The Partnership has commitments under various operating leases at its parks. Minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

2011

   $ 6,303   

2012

     5,865   

2013

     5,650   

2014

     5,476   

2015

     5,397   

Thereafter

     22,424   
        
   $ 51,115   
        

 

F-22


Lease expense, which includes short-term rentals for equipment and machinery, for 2010, 2009 and 2008 totaled $9.4 million, $9.6 million and $10.2 million, respectively.

Contingencies

The Partnership is party to a lawsuit with its largest unitholder that alleges, among other things, that the General Partner breached the terms of the Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Partnership Agreement”) by indicating that unitholders may lack the right to nominate candidates, or to solicit proxies in support of new candidates, for election to the board of directors of the General Partner. The Partnership has filed an answer denying the allegations as set forth in the complaint.

The Partnership is also a party to a number of lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, none of these matters will have a material effect in the aggregate on the Partnership’s financial statements.

In 2009, the Partnership agreed to a $9.0 million settlement of a California class-action lawsuit. The settlement, which was paid in 2010, was recorded as a liability in “Other accrued liabilities” on the December 31, 2009 consolidated balance sheet and recognized as a charge in “Operating expenses” in the 2009 consolidated statement of operations.

(11) Fair Value Measurements:

The FASB’s ASC emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions (inputs) that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Inputs may be observable or unobservable, and valuation techniques used to measure fair value should maximize the use of relevant observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Accordingly, the FASB’s ASC establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework that ranks the quality and reliability of information used to determine fair values. The hierarchy is associated with the level of pricing observability utilized in measuring fair value and defines three levels of inputs to the fair value measurement process—quoted prices are the most reliable valuation inputs, whereas model values that include inputs based on unobservable data are the least reliable. Each fair value measurement must be assigned to a level corresponding to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

The three broad levels of inputs defined by the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

   

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

   

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

 

F-23


A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The table below presents the balances of liabilities measured at fair value as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 on a recurring basis:

 

(In thousands)

   Total     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  

December 31, 2010

         

Interest rate swap agreements(1)

   $ 6,294      $ —         $ 6,294      $ —     

Interest rate swap agreements(2)

     (47,986     —           (47,986     —     

Cross-currency swap agreements(3)

     (54,517     —           (54,517     —     
                                 

Total

   $ (96,209   $ —         $ (96,209   $ —     
                                 

December 31, 2009

         

Interest rate swap agreements(3)

   $ (83,359   $ —         $ (83,359   $ —     

Cross-currency swap agreements(3)

     (46,303     —           (46,303     —     
                                 

Total

   $ (129,662   $ —         $ (129,662   $ —     
                                 

 

(1) Included in “Other Assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(2) Included in “Current derivative liability” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(3) Included in “Derivative Liability” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet

Fair values of the interest rate and cross-currency swap agreements are determined using significant inputs, including the LIBOR and foreign currency forward curves, that are considered Level 2 observable market inputs. In addition, the Partnership considered the effect of its credit and non-performance risk on the fair values provided, and recognized an adjustment increasing the derivative liabilities by approximately $3.0 million as of December 31, 2010. The Partnership monitors the credit and non-performance risk associated with its derivative counter-parties and believes them to be insignificant and not warranting a credit adjustment at December 31, 2010.

The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 on a non-recurring basis:

 

(In thousands)

   Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

December 31, 2010

           

Long-lived fixed assets(1)

   $ 46,276       $ —         $ —         $ 46,276   

Trade-names(2)

     697         —           —           697   
                                   

Total

   $ 46,973       $ —         $ —         $ 46,973   
                                   

December 31, 2009

           

Trade-names(2)

   $ 41,635       $ —         $ —         $ 41,635   
                                   

Total

   $ 41,635       $ —         $ —         $ 41,635   
                                   

 

(1) Included in “Net, Property and Equipment” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(2) Included in “Other Intangibles, net” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet

A relief-from-royalty model is used to determine whether the fair value of trade-names exceeds their carrying amount. The fair value of the trade-names is determined as the present value of fees avoided by owning the respective trade-name.

In 2010, the Partnership concluded, based on operating results as well as updated forecasts, that a review of the carrying value of long-lived assets at California’s Great America was warranted. After performing its review, the Partnership determined that a portion of the park’s fixed assets, the majority of which were originally recorded with the PPI acquisition, were impaired. As a result, it recognized $62.0 million of fixed-asset impairment during 2010.

 

F-24


After completing its 2010 and 2009 annual reviews of indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment, the Partnership concluded that a portion of trade-names originally recorded with the PPI acquisition were impaired. As a result, the Partnership recognized approximately $2.3 million and $4.5 million of trade-name impairment during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(12) Termination of Agreement with Private Equity Firm:

On April 6, 2010, the Partnership and the affiliates of Apollo Global Management (Apollo) mutually terminated the merger agreement originally entered into on December 16, 2009. Consistent with the terms of the agreement, the Partnership paid Apollo $6.5 million to reimburse Apollo for certain expenses incurred in connection with the transaction. In addition, both parties released each other from all obligations with respect to the proposed merger transaction, as well as from any claims arising out of or relating to the merger agreement. The $6.5 million paid to Apollo in April was recognized as a charge to earnings in “Selling, general and administrative” in the second quarter of 2010. The Partnership incurred approximately $10.4 million in costs associated with the terminated merger during 2010, and a total of $16.0 million of costs since the merger was initially announced.

The Partnership remains an independent public company and its units continue to be listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FUN.”

(13) Subsequent Event:

On February 25, 2011, the Partnership amended its 2010 Credit Agreement and extended the maturity date of the U.S. term loan portion of the credit facilities by one year. The extended U.S. term loan matures in December 2017 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 300 bps, with a LIBOR floor of 100 bps. The amendment also modifies the restricted payment provisions of the 2010 Credit Agreement and includes provisions that allow the Partnership to make restricted payments of up to $60 million in 2011 and up to $20 million annually thereafter, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, so long as no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing. These restricted payments are not subject to any specific covenants. Beginning in 2012, additional restricted payments are still allowed to be made based on an Excess-Cash-Flow formula, should the Partnership’s pro-forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio be less than or equal to 4.50x consolidated total debt (excluding the revolving debt)-to-consolidated EBITDA, measured on a quarterly basis.

(14) Consolidating Financial Information of Guarantors and Issuers

Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, and Magnum are the co-issuers of the Partnership’s 9.125% notes (see Note 5). The notes have been fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, by each 100% owned subsidiary of Cedar Fair (other than Cedar Canada and Magnum) that guarantees the Partnership’s senior secured credit facilities. There are no non-guarantor subsidiaries.

The following consolidating schedules present condensed financial information for Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, and Magnum, the co-issuers, and each 100% owned subsidiary of Cedar Fair (other than Cedar Canada and Magnum), the guarantors (on a combined basis), as of December 31, 2010, and 2009, and for the three years ended December 31, 2010. In lieu of providing separate unaudited financial statements for the guarantor subsidiaries, we have included the accompanying consolidating condensed financial statements.

Since Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum are co-issuers of the notes and senior secured credit facilities, all outstanding debt has been equally reflected within each co-issuer’s December 31, 2010 balance sheet in the accompanying consolidating condensed financial statements.

 

F-25


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

 

      Cedar Fair
L.P.

(Parent)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Magnum)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Cedar
Canada)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Total  
ASSETS            

Current Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —        $ 1,461      $ 6,943      $ 1,361      $ —        $ 9,765   

Receivables

    —          59,686        94,404        508,676        (650,426     12,340   

Inventories

    —          1,732        2,536        27,874        —          32,142   

Current deferred tax asset

    —          1,686        779        3,409        —          5,874   

Other current assets

    460        1,242        370        8,141        —          10,213   
                                               
    460        65,807        105,032        549,461        (650,426     70,334   

Property and Equipment (net)

    465,364        1,090        268,258        941,929        —          1,676,641   

Investment in Park

    504,414        642,278        116,053        60,602        (1,323,347     —     

Intercompany Note Receivable

    —          270,188        20,000        —          (290,188     —     

Goodwill

    9,061        —          125,979        111,219        —          246,259   

Other Intangibles, net

    —          —          17,840        22,792        —          40,632   

Deferred Tax Asset

    —          44,450        —          —          (44,450     —     

Intercompany Receivable

    886,883        1,107,030        1,165,493        —          (3,159,406     —     

Other Assets

    23,855        13,469        9,998        1,256        —          48,578   
                                               
  $ 1,890,037      $ 2,144,312      $ 1,828,653      $ 1,687,259      $ (5,467,817   $ 2,082,444   
                                               
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY            

Current Liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

  $ 115,116      $ 303,387      $ 22,261      $ 220,449      $ (650,426   $ 10,787   

Deferred revenue

    —          —          3,384        22,944        —          26,328   

Accrued interest

    4,754        72        15,583        —          —          20,409   

Accrued taxes

    3,899        2,168        6,200        2,877        —          15,144   

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits

    —          11,433        1,242        5,545        —          18,220   

Self-insurance reserves

    —          3,354        1,687        16,446        —          21,487   

Current derivative liability

    47,986        —          —          —          —          47,986   

Other accrued liabilities

    1,443        5,831        420        797        —          8,491   
                                               
    173,198        326,245        50,777        269,058        (650,426     168,852   

Deferred Tax Liability

    —          —          62,290        113,990        (44,450     131,830   

Derivative Liability

    —          —          54,517        —          —          54,517   

Other Liabilities

    —          10,406        —          —          —          10,406   

Intercompany Note Payable

    —          20,000        —          270,188        (290,188     —     

Long-Term Debt:

           

Revolving credit loans

    23,200        23,200        23,200        —          (46,400     23,200   

Term debt

    1,157,062        1,157,062        1,157,062        —          (2,314,124     1,157,062   

Notes

    399,441        399,441        399,441        —          (798,882     399,441   
                                               
    1,579,703        1,579,703        1,579,703        —          (3,159,406     1,579,703   

Equity

    137,136        207,958        81,366        1,034,023        (1,323,347     137,136   
                                               
  $ 1,890,037      $ 2,144,312      $ 1,828,653      $ 1,687,259      $ (5,467,817   $ 2,082,444   
                                               

 

F-26


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

    Cedar Fair
L.P.
(Parent)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Magnum)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Cedar
Canada)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Total  
ASSETS            

Current Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —        $ 1,243      $ 9,947      $ 738      $ —        $ 11,928   

Receivables

    —          55,361        74,318        447,513        (570,657     6,535   

Inventories

    —          1,719        2,131        23,415        —          27,265   

Current deferred tax asset

    —          2,539        801        3,385        —          6,725   

Other current assets

    296        1,447        388        6,724        —          8,855   
                                               
    296        62,309        87,585        481,775        (570,657     61,308   

Property and Equipment (net)

    475,449        1,144        263,506        1,040,970        —          1,781,069   

Investment in Park

    517,599        863,119        —          60,327        (1,441,045     —     

Intercompany Note Receivable

    699,625        272,938        —          —          (972,563     —     

Goodwill

    9,061        —          119,727        111,218        —          240,006   

Other Intangibles, net

    —          100        16,955        25,153        —          42,208   

Deferred Tax Asset

    —          36,986        —          4        (36,990     —     

Other Assets

    18,775        —          681        1,392        —          20,848   
                                               
  $ 1,720,805      $ 1,236,596      $ 488,454      $ 1,720,839      $ (3,021,255   $ 2,145,439   
                                               
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY            

Current Liabilities:

           

Current maturities of long-term debt

  $ 13,812      $ —        $ 2,147      $ —        $ —        $ 15,959   

Accounts payable

    76,204        286,085        17,912        200,496        (570,657     10,040   

Deferred revenue

    —          —          3,006        20,170        —          23,176   

Accrued interest

    4,854        —          51        —          —          4,905   

Accrued taxes

    3,638        380        10,530        3,382        —          17,930   

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits

    —          12,571        1,109        5,328        —          19,008   

Self-insurance reserves

    —          3,583        1,671        16,531        —          21,785   

Other accrued liabilities

    5,777        11,625        283        1,032        —          18,717   
                                               
    104,285        314,244        36,709        246,939        (570,657     131,520   

Deferred Tax Liability

    —          —          44,124        130,990        (36,990     138,124   

Derivative Liability

    83,359        —          46,303        —          —          129,662   

Other Liabilities

    —          7,884        —          —          —          7,884   

Intercompany Note Payable

    —          699,625        —          272,938        (972,563     —     

Long-Term Debt:

           

Revolving credit loans

    86,300        —          —          —          —          86,300   

Term debt

    1,318,999        —          205,088        —          —          1,524,087   
                                               
    1,405,299        —          205,088        —          —          1,610,387   

Equity

    127,862        214,843        156,230        1,069,972        (1,441,045     127,862   
                                               
  $ 1,720,805      $ 1,236,596      $ 488,454      $ 1,720,839      $ (3,021,255   $ 2,145,439   
                                               

 

F-27


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

 

     Cedar
Fair L.P.
(Parent)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Magnum)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Cedar
Canada)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Total  

Net revenues

   $ 136,386      $ 245,983      $ 113,513      $ 863,677      $ (381,967   $ 977,592   
                                                

Costs and expenses:

            

Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues

     —          —          8,917        77,702        —          86,619   

Operating expenses

     5,534        164,750        42,551        580,534        (381,967     411,402   

Selling, general and administrative

     15,093        71,454        10,839        36,615        —          134,001   

Depreciation and amortization

     35,569        95        16,205        74,927        —          126,796   

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

     —          —          —          2,293        —          2,293   

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net

     732        —          20        62,000        —          62,752   
                                                
     56,928        236,299        78,532        834,071        (381,967     823,863   
                                                

Operating income

     79,458        9,684        34,981        29,606        —          153,729   

Interest expense (income), net

     85,313        31,460        31,835        523        —          149,131   

Net effect of swaps

     10,508        —          7,686        —          —          18,194   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     24,831        —          10,458        —          —          35,289   

Unrealized / realized foreign currency gain

     —          (3,079     (17,484     —          —          (20,563

Other (income) expense

     750        (6,123     1,811        3,562        —          —     

(Income) loss from investment in affiliates

     (18,394     98        2,461        2,188        13,647        —     
                                                

Income (loss) before taxes

     (23,550     (12,672     (1,786     23,333        (13,647     (28,322

Provision (benefit) for taxes

     8,017        (320     471        (4,923     —          3,245   
                                                

Net income (loss)

   $ (31,567   $ (12,352   $ (2,257   $ 28,256      $ (13,647   $ (31,567
                                                

 

F-28


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

       Cedar Fair
L.P.
(Parent)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Magnum)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Cedar
Canada)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Total  

Net revenues

   $ 122,722      $ 238,123      $ 108,133      $ 807,568      $ (360,471   $ 916,075   
                                                

Costs and expenses:

            

Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues

     —          —          8,433        76,507        —          84,940   

Operating expenses

     5,397        167,891        38,130        551,781        (360,471     402,728   

Selling, general and administrative

     9,338        72,395        9,886        36,854        —          128,473   

Depreciation and amortization

     35,649        46        14,912        82,138        —          132,745   

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

     —          —          —          4,500        —          4,500   

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net

     206        —          33        5        —          244   

(Gain) on sale of other assets

     —          —          (23,098     —          —          (23,098
                                                
     50,590        240,332        48,296        751,785        (360,471     730,532   
                                                

Operating income (loss)

     72,132        (2,209     59,837        55,783        —          185,543   

Interest expense (income), net

     57,799        49,279        19,650        (2,066     —          124,662   

Net effect of swaps

     3,069        —          6,101        —          —          9,170   

Other (income) expense

     1,609        (8,214     3,118        4,791        —          1,304   

(Income) loss from investment in affiliates

     (33,059     (42,528     —          (25,504     101,091        —     
                                                

Income (loss) before taxes

     42,714        (746     30,968        78,562        (101,091     50,407   

Provision (benefit) for taxes

     7,285        (7,858     5,668        9,883        —          14,978   
                                                

Net income

   $ 35,429      $ 7,112      $ 25,300      $ 68,679      $ (101,091   $ 35,429   
                                                

 

F-29


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

(In thousands)

 

    Cedar Fair
L.P.
(Parent)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Magnum)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Cedar
Canada)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Total  

Net revenues

  $ 152,848      $ 242,924      $ 125,231      $ 870,602      $ (395,373   $ 996,232   
                                               

Costs and expenses:

           

Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues

    —          —          9,909        80,717        —          90,626   

Operating expenses

    7,332        166,157        41,642        598,792        (395,373     418,550   

Selling, general and administrative

    3,928        74,621        11,299        42,034        —          131,882   

Depreciation and amortization

    35,751        48        15,644        74,395        —          125,838   

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

    —          —          —          86,988        —          86,988   

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net

    8,403        —          —          22        —          8,425   
                                               
    55,414        240,826        78,494        882,948        (395,373     862,309   
                                               

Operating income (loss)

    97,434        2,098        46,737        (12,346     —          133,923   

Interest expense (income), net

    64,250        53,608        21,615        (10,882     —          128,591   

Other (income) expense

    937        (12,926     3,373        9,177        —          561   

(Income) loss from investment in affiliates

    17,902        12,802        —          (15,300     (15,404     —     
                                               

Income (loss) before taxes

    14,345        (51,386     21,749        4,659        15,404        4,771   

Provision (benefit) for taxes

    8,639        (6,760     7,101        (9,915     —          (935
                                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 5,706      $ (44,626   $ 14,648      $ 14,574      $ 15,404      $ 5,706   
                                               

 

F-30


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

 

    Cedar Fair
L.P.

(Parent)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Magnum)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Cedar
Canada)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Total  

NET CASH (FOR) FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

  $ 83,885      $ (60,455   $ (3,649   $ 41,756      $ 120,578      $ 182,115   
                                               

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

           

Investment in joint ventures and affiliates

    13,185        220,841        (113,173     (275     (120,578     —     

Capital expenditures

    (26,165     —          (7,433     (38,108     —          (71,706
                                               

Net cash from (for) investing activities

    (12,980     220,841        (120,606     (38,383     (120,578     (71,706
                                               

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

           

Net payments on revolving credit loans

    (63,100     —          —          —          —          (63,100

Term debt borrowings

    680,000        480,000        15,000        —          —          1,175,000   

Note borrowings

    —          —          399,383        —          —          399,383   

Intercompany term debt (payments) receipts

    699,625        (696,875     —          (2,750     —          —     

Term debt payments, including early termination penalties

    (1,351,464     (7,327     (208,099     —          —          (1,566,890

Distributions (paid) received

    (13,891     57        —          —          —          (13,834

Return of capital

    —          75,247        (75,247     —          —          —     

Payment of debt issuance costs

    (22,075     (11,277     (9,912     —          —          (43,264

Exercise of limited partnership unit options

    —          7        —          —          —          7   
                                               

Net cash from (for) financing activities

    (70,905     (160,168     121,125        (2,750     —          (112,698
                                               

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    —          —          126        —          —          126   
                                               

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

           

Net increase (decrease) for the year

    —          218        (3,004     623        —          (2,163

Balance, beginning of year

    —          1,243        9,947        738        —          11,928   
                                               

Balance, end of year

  $ —        $ 1,461      $ 6,943      $ 1,361      $ —        $ 9,765   
                                               

 

F-31


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

       Cedar Fair
L.P.
(Parent)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Magnum)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Cedar
Canada)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Total  

NET CASH FROM (FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

   $ 139,738      $ 60,328      $ 19,961      $ (186,113   $ 151,283      $ 185,197   
                                                

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

            

Investment in joint ventures and affiliates

     (6,081     200,695        —          (43,331     (151,283     —     

Sale of Canadian real estate

     —          —          53,831        —          —          53,831   

Capital expenditures

     (23,160     —          (1,099     (44,877     —          (69,136
                                                

Net cash from (for) investing activities

     (29,241     200,695        52,732        (88,208     (151,283     (15,305
                                                

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

            

Net payments on revolving credit loans

     63,600        —          —          —          —          63,600   

Intercompany note borrowings (issuance)

     —          (275,000     —          275,000        —          —     

Intercompany note (payments) receipts

     7,250        (5,187     —          (2,063     —          —     

Term debt payments, including early termination penalties

     (105,315     —          (56,014     —          —          (161,329

Distributions paid to partners

     (68,342     478        —          —          —          (67,864

Return of capital

     —          18,718        (18,718     —          —          —     

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (7,694     —          —          —          —          (7,694

Exercise of limited partnership unit options

     4                4   
                                                

Net cash from (for) financing activities

     (110,497     (260,991     (74,732     272,937        —          (173,283
                                                

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     —          —          1,446        —          —          1,446   
                                                

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

            

Net increase (decrease) for the period

     —          32        (593     (1,384     —          (1,945

Balance, beginning of period

     —          1,211        10,540        2,122        —          13,873   
                                                

Balance, end of period

   $ —        $ 1,243      $ 9,947      $ 738      $ —        $ 11,928   
                                                

 

F-32


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

(In thousands)

 

       Cedar Fair
L.P.
(Parent)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Magnum)
    Co-Issuer
Subsidiary
(Cedar
Canada)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Total  

NET CASH FROM (FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

   $ 3,377      $ (57,484   $ 33,693      $ 28,757      $ 207,245      $ 215,588   
                                                

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

            

Investment in subsidiaries

     135,604        51,672        —          19,969        (207,245     —     

Acquisition of Paramount Parks, net of cash acquired

     6,431        —          —          —          —          6,431   

Capital expenditures

     (23,745     —          (9,205     (50,531     —          (83,481
                                                

Net cash from (for) investing activities

     118,290        51,672        (9,205     (30,562     (207,245     (77,050
                                                

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

            

Net payments on revolving credit loans

     (11,386     —          —          —          —          (11,386

Intercompany term debt (payments) receipts

     7,250        (7,250     —          —          —          —     

Term debt payments, including early termination penalties

     (11,714     —          (5,736     —          —          (17,450

Distributions paid to partners

     (105,832     754        —          —          —          (105,078

Return of capital

     —          5,710        (5,710     —          —          —     

Exercise of limited partnership unit options

     15        4,526        —          —          —          4,541   

Excess tax benefit from unit-based compensation expense

     —          1,729        —          —          —          1,729   
                                                

Net cash from (for) financing activities

     (121,667     5,469        (11,446     —          —          (127,644
                                                

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     —          —          (2,522     —          —          (2,522
                                                

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

            

Net increase (decrease) for the period

     —          (343     10,520        (1,805     —          8,372   

Balance, beginning of period

     —          1,554        20        3,927        —          5,501   
                                                

Balance, end of period

   $ —        $ 1,211      $ 10,540      $ 2,122      $ —        $ 13,873   
                                                

 

F-33


 

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Offer to exchange

$405,000,000 principal amount of our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all of our outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018.

Until the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions or otherwise.

 

 

 


II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

California Registrant

Knott’s Berry Farm, is registered under the laws of California.

Section 15904.06 of the California Revised Limited Partnership Act (the “CRLP”) addresses the rights of a general partner with respect to its management and conduct of partnership activities. The 2008 California Revised Limited Partnership Act provides that a limited partnership shall reimburse a general partner for payments made, and indemnify a general partner for liabilities incurred by, the general partner in the ordinary course of the activities of the partnership or for the preservation of its activities or property.

Nova Scotia Registrant

Cedar Canada

Under applicable Nova Scotia law, a director owes a duty of care and a duty of loyalty and good faith (also referred to as a fiduciary duty).

Article 147 of the articles of association of Cedar Canada provide that every director, manager, President, Secretary, Treasurer, and other officer or servant of Cedar Canada shall be indemnified by Cedar Canada against, and it shall be the duty of the directors out of the funds of Cedar Canada to pay, all costs, losses and expenses which any director, manager, Secretary, Treasurer or other officer or servant may incur or become liable to by reason of any contract entered into, or act or thing done by him as such officer or servant, or in any way in the discharge of his duties, including travelling expenses, and the amount for which such indemnity is proved shall immediately attach as a lien on the property of Cedar Canada and have priority as against the members over all other claims.

Delaware Registrants

Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Fair Southwest Inc., Kings Island Company and Wonderland Company Inc. are incorporated under the laws of Delaware.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of being or having been in any such capacity, if he acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the directors’ fiduciary duty of care, except (i) for any breach of the directors’ duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Kings Island Company (f.k.a. Kings Entertainment Company) gives to the corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL the right to indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have the power to indemnify under said Section from and against

 

II-1


any and all of expenses, liabilities or other matters referenced in or covered by said Section, and the indemnification provided for in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacities and as to action in other capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Kings Island Company also eliminates the liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors.

Ohio Registrants

Boeckling, L.P. and Cedar Fair are organized under the laws of Ohio.

Cedar Point, Inc., Western Row Properties, Inc. and Magnum Management Corporation are incorporated under the laws of Ohio.

Section 1701.13(E) of the Ohio General Corporation Law (“OGCL”) provides that an Ohio corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of that corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, member, manager, or agent of another entity against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal matter, if he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In addition, no indemnification shall be made in respect of a claim against such person by or in the right of the corporation, if the person is adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation except to the extent provided in the court order. Indemnification may be made if ordered by a court or authorized in each specific case by the directors of the indemnifying corporation acting at a meeting at which, for the purpose, any director who is a party to or threatened with any such action, suit or proceeding may not be counted in determining the existence of a quorum and may not vote. If, because of the foregoing limitations, the directors are unable to act in this regard, such determination may be made by written opinion of independent legal counsel other than an attorney, or a firm having associated with it an attorney, who has been retained by or who has performed services for the corporation or any person to be indemnified during the five years preceding the date of determination. Alternatively, such determination may be made by the corporation’s shareholders.

Section 1701.13(E) of the OGCL provides that the indemnification thereby permitted shall not be exclusive of any other rights that directors, officers or employees may have, including rights under insurance purchased by the corporation.

Michigan Registrants

Cedar Point of Michigan, Inc. and Michigan’s Adventure, Inc. are incorporated under the laws of Michigan.

Sections 561 through 571 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act (“MBCA”) contain provisions governing the indemnification of directors and officers by Michigan corporations. That statute provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at

 

II-2


the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders, and with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, if the person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of an action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, does not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Indemnification of expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and amounts paid in settlement is permitted in derivative actions, except that indemnification is not allowed for any claim, issue or matter in which such person has been found liable to the corporation unless and to the extent that a court decides indemnification is proper. To the extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of an action, suit or proceeding, or in defense of a claim, issue or matter in the action, suit or proceeding, the corporation shall indemnify him or her against actual and reasonable expenses (including attorneys” fees) incurred by him or her in connection with the action, suit or proceeding, and any action, suit or proceeding brought to enforce the mandatory indemnification provided under the MBCA. The MBCA permits partial indemnification for a portion of expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent the person is entitled to indemnification for less than the total amount.

The indemnification provisions of the MBCA are not exclusive of the rights to indemnification under a corporation’s articles of incorporation or bylaws or by agreement. However, the total amount of expenses advanced or indemnified from all sources combined may not exceed the amount of actual expenses incurred by the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses. The indemnification provided for under the MBCA continues as to a person who ceases to be a director, officer, employee or agent.

 

II-3


Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

2.1    Asset Purchase Agreement between Cedar Fair, L.P. and Six Flags, Inc., Funtime, Inc., Aurora Campground, Inc., Ohio Campgrounds Inc., and Ohio Hotel LLC, dated April 8, 2004. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-09444) filed on April 23, 2004.
2.2    Stock Purchase Agreement between Cedar Fair, L.P. and CBS Corporation, dated May 22, 2006. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2006.
2.3    Amendment No. 1 to the Stock Purchase Agreement between Cedar Fair, L.P. and CBS Corporation, dated June 30, 2006. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2006.
2.4    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 16, 2009, by and among Siddur Holdings, Ltd., Siddur Merger Sub, LLC, Cedar Fair Management, Inc. and Cedar Fair, L.P., dated as of December 16, 2009. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 17, 2009.
2.5    Termination and Settlement Agreement among Cedar Fair, L.P. and its affiliates, and the Apollo Parties thereto, dated April 5, 2010. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on April 6, 2010.
3.1    Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Cedar Fair, L.P. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 001-9444) filed March 23, 2004.
3.2*    Boeckling, L.P. Certificate of Limited Partnership
3.3*    Boeckling, L.P. Agreement of Limited Partnership
3.4*    Cedar Canada Company Articles of Incorporation
3.5*    Cedar Canada Company By-Laws
3.6*    Cedar Fair, L.P. Certificate of Limited Partnership
3.7*    Cedar Fair, L.P. Agreement of Limited Partnership
3.8*    Cedar Point, Inc. Articles of Incorporation
3.9*    Cedar Point, Inc. By-Laws
3.10*    Cedar Point of Michigan, Inc. Articles of Incorporation
3.11*    Cedar Point of Michigan, Inc. By-Laws
3.12*    Cedar Fair Southwest, Inc. Articles of Incorporation
3.13*    Cedar Fair Southwest, Inc. By-Laws
3.14*    Kings Island Company Articles of Incorporation
3.15*    Kings Island Company By-Laws
3.16*    Knott’s Berry Farm LP General Partnership Agreement
3.17*    Magnum Management Corporation Articles of Incorporation
3.18*    Magnum Management Corporation By-Laws
3.19*    Michigan’s Adventure, Inc. Articles of Incorporation
3.20*    Michigan’s Adventure, Inc. By-Laws
3.21*    Western Row Properties, Inc. Articles of Incorporation

 

II-4


Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  3.22*    Western Row Properties, Inc. By-Laws
  3.23*    Wonderland Company, Inc. Articles of Incorporation
  3.24*    Wonderland Company, Inc. By-Laws
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of July 29, 2010, by and among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation, as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon as Trustee. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 29, 2010.
  4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, by and among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada Company and Magnum Management Corporation, as issuers, the guarantors named therein and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. as representative of the initial purchasers named therein. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 29, 2010.
  4.3    Form of 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.1)
  5.1*    Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
  5.2*    Opinion of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP
  5.3*    Opinion of Warner Norcross & Judd LLP
  5.4*    Opinion of McInnes Cooper
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Magnum Management Corporation and Cedar Canada as borrowers, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, Keybank National Association, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., UBS Loan Finance LLC and Fifth Third Bank as co-syndication agents and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 29, 2010.
10.2    Form of Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Magnum Management Corporation, Canada’s Wonderland Company, the several banks and other financial institutions party thereto, the Issuing Lenders and Swing Line Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, dated as of February 25, 2011. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2011.
10.3    Cedar Fair, L.P. Amended and Restated Executive Severance Plan dated July 18, 2007. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2007.
10.4    Cedar Fair, L.P. Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan dated July 18, 2007. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2007.
10.5    Cedar Fair, L.P. Amended and Restated 2000 Senior Executive Management Incentive Plan dated July 18, 2007. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2007.
10.6    Cedar Fair, L.P. Amended and Restated Senior Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan dated July 18, 2007. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2007.
10.7    Cedar Fair, L.P. Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Program dated July 18, 2007. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2007.
10.8    Cedar Fair, L.P. 2008 Supplemental Retirement Program dated February 4, 2008. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 29, 2008.
10.9    2007 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Richard L. Kinzel. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2007.

 

II-5


Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.10    2007 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Jacob T. Falfas. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2007.
10.11    2007 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Peter J. Crage. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 3, 2007.
10.12    Employment Agreement with Robert A. Decker. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 29, 2008.
10.13    Employment Agreement with H. Philip Bender. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on June 23, 2010.
10.14    Employment Agreement with Richard A. Zimmerman. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on June 23, 2010.
10.15    Cedar Fair, L.P. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan dated as of May 15, 2008. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2008.
10.16    Cedar Fair, L.P. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan Long-Term Incentive Award Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 2, 2009.
10.17    Cedar Fair, L.P. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan 2008-2011 Performance Award Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 2, 2009.
10.18    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 15, 2007 among Cedar Fair, L.P. and Subsidiaries as co-borrowers, and several banks and certain “Lenders” party thereto. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K on February 21, 2007.
10.19    Credit Agreement Waiver, dated January 26, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated February 15, 2007. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2010.
10.20    Letter Agreement between Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Fair Management, Inc., Q Funding III, L.P. and Q4 Funding, L.P., dated May 4, 2010. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2010.
12.1*    Statements of computation of Ratio of Earnings to fixed charges.
21.1    Subsidiaries of Cedar Fair, L.P. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2011.
23.1*    Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of the Opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)
23.2*    Consent of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP (included as part of the Opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2)
23.3*    Consent of Warner Norcross & Judd LLP (included as part of the Opinion filed as Exhibit 5.3)
23.4*    Consent of McInnes Cooper (included as part of the Opinion filed as Exhibit 5.4)
23.5*    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included in signature page of this registration statement)
25.1*    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee under the Indenture, dated as of July 29, 2010, by and among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation, as issuers, the guarantors named therein and J.P, Morgan Securities Inc. as representative of the initial purchases named therein.
99.1*    Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2*    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
99.3*    Form of Letter to Clients
99.4*    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
101    Financials in XBRL Format

 

* Filed herewith.

 

II-6


 

Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) Each of the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) to include any propectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

  (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  (2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

  (3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

 

  (4) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and

 

  (5) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrants undertake that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

II-7


 

  (iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (6) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (7) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

  (8) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-8


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Cedar Fair, L.P.

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:

  Richard L. Kinzel

Title:

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the general partner Cedar Fair Management, Inc.

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011
   (Principal Executive Officer)  

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   March 11, 2011
   (Principal Financial Officer)  

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

   Vice President and Corporate Controller   March 11, 2011
   (Principal Accounting Officer)  

/s/ Eric L. Affeldt

Eric L. Affeldt

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ Darrel D. Anderson

Darrel D. Anderson

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011


Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard S. Ferreira

Richard S. Ferreira

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ Michael D. Kwiatkowski

Michael D. Kwiatkowski

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ David L. Paradeau

David L. Paradeau

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ John M. Scott, III

John M. Scott, III

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011
    

/s/ Steve H. Tishman

Steve H. Tishman

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011
    

/s/ C. Thomas Harvie

C. Thomas Harvie

   Director, Chairman, CFMI   March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Cedar Canada

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:   President and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

   President, Director   March 11, 2011
Richard L. Kinzel   

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ Peter J. Crage

  

Secretary

  March 11, 2011
Peter J. Crage   

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

   Vice President and Corporate Controller   March 11, 2011
  

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

/s/ Cedar Fair L.P

Cedar Fair L.P

By Richard L. Kinzel

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the general partner Cedar Fair Management Inc.

   Authorized U.S. Representative   March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Magnum Management Corporation

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, MMC   March 11, 2011
   (Principal Executive Officer)  

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   March 11, 2011
  

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Eric L. Affeldt

Eric L. Affeldt

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011


Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Michael D. Kwiatkowski

Michael D. Kwiatkowski

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011

/s/ David L. Paradeau

David L. Paradeau

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011

/s/ C. Thomas Harvie

C. Thomas Harvie

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Boeckling, L.P

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the general partner,

Magnum Management Corporation

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, MMC   March 11, 2011
  

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   March 11, 2011
  

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

   Vice President and Corporate Controller   March 11, 2011
  

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

/s/ Eric L. Affeldt

Eric L. Affeldt

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011


Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Michael D. Kwiatkowski

Michael D. Kwiatkowski

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011

/s/ David L. Paradeau

David L. Paradeau

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011

/s/ C. Thomas Harvie

C. Thomas Harvie

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Cedar Fair

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the general partner,

Magnum Management Corporation

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, MMC   March 11, 2011
  

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
  March 11, 2011
  

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

   Vice President and Corporate Controller   March 11, 2011
  

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

/s/ Eric L. Affeldt

Eric L. Affeldt

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011


Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Michael D. Kwiatkowski

Michael D. Kwiatkowski

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011

/s/ David L. Paradeau

David L. Paradeau

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011

/s/ C. Thomas Harvie

C. Thomas Harvie

   Director, MMC   March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Cedar Fair Southwest, Inc.

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  March 11, 2011

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Cedar Point, Inc.

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Cedar Point of Michigan, Inc.

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

 

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Kings Island Company

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Knott’s Berry Farm

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Cedar Fair Management, Inc. the general partner of the majority partner,

Cedar Fair L.P.

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, CFMI

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Eric L. Affeldt

Eric L. Affeldt

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ Darrel D. Anderson

Darrel D. Anderson

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011


Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard S. Ferreira

Richard S. Ferreira

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ Michael D. Kwiatkowski

Michael D. Kwiatkowski

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ David L. Paradeau

David L. Paradeau

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ John M. Scott, III

John M. Scott, III

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ Steve H. Tishman

Steve H. Tishman

   Director, CFMI   March 11, 2011

/s/ C. Thomas Harvie

C. Thomas Harvie

   Director, Chairman, CFMI   March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Michigan’s Adventure, Inc.

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Western Row Properties

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

  

Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2011


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sandusky, State of Ohio, on this 11 th day of March, 2011.

 

Wonderland Company, Inc.

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:   Richard L. Kinzel
Title:   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Richard L. Kinzel and Peter J. Crage, or any of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)), relating to an offer to exchange 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum Management Corporation as contemplated under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010, among Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, Magnum Management Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes, and to file the same, with all the exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, necessary or advisable to enable the registrants to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement on Form S-4 which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement on Form S-4 as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Richard L. Kinzel

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Peter J. Crage

Peter J. Crage

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 11, 2011

/s/ Brian C. Witherow

Brian C. Witherow

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2011

Exhibit 3.2

LOGO

The State of Ohio

Bob Taft

Secretary of State

LP    3757

LOGO

It is hereby certified that the Secretary of State of Ohio has custody of the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous Filings; that said records show the filing and recording of:    CLP

of:        

BOECKLING, L.P.

 

United States of America

State of Ohio

Office of the Secretary of State

 

Recorded on Roll 6152 at Frame 0286          of         

the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous Filings.

LOGO  

Witness my hand and the seal of the Secretary of State at

Columbus, Ohio, this 30TH day of      DEC             ,

A.D. 1997

 

LOGO

Bob Taft

Secretary of State

 

Page 2


LOGO   

Prescribed by

Bob Taft, Secretary of State

30 East Broad Street, 14th Floor

Columbus, Ohio 43266-0418

Form CLP (July 1994)

   LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

The undersigned, desiring to form a limited partnership in accordance with Ohio Revised Code Chapter 1782, do hereby certify as follows:

 

1.   The name of the limited partnership shall be  

Boeckling, L.P.

    (See instruction #1 regarding name)
 

 

2.   The address of the principal place of business of the partnership shall be:
 

    One Causeway Drive

 

                             (street and number)

 

    Sandusky                                                                      Ohio                                 44871

  (city, village or township)                                                     (state)                                                     (zip code)
3.   The name and address of the limited partnership’s agent for service of process in Ohio is:
 

    Richard L. Kinzel                                                                         One Causeway Drive

  (name of agent)                                                                     (street and number)
 

    Sandusky                                                                      Ohio                                 44871

  (city, village or township)                                                                                                      (zip code)
4.   The name and business or residence address of each GENERAL PARTNER is:
  Name                                                                              Address
 

    Magnum Management Corporation P.O. Box 5006, Sandusky, Ohio 44871-5006

 

 

   LOGO
 

 

  
 

 

  
 

 

  
 

 

  (If insufficient space to cover this item, please attach additional sheet)

 

Page 3


LOGO             

 

5.        The undersigned hereby certify that this limited partnership has been in existence since                                                                 ,

(date of filling with country recorder’s office)     

and that this certificate is being filed solely to comply with Ohio Revised Code Section 1782.63(A)(1).

The foregoing item 5 is to be completed, and is applicable ONLY IF the subject limited partnership was in existence prior to July 1, 1994. If not applicable, please insert “N/A”-in-the-blank-designated-for the-pre-existing date.

6.        Other provisions (optional):

 

 

(If insufficient space for additional provisions, please attach a separate sheet)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Certificate to be executed this         23rd     day of     December                                          , 19   97         .

 

LOGO

   

LOGO

 

 

   

 

 

(If insufficient space for all signatures, please attach a separate sheet containing additional signatures)

INSTRUCTIONS

1.        Pursuant to ORC 1782.02, the name of the limited partnership must include the words “Limited Partnership”, “L.P.”, “Limited”, or “Ltd.”, and shall NOT contain the name of a limited partner unless either of the following are true:

 

  a. It is also the name of a general partner;

 

  b. the business of the limited partnership had been carried on under that name before the admission of that limited partner.

2.        Pursuant to ORC 1782.01(H), a limited partnership must be created by a minimum of two persons. The certificate must be signed by all General Partners.

3.        *If this certificate of limited partnership is being filed solely to comply with the provisions of Ohio Revised Code Section 1782.63(A)(1), then no filing fee is required.

[Ohio Revised Code Section 1782.08]

 

Page 4


   

¨

 

 

                              LOGO

UNIFORM COMMERCIAL

CODE FILING

 

   

x

 

  CORPORATE FILING
 

CORPORATIONS ONLY

 

 
     ¨  

EXPEDITE

SERVICE

 

  x   PICK-UP   ¨   MAIL  
  CORRESPONDENCE  
  PLEASE RETURN THE ATTACHED DOCUMENTS TO:
 

SQUIRE, SANDERS & DEMPSEY

 
 

  NAME OF YOUR FIRM OR COMPANY

 
 

 L AURIE W ILLIAMS

 
 

  ATTENTION

 
 

 1300 Huntington Center

 41 S. High Street

 Columbus OH 43215

 
 

  STREET, CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

 
 

 (614)365-2700

 
 

  TELEPHONE      NUMBER

 

 
 

UCC ONLY

 

 
 

¨   MAIL         ¨   PICK-UP

 
 

 

IF NOT CHECKED, IT WILL BE MAILED.

 

 

 

Page 5

Exhibit 3.3

 

 

Boeckling, L.P.

Agreement of Limited Partnership

Organized Under the Ohio Revised

Uniform Limited Partnership Act

 

 


Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE I

  
 

NAME; TERM; PLACE OF BUSINESS; DEFINITIONS

     1   
 

1.1

   Name      1   
 

1.2

   Effective Date; Term      1   
 

1.3

   Office; Place of Business; Agent      1   
 

1.4

   Definitions      1   

ARTICLE II

  
 

CHARACTER OF BUSINESS

     1   
 

2.1

   Character of the Business      1   

ARTICLE III

  
  GENERAL PARTNERS; RIGHTS AND POWERS OF GENERAL PARTNER      2   
 

3.1

   General Partners      2   
 

3.2

   Rights and Powers      2   
 

3.3

   Duties of General Partner; Not Required to Devote Full Time      4   
 

3.4

   Limitations on Actions of General Partner      5   
 

3.5

   Exculpation of General Partner; Indemnity      6   
 

3.6

   Reliance of Third Parties on Authority of General Partner      7   
 

3.7

   Tax Elections; Tax Matters Partner      7   
 

3.8

   General Partner May Compete      7   
 

3.9

   Compensation of General Partner or Affiliate; Reimbursement of Expenses      8   

ARTICLE IV

  
  LIMITED PARTNERS; RIGHTS OF AND LIMITATIONS ON LIMITED PARTNERS      8   
 

4.1

   Limited Partners      8   
 

4.2

   Additional Limited Partners      8   
 

4.3

   Limited Partners May Compete      8   
 

4.4

   Limitations on Limited Partners      9   
 

4.5

   Actions Requiring Approval of Limited Partners      9   

ARTICLE V

  
 

PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL; ADVANCES BY PARTNERS

     9   
 

5.1

   Capital Contributions      9   
 

5.2

   Additional Capital      10   
 

5.3

   No Return of Contributions; Loans      10   
ARTICLE VI   
 

FISCAL YEAR; ACCOUNTING; ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS

     11   
 

6.1

   Fiscal Year      11   
 

6.2

   Method of Accounting      11   
 

6.3

   Maintenance of Capital Accounts      11   
 

6.4

   Allocation of Profits and Losses      11   

 

i


 

6.5

   Distribution of Net Cash Flow      13   
 

6.6

   Definition of Net Cash Flow      13   
 

6.7

   Liability of Limited Partner for Return of Distribution      13   

ARTICLE VII

  
 

TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

     13   
 

7.1

   No Transfer of Partnership Interest      13   
 

7.2

   Compliance with Securities Act of 1933      13   
 

7.3

   Sale of Interest to Other Partners      14   
 

7.4

   Transfer Permitted If General Partner Approves      14   
 

7.5

   Admission of Transferee as Substituted Limited Partners      14   
 

7.6

   Allocations and Distributions with Respect to Transferred Partnership Interests      14   
 

7.7

   Withdrawal of Limited Partner      15   

ARTICLE VIII

  
 

WITHDRAWAL, DEATH, INCOMPETENCY OR DISSOLUTION OF A GENERAL PARTNER

     15   
 

8.1

   Withdrawal of General Partner      15   
 

8.2

   Death, Bankruptcy, Liquidation, Etc . of a General Partner      15   
 

8.3

   Continuation of Partnership by Limited Partners; Designation of New General Partner      15   
 

8.4

   Continuation of Partnership by General Partners      16   
 

8.5

   Death or Bankruptcy of Limited Partner      16   

ARTICLE IX

  
 

TERMINATION, DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

     16   
 

9.1

   Events of Dissolution      16   
 

9.2

   Liquidation      16   
 

9.3

   Election of Liquidating Trustee      17   
 

9.4

   Statements      17   

ARTICLE X

  
 

AMENDMENT OF THE AGREEMENT

     18   
 

10.1

   Amendments by General Partner      18   
 

10.2

   Other Amendments      18   

ARTICLE XI

  
 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     18   
 

11.1

   Appointment of General Partner as Attorney      18   
 

11.2

   Power of Attorney Irrevocable      19   
 

11.3

   Survival of Power of Attorney on Transfer      19   

ARTICLE XII

  
 

DEFINITIONS, TAX PROVISIONS

     20   
 

12.1

   Definitions      20   
 

12.2

   Tax Provisions      21   

 

ii


ARTICLE XIII

  
 

MISCELLANEOUS

     26   
 

13.1

   Notices      26   
 

13.2

   No Partition of Partnership Property      26   
 

13.3

   Governing Law      26   
 

13.4

   Counterparts      26   
 

13.5

   Gender; Captions      27   
 

13.6

   Entire Agreement      27   
 

13.7

   Provisions Severable      27   
 

13.8

   Binding Agreement      27   

 

iii


Agreement of Limited Partnership

This Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “ Agreement ”) evidences the mutual agreement of the parties hereinafter named (collectively, the “ Partners ”) in consideration of their contributions and promises each to the others, for the purpose of forming a limited partnership pursuant to the Ohio Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, Chapter 1782 of the Ohio Revised Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Act ”).

ARTICLE I

NAME; TERM; PLACE OF BUSINESS; DEFINITIONS

1.1       Name .  The name of the limited partnership formed hereunder (the “ Partnership ”) is the name stated on the cover page of this Agreement. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and may also operate the business at the same time under one or more fictitious names.

1.2       Effective Date; Term .  This Agreement shall become effective on the date that an executed copy of the certificate of limited partnership required by §1782.08 of the Act (“ Certificate ”) shall have been filed in the office of the secretary of state of Ohio, or on any later date specified in the Certificate, and shall continue until December 31 of the year which is 30 years following the year in which the effective date occurs, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

1.3       Office; Place of Business; Agent .  The location of the principal office of the Partnership referred to in §1782.05(A) of the Act (“ Office ”) shall be as indicated on Schedule A attached hereto, which Office may but need not be located in Ohio. The General Partner may change the location of the Office, establish additional offices or places of business of the Partnership or enter into such contracts or hire such agents in such other locations, inside and outside of the State of Ohio, as it deems necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Partnership. The agent of the Partnership for service of process, required by §1782.04 of the Act, shall be as indicated on Schedule A.

1.4       Definitions .  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings as defined throughout the text of this Agreement. A list of such definitions is contained in section 12.1.

ARTICLE II

CHARACTER OF BUSINESS

2.1       Character of the Business .  The general character of the business of the Partnership is to acquire, own, lease, hold and sell the real property and all


appurtances thereto as described on Exhibit A hereto (“ Property ”). The Partnership shall not engage in any other business or activity.

ARTICLE III

GENERAL PARTNERS; RIGHTS AND POWERS OF GENERAL PARTNER

3.1       General Partners .  The General Partners (“ General Partner ”) of the Partnership shall be those Partners identified as such on Schedule A, as such Schedule shall be amended from time to time. The General Partners shall have full, exclusive and complete authority and control in the management of the Partnership business with all rights and powers generally conferred by law or necessary or advisable and consistent therewith and with the provisions of this Agreement. If there is more than one General Partner, no General Partner shall take any action on behalf of the Partnership unless such action has been approved by General Partners holding a majority of the total Units allocated to all the General Partners. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if one of the General Partners has been designated on Schedule A as the Managing General Partner (“ Managing General Partner ”), such Managing General Partner may act on behalf of the Partnership as if it were the sole General Partner. References in this Agreement to the rights, powers, actions and duties of the General Partner shall mean the rights, powers, actions and duties of a sole General Partner, of any one of multiple General Partners acting pursuant to approval as required by the second preceding sentence, or of a Managing General Partner, unless from the context it is clear that the reference encompasses all General Partners. The names and addresses of the General Partners, the amount of their contribution to the capital of the Partnership, the number of Units credited to each General Partner and their Percentage of Partnership Interest are set forth in Schedule A.

3.2      Ri ghts and Powers .  Subject to the limitations, if any, contained in section 2.4, the rights and powers of the General Partner, by way of illustration but not by way of limitation, shall include the right and power to:

(a)      acquire property (including the Property) on such terms as it deems reasonable, including borrowing any amounts necessary to effectuate the purchase;

(b)      take any and all actions with respect to the acquisition, management or disposition of Partnership properties, including, without limitation, selling and otherwise disposing of assets of the Partnership, borrowing of funds, and negotiation and execution of contracts, deeds, pledges, bonds, guarantees, notes, and mortgages;

(c)      execute any and all other instruments and perform any acts determined to be necessary or advisable to carry out the intentions and purposes of the Partnership;

 

2


(d)      borrow money on such terms as it may determine from banks, other lending institutions, and other lenders, including any Partner or Affiliate of a Partner for any Partnership purpose, and to pledge or mortgage Partnership assets to secure repayment of the borrowed sums, and to execute in connection therewith any notes, security agreements, mortgages, pledges, deeds of trust or other loan documents required by any lender in connection therewith;

(e)      invest Partnership funds in bank savings accounts, savings and loan associations, commercial paper, government securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and other interest-bearing obligations, and deposit, withdraw, pay, retain and distribute Partnership funds in any manner consistent with the provisions of this Agreement;

(f)      admit additional Limited Partners and substitute Limited Partners;

(g)      perform any and all acts necessary to pay any and all organizational expense incurred in the creation of the Partnership and in raising additional capital, including without limitation broker’s commissions, legal and accounting fees (it being understood that all expenses incurred in the creation of the Partnership and the commencement of the Partnership business shall be borne by the Partnership); and compromise, arbitrate or otherwise settle or adjust claims in favor of or against the Partnership and commence or defend litigation with respect to the Partnership or any assets of the Partnership as deemed advisable, all or any of the above matters being at the expense of the Partnership, and execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments to effect any and all of the foregoing;

(h)      purchase goods or services, including management and leasing from any corporation or other form of business enterprise whether or not such corporation or business enterprise is owned or controlled, or affiliated with any Partner, or corporations or business enterprises in which any Partner may have an interest as a shareholder, officer, director, partner or proprietor, and any profits or income earned by such corporation or business enterprise as the result of such transaction shall belong to it and not to the Partnership;

(i)      establish Partnership offices at such places as may be appropriate, hire Partnership employees, obtain the services of independent contractors and consultants, engage counsel, and otherwise arrange for the facilities and personnel necessary to carry out the purposes and business of the Partnership, the cost and expense thereof and incidental thereto to be borne by the Partnership;

 

3


(j)      arrange for a facsimile signature for itself for the purpose of executing such checks or other writings or legal instruments as may be necessary or desirable in the Partnership business; and

(k)      maintain any insurance coverage deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner, in such amounts and of such types as shall be determined by the General Partner, including without limitation public liability insurance coverage and insurance covering the indemnification by the Partnership provided in section 3.5.

3.3       Duties of General Partner; Not Required to Devote Full Time .  The General Partner shall manage or cause to be managed the affairs of the Partnership in a prudent and businesslike manner and shall devote such time to the Partnership affairs as it shall in its discretion exercised in good faith determine is reasonably necessary for the conduct of such affairs; provided, however, that it is expressly understood and agreed that the General Partner shall not be required to devote its entire time or attention to the business of the Partnership. In carrying out its obligations, the General Partner shall:

(a)      Obtain and maintain such public liability, hazard and other insurance as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner;

(b)      Deposit all funds of the Partnership in one or more separate bank accounts with such banks or trust companies as the General Partner may designate (withdrawals from such bank accounts to be made upon such signature or signatures as the General Partner may designate);

(c)      Maintain at the Office of the Partnership (and provide copies to the agent referred to in section 1.3 if the Office is not located in Ohio) all of the following:

 

  (i) a current list of the full name and last known business or residence address of each Partner, separately listing and identifying the General Partner, set forth in alphabetical order;

 

  (ii) a copy of the Certificate and all certificates of amendment to it, together with executed copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which any certificate has been executed;

 

  (iii) copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports for the three most recent years; and

 

4


  (iv) copies of this Agreement and of any financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years.

The records listed in this subsection shall be subject to inspection and copying at the reasonable request and expense of any Partner (or his duly authorized representative) during ordinary business hours;

(d)      Maintain at the Office of the Partnership complete and accurate records of all properties owned or leased by the Partnership and complete and accurate books of account (containing such information as shall be necessary to compute allocations and distributions), and make such records and books of account available for inspection and copying at the reasonable request and expense of any Partner (or his duly authorized representative) during ordinary business hours;

(e)      Cause to be prepared and distributed to all Partners within 90 days after the end of the Partnership’s fiscal year:

 

  (i) A statement of cash receipts and disbursements;

 

  (ii) A statement of income for such year;

 

  (iii) A balance sheet as of year end; and

 

  (iv) A statement showing all information required by the Partners for preparation of their income tax returns;

(f)      Cause to be filed the Certificate and such other certificates and do such other acts as may be required by law to qualify and maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership under the Act; and

(g)      Cause Schedule A to be amended from time to time as required by this Agreement, and upon each such amendment designate at the top of such Schedule that it is an “Amended Schedule A” and indicate immediately under such designation the effective date of such amendment.

3.4       Limitations on Actions of General Partner .  Notwithstanding the general authority conferred on the General Partner pursuant to sections 3.1 and 3.2, the General Partner’s authority shall be limited as follows:

(a)      Those actions requiring the vote of all or some of the Limited Partners pursuant to section 4.5 shall be taken by the General Partner only as authorized by that section;

 

5


(b)      If there is more than one General Partner (even if one of such is designated as a Managing General Partner), the General Partner shall take the following actions only upon the approval of the General Partners owning 100 percent of the total Units allocated to all the General Partners:

 

  (i) sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s properties; and

 

  (ii) borrow on behalf of the Partnership total indebtedness (whether secured by Partnership properties or otherwise) in excess of $                      . [If left blank, this paragraph is not operative.]

(c)      If there is more than one General Partner (even if one of such is designated as a Managing General Partner), the General Partner shall take the following actions only upon the approval of the General Partners owning at least 66-2/3 percent of the total Units allocated to all the General Partners:

 

  (i) [If not completed, this subsection is not operative.]

3.5       Exculpation of General Partner; Indemnity .  In carrying out its duties hereunder, the General Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith actions, or failure to act, or for any errors of judgment, or for any act or omission believed in good faith to be within the scope of authority conferred by this Agreement, but only for its own willful misconduct in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Actions or omissions taken in reliance upon the advice of legal counsel as being within the scope of authority conferred by this Agreement shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith; however, good faith may be determined without obtaining such advice. The Partnership does hereby indemnify and hold harmless the General Partner, its Affiliates and their agents, officers, employees, partners and directors against and from any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the indemnified person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise by reason of its status as the General Partner or an Affiliate thereof, a director, officer, partner, employee or agent of the General Partner or an Affiliate thereof, or a person serving at the request of the Partnership in another entity in a similar capacity, which relates to or arises out of the Partnership, its property, business or affairs, regardless of whether the indemnified person continues to be the General Partner or an Affiliate thereof or their director, officer, partner, employee or agent at the time any such liability or expense is paid or incurred, if the indemnified person acted in good faith and in a manner it

 

6


believed to be in the best interest of the Partnership, and the indemnified person’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct, provided that in no event shall any Limited Partner be required to make an additional capital contribution to carry out this indemnification provision. An Affiliate of any person (“ Affiliate ”) means (i) any person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding the power to vote ten percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of the specified person; (ii) any person ten percent or more of whose outstanding voting securities is directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held with power to vote by the specified person; (iii) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under control with a specified person; (iv) any officer, director or partner of the specified person; and (v) any person of which the specified person is an officer, director or partner.

3.6       Reliance of Third Parties on Authority of General Partner .  No financial institution or any other person, firm or corporation dealing with any General Partner shall be required to ascertain whether such General Partner is acting in accordance with this Agreement, but such financial institution or such other person, firm or corporation shall be protected in relying solely upon the acts and assurances of and the execution of any instruments by such General Partner.

3.7       Tax Elections; Tax Matters Partner .  The General Partner shall have the exclusive right to make and determine, in its sole discretion, all options and elections with respect to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “ Code ”) and Treasury Regulations (“ Treasury Regulations ” or “ Treas. Reg. ”) issued thereunder. As an example of, but not in limitation of, the general authority conferred by the preceding sentence, the General Partner shall determine whether and when to make or revoke the election under Code Section 754. The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Code Section 6231) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. The tax matters partner shall provide all notices and perform all acts required of a tax matters partner under Subchapter C of Chapter 63 of the Code. The General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary to comply with the requirements of Code Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 or 1446 with respect to withholding certain amounts with respect to payments or distributions to a Limited Partner who is not a U.S. person (as defined in Code Section 7701) or withholding of certain amounts with respect to the sale of a “United States real property interest” (as defined in Code Section 897). Notwithstanding the above, the General Partner shall not have the authority to agree on behalf of any Limited Partner to an extension of time for assessment under Code Sections 6501(c)(4) or 6229(b)(1)(B).

3.8       General Partner May Compete .  The Partners hereby acknowledge that the General Partner may from time to time engage in business enterprises similar to the business of the Partnership and competitive with the business of the

 

7


Partnership without restriction and with no obligation to account to the Partnership or to the Partners for such activities. The General Partner is not obligated to offer business opportunities to the Partnership, except for those directly related to the Property.

3.9       Compensation of General Partner or Affiliate; Reimbursement of Expenses .  The General Partner, acting on behalf of the Partnership, may pay a management fee or other compensation to itself or its Affiliate, for services rendered in managing the Partnership and conducting the business of the Partnership. The amount of any such management fees or other compensation shall be such amounts as are deemed reasonable by the General Partner, in its sole discretion, provided that the total amount of management fees and other compensation paid to the General Partner and its Affiliates in any one calendar year shall not exceed $              . [If left blank, there is no upper limit.] All expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates incurred in connection with managing the Partnership and conducting the business of the Partnership shall be reimbursed by the Partnership, or, if billed directly to the Partnership, shall be paid by it.

ARTICLE IV

LIMITED PARTNERS;

RIGHTS OF AND LIMITATIONS ON LIMITED PARTNERS

4.1       Limited Partners .  The Limited Partners (“ Limited Partner ”) of the Partnership shall be those Partners identified as such on Schedule A, as such Schedule shall be amended from time to time. A General Partner may also be a Limited Partner. The names and addresses of the Limited Partners, the amount of their contribution to the capital of the Partnership, the number of Units credited to each Limited Partner and their Percentages of Partnership Interest are set forth in Schedule A.

4.2       Additional Limited Partners .  The General Partner may admit additional Limited Partners to the Partnership as provided in this Agreement. The transferee of the interest in the Partnership of an existing Limited Partner shall not become a Limited Partner until admitted as a substituted Limited Partner pursuant to section 7.5.

4.3       Limited Partners May Compete .  Limited Partners shall not in any way be prohibited from or restricted in engaging or owning an interest in any other business venture of any nature, including any venture which might be competitive with the business of the Partnership, and the Partnership may engage Limited Partners or persons or firms associated with them for specific purposes and may otherwise deal with such Limited Partners, on terms and for compensation to be agreed upon by any such Limited Partner and the Partnership; provided, however, that Limited Partners shall not be entitled to participate in the control of the business of the Partnership.

 

8


4.4       Limitations on Limited Partners .  No Limited Partner shall have the right:

(a) To take part in the control of the Partnership business or to sign for or to bind the Partnership, such power being vested in the General Partner;

(b) To have his capital contribution repaid except to the extent provided in this Agreement;

(c) To require partition of Partnership property or to compel any sale or appraisement of Partnership assets or sale of a deceased Partner’s interest therein; or

(d) To sell or assign his interest in the Partnership or to constitute the vendee or assignee thereunder a substituted Limited Partner, except as provided in Article VII hereof.

4.5       Actions Requiring Approval of Limited Partners .  The General Partner shall not take the following actions on behalf of the Partnership unless such actions are approved by a vote of the specified number of the Limited Partners:

(a)      The following actions require the approval of the Limited Partners owning 100 percent of the total Units allocated to all the Limited Partners:

 

  (i) sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s properties; and

 

  (ii) change the primary character of the business of the Partnership.

(b)      The following actions require the approval of the Limited Partners owning at least 66-2/3 percent of the total Units allocated to all the Limited Partners:

 

  (i) [If not completed, this subsection is not operative.]

ARTICLE V

PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL; ADVANCES BY PARTNERS

5.1       Capital Contributions .  Upon execution of this Agreement, the Partners have contributed to the capital of the Partnership the money or property

 

9


listed in Schedule A. If property has been contributed (i) the amount of the contribution indicated on Schedule A shall be the fair market value of such property as agreed by the Partners, and (ii) the property shall be described in a footnote or supplement to Schedule A. All capital contributions of the Partners shall be credited to the Partners’ Capital Accounts maintained by the Partnership in accordance with section 6.3. The Partners shall have no obligation to make additional capital contributions to the Partnership. No interest shall be paid on capital contributions.

5.2       Additional Capital .  If at any time or times the General Partner determines that additional capital is required to preserve and maintain the business of the Partnership, the Partners shall have the opportunity but not the obligation to provide such additional capital in proportion to their Percentages of Partnership Interest. The General Partner shall advise the Partners of the need for additional capital by written notice with a statement of the reasons such additional capital is needed. If within thirty (30) days from the date such notice is given each of the Partners has not delivered his written response to the General Partner agreeing to provide his pro rata share of such additional capital as an additional contribution to the Partnership, the General Partner may proceed to obtain such additional capital, in whole or in part, by the sale of additional limited partnership interests in the Partnership, by secured or unsecured borrowings, by contributions to the Partnership by the General Partner or by any combination thereof. The effectiveness of any such alternate means of obtaining additional capital shall not be dependent upon approval of the Limited Partners, who shall be deemed to have waived all rights, if any, to any additional obligations or interest forming all or any part of such an effort by the General Partner. The Partners acknowledge that their Percentage of Partnership Interest may be altered in the event that one or more Partners do not contribute additional capital, or if additional persons not theretofore Limited Partners contribute capital to the Partnership.

5.3       No Return of Contributions; Loans .  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the General Partner shall not be personally liable for the return of the capital contribution of a Limited Partner, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets. A Partner shall not have the right to demand or receive property other than cash in return for his contribution, unless he so requests and the General Partner approves such request. If the General Partner or any Limited Partner shall advance any monies to the Partnership in excess of his contribution to the capital of the Partnership, the amount of any such advance shall not be deemed to be an additional capital contribution unless specifically so characterized, but instead shall be treated as a loan and shall bear interest at the minimum rate required to avoid the imputation of interest under Code Section 7872 (whether or not such Section applies to the loan) and shall be an obligation of the Partnership to such Partner payable in accordance with the other terms of such advance prior to payment of any cash distribution pursuant to Article VI and, in the case of liquidation, in accordance with the provisions of section 9.2.

 

10


ARTICLE VI

FISCAL YEAR; ACCOUNTING; ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND

LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1       Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.

6.2       Method of Accounting .  The Partnership books shall be kept in such manner and by using such method of accounting as the General Partner may determine, and the General Partner may change accounting methods whenever it believes a change to be in the best interest of the Partnership.

6.3       Maintenance of Capital Accounts .  A capital account (“ Capital Account ”) shall be maintained by the Partnership for each Partner in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The initial amount credited to the Capital Account of each Partner shall be the amount of such Partner’s initial contribution to the capital of the Partnership. The Capital Account of each Partner shall also be (i) credited with the amount of any additional contributions made by such Partner, (ii) credited with the amount of any Profits and any other items of income or gain allocated to such Partner, (iii) debited by the amount of any Losses and any other items of loss or deduction allocated to such Partner, and (iv) debited with the amount of all actual and deemed distributions made to such Partner. Any contribution or distribution of property in kind shall be credited or debited, respectively, in an amount equal to the Carrying Value of such property, net of liabilities secured by such property that the Partnership or a Partner, respectively, is considered to assume or take subject to under Code Section 752. Upon adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of Partnership property pursuant to Code Sections 732, 734 or 743, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted as provided in Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(iv) (m) .

6.4       Allocation of Profits and Losses .

(a)      Profits shall be allocated to the Partners as follows:

 

  (i) first , to those Partners who have deficit balances in their capital accounts, pro rata in proportion to such deficit balances, until such deficit balances have been eliminated and the balances in their capital accounts have been restored to zero; and

 

  (ii)

thereafter , in accordance with the Partners’ Percentages of Partnership Interest. The term “ Percentage of Partnership Interest ” shall mean the percentage interest of any Partner in the

 

11


 

Partnership determined by dividing the number of Units held by such Partner by all outstanding Units of Partnership interest. “ Units ” is a term used in this Agreement for purposes of making allocations and determining certain votes; the Units allocated to each Partner is indicated on Schedule A. Units shall not represent a Partner’s interest in the capital of the Partnership, which is determined solely by a Partner’s Capital Account.

(b)      Losses shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage of Partnership Interest.

(c)      The special allocations set forth in section 12.2 shall be made prior to the allocations under this section.

(d)      “ Profits ” and “ Losses ” shall mean an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss, respectively, for any period from all sources, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), adjusted in the following manner: (i) the income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax or not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (ii) any expenditures of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as described in such Section pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1 (b) (2) (iv)(i) or not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss; (iii) in the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to section 12.2(c)(ii), (iii) or (iv) hereof, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses; (iv) gain or loss resulting from the disposition of an asset shall be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of such asset; (v) a deduction for Depreciation shall be taken in lieu of a deduction for depreciation, amortization or cost recovery; (vi) to the extent an adjustment under Code Section 734(b) is required by Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)( m )(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner’s interest, the amount of such item shall be treated as an item of gain or loss from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and (vii) any items that are specially allocated pursuant to section 12.2 shall not be taken into account in computing Profits and Losses. “ Depreciation ” shall mean, for each fiscal year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes for such fiscal year, unless the Carrying Value for an asset differs from the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes, in

 

12


which case Depreciation shall mean an amount that bears the same ratio to the beginning Carrying Value as the depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deduction bears to the beginning adjusted tax basis, provided, however that if the adjusted basis of an asset is zero at the beginning of a fiscal year, Depreciation shall be determined by the General Partner by using any reasonable method.

6.5       Distribution of Net Cash Flow .  Except in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, in which case all distributions shall be made in accordance with Article IX, distributions of Net Cash Flow shall be made to the Partners no less often than annually in accordance with the Partners’ Percentage of Partnership Interest. Distributions may be made more frequently in the sole discretion of the General Partner.

6.6       Definition of Net Cash Flow .  “ Net Cash Flow ” of the Partnership shall be computed by deducting from the gross amounts received by the Partnership from all sources: (i) all operating expenses of the business, including management fees (if any), taxes, and insurance premiums, but excluding depreciation and amortization allowances, (ii) interest and principal payments on indebtedness of the Partnership (including advances by Partners in accordance with section 5.3), (iii) proceeds from borrowing or proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of Partnership assets, (iv) additions to reserves, (v) all cash expenditures for fixed asset additions, improvements and replacements, (vi) capital contributions, and (vii) any other amounts that the General Partner determines, in its sole discretion, shall be retained for investment in the Partnership business.

6.7       Liability of Limited Partner for Return of Distribution .  Each Limited Partner understands that if the General Partner distributes to him cash or other property in violation of § 1782.37(A) of the Act, he may be liable to the Partnership for three years for the return of such amount pursuant to §1782.37(B) of the Act.

ARTICLE VII

TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

7.1       No Transfer of Partnership Interest .  Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no Partner may sell, assign, or in any manner transfer all or any part of his Partnership interest.

7.2       Compliance with Securities Act of 1933 .  No Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(2) of such act. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, no Partnership interest of a Limited Partner may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless, at the expense of the transferring Partner, the Partnership has received an opinion of counsel for the Partnership or counsel acceptable to its counsel, to the effect that

 

13


such transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations. The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, waive the requirements of this section with respect to the transfer of any interest, but any such waiver shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent transfer of such interest or the transfer of any other interest.

7.3       Sale of Interest to Other Partners .  Any Partner may sell, assign or otherwise transfer all or any part of his Partnership interest to another Partner, at such price and on such other terms as the parties may agree.

7.4       Transfer Permitted If General Partner Approves .  A Limited Partner may transfer his Partnership interest to any person with the approval of the General Partner, which approval may be arbitrarily withheld. Such approval of the transfer of any interest by the General Partner shall not constitute approval of any subsequent transfer of such interest or the transfer of any other interest. A General Partner may transfer its Partnership interest upon the approval of Limited Partners holding a majority of the Units held by all Limited Partners.

7.5       Admission of Transferee as Substituted Limited Partners .  An assignee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership interest shall not become a substituted Limited Partner unless and until the General Partner consents in writing to such substitution, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld. If the General Partner does not consent to the substitution of an assignee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership interest, the transferor Limited Partner shall not retain any rights of a limited partner under the Act. An assignee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership interest who is not admitted as a substituted Limited Partner under this section shall not be entitled to: (i) require any accounting of the Partnership’s transactions; (ii) inspect the Partnership’s books and records; (iii) require any information from the Partnership; or (iv) exercise any privilege or right of a Limited Partner which is not specifically granted to a non-substituted transferee of a limited partnership interest under the Act.

7.6       Allocations and Distributions with Respect to Transferred Partnership Interests .  If any transfer of an interest in the Partnership permitted by this Agreement occurs during a fiscal year (whether or not the assignee is admitted as a substituted Limited Partner), then all allocations of Profits and Losses attributable to the transferred Partnership interest for such year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor and the transferee by taking into account their varying interests during such fiscal period, using any convention or method of allocation selected by the General Partner which is then permitted under Code Section 706 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of Net Cash Flow made prior to the effective date of any such transfer shall be made to the transferor and any such distributions made after the effective date of such transfer shall be made to the transferee.

 

14


7.7       Withdrawal of Limited Partner .  A Limited Partner may not withdraw from the Partnership, except with the approval of the General Partner, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld.

ARTICLE VIII

WITHDRAWAL, DEATH, INCOMPETENCY OR DISSOLUTION

OF A GENERAL PARTNER

8.1       Withdrawal of General Partner .  Any General Partner may withdraw from the Partnership upon giving at least ninety (90) but not more than one hundred eighty (180) days’ notice in writing of its intention to do so to all the other Partners. Such notice shall be effective to cause the dissolution of the Partnership on the date of withdrawal specified therein unless the remaining General Partners or, if none, the Limited Partners pursuant to section 8.3, elect prior to that date to continue the Partnership. In the event the Partners elect to continue the Partnership after the withdrawal of a General Partner, the interest of such withdrawn General Partner shall be converted to that of a limited partner with the same percentage interest as it held as a General Partner, except as such interest may be diluted pursuant to section 8.3.

8.2       Death, Bankruptcy, Liquidation, Etc . of a General Partner .  On the death, bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, adjudication of insanity or. incompetency, or other cessation of existence of a General Partner, the Partnership shall be dissolved unless within ninety (90) days after the date of any such event the remaining General Partners or, if none, the Limited Partners pursuant to section 8.3, elect to continue the Partnership. In the event the Partners elect to continue the Partnership following any event described in this section, the interest of the General Partner subject to such event shall be converted to that of a limited partner with the same percentage interest as it held as a General Partner, except as such interest may be diluted pursuant to section 8.3.

8.3       Continuation of Partnership by Limited Partners; Designation of New General Partner .  In the event that the withdrawal, death, bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, adjudication of insanity or incompetency or other cessation of existence of a General Partner results in there being no remaining General Partner, the remaining Limited Partners may, by a unanimous vote, within ninety (90) days after the date of any such event, elect to continue the Partnership and designate a General Partner or General Partners who or which consent to and accept designation as such. If the person designated as a new General Partner is also a Limited Partner, then one of the Units held by such Limited Partner shall be deemed to be a Unit of general partnership interest. If the new General Partner is not a Limited Partner, then such new General Partner shall receive Units of Partnership interest in exchange for such capital contribution as the Limited Partners may designate, and the interests of all other Partners in the Partnership shall be proportionately reduced.

 

15


8.4       Continuation of Partnership by General Partners .  Any election by the General Partners to continue the Partnership may be made only by all the remaining General Partners, or a sole General Partner, as the case may be, exclusive of a withdrawing General Partner or a General Partner subject to any event listed in section 8.2. In the event of any election to continue the Partnership that requires amendment of the Agreement, the subsequent agreement shall be as similar in form and substance to this Agreement as possible and the new or successor partnership shall employ the assets and name of this Partnership.

8.5       Death or Bankruptcy of Limited Partner .  Upon the death or bankruptcy of an individual Limited Partner or the bankruptcy, dissolution or other cessation to exist as a legal entity of a Limited Partner not an individual, and after such time as the Partnership shall have received written notice thereof, the authorized representative of such individual or entity shall have all of the rights of a Limited Partner for the purposes of effecting the orderly winding up and disposition of the affairs of such individual or entity.

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION, DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION OF THE

PARTNERSHIP

9.1       Events of Dissolution .  Upon the expiration of the term of the Partnership set forth in section 1.2, any event described herein which causes dissolution and the failure of the General Partner or the Limited Partners, as the case may be, to elect to continue the Partnership, or upon the determination by the General Partner that in its sole discretion it is no longer profitable, feasible or advantageous to operate the business of the Partnership, the Partnership shall be dissolved and liquidated in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

9.2       Liquidation .

(a)      Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the then General Partner, or, if there be none, the Liquidating Trustee appointed pursuant to section 9.3, shall proceed with the liquidation of the Partnership, and the liquidation proceeds shall be applied in the following order:

 

  (i) To creditors in order of priority as provided by law, except for any indebtedness owing to any Partner.

 

  (ii) To the establishment of any reserves that may be deemed by the General Partner or other persons having control of the liquidation proceedings to be reasonably necessary for any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership;

 

16


  (iii) To the Partners in satisfaction of any indebtedness owing to them; and

 

  (iv) To the Partners in accordance with their positive capital account balances.

(b)      Upon liquidation of the Partnership, each General Partner shall contribute to the Partnership cash equal to the lesser of (i) any deficit balance in its capital account at that time, or (ii) that General Partner’s pro rata share (based on the amount of each General Partner’s deficit capital account balance) of 1.01 percent of the excess of the aggregate capital contributions made by the Limited Partners over any capital contributions previously made by the General Partner. No Limited Partner shall be required to contribute any amount to the Partnership solely because of a deficit balance in his capital account and any such deficit balance shall not for any purpose be considered an asset of the Partnership.

(c)      For purposes of the liquidation of the Partnership assets, the discharge of its liabilities and the distributions of the remaining funds among the Partners as above described, the General Partner or Liquidating Trustee shall have the authority on behalf of the Partnership to sell, convey, exchange or otherwise transfer the assets of the Partnership for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate. The General Partner or the Liquidating Trustee, in its sole discretion, may make distributions in kind to Limited Partners. The General Partner shall have the authority to purchase any Partnership assets at the appraised fair market value. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities of the Partnership to creditors to enable the Partnership to minimize normal losses during a liquidation period. Any return of all or any portion of the contributions made by a Partner to the capital of the Partnership shall be made solely from Partnership assets, and the General Partner shall not be personally liable for any such return, except to the extent provided in the preceding subsection.

9.3       Election of Liquidating Trustee .  In the event there is no General Partner at the time of dissolution, the Limited Partners shall elect, by a vote of majority in interest of all Limited Partnership Units, one of their members or any other person, firm or corporation of their choice to act as liquidating trustee (“ Liquidating Trustee ”) in the liquidation of the partnership business in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

9.4       Statements .  Each of the Partners shall be furnished with a statement prepared by the Partnership’s accountants, which shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Partnership as of the date of complete liquidation. When the then General Partner, or if there be none, the Liquidating Trustee, have complied with

 

17


the distribution plan set forth in this Article, the General Partner or the Liquidating Trustee, as the case may be, shall execute and cause to be filed a Certificate of Cancellation of the Partnership.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT OF THE AGREEMENT

10.1       Amendments by General Partner .  This Agreement may be amended by the General Partner without the approval of any Limited Partner provided that such amendment is:

(a)      Solely for the purpose of clarification and does not change the substance hereof;

(b)      For the purpose of substituting or deleting a Limited Partner or admitting an additional Limited Partner in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or deleting a General Partner in accordance with sections 8.1 or 8.2 hereof;

(c)      For the purpose of reflecting a change in the amount or character of the contribution of any Limited Partner;

(d)      Otherwise in implementation of the terms of this Agreement;

or

(e)      In the opinion of counsel for the Partnership, necessary or appropriate to satisfy current requirements of the Code with respect to partnerships or any federal or state securities laws or regulations.

Any amendment made pursuant to subsection (a), (d) or (e) may be made effective as of the date of this Agreement. All Partners shall be notified as to the substance of any amendment to this Agreement and upon request shall be furnished a copy thereof.

10.2       Other Amendments .  All other amendments to this Agreement shall require the approval of the General Partner and the approval of Limited Partners holding a majority of the Units allocated to all Limited Partners.

ARTICLE XI

POWER OF ATTORNEY

11.1      A ppointment of General Partner as Attorney .  In order to facilitate amendments of this Agreement which require the signatures of each Limited Partner or a specified Limited Partner and a proposed additional or substituted Limited

 

18


Partner and the preparation and signing of other documentation in connection with the Partnership, each Limited Partner by his or her signature hereto irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the General Partner, each person who shall hereafter become a General Partner, and each of them, his true and lawful attorney in his name, place and stead with the power from time to time to make, execute, swear to, acknowledge, verify, deliver, file, record and publish:

(a)      All certificates or other instruments which may be required to be filed by the Partnership under the laws of the State of Ohio or of any other state or jurisdiction in which the Partnership shall transact business or in which the General Partner shall deem it advisable to file;

(b)      All documents, certificates or other instruments, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any and all amendments and modifications of this Agreement or of the instruments described in section

10.1 which may be required or deemed desirable by the General Partner to effectuate the provisions of any part of this Agreement and by way of extension and not in limitation to do all such other things as shall be necessary to continue the Partnership under the laws of the State of Ohio and of any state or jurisdiction in which it shall do business;

(c)      All documents, certificates or other instruments deemed desirable by the General Partner or required in connection with amendments to this Agreement which the General Partner may make without the approval of any Limited Partner pursuant to section 10.1; and

(d)      All documents, certificates or other instruments which may be required to effectuate the dissolution and termination of the Partnership or the organization of any new limited partnership occurring by the withdrawal, death, bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, adjudication of insanity or incompetency or other cessation of existence of the General Partner as hereinbefore provided.

11.2       Power of Attorney Irrevocable .  It is expressly intended by each Limited Partner that the foregoing power of attorney is a special power of attorney coupled with an interest in favor of the General Partner, and as such shall be irrevocable and shall survive the death, incompetence or adjudication of insanity (and, in the case of a Limited Partner that is not a natural person, the merger, dissolution or other termination of existence) of a Limited Partner.

11.3       Survival of Power of Attorney on Transfer .  The foregoing power of attorney shall survive the delivery of an assignment by any Limited Partner of the whole or any portion of his Partnership interest, except that where an assignee of such Partnership interest has been approved by the General Partner as a substituted Limited Partner, then the foregoing power of attorney of the assignor Limited Partner shall survive the delivery of such assignment for the sole purpose of

 

19


enabling the General Partner to execute, swear to, acknowledge and file any and all instruments necessary to effectuate such substitution. The power of attorney may be exercised by facsimile signature of the General Partner or by listing all of the Limited Partners executing, swearing to or acknowledging any instrument with a single signature of the General Partner, acting as attorney-in-fact for all of them.

ARTICLE XII

DEFINITIONS, TAX PROVISIONS

12.1       Definitions .  The capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings as defined in the provision referenced below, where such term appears in boldface print. Defined terms used in only one section of this Agreement may not be listed below.

(a)      “ Act ” is defined in the preamble.

(b)      “ Adjusted Capital Account Balance ” is defined in section 12.2(a)(ii).

(c)      “ Affiliate ” is defined in section 3.5.

(d)      “ Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

(e)      “ Certificate ” is defined in section 1.2.

(f)      “ Capital Account ” is defined in section 6.3.

(g)      “ Carrying Value ” is defined in section 12.2(c)(i).

(h)      “ Code ” is defined in section 37.

(i)      “ General Partner ” is defined in section 3.1.

(j)      “ Liquidating Trustee ” is defined in section 9.3.

(k)      “ Limited Partner ” is defined in section 4.1.

(l)      “ Losses ” is defined in section 6.4(d).

(m)      “ Managing General Partner ” is defined in section 3.1.

(n)      “ Minimum Gain ” is defined in section 12.2(a)(i)(A).

(o)      “ Net Cash Flow ” is defined in section 6.6.

 

20


(p)      “ Office ” is defined in section 1.3.

(q)      “ Partners ” is defined in the preamble.

(r)      “ Partnership ” is defined in section 1.1.

(s)      “ Percentage of Partnership Interest ” is defined in section 6.4(a)(ii).

(t)      “ Profits ” is defined in section 6.4(d).

(u)      “ Property ” or “ Properties ” is defined in section 2.1. If such term is not defined in that section, then its use as a defined term in this Agreement shall be disregarded.

(v)      “ Treasury Regulations ” and “ Treas. Reg. ” are defined in section 3.7.

(w)      “ Units ” is defined in section 6.4(a)(ii).

12.2       Tax Provisions .  The following provisions apply for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

  (a) Allocations Required by Treasury Regulations .

(i)      (A)    Subject to the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. § § 1.704-2(f) (2)–(5), if there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain during any fiscal year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(g)(2). “ Minimum Gain ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(b)(2) and (f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(B)      Subject to the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(3), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(5). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be

 

21


interpreted consistently therewith. “ Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i). “ Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(b)(4).

(ii)      In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4), (5)  or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficits in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible. This paragraph is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(ii) (d) , and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. “ Adjusted Capital Account Balance ” means the balance in the Capital Account of a Partner as of the end of the relevant fiscal year of the Partnership, after giving effect to the following: (a) credit to such Capital Account any amounts the Partner is obligated to restore, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), and (b) debit to such capital account the items described in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)( d)(4), (5)  and (6).

(iii)      Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage of Partnership Interest. “ Nonrecourse Deductions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(b)(1). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership fiscal year equals the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Minimum Gain during that fiscal year over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that fiscal year of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Minimum Gain, determined according to the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(c). “ Nonrecourse Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(b)(3).

(iv)      Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i). “ Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(2). For any Partnership taxable year, the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt equals the net increase during the year, if any, in the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain reduced (but not below zero) by proceeds of the liability that are both attributable to the liability and allocable to an increase in the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain.

 

22


(v)      The allocations set forth in section 12.2(a) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704. Such allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other Profits, Losses, and items of income, gain, loss, and deduction to each Partner so that, to the extent possible, and to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulations, the net amount of such allocations of other Profits, Losses, and other items and such allocations to each Partner shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Partner if such allocations had not been made.

 

  (b) Rules of Application .

 

  (i) Profits and Losses and other items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with the portion of the year during which the Partners have held their respective interests. All items of income, loss and deduction shall be considered to have been earned ratably over the period of the fiscal year of the Partnership, except that (A) gains and losses arising from the disposition of assets shall be taken into account as of the date thereof, and (B) with the consent of the General Partner and all affected parties, the preceding items may be allocated by using an “interim closing of the books” method.

 

  (ii) In the event the Partnership is entitled to a deduction for interest imputed under any provision of the Code on any loan or advance from a Partner (whether such interest is currently deducted, capitalized or amortized), such deduction shall be allocated solely to such Partner.

 

  (iii) To the extent any payments in the nature of fees paid to a Partner are finally determined to be distributions to a Partner for federal income tax purposes, there will be a gross income allocation to such Partner in the amount of such distribution.

 

  (iv)

Losses shall not be allocated to any Partner to the extent that such allocation would result in a deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance while any other Partner continues to have a positive Adjusted Capital Account Balance; in

 

23


 

such event Losses shall first be allocated to Partners with positive Adjusted Capital Account Balances in proportion to such balances, until their positive Adjusted Capital Account Balances have been reduced to zero. To the extent that any Losses are allocated pursuant to this paragraph, Profits shall thereafter be allocated in reverse order of such allocations of Losses to the extent of such Losses.

 

  (v) The allocation of Profits and Losses to any Partner shall be deemed to be an allocation to that Partner of the same proportionate part of each separate item of taxable income, gain, loss, deduction or credit that comprises such Profits and Losses.

 

  (c) Rules Concerning Calculations of Profits and Losses and Code Section 704(c) Tax Allocations.

 

  (i) For purposes of computing Profits and Losses “ Carrying Value ” shall mean (a) with respect to contributed property, the agreed value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by Depreciation, (b) with respect to property the book value of which is adjusted pursuant to Treas. Reg. §§1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d), (e) or (f), the amount determined pursuant to sections 12.2(c)(iii) or (iv), and (c) with respect to any other property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes as of the time of determination.

 

  (ii) Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, the Carrying Value of Partnership property shall be adjusted to its fair market value, as determined by the General Partner:

(A)      The acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution;

(B)      The distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property or money in consideration for an interest in the Partnership; or

 

24


(C) The “liquidation” of the Partnership within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)( g ).

The revaluation of the Partnership property referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be made in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)( f) .

(iii)      Upon an issuance of additional Partnership interests for cash or contributed property, the Carrying Value of all Partnership properties shall, immediately prior to issuance, be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof) upward or downward to reflect any unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to each Partnership property (as if such unrealized gain or unrealized loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of such property at the fair market value thereof immediately prior to such issuance, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to section 6.4 of the Agreement). In determining such unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to the properties, the fair market value of Partnership properties shall be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable methods of valuation as it may adopt.

(iv)      Immediately prior to the distribution of any Partnership property in liquidation of the Partnership or any Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the Carrying Values of all Partnership properties shall be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof) upward or downward to reflect any unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to each Partnership property (as if such unrealized gain or unrealized loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of each such property, immediately prior to such distribution, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to section 6.4 of the Agreement). In determining such unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to the properties, the fair market value of Partnership properties shall be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable methods of valuation as it may adopt.

(v)      In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any contributed property shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as

 

25


to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its agreed value, pursuant to any method permitted by the regulations and chosen by the General Partner.

(vi)      In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted as described in paragraph (iii) or (iv) above, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the regulations thereunder.

(vii)      A transferee of a Partnership interest will succeed to the Capital Account relating to the Partnership interest transferred.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1       Notices .  Any and all notices or other communications which may be sent to any Partner shall be sent to the address listed in Schedule A, unless the Partnership is notified in writing of any change of address. Notices or other communications shall be deemed to have been given only when hand delivered or deposited with the United States Post Office by registered or certified mail addressed as set forth above.

13.2       No Partition of Partnership Property .  Each of the Partners hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of Partnership property or to compel any sale thereof. Further, all rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including inventory and appraisement of the Partnership assets or sale of a deceased Partner’s interest therein, provision for which is made in the Act, or on account of the operation of any other rule or law of any other jurisdiction to compel any sale or appraisement of Partnership assets or sale of a deceased Partner’s interest therein, are hereby waived and dispensed with and the interest in the Partnership of a deceased Partner shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

13.3       Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio.

13.4       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one agreement, notwithstanding that all of the parties are not signatories

 

26


to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed to be a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

13.5       Gender; Captions .  Words of any gender used in this Agreement shall be held to include any other gender, and words of the singular number shall be held to include the plural (and vice-versa), when the sense requires. The captions to each Article and section are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement or in any way affect it.

13.6       Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the subject matter hereof. There are no representations, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not described herein.

13.7       Provisions Severable .  This Agreement is intended to be performed in accordance with and only to the extent permitted by, all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of the jurisdictions in which the Partnership does business. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall for any reason and to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby, but rather shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

13.8       Binding Agreement .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of all Partners and their respective legal representatives, heirs, permitted successors and permitted assigns.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement and have hereunto set their hands to multiple copies hereof to be effective as provided in section 1.2.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

Magnum Management Corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

LIMITED PARTNER:

 

Cedar Fair, L.P.

By:  

Cedar Fair Management Company,

Its Managing General Partner

  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

28


SCHEDULE A

BOECKLING, L.P.

 

Address of Principal

Office of the

Partnership

            

Name and Address of

Agent of the

Partnership for

Service of Process

Name and Business

Address of General

Partner

  

Capital

Contribution

  

Percentage of

Partnership

Interest

  

No. of

Partnership Units

Magnum Management

Corporation

P.O. Box 5006

Sandusky, OH 44871-

5006

   $261*               

0.1%

  

1

Name and Address of

Limited Partner(s)

  

Capital

Contribution

  

Percentage of

Partnership

Interest

  

No. of

Partnership Units

Cedar Fair, L.P.

P.O. Box 5006

Sandusky, OH 44871-

5006

   $260,750**        99.9%    999

 

  * Non-Interest bearing note.
  ** Fair market value of land and building.

 

29


EXHIBIT A

Description of Property

The parcel of land and improvement thereon situated in the First Ward of the City of Sandusky, County of Erie, and State of Ohio, being all those parts and portions of Water Lots Number 61, 62, 63 and 64 in the Original Town Plat of said City; lying north of Railroad Street, but subject to all legal highways.

 

30

Exhibit 3.4

LOGO

 

Nova Scotia

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION

Corporations Registration Act

Registry Number

3214914

Name of Company

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

I hereby certify that the above-mentioned company, resulting from the amalgamation of:

3147010 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

is hereby registered this date under the Corporations Registration Act.

Registrar of Joint Stock Companies

March 26, 2007

Date of Registration


LOGO

 

Nova Scotia

CERTIFICATE OF AMALGAMATION

Companies Act

Registry Number

3214914

I hereby certify that

3147010 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

having entered into an amalgamation subsequently approved by Order of the Supreme Court of Nova Scotia, have amalgamated and the name of the amalgamated company is:

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

and the amalgamation is approved by the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies effective this date and the liability of the members is unlimited.

Registrar of Joint Stock Companies

March 26, 2007

Date of Amalgamation

Exhibit 3.5

 

2007

   S.H. No.                                

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF NOVA SCOTIA

 

IN THE MATTER OF:   

The Companies Act of Nova Scotia, being Chapter 81 of the Revised Statutes of Nova Scotia, 1989 and amendments thereto

  

- and -

IN THE MATTER OF:   

The application of 3147010 Nova Scotia Company. and Canada’s Wonderland Company, for an Order, approving the amalgamation of the applicants pursuant to Section 134 of the Companies Act

A F F I D A V I T

I, Richard Kinzel, make oath and say as follows:

1.         THAT I am the sole director an officer of each of the applicants, and in such capacities I have personal knowledge of the facts deposed to herein except where otherwise stated.

2.         THAT 3147010 Nova Scotia Company (“3147010”) was incorporated under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) on June 9, 2006.

3.         THAT Canada’s Wonderland Company (“Wonderland”) was formed by amalgamation under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) on June 30, 2006.

4.         THAT filed with this my affidavit and attached hereto as Exhibit “A” is a true copy of the balance sheet of 3147010 as at December 31, 2006. Such balance sheet presents fairly the financial position of the company at the date thereof.

5.         THAT filed with this my affidavit and attached hereto as Exhibit “B” is a true copy of the balance sheet of Wonderland as at December 31, 2006. Such balance sheet presents fairly the financial position of the company at the date thereof.

6.         THAT there has been no material adverse change in the respective financial positions of 3147010 and Wonderland since the date of the balance sheets attached hereto as Exhibits “A” and “B”.


2

 

7.         THAT 3147010 and Wonderland are private companies and their financial statements are not made available to the public. The balance sheets attached as exhibits to this affidavit contain confidential information concerning 3147010 and Wonderland, disclosure of which to the public, and more specifically to those engaged in similar businesses, could have a detrimental effect on the ability of the amalgamated company to carry on its business in the future.

8.         THAT the applicants ask that the Court direct that this affidavit be sealed by the Prothonotary and not be opened except upon further order of the Court.

 

SWORN TO at Sandusky, in

 

)

 

the State of Ohio, this 21

 

)

 

day of March, 2007, before me,

 

)

 
 

)

 

/s/ Richard Kinzel

/s/ Brenda S. Lakner

 

)

 

Richard Kinzel

A Notary Public in and for the

 

)

 

State of Ohio

 

)

 

 

Brenda S. Lakner
Notary Public, State of Ohio
My Commission Expires on September 23, 2007

(932981)


3147010 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

Balance Sheet

for the period ended 12/31/2006

 

(IN CANADIAN $)      

ASSETS

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AFFILIATED CO’S

 

Intercompany Receivable from Canada’s Wonderland Company

                $390,442,673    

INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

 

Investment in Canada’s Wonderland Company

    42,609,410    

OTHER ASSETS

    1,496,044    

Financing Costs

 

Accum. Amortization

    (148,370)   

Swap Adjustments

    5,073,143    
       

TOTAL ASSETS

    $439,472,900    
       

LIABILITIES

 

INTEREST PAYABLE

 

Interest Payable

    ($135,685)   
       

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

    ($135,685)   

CREDIT AGREEMENT

    (313,075,399)   
       

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

    ($313,075,399)   
       

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    $313,211084)   
       

EQUITY

 

INITIAL EQUITY

    ($129,662,894)   

Other Comprehensive Income

    9,763,071    

Retained Earnings

    (6,361,993)   
       

TOTAL EQUITY

    ($126,261,816)   
       
 
       

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    ($439,472,900)   
       

 

2007

 

S.H. No.            

This is Exhibit “A” referred to in the affidavit of Richard Kinzel sworn before me this 21 day of March, 2007

/s/ Brenda S. Lakner

 

A Notary Public in and for the State of Ohio

Brenda S. Lakner
Notary Public, State of Ohio
My Commission Expires on September 23, 2007


CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

Book Value Balance Sheet

for the period ended 12/31/2006

 

(IN CANADIAN $)      

ASSETS

 

CASH

 

Cash in Bank

    $23,052,030    

Cash on Hand

    29,784    

RECEIVABLES

 

Accounts Receivable - Tickets

    362,993    

Accounts Rec.-Other than Tickets

    608,325    

Allowance-Doubtful Account

    (37,320)   

INVENTORIES

 

Inventory-Games

    484,442    

Inventory-Merchandise

    873,813    

Inventory-Food Service

    85,547    

Inventory-Supplies

    191,508    

PREPAYMENTS AND DEPOSITS

 

Prepaid Expenses

    371,332    

LAND, BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, INTANGIBLES

 

Land

    62,907,847    

Land Improvements

      

Buildings

      

Equipment

    77,612,528    

Construction In Progress

    367,916    

Accumulated Depreciation

    (3,288,659)   

Goodwill and Intangibles

    (0)   
       

TOTAL ASSETS

                $163,622,088    
       

LIABILITIES

 

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

 

Vendors Invoices

    ($1,008,152)   

Payroll Deductions-Miscellaneous

    (11,974)   

Payroll Taxes Withheld

    (3,132)   

Sales Tax Collected

    (48,461)   

Deposits Payable

    (237)   

Deferred Income

    (2,055,911)   

Accounts Payable-Concessionaires

    (2,300)   

ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

Accrued Taxes

    (2,502,000)   

Accrued Expenses

    (2,334,730)   

Claims Reserve - Public Liability

    (1,934,794)   
       

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

    ($9,901,691)   

Intercompany Payable to 3147010 NSC

  ($ 390,442,673)   

Intercompany Payable to Affiliates

    (8,116,303)   
       

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

    ($398,558,976)   
       

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    ($408,460,667)   
       

EQUITY

 

INITIAL EQUITY

    ($42,609,410)   

Opening Equity Adjustment

    305,207,312    

Retained Earnings

    (17,759,323)   
       

TOTAL EQUITY

    $244,838,579    
       

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    ($163,622,088)   
       

 

2007

 

S.H. No.            

This is Exhibit “B” referred to in the affidavit of Richard Kinzel sworn before me this 21 day of March, 2007

/s/ Brenda S. Lakner

 

A Notary Public in and for the State of Ohio

Brenda S. Lakner
Notary Public, State of Ohio
My Commission Expires on September 23, 2007


2007

   S.H. No.                                

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF NOVA SCOTIA

 

IN THE MATTER OF:

  

The Companies Act of Nova Scotia, being Chapter 81 of the Revised Statutes of Nova Scotia, 1989 and amendments thereto

  

- and -

IN THE MATTER OF:

  

The application of 3147010 Nova Scotia Company and Canada’s Wonderland Company for an Order approving the amalgamation of the applicants pursuant to Section 134 of the Companies Act

A F F I D A V I T

I, Richard Kinzel, make oath and say as follows:

1.         THAT I am the sole director of each of the applicants, and in such capacities I have personal knowledge of the facts deposed to herein except where otherwise stated.

2.         THAT 3147010 Nova Scotia Company (“3147010”) was incorporated under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) on June 9, 2006.

3.         THAT Canada’s Wonderland Company (“Wonderland”) was formed by amalgamation under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) on June 30, 2006.

4.         THAT 3147010 and Wonderland have entered into an Amalgamation Agreement, a true copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A”.

5.         THAT on March 21 , 2007, the Amalgamation Agreement was submitted to the sole shareholder of 3147010 and was approved by the sole shareholder of 3147010 by resolution in writing Attached as Exhibit “B” is the certificate of the Secretary of 3147010 respecting the foregoing approval.

6.         THAT on March 21, 2007, the Amalgamation Agreement was submitted to the sole shareholder of Wonderland and was approved by the sole shareholder of Wonderland by resolution in writing. Attached hereto as Exhibit “C” is the certificate of the Secretary of Wonderland respecting the foregoing approval.


2

 

7.         THAT all liabilities of each of 3147010 and Wonderland are paid in the ordinary course of business as they fall due and the amalgamation shall not adversely affect payment of such liabilities in the ordinary course of business as they fall due.

8.         THAT attached hereto as Exhibit “D” is a true copy of the consent of KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, to the amalgamation of 3147010 and Wonderland.

9.         THAT the amalgamation of 3147010 and Wonderland will not constitute a breach of or a default under any material agreement to which either of them is a party.

 

SWORN TO at Sandusky, in

 

)

 

the State of Ohio, this 21

 

)

 

day of March, 2007, before me,

 

)

 
 

)

 

/s/ Richard Kinzel

/s/ Brenda S. Lakner

 

)

 

Richard Kinzel

A Notary Public in and for the

 

)

 

State of Ohio

 

)

 

 

Brenda S. Lakner
Notary Public, State of Ohio
My Commission Expires on September 23, 2007

(932973)


THIS AMALGAMATION AGREEMENT made this 21st day of March, 2007;

BETWEEN :

3147010 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY , an unlimited company

incorporated under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia)

(“3147010”)

-and-

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY , an unlimited

company formed by amalgamation under the Companies Act

(Nova Scotia)

(“Wonderland”)

WHEREAS:

(a)        3147010 was incorporated under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) on June 9, 2006 and has an authorized capital of two hundred million (200,000,000) common shares without nominal or par value, of which forty-two million nine hundred and thirty-six thousand four hundred and ten (42,936,410) common shares are presently issued and outstanding;

(b)        Wonderland was formed by amalgamation under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) on June 30, 2006 and has an authorized capital of two billion (2,000,000,000) common shares without nominal or par value, of which one hundred and fifty-seven million three hundred and ninety thousand five hundred and ninety (157,390,590) common shares are presently issued and outstanding; and

(c)        It is considered desirable and in the interests of 3147010 and Wonderland that they amalgamate pursuant to the provisions of Section 134 of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia);

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.        3147010 and Wonderland shall be amalgamated into and continue as one company (“Amalco”) pursuant to the provisions of Section 134 of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) effective on the day this agreement, together with an Order of the Supreme Court of Nova Scotia approving this agreement, is filed with the Nova Scotia Registrar of Joint Stock Companies pursuant to subsection 134(9) of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia)


2

 

2.

The attributes and characteristics of Amalco shall be as follows:

 

  (a)

The name of Amalco shall be “Canada’s Wonderland Company”;

 

  (b)

The registered office of Amalco shall be 1300-1969 Upper Water Street, Purdy’s Wharf Tower II, P.O. Box 730, Halifax, Nova Scotia, B3J2V1;

 

  (c)

The authorized capital of Amalco shall be as set out in the Articles of Association attached hereto as Schedule “B”;

 

  (d)

The liability of the members of Amalco shall be unlimited;

 

  (e)

The Memorandum of Association of Amalco which, inter alia , sets out its objects and powers, shall be that attached hereto as Schedule “A”;

 

  (f)

The name, address and occupation of the first director of Amalco is:

 

Name

  

Address

  

Occupation

Richard Kinzel

  

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio

44870

   Executive

and such director shall hold office while qualified until his successor is elected in the manner provided in the Articles of Association of Amalco;

 

  (g)

The manner of converting the authorized and issued capital of 3147010 and Wonderland into that of Amalco shall be as follows:

 

  (i)

each holder of a common share in the capital of 3147010 shall be entitled to receive one (1) fully paid common share in the capital of Amalco for each common share in the capital of 3147010;

 

  (ii)

each of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Wonderland, all of which will be held by 3147010 at the time of the amalgamation, shall be cancelled; and

 

  (h)

The Articles of Association of Amalco shall be those attached hereto as Schedule “B”


3

 

3.          Amalco shall possess all the property, rights, privileges and franchises, and shall be subject to all the liabilities, contracts and debts, of 3147010 and Wonderland.

4.          All rights of creditors against the property, rights and assets of 3147010 and Wonderland, respectively, and all liens upon the respective properties, rights, and assets shall be unimpaired by the amalgamation and all debts, contracts, liabilities and duties of 3147010 and Wonderland, respectively, shall thenceforth attach to Amalco and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if such debts, contracts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by Amalco.

5.          No action or proceeding by or against 3147010 and Wonderland shall abate or be affected by the amalgamation, but for the purposes of such actions or proceedings 3147010 and Wonderland, as the case may be, shall be deemed still to exist and Amalco may be substituted in such action or proceeding in the place of 3147010 and Wonderland, as the case may be.

6.          Each of 3147010 and Wonderland shall execute and deliver such documents and papers and take such further actions as may be required to carry out the terms and conditions hereof and to consummate the amalgamation in accordance with this Agreement.

7.          Completion of the amalgamation is subject to approval by the shareholders of each of 3147010 and Wonderland in the manner specified in subsection (4) of section 134 of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) and by a Judge of the Supreme Court of Nova Scotia as required by subsection (5) of section 134 of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this agreement the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED

in the presence of:

LOGO

 

)

)

)

)

 

LOGO

 

 

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

 

 

3147010 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

 
 

Per:

 

/s/ Richard Kinzel

 

Name:

 

Richard Kinzel

 

Title:

 

Director

 
   
   

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

 
 

Per:

 

/s/ Richard Kinzel

 

Name:

 

Richard Kinzel

 

Title:

 

Director

 

 

(932912.2)


Schedule “A”

COMPANIES ACT

CHAPTER 81, R.S.N.S. 1989

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

 

 

1        -        The name of the company is CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

 

 

2        -        There are no restrictions on the objects and powers of the company.

 

 

3        -        Pursuant to subsection (11) of Section 26 of the Companies Act , to the intent that subsection (9) of Section 26 not apply to the company, the following powers are hereby expressly conferred upon the company:

           The company shall have power to:

 

  (a)

sell or dispose of its undertaking or a substantial part thereof;

 

  (b)

subject to the provisions of the Act with respect to reduction of capital, distribute any of its property in specie among its members; and

 

  (c)

amalgamate with any company or other body of persons.

 

 

4        -        The liability of all of the members is unlimited.

 

 

(1011374.1)


Schedule “B”

COMPANIES ACT

(Nova Scotia)

UNLIMITED COMPANY

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

 

 

1.        In these Articles, unless there be something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

“Act” means the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) as amended;

“Board” means the directors of the Company for the time being;

“Company” means the company named above;

“dividend” includes bonus;

“member” and “Shareholder” are used interchangeably;

“Memorandum” means the Memorandum of Association of the Company and all amendments thereto;

“Month” means calendar month;

“Office” means the registered office for the time being of the Company;

“Proxyholder” includes alternate proxyholder;

“Register” means the register of members to be kept pursuant to Section 42 of the Act;

“Registrar” means the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies for the time being;

“Reporting Company” and “Reporting Issuer” have the meanings given to them respectively by the Act;


2

 

“Secretary” includes any person appointed to perform the duties of Secretary of the Company temporarily;

“security” means a security as defined by the Securities Act (Nova Scotia);

“Shareholder” means member as that term is used in the Act in connection with an unlimited company having share capital;

“Special Resolution” has the meaning assigned by Section 87 of the Act;

“these Presents” and “these Articles” includes these Articles of Association (and schedules thereto) and any modification or alteration thereof for the time being in force;

“written” and “in writing” mean and include words printed, lithographed, represented or reproduced in any mode in a visible form;

Words importing the singular number only, include the plural number and vice versa;

Words importing the masculine gender only, include the feminine gender; and

Words importing persons include corporations.

2.        The regulations contained in Table “A” in the first schedule to the Act shall not apply to the Company.

3.        The directors may enter into and carry into effect or adopt and carry into effect any agreement or agreements from time to time made by or with the promoters of the Company by or on behalf of the Company with full power nevertheless from time to time to agree to any modification of the terms of such agreement or agreements either before or after execution thereof.

4.        The directors may, out of any moneys of the Company for the time being in their hands, pay all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

5.        The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the directors may think fit, and notwithstanding that part only of the shares may have been allotted.

SHARES

6.         The authorized capital of the Company consists of two billion (2,000,000,000) common shares without nominal or par value, with power to divide the shares in the capital for the time being into several classes and/or to attach thereto respectively any preferential,


3

 

common, deferred or qualified rights, privileges or conditions, including restrictions on voting and including redemption or purchase of such shares, subject, however, to the Act and amendments thereto.

7.        Subject to the provisions of the agreement or agreements mentioned in Article 3 hereof, the shares shall be under the control of the directors who may allot or otherwise dispose of the same to such persons on such terms and conditions and at such times as the directors may think fit and with full power to give to any person the call of any shares during such time and for such consideration as the directors think fit. The directors may pay on behalf of the Company a reasonable commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, (whether absolutely or conditionally), for any shares in the Company, or his procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions for any shares in the Company. The commission may be paid or satisfied in cash or in shares, debentures or debenture stock of the Company.

8.        Shares may be registered in the names of any number of persons not exceeding three as joint holders thereof.

9.        Save as herein otherwise provided, the Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof, and accordingly shall not, except as ordered by a Court of competent jurisdiction, or as by statute required, be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person.

CERTIFICATES

10.        Certificates of title to shares shall be signed by:

(a)        the President or a Vice-President or a director and either the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary; or

(b)        such other person as the directors may authorize.

The signature of the President or a Vice-President may be engraved, lithographed or printed upon the certificates or any one or more of them, and any certificates bearing such engraved, lithographed or printed signature of the President or a Vice-President, when signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by such other persons as the directors may authorize, shall be valid and binding upon the Company.

11.        Every member shall be entitled to one certificate for all his shares, or to several certificates each for one or more of such shares.

12.        Where shares are registered in the names of two or more persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate or one set of certificates, and such certificate or set of certificates shall be delivered to the person first named on the Register.

13.        If any certificate be worn out or defaced, then upon production thereof to the directors, they may order the same to be cancelled, and may issue a new certificate in lieu


4

 

thereof; and if any certificate is lost or destroyed, then upon proof thereof to the satisfaction of the directors, and on such indemnity as the directors deem adequate being given, a new certificate in lieu thereof shall be given to the person entitled to such lost or destroyed certificate.

14.        The directors may cause to be kept in any place or places either in or outside of Nova Scotia, one or more branch Registers.

CALLS

15.        The directors may from time to time make such calls as they think fit upon the members in respect of all moneys unpaid on the shares held by them respectively and not by the conditions of allotment thereof made payable at fixed times, and each member shall pay the amount of every call so made on him to the person, and at the times and places appointed by the directors. A call may be made payable by instalments.

16.        A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the directors authorizing such call was passed.

17.        At least fourteen days’ notice of any call shall be given, and such notice shall specify the time and place at which and the person to whom such call shall be paid.

18.        If the sum payable in respect of any call or instalment is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest for the same at the rate often per centum per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof up to the time of the actual payment.

19.        On the trial or hearing of any action for the recovery of any money due for any call it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the member sued is entered on the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the share or shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book and that notice of such call was duly given to the member sued in pursuance of these Articles and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the directors who made such call nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

20.        The directors may, if they think fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same, all or any part of the moneys due upon the shares held by him beyond the sums actually called for and upon the moneys so paid or satisfied in advance, or so much thereof as from time to time exceeds the amount of the calls then made upon the shares in respect of which such advance has been made, the Company may pay interest at such rate as the member paying such sum in advance and the directors agree upon, or the directors may agree with such member that a member may participate in profits upon the amounts so paid or satisfied in advance.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

21.        If any member fails to pay any call or instalment on or before the day appointed for the payment of the same, the directors may at any time thereafter, during such time as the call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on such member requiring him to pay the same,


5

 

together with any interest that may have accrued, and all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.

22.        The notice shall name a day (not being less than fourteen days after the date of the notice) and a place on and at which such call or instalment and such interest and expenses are to be paid. The notice shall also state that in the event of nonpayment on or before the day and at the place or one of the places so named, the shares in respect of which the call was made or instalment is payable will be liable to be forfeited.

23.        If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any shares in respect of which such notice has been given may, at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls or instalments, interest and expenses, due in respect thereof, be forfeited by a resolution of the directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

24.        When any share has been so forfeited, notice of the resolution shall be given to the member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof shall forthwith be made in the Register.

25.        Any share so forfeited shall be deemed to be the property of the Company, and the directors may sell, re-allot or otherwise dispose of the same in such manner as they think fit.

26.        The directors may at any time before any share so forfeited has been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, annul the forfeiture thereof upon such conditions as they think fit.

27.        Any member whose shares have been forfeited shall, notwithstanding be liable to pay, and shall forthwith pay to the Company all calls, instalments, interest and expenses, owing upon, or in respect of such shares at the time of the forfeiture, together with interest thereon, at the rate of ten per centum per annum, from the time of forfeiture until payment, and the directors may enforce the payment thereof if they think fit, but shall be under no obligation to do so.

28.        A certificate in writing, under the hands of two of the directors and countersigned by the Secretary that a share has been duly forfeited in pursuance of these Articles, and stating the time when it was forfeited, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons who would have been entitled to the share but for such forfeiture; and such certificate, together with the receipt of the Company for the price of such share, shall constitute as a good title to such share.

LIEN ON SHARES AND LIABILITY OF MEMBERS

29.        The Company shall have a first and paramount lien upon all shares registered in the name of each member (whether solely or jointly with others) and upon the proceeds of sale thereof for his debts, liabilities and other engagements, solely or jointly with any other person, to or with the Company whether the period for the payment, fulfilment or discharge thereof shall


6

 

have actually arrived or not, and no equitable interest in any share shall be created except upon the condition that Article 9 of these Articles is to have full effect. Such lien shall extend to all dividends from time to time declared in respect of such shares. Unless otherwise agreed, the registration of a transfer of shares shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien, if any, on such shares.

30.        For the purpose of enforcing such lien, the directors may sell the shares subject thereto in such manner as they think fit; but no sale shall be made until notice in writing of the intention to sell has been given to such member, his executors, administrators, successors or assigns and default shall have been made by him or them in the payment, fulfilment or discharge of such debts, liabilities or engagements for seven (7) days after such notice. The net proceeds of any such sale after payment of the cost of such sale shall be applied in or towards the satisfaction of such debts, liabilities or engagements and the residue, if any, paid to such member or his executors, administrators, successors or assigns.

31.        Upon any sale for enforcing a lien, in purported exercise of the powers given by these Articles, the directors may cause the purchaser’s name to be entered in the Register in respect of the shares sold, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the regularity of the proceedings or the application of the purchase money and, after his name has been entered in the Register in respect of such shares, the validity of the sale shall not be impeached by any person and the remedy of any person aggrieved by this sale shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.

TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

32.        No security issued by the Company, other than a non-convertible debt security, may be transferred, except

 

  (a)

with the consent of the directors of the Company expressed by a resolution of the directors or by a document in writing signed by a majority of the directors; or

 

  (b)

with the consent of the holders of the shares entitled to vote at an ordinary general meeting expressed by a resolution of the holders of those shares or by a document in writing signed by the holders of the majority of those shares.

The Company shall not register any other purported transfer of securities.

33.        The instrument of transfer of any share in the Company shall be signed by the transferor and the transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof, and shall be entitled to receive any dividend declared thereon before the registration of transfer.

34.        The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing substantially in the following form and substance:


7

 

For value received …………………hereby, sells, assigns and transfers unto ……………………… Shares in the capital of the Company [, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ……………… attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Company with the full power of substitution in the premises],

Dated the day of             , 20    .

[Words in brackets are optional]

or in such other form as the directors may approve. Acceptance of an instrument of transfer by the directors shall be conclusive evidence that the instrument of transfer is in compliance with this Article.

35.        Every instrument of transfer shall be left at the Office for registration, accompanied by the certificate of the shares to be transferred, and such other evidence as the Company may require to prove the title of the transferor or his right to transfer the shares.

36.        Every instrument of transfer shall, after the registration thereof, remain in the custody of the Company, but any instrument of transfer which the directors decline to register shall be returned to the person depositing the same.

INCREASE AND REDUCTION OF CAPITAL

37.        Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of any class or series of shares to vote separately as a class or series thereon, the Company in general meeting may, from time to time, increase the capital by the creation or issue of new shares of such amount as it thinks expedient.

38.        Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of any class or series of shares to vote separately as a class or series thereon, the Act and the restrictions on allotment, disposition and transferability in these Articles, the new shares may be issued upon such terms and conditions, and with such rights and privileges annexed thereto, as the general meeting resolving upon the creation thereof shall direct; and if no direction be given, as the directors shall determine, and in particular such shares may be issued with a preferential or qualified right to dividends and in the distribution of assets of the Company, and with a special or without any right of voting.

39.        Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be considered part of the original capital, and shall be subject to the provisions herein contained including, without limitation, those provisions referring to transfer of and the Company’s lien on shares.

40.        Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of any class or series of shares to vote separately as a class or series thereon, the Company shall reduce all or a portion of the paid-up capital on a class or series of shares, or shares of such class or series of shares, if such reduction is authorized by resolution at a meeting of the shareholders or a written resolution in lieu thereof. If the reduction of paid-up capital is so authorized, the shareholders approving of such reduction at such meeting shall determine when the paid-up capital shall be reduced on the shares of the particular class or series of shares, or shares of such class or series of shares, the


8

 

amount of paid-up capital to be reduced on each such share and the manner in which such reduction shall be effected including, without limitation, by distributing cash or other assets of the Company, or by issuing debenture stock, debentures, or promissory notes or reducing any liability of the holders of the shares of such class or series of shares. The amount of the reduction in the paid-up capital of the shares of a particular class or series shall be recorded in the accounts of the Company maintained for such class or series of shares.

41.        Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of any class or series of shares to vote separately as a class or series thereon,

(a)        the Company may from time to time in general meeting consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares (and, for greater certainty, consolidate and divide all of its issued and/or unissued shares of a particular class of shares into a smaller number of shares than the existing issued and/or unissued shares, as the case may be, of that particular class of shares);

(b)        the Company may from time to time in general meeting convert all or any of its paid-up shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up shares of any denomination;

(c)        the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution subdivide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by these Articles (and, for greater certainty, subdivide all of its issued and/or unissued shares of a particular class of shares into a larger number of shares than the existing issued and/or unissued shares, as the case may be, of that particular class of shares) so, however, that in the sub-division the proportion between the amount paid and the amount if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived. The Special Resolution whereby any share is subdivided may determine that, as between the holders of the shares, resulting from such subdivision, one or more of such shares shall have some preference or special advantage as regards dividend, capital, voting, or otherwise, over, or as compared with, the others or other;

(d)        the Company may from time to time in general meeting exchange shares of one denomination for another;

(e)        the Company may from time to time in general meeting cancel shares which, at

the date of the passing of the resolution in that behalf, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled;

(f)        the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution convert any part of its issued or unissued share capital into preference shares redeemable or purchasable by the Company in the manner provided in the Act;


9

 

(g)        the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution provide for the issue of shares without any nominal or par value;

(h)        the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution convert all or any of its previously authorized unissued or issued and fully paid-up shares, with nominal or par value, into the same number of shares without any nominal or par value, and reduce, maintain or increase accordingly its liability on any of its shares so converted;

(i)         the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution convert all or any of its previously authorized unissued or issued and fully paid-up shares, without nominal or par value, into the same or a different number of shares with nominal or par value. For such purpose the shares issued without nominal or par value and replaced by shares with a nominal or par value shall be considered as fully paid, but their aggregate par value shall not exceed the value of the net assets of the Company as represented by the shares without par value issued before the conversion; and

(j)         subject to the provisions of the Act, from time to time in force, the Company may, if authorized by Special Resolution, purchase or otherwise acquire shares issued by it.

42.        The purpose of this Article is to restrict the operation of subsection 12(1) of the Third Schedule to the Act in the manner permitted by that Section. In the case of an amendment to the Memorandum or Articles of the Company of the kind referred to in clause (a), (b) or (e) of subsection 2(2) of the Third Schedule to the Act, any class of shares or any series of shares affected by the amendment in a manner different from other shares of the same class shall not carry the right to vote separately as a class or series upon any such amendment.

CLASSES OF SHARES

43.        Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of any class or series of shares entitled to vote separately as a class or series thereon, and subject to the provisions of these Articles, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares, any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights, or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividends, voting, return of share capital or otherwise, as the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution determine. Any preference shares may with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company be issued on the terms that they are, at the option of the of the Company, liable to be redeemed or purchased by the Company.

BORROWING POWERS

44.        The directors on behalf of the Company may from time to time in their discretion:

(a)        raise or borrow money for the purposes of the Company or any of them;

(b)        secure the repayment of moneys so raised or borrowed in such manner and upon such terms and conditions in all respects as they think fit, and in particular by the


10

 

execution and delivery of mortgages of the Company’s real or personal property, or by the issue of bonds, debentures or debenture stock of the Company secured by mortgage or otherwise or charged upon all or any part of the property of the Company, both present and future, including its uncalled capital for the time being;

(c)        sign or endorse bills, notes, acceptances, cheques, contracts, and other evidence of or securities for money borrowed or to be borrowed for the purposes aforesaid; and

(d)        pledge debentures as security for loans.

45.        Bonds, debentures, debenture stock and other securities may be made assignable, free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.

46.        Any bonds, debentures, debenture stock, and other securities may be issued at a discount, premium, or otherwise, and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of directors, and otherwise.

RECORD DATES

47.        (1)        For the purpose of determining

(a)        Shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, or

(b)        who is a Shareholder for any other purpose except the right to receive notice of, or to vote at, a meeting,

the directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for the determination of Shareholders, but the record date so fixed shall not precede by more than fifty days the particular action to be taken.

        (2)        For the purpose of determining Shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Shareholders, the directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for the determination of Shareholders, but the record date so fixed shall not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than fifty days or less than twenty-one days.

        (3)        If no record date is fixed pursuant to subarticle (l) or (2),

(a)        the record date for the determination of Shareholders for any purpose, other than to establish a Shareholder’s right to receive notice of, or to vote at, a meeting, is the day on which the directors pass the resolution relating to the particular purpose; and

(b)        the record date for the determination of Shareholders entitled to receive notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Shareholders is

        (i)        the day immediately preceding the day on which the notice is given, or


11

 

 (ii)        if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held.

 (4)        Subject to subarticle (5), where a record date is fixed for the Company, notice thereof shall, not less than seven days before the record date, be given

(a)      by advertisement in a newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of the Company is situated and in each place in Canada where the Company has a transfer agent or where a transfer of the Company’s shares may be recorded; and

(b)      by written notice to each stock exchange, if any, in Canada on which the shares of the Company are listed for trading.

 (5)        Notice of a record date fixed for the Company need not be given where notice of the record date is waived in writing by every holder of a share of the class or series affected whose name is set out in the Register at the close of business on the date the directors fix the record date.

MEETINGS

48.        The first meeting of the Company shall be held within eighteen months from the date of the registration of the Memorandum of Association of the Company and at such place as the directors may determine.

49.        Other general meetings shall be held once at least in every calendar year, at such time and place as may be determined by the directors and not more than fifteen months after the preceding general meeting.

50.        The general meetings referred to in the next preceding Article shall be called ordinary general meetings; and all other meetings of the Company shall be called special general meetings.

51.        The directors, whenever they think fit, may convene a special general meeting and, on the requisition of members of the Company holding not less than five percent of the shares of the Company carrying the right to vote at the meeting sought to be held, the directors shall forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting of the Company to be held at such time and place as may be determined by the directors.

52.        The requisition must state the objects of the meeting required, and must be signed by the members making the same and shall be deposited at the Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the requisitionists.

53.        If the directors do not proceed to cause a meeting to be held, within twenty-one days from the date of the requisition being so deposited, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene


12

 

the meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after three months from the date of such deposit.

54.        If at any such meeting a resolution requiring confirmation at another meeting is passed, the directors shall forthwith convene a further special general meeting for the purpose of considering such resolution; and if thought fit, of confirming it as a Special Resolution; and if the directors do not convene the meeting within seven days from the date of the passing of the first resolution, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene the meeting.

55.        Any meeting convened under the foregoing provisions by the requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which meetings are to be convened by directors.

56.        At least twenty-one days’ notice of every general meeting specifying the place, day and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of special business, the general nature of such business, shall be sent to the members entitled to be present at such meeting by notice sent by post or otherwise served as hereinafter provided; and, with the consent in writing of all the members entitled to vote at such meeting, a meeting may be convened by shorter notice and in any manner they think fit, or if all the members are present at a meeting, either in person or by proxy, notice of time, place and purpose of the meeting may be waived.

57.        Where it is proposed to pass a Special Resolution, the two meetings may be convened by one and the same notice, and it shall be no objection to such notice that it only convenes the second meeting contingently upon the resolution being passed by the required majority at the first meeting.

58.        The accidental omission to give any such notice to any of the members or the non-receipt of any such notice by any of the members shall not invalidate any resolution passed at any such meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

59.        The business of an ordinary general meeting shall be to receive and consider the financial statements of the Company, the reports of the directors and of the auditors, if any, to elect directors in the place of those retiring and to transact any other business which under these Articles ought to be transacted at an ordinary general meeting.

60.        (1)    Two members (where there is more than one member) personally present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for a general meeting. A corporation which is a member of the Company, and which has duly appointed a representative under the provisions of the Act who is personally present at the meeting, shall, for the purposes of this Article, be considered as if personally present thereat.

(2)    If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of the members of the Company


13

 

pursuant to Article 51, shall be dissolved; but in any other case it shall stand adjourned, to the same day, in the next week, at the same time, and place, and if at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present, those members entitled to vote as aforesaid who are present shall be a quorum, and may transact the business for which the meeting was called.

61.        No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless the quorum requisite be present at the commencement of the business.

62.        The Chairman of the Board shall be entitled to take the chair at every general meeting, or if there be no Chairman of the Board, or if at any meeting he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding such meeting, the President (if a director), or failing him a Vice-President who is a director, shall be entitled to take the chair, and if none of the Chairman of the Board, the President (if a director), or such a Vice-President shall be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present entitled to vote at the meeting shall choose another director as Chairman and if no director is present or if all the directors present decline to take the chair, then the members present entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be Chairman.

63.        Every question submitted to a meeting shall be decided, in the first instance, by a show of hands, and in the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman shall not, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, have a casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which he may be entitled as a member.

64.        At any general meeting, a resolution put to the meeting shall be decided by a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of a show of hands) demanded by the Chairman, a member, or a Proxyholder, and, unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the Chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried by a particular majority, or lost, or not carried by a particular majority, and an entry to that effect in the book of proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour or against such resolution. Subject to the Act and these Articles, a resolution shall be carried if more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes are cast in favour of such resolution by the members entitled to vote thereon.

65.        If a poll is demanded as aforesaid, it shall be taken in such manner, at such time and place as the Chairman of the meeting directs, and either at once, or after an interval or adjournment or otherwise, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The demand of a poll may be withdrawn. In case of any dispute as to the admission or rejection of a vote, the Chairman shall determine the same, and such determination made in good faith, shall be final and conclusive.

66.        The Chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn the same from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.


14

 

67.        Any poll demanded on the election of a Chairman of a meeting or any question of adjournment shall be taken at the meeting, and without adjournment.

68.        The demand of a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which a poll has been demanded.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

69.        (1)    Subject to the Act, the provisions applicable to any shares issued under conditions limiting or excluding the right of holders thereof to vote at general meetings and these Articles, on a show of hands every member present in person and every Proxyholder, subject to subsection 85F(2) of the Act, shall have one vote, and upon a poll every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share held by him.

 (2)    Where a company being a member is represented by a Proxyholder who is not a member or by a representative duly authorized under the Act, such Proxyholder or representative shall be entitled to vote for such company either on a show of hands or on a poll.

70.         Where there are joint registered holders of any share, any one of such persons may vote at any meeting either personally or by proxy, in respect of such share, as if he were solely entitled thereto; and if more than one of such joint holders is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, that one of the said persons so present, whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such share, shall alone be entitled to vote in respect thereof.

71.        Votes may be given either personally or by proxy or, in the case of a company, by a representative duly authorized under the Act.

72.        (1)    A proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointer or of his attorney duly authorized in writing, or, if such appointer is a company, under its common seal or the hand of its attorney or representative authorized in the manner referred to in clause 86(1 )(a) of the Act.

(2)    Holders of share warrants shall not be entitled to vote by proxy in respect of the shares included in such warrants unless otherwise expressed in such warrants.

73.        A member of unsound mind, in respect of whom an order has been made by any Court of competent jurisdiction, may vote by his guardian or other person in the nature of a guardian appointed by that Court and any such guardian or other person may vote by proxy.

74.        A proxy and the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of that power or authority, shall be deposited with the Chairman of the meeting before or at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which it is to be voted. A proxy shall cease to be valid one year after its date.

75.         A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death of the principal, or revocation of the proxy, or transfer of the


15

 

share in respect of which the vote is given, provided no intimation in writing of the death, revocation, or transfer shall have been received before the meeting at the Office of the Company, or by the Chairman of the meeting before the vote is given.

76.        Every form of proxy, whether for a specific meeting or otherwise, shall, as nearly as circumstances will admit, be in the form or to the effect following, or in such other form complying with the regulations made pursuant to the Act as the directors may from time to time determine:

 

I …………… of …………… in the County of …………… being a member of Canada’s Wonderland Company, hereby appoint ……………… of (or failing him ……… of ……… or failing him ………… of ……… ) as my proxy to attend and vote for me and on my behalf at the ordinary general (or special general as the case may be) meeting of the Company, to be held on the ………… day of …………… and at any adjournment thereof, or at any meeting of the Company which may be held within …………… months from the date thereof.

[if the proxy solicited by or on behalf of management of the Company, a statement to that effect]

As witness my hand this …… day of ……………, 20…

Witness …………… Shareholder ……………

77.        Any resolution passed by the directors, notice whereof shall be given to the members in the manner in which notices are hereinafter directed to be given and which shall, within one month after it has been passed, be ratified and confirmed in writing by members entitled on a poll to three-fifths of the votes, shall be as valid and effectual as a resolution of a general meeting, but this Article shall not apply to a resolution for winding up the Company, to a resolution passed in respect of any matter which by statute or these presents ought to be dealt with by Special Resolution, or any action which, by virtue of subsection 12(1) of the Third Schedule to the Act, requires approval in accordance with that subsection.

78.        (1)    A resolution, including a Special Resolution, in writing and signed by every Shareholder who would be entitled to vote on the resolution at a meeting is as valid as if it were passed by such Shareholders at a meeting and satisfied all the requirements of the Act respecting meetings of the Shareholders.

 (2)    A copy of every resolution referred to in subarticle (1) of this Article shall be kept with the minutes of proceedings of Shareholders.

DIRECTORS

79.        The number of directors shall be a minimum of one (1) and a maximum of ten (10) persons.

80.        The directors of the company on its amalgamation under the Act shall be determined in accordance with subsection 134(3)(e) of the Act.

81.        The directors shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any other person as a director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition, but the total number of


16

 

directors shall not at any time exceed the maximum number, fixed as above, and no such appointment shall be effective unless two-thirds of the directors concur therein.

82.        A director is not required to hold a share in the Company to qualify as a director.

83.        The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if the number of continuing directors falls below the minimum fixed as above, the directors shall not, except in emergencies or for the purpose of filling up vacancies, act so long as the number is below the minimum.

84.        The directors shall be paid out of the funds of the Company by way of remuneration for their service such sums, if any, as the Company in general meeting may determine, and such remuneration shall be divided among them in such proportions and manner as the directors may determine. The directors may also be paid their reasonable travelling and hotel and other expenses incurred in consequence of their attendance at meetings of the Board and otherwise in the execution of their duties as directors.

85.        A director may, in conjunction with the office of director, and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the directors arrange or determine, hold any other office or place of profit under the Company or under any company in which the Company shall be a shareholder or otherwise interested or under any other company.

86.        The office of a director shall ipso facto be vacated:

(a)        if he becomes bankrupt or makes an authorized assignment or suspends payment, or compounds with his creditors;

(b)        if he is found to be of unsound mind by a Court of competent jurisdiction;

(c)        if by notice in writing to the Company he resigns his office; or

(d)        if he is removed by resolution of the Company as provided in Article 91 hereof.

87.        No director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either as vendor, purchaser, or otherwise, nor shall any such contract, or any contract or arrangement entered into or proposed to be entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any director shall be in any way interested, either directly or indirectly, be voided, nor shall any director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason only of such director holding that office or of the fiduciary relations thereby established; but it is declared that the nature of his interest must be declared by him in the manner required by the Act. No director shall as a director vote in respect of any contract or arrangement in which he is so interested as aforesaid, and if he does so vote, his vote shall not be counted, but this prohibition may at any time or times be suspended or relaxed to any extent by a general meeting, and such prohibition shall not apply to any contract by or on behalf of the Company to give to the directors or any of them any security for advances or by way of indemnity or to the agreement or agreements referred to in Article 3 of


17

 

these Articles or to any modification of such agreement or agreements or any agreement or agreements substituted therefor or any matter arising therefrom.

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

88.        At every ordinary general meeting, all the directors shall retire from office, but shall hold office until the dissolution of the meeting at which their successors are elected. The Company shall at such meeting fill up the vacant offices by electing a like manner of persons to be directors, unless it is determined at such meeting to reduce or increase the number of directors. A retiring director shall be eligible for re-election.

89.        If at any ordinary general meeting at which an election of directors ought to take place, no such election takes place, or if no ordinary general meeting is held in any year or period of years, the retiring directors shall continue in office until their successors are elected and a general meeting for that purpose may on notice be held at any time.

90.        The Company in general meeting may from time to time increase or reduce the number of directors, and may determine or alter their qualifications.

91.        The Company may, by Special Resolution, remove any director before the expiration of his period of office and appoint another person who may be qualified or become qualified in his stead; and the person so appointed shall hold office during such time only as the director in whose place he is appointed would have held the same if he had not been removed.

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENT

92.        The directors may appoint a President of the Company and may determine the period for which he is to hold office. The President shall have general supervision of the business of the Company and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him by the directors from time to time.

93.        The directors may also appoint one or more Vice-Presidents, and may determine the period for which each of them are to hold office. A Vice-President shall, at the request of the directors and subject to its directions, perform the duties of the President during the absence, illness or incapacity of the President, or during such period as the President may request him so to do, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board from time to time.

94.        The directors may elect or appoint such other officers of the Company, having such powers and duties as they think fit. If the directors so decide, the same person may hold more than one of the offices provided for in these Articles.


18

 

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

95.        The directors may elect one of their number to be Chairman of the Board and may determine the period during which he is to hold office. He shall perform such duties and receive such special remuneration as the Board may from time to time provide.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

96.        The directors may meet together for the dispatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings, as they think fit. The quorum necessary for the transaction of business shall be a majority of the directors, provided that if a quorum is not present at any meeting of directors, such meeting shall be adjourned to another date determined by the Chairman of the Board, and at such adjourned meeting the quorum will be those directors present.

97.        Meetings of directors may be held either within or without the Province of Nova Scotia and the directors may from time to time make arrangements relating to the time and place of holding directors’ meetings. In any event,

(a)         meetings of directors shall be regularly scheduled at the end of the calendar year of the Company for the immediately following calendar year of the Company and notice of all of those meetings shall be delivered or mailed or telegraphed, telephoned or telefaxed to each director at least 48 hours before the meeting is to take place;

(b)         in the case of a meeting of directors, other than a meeting described in paragraph (a) immediately above and an adjourned meeting, notice of every such meeting shall be delivered or mailed or telegraphed, telephoned or telefaxed to each director at least five (5) business days before the meeting is to take place;

(c)         in the case of a meeting of directors that has been adjourned pursuant to Article 96, notice of every such adjourned meeting shall be delivered or mailed or telegraphed, telephoned or telefaxed to each director at least seventy-two (72) hours before the meeting is to take place; and

(d)         a meeting of directors may be held without formal notice if all the directors are present and waive notice, or if those absent have signified their assent to such meeting or their consent to the business transacted thereat.

98.        A director may participate in a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors by means of such telephone or other communications facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and a director participating in such a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at that meeting.

99.        The President (if a director) or any director may at any time, and the Secretary, upon the request of the President (if a director) or a director shall, convene a meeting of the directors.


19

 

100.      Questions arising at any meeting of directors shall be decided by a majority of votes, and in case of an equality of votes, the Chairman shall not have a second or casting vote.

101.      The Chairman of the Board shall preside at the meeting of the directors. If no Chairman of the Board is elected, or if at any meeting of directors he is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the President (if a director) shall preside, and if the President is not present at the time appointed for holding the meeting or the President is not a director, a Vice-President who is a director shall preside, and if neither the President (if a director) nor such a Vice-President is present at any meeting within the time aforesaid, the directors present shall choose some one of their number to be Chairman of such meeting.

102.      A meeting of the directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all or any of the authorities, powers and discretion by or under the statutes in that behalf or of the regulations of the Company vested in or exercisable by the directors generally.

103.      Subject to any other Article in these Articles, the directors may delegate any of their powers to committees, consisting of such number of members of their body as they think fit. Any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on them by the directors.

104.      The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the directors so far as the same are applicable thereto and are not superseded by any regulations made by the directors under the next preceding Article.

105.      All acts done at any meeting of the directors or of a committee of directors, or by any person acting as a director, shall, notwithstanding that it shall afterwards be discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of such directors or persons acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a director.

106.      (1)        A resolution in writing and signed by every director who would be entitled to vote on the resolution at a meeting is as valid as if it were passed by such directors, at a meeting.

         (2)        A copy of every resolution referred to in subsection (1) of this Article shall be kept with the minutes of proceedings of the directors or committee thereof, as the case may be.

107.      If any one or more of the directors are called upon to perform extra services or to make any special exertions in going or residing abroad or otherwise for any of the purposes of the Company, or the business thereof, the Company may remunerate the director or directors so doing, either by a fixed sum or by a percentage of profits or otherwise, as may be determined by the directors, and such remuneration may be either in addition to or in substitution for his share in the remuneration above provided.


20

 

108.      If a resolution authorizes the entering into of an agreement or the performance of any act, that resolution shall be deemed to authorize the execution of such further documents and the doing of such further things as may be necessary or desirable in connection therewith by the persons authorized to act by the resolution.

REGISTERS

109.      The directors shall cause a proper Register to be kept in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

110.      The directors may cause to be kept in any place outside of Nova Scotia a branch Register in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

111.      The directors shall also cause to be kept a proper register, containing the names and addresses and occupations of its directors or managers in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

112.      The directors shall cause a proper register of the holders of debentures to be kept at the Office in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

113.      The directors may cause to be kept in any place outside of Nova Scotia a branch register of the holders of debentures in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

MINUTES

114.      The directors shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books for that purpose:

(a)         of all appointments of officers;

(b)         of the names of the directors present at each meeting of the directors and of any committees of directors;

(c)         of all orders made by the directors and committees of directors; and

(d)         of all resolutions and proceedings of meetings of the Shareholders and of meetings of the directors.

Any such minutes of any meeting of the directors or of any committee, or of the Company, if purporting to be signed by the Chairman of such meeting or by the Chairman of the next succeeding meeting, shall be receivable as prima facie evidence of the matters stated in such minutes.


21

 

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

115.      The management of the business of the Company shall be vested in the directors, who, in addition to the powers and authorities by these Articles or otherwise expressly conferred upon them, may exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Company and are not hereby or by statute expressly directed or required to be exercised or done by the Company in general meeting, but subject nevertheless to the provisions of the statutes in that behalf and of these Articles and to any regulations from time to time made by the Company in general meeting; provided that no regulation so made shall invalidate any prior act of the directors, which would have been valid if such regulation had not been made.

116.      Without restricting the generality of the terms of the last preceding Article and without prejudice to the general powers conferred thereby, and the other powers conferred or restrictions imposed by these Articles on the powers of the directors, it is hereby expressly declared that the directors shall have the following powers, that is to say power from time to time:

(a)        to take such steps as they think fit to carry into effect any agreement or contract made by or on behalf of the Company;

(b)        to pay the costs, charges and expenses, preliminary and incidental to, the promotion, formation, establishment, and registration of the Company;

(c)        to purchase, or otherwise acquire, for the Company any property, rights or privileges which the Company is authorized to acquire, and at such price and generally on such terms and conditions as they think fit;

(d)        at their discretion, to pay for any property, rights, or privileges acquired by or services rendered to the Company, either wholly or partially in cash or in shares, bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, and any such shares may be issued either as fully paid up, or with such amount credited as paid up thereon as may be agreed upon; and any such bonds, debentures, or other securities may be either specifically charged upon all or any part of the property of the Company, or not so charged;

(e)        to secure the fulfilment of any contracts or engagements entered into by the Company, by mortgage or charge of all or any of the property of the Company and its unpaid capital for the time being, or in such other manner, as they may think fit;

(f)        to appoint, and at their discretion remove or suspend, such experts, managers, secretaries, treasurers, officers, clerks, agents and servants for permanent, temporary or special services, as they from time to time think fit, and to determine their powers and duties, and fix their salaries or emoluments, and to require security in such instances and to such amounts as they think fit;

(g)        to accept from any member insofar as the law permits, and on such terms and conditions as shall be agreed upon, a surrender of his shares or any part thereof; provided


22

 

that the Company forthwith cancel such surrendered shares or any part thereof, as the case may be;

(h)        to appoint any person or persons (whether incorporated or not) to accept and hold in trust for the Company any property belonging to the Company, or in which it is interested, and for any other purposes, and to execute and do all such deeds and things as may be requisite in relation to any such trust, and to provide for the remuneration of any such trustee or trustees;

(i)        to institute, conduct, defend, compound, or abandon any legal proceedings by or against the Company, or its officers, or otherwise concerning the affairs of the Company, and also to compound and allow time for payment or satisfaction of any debts due, and of any claims or demands by or against the Company;

(j)        to refer any claims or demands by or against the Company to arbitration, and observe and perform the awards;

(k)        to make and give receipts, releases and other discharges for money payable to the Company and for claims and demands of the Company;

(1)        to determine who shall be entitled to exercise the borrowing powers of the Company and sign on the Company’s behalf bonds, debentures or other securities, bills, notes, receipts, acceptances, assignments, transfers, hypothecation, pledges, endorsements, cheques, drafts, releases, contracts, agreements and all other instruments and documents;

(m)        to provide for the management of the affairs of the Company abroad in such manner as they think fit, and in particular to appoint any persons to be the attorneys or agents of the Company with such powers (including power to sub-delegate) and upon such terms as may be thought fit;

(n)        to invest and deal with any of the moneys of the Company not immediately required for the purposes thereof upon such securities and in such manner as they think fit, and from time to time to vary or realize such investments;

(o)        to execute in the name and on behalf of the Company, in favour of any director or any other person who may incur or be about to incur any personal liability for the benefit of the Company, such mortgages of the Company’s property, present and future, as they think fit, and any such mortgages may contain a power of sale, and such other powers, covenants and provisions as shall be agreed on;

(p)        to set aside before declaring any dividend, such sums as they think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or to provide for dividends, or for depreciation, or for repairing, improving and maintaining any of the property of the Company and for such other purposes as the directors shall in their absolute discretion think conducive to the interests of the Company; and to invest the several sums so set aside upon such


23

 

investments other than shares of the Company as they may think fit, and from time to time to deal with and vary such investments, and to dispose of all or any part thereof for the benefit of the Company, and to divide the reserve fund into such special funds as they think fit, with full power to employ the assets constituting the reserve fund in the business of the Company; and that without being bound to keep the same separate from the other assets;

(q)        from time to time to make, vary and repeal by-laws for the regulation of the business of the Company, or of its officers and servants, or the members of the Company, or any section or class thereof;

(r)        to enter into all such negotiations and contracts, and rescind and vary all such contracts, and execute and do all such acts, deeds, and things in the name and on behalf of the Company as they may consider expedient for or in relation to any of the matters aforesaid, or otherwise for the purposes of the Company; and

(s)        to provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit.

SOLICITORS

117.      The Company may employ or retain a solicitor or solicitors, and such solicitor(s) may, at the request of the Board, or on instructions of the Chairman of the Board, or the President (if a director), attend meetings of the directors or Shareholders, whether or not he, himself, is a member or director of the Company. If a solicitor is also a director, he may nevertheless charge for services rendered to the Company as a solicitor.

SECRETARY AND TREASURER

118.      There shall be a Secretary of the Company, who shall keep the minutes of Shareholders’ and directors’ meetings and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board. The Board may also appoint a Treasurer of the Company to carry out such duties as the Board may assign.

119.      The Secretary and Treasurer of the Company shall be appointed by the directors. If the directors think fit, the same person may hold both offices.

120.      If the directors think fit, the same person may hold the offices of President and Secretary.

121.      The directors may appoint a temporary substitute for the Secretary, who shall, for the purposes of these Articles, be deemed to be the Secretary.


24

 

THE SEAL

122.      The directors may procure a seal for the Company and shall provide for its safe custody. For the purposes of certification of documents or proceedings, any officer or director may affix the seal of the Company.

DIVIDENDS

123.      Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors may from time to time declare a dividend upon the shares of a particular class of shares or series thereof of the Company as they may deem proper according to the rights and restrictions attached to such class or series, and may determine the date upon which the same shall be payable, and provide that any such dividend shall be payable to the persons registered as the holders of the shares in respect of which the same is declared at the close of business upon such date as the directors may specify, and no transfer of such shares made or registered, after the date so specified, shall pass any right to the dividend so declared.

124.      No dividend on a class of shares or series thereof shall carry interest as against the Company except insofar as the rights attached to such class or series thereof otherwise provide.

125.      The determination of the directors as to the source (including, without limitation, share premiums or contributed surplus, profits or retained earnings, and unrealized appreciation in assets) of, and the amount available for the payment of, a dividend shall be conclusive.

126.      The directors may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as in their judgment the position of the Company justifies.

127.      The directors may retain any dividends on which the Company has a lien, and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of the debts, liabilities or engagements in respect of which the lien exists.

128.      The directors, on declaring a dividend, may resolve that such dividend be paid wholly or in part by the issuance of a promissory note or the distribution of specific assets (including, without limitation, paid up shares, debentures, bonds, debenture stock or other securities of the Company or paid up shares, debentures, bonds, debenture stock or other securities of any other company). For greater certainty, a promissory note issued in respect of a dividend will not be considered to have been issued as payment in whole or part, as the case may be, of such dividend unless the promissory note expressly states (or other writing or writings expressly state), in either the following words or words of like effect, that such promissory note has been (or will be) issued as absolute payment for the whole or part, as the case may be, of such dividend and/or not as evidence of the liability to the Company that arises as a consequence of the declaration of such dividend.

129.      The directors may resolve that any moneys, investments, or other assets of the Company that are available for the payment of a dividend, or representing premiums received on the issue of shares or otherwise standing to the credit of the contributed surplus account, be


25

 

capitalized and distributed amongst such of the Shareholders as would be entitled to receive the same if distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions on the footing that they become entitled thereto as capital and that all or any part of such capitalized fund be applied on behalf of such Shareholders in paying up in full (or, in the case of shares with a par value, either at par or at such premium as the resolution may provide), any unissued shares or debentures or debenture stock of the Company which shall be distributed accordingly or in or towards payment of the uncalled liability on any issued shares or debentures or debenture stock, and that such distribution or payment shall be accepted by such Shareholders in full satisfaction of their interest in the said capitalized sum.

130.      For the purposes of giving effect to any resolution under the two last preceding Articles, the directors may settle any difficulty which may arise in regard to the distribution as they think expedient, and in particular may issue fractional certificates, and may fix the value for distribution of any specific assets, and may determine that cash payment shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed, or that fractions of a value less than a nominal amount determined by the directors may be disregarded in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such cash or specific assets in trustees upon such trusts for the persons entitled to the dividend or capitalized fund as may seem expedient to the directors.

131.      A transfer of shares shall not pass the right to any dividend declared thereon after such transfer and before the registration of the transfer.

132.      Any one of several persons who is registered as the joint holder of any share may give effectual receipts for all dividends and payments on account of dividends in respect of such share.

133.      Unless otherwise determined by the directors or provided for in the rights and restrictions attaching to the particular class of shares or series thereof, any dividend may be paid by a cheque or warrant delivered to or sent through the post to the registered address of the Shareholder entitled, or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of that one whose name stands first on the Register, in respect of the joint holding; and every cheque or warrant so delivered or sent shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is delivered or sent.

134.      Notice of the declaration of any dividend, whether interim or otherwise, shall be given to the holders of registered shares in the manner hereinafter provided.

135.      Subject to the rights and restrictions attaching to the particular class of shares or series thereof, all dividends unclaimed for one year on such class of shares or series thereof after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Dividends which are represented by a cheque which has not been presented to the Company’s bankers for payment or that otherwise remain unclaimed for a period of 6 years from the date on which they were declared to be payable shall be forfeited to the Company.


26

 

ACCOUNTS

136.      The directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipts and expenditures take place, and of all sales and purchases of goods by the Company, and of the assets and credits and liabilities of the Company.

137.      The books of account shall be kept at the Office of the Company or such other place as the directors think fit.

138.      The directors shall from time to time determine whether, and to what extent, the accounts and books of the Company, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the members, and no member shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by statute, or authorized by the directors, or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting.

139.      At the ordinary general meeting in every year, the directors shall lay before the Company the financial statements required by the Act, the report of the auditor, if any, to the members and, if the Company is a Reporting Issuer, the report of the directors.

140.      The financial statements shall be approved by the Board and such approval shall be evidenced by the signatures of two directors to the balance sheet or by the sole director where there is only one.

141.      The directors not less than seven days before the date of the ordinary general meeting shall send copies of the financial statements and the report of the auditor, if any, thereon to all members holding voting securities or otherwise entitled to receive notice of the general meeting.

AUDIT

142.      Unless in respect of a financial year the Company is exempt from the requirements of the Act regarding the appointment and duties of an auditor, an auditor shall be appointed in accordance with the Act. The auditor’s duties will be regulated in accordance with the Act.

143.      Every account of the directors, when audited and approved by a general meeting, shall be conclusive, except as regards an error discovered therein within three months next after the approval thereof. Whenever any such error is discovered within the period, the account shall forthwith be corrected, and thenceforth shall be conclusive.

NOTICES

144.      A notice, statement or report may be given or delivered by the Company to any Shareholder or director either by delivery to him personally or by sending it by registered mail or


27

 

facsimile to him to his last known address (if sent by mail) or facsimile number (if sent by facsimile) indicated in the records of the Company. Where a notice, statement or report is sent by mail or by facsimile, service or delivery of the notice, statement or report shall be deemed to be effected if properly addressed and mailed (if sent by mail) or properly transmitted and telefaxed (if sent by facsimile) and to have been given five days (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) following the date of mailing (if sent by mail) or one day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) following the date the facsimile was telefaxed (if sent by facsimile). A certificate signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company that the letter, envelope or facsimile containing the notice, statement or report was so addressed and delivered shall be conclusive evidence thereof.

145.      A notice, statement or report may be given or delivered by the Company to the joint holders of a share by giving the notice to the joint holder first named in the Register in respect of the share.

146.      Notice of every general meeting or meeting of Shareholders holding a class of shares shall be given in a manner hereinbefore authorized to every Shareholder holding, at the time of the issue of the notice or the date fixed for determining the Shareholders entitled to such notice, whichever is the earlier, shares winch confer the right to notice of and to attend or vote at any such meeting. No other person except the auditor of the Company and the directors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notices of any such meeting.

INDEMNITY

147.      Every director, manager, President, Secretary, Treasurer, and other officer or servant of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company against, and it shall be the duty of the directors out of the funds of the Company to pay, all costs, losses and expenses which any director, manager, Secretary, Treasurer or other officer or servant may incur or become liable to by reason of any contract entered into, or act or thing done by him as such officer or servant, or in any way in the discharge of his duties, including traveling expenses, and the amount for which such indemnity is proved shall immediately attach as a lien on the property of the Company and have priority as against the members over all other claims.

148.      No director or officer of the Company, in his capacity as a director or officer, respectively, shall be liable for acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer, or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity, or for any loss or expense happening to the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the directors for or on behalf of the Company or through the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of the Company shall be invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any money, securities or effects shall be deposited, or for any loss occasioned by error of judgment or oversight on his part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto, unless the same happen through his own dishonesty.

CONTRACTS, DOCUMENTS & INSTRUMENTS


28

 

149.      Contracts, documents or instruments in writing requiring the signature of the Company may be signed by any two of the directors and officers (including, for greater certainty, any combination thereof) and all contracts, documents or instruments in writing so signed shall be binding upon the Company without any further authorization or formality. The directors are authorized from time to time by resolution to appoint any director (or directors), or officer (or officers) or any other person (or persons) on behalf of the Company either to sign contracts, documents or instruments in writing generally or to sign specific contracts, documents or instruments in writing.

150.      The corporate seal of the Company may, when required, be affixed to contracts, documents or instruments in writing signed as aforesaid or by a director (or directors), an officer (or officers), or person (or persons) appointed as aforesaid by resolution of the directors.

151.      The term “contracts, documents or instruments in writing” as used herein shall include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, deeds, mortgages, hypothecs, charges, conveyances, transfers and assignments of property, real or personal, immovable or movable, powers of attorney, agreements, releases, receipts and discharges for the payment of money or other obligations, conveyances, transfers and assignments of securities and all paper writings.

152.      The signature or signatures of any officer or director of the Company and/or of any other director (or directors), officer (or officers), person (or persons) appointed as aforesaid by resolution of the directors may, if specifically authorized by resolution of the directors, be printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced upon all contracts, documents or instruments in writing or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company executed or issued by or on behalf of the Company and all contracts, documents or instruments in writing or securities of the Company on which the signature or signatures of any of the foregoing officers, directors or persons shall be so reproduced, by authorization by resolution of the directors, shall be deemed to have been manually signed by such officers, directors or persons whose signature or signatures is or are so reproduced and shall be as valid to all intents and purposes as if they had been signed manually and notwithstanding that the officers, directors or persons whose signature or signatures is or are so reproduced may have ceased to hold office at the date of delivery or issue of such contracts, documents or instruments in writing or securities of the Company.


3147010 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

(the “Company”)

CERTIFICATE

I, Peter Crage, the duly appointed Secretary of the Company, a company incorporated under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia), hereby certify under the seal of the Company that the Amalgamation Agreement dated March  21 , 2007 made between the Company and Canada’s Wonderland Company was submitted to the sole shareholder of the Company and was approved by the sole shareholder by resolution in writing dated March  21 , 2007.

WITNESS my hand and the seal of the Company this 21 st day of March, 2007.

 

/s/ Peter Crage

 

Peter Crage - Secretary

 

 

2007

 

S. H. No.

 

This is Exhibit ‘B’ referred to in the affidavit

of Richard Kinzel sworn before me

this 21 day of March, 2007.

/s/ Brenda S. Lakner

 

A Notary Public in and for the State of Ohio

Brenda S. Lakner

Notary Public, State of Ohio

My Commission Expires on September 23, 2007

(932886)


CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

(the “Company”)

CERTIFICATE

I, Peter Crage, the duly appointed Secretary of the Company, a company formed by amalgamation under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia), hereby certify under the seal of the Company that the Amalgamation Agreement dated March  21 , 2007 made between the Company and 3147010 Nova Scotia Company was submitted to the sole shareholder of the Company and was approved by the sole shareholder by resolution in writing dated March  21 , 2007.

WITNESS my hand and the seal of the Company this 21 st day of March      , 2007.

 

/s/ Peter Crage

 

Peter Crage - Secretary

 

 

2007

 

S. H. No.

 

This is Exhibit ‘C’ referred to in the affidavit

of Richard Kinzel sworn before me

this 21 day of March, 2007.

/s/ Brenda S. Lakner

 

A Notary Public in and for the State of Ohio

Brenda S. Lakner

Notary Public, State of Ohio

My Commission Expires on September 23, 2007

(932894)


CREDITOR CONSENT

 

TO:

  

3147010 Nova Scotia Company and Canada’s Wonderland Company

AND TO:

  

The Supreme Court of Nova Scotia

RE:

  

The amalgamation of 3147010 Nova Scotia Company and Canada’s

  

Wonderland Company

 

 

The undersigned, acting as Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties referred to and defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 15, 2007 among Cedar Fair, L.P., as U.S. Borrower, 3147010 Nova Scotia Company, as Canadian Borrower, among others, hereby consents to the amalgamation referred to above and advises that the Secured Parties do not intend to contest the amalgamation or appear before the Supreme Court of Nova Scotia upon the hearing of the amalgamation application.

DATED the 7 th day of March, 2007.

 

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent

Per:

 

/s/ Donald F. Carmichael, Jr.

Name:

 

Donald F. Carmichael, Jr.

Title:

 

Vice President

[936280.1]

 

 

2007

  

S.H. No.

     
 

This is Exhibit “D” referred to in the affidavit of Richard Kinzel sworn before me this 21 day of March, 2007

  
 

/s/ Brenda S. Lakner

        
 

A Notary Public in and for the State of Ohio

  
 

Brenda S. Lakner

        
 

Notary Public, State of Ohio

My Commission Expires on September 23, 2007

  


CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

(the “Company”)

SPECIAL RESOLUTION IN WRITING SIGNED BY THE SOLE SHAREHOLDER OF

THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 92 OF THE COMPANIES ACT

WHEREAS Article 48 of the Articles of Association of the Company provides that the Company may by special resolution reduce its share capital in any way;

AND WHEREAS the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Company wishes to reduce the paid-up capital of the issued and outstanding common shares in the capital of the Company;

AND WHEREAS such reduction is to be made without any payment to the holder of all of the issued and outstanding common shares in the capital of the Company;

NOW THEREFORE BE IT HEREBY RESOLVED AS A SPECIAL RESOLUTION THAT:

 

1.

The Company reduce the paid-up capital of its issued and outstanding common shares by an amount equal to the amount of the paid-up capital of such issued and outstanding common shares on the date hereof less one dollar ($1.00), such reduction to be reflected in the accounts for the Company as a debit to the paid-up capital of such common shares and a credit to the Company’s contributed surplus without any payment to the holder of such common shares.

 

2.

Any director or officer of the Company, acting alone, is hereby authorized and directed to do all such things and execute all instruments and documents necessary or desirable to carry out the foregoing.

 

3.

Any actions or things done by any director or officer of the Company prior to the date hereof in connection with the foregoing are hereby ratified, confirmed and approved.

DATED the 22 nd day of March, 2007.

 

3147010 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

Per:

 

/s/ Richard Kinzel

 

Name:

 

Richard Kinzel

 

Title:

 

Director

 

Being the sole shareholder of the Company

(1016439.1)


CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

(the “Company”)

SPECIAL RESOLUTION IN WRITING SIGNED BY THE SOLE SHAREHOLDER OF

THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 92 OF THE COMPANIES ACT

WHEREAS Article 48 of the Articles of Association of the Company provides that the Company may by special resolution reduce its share capital in any way;

AND WHEREAS the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Company wishes to reduce the paid-up capital of the issued and outstanding common shares in the capital of the Company;

AND WHEREAS such reduction is to be made without any payment to the holder of all of the issued and outstanding common shares in the capital of the Company;

NOW THEREFORE BE IT HEREBY RESOLVED AS A SPECIAL RESOLUTION THAT:

 

1.

The Company reduce the paid-up capital of its issued and outstanding common shares by an amount equal to the amount of the paid-up capital of such issued and outstanding common shares on the date hereof less one dollar ($1.00), such reduction to be reflected in the accounts for the Company as a debit to the paid-up capital of such common shares and a credit to the Company’s contributed surplus without any payment to the holder of such common shares.

 

2.

Any director or officer of the Company, acting alone, is hereby authorized and directed to do all such things and execute all instruments and documents necessary or desirable to carry out the foregoing.

 

3.

Any actions or things done by any director or officer of the Company prior to the date hereof in connection with the foregoing are hereby ratified, confirmed and approved.

CERTIFICATE

I, Peter Crage, the Secretary of the Company, hereby certify that the foregoing is a true copy of a special resolution dated the 22 nd day of March, 2007 signed by the sole shareholder of the Company in the manner authorized by law and that such resolution is now in full force and effect.

 

    March 22, 2007

       

/s/ Peter Crage

 

Date

       

Peter Crage, Secretary

 

(1016441.1)


S HAREHOLDER C ONSENT : S ECTION  118: N O A UDITOR - F IRST F INANCIAL Y EAR

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

(Name of Company)

The undersigned, being the sole member of CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY (the “Company”) hereby records that the Company is neither a “reporting issuer” nor a “reporting company” and consents pursuant to Section 118 of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) that the Company be exempt from the requirements of Section 117 and Sections 119-119B regarding the appointment and duties of an auditor in respect of the first financial year of the Company.

EXECUTED the 26 th day of March, 2007.

 

PARAMOUNT PARKS EXPERIENCE INC.

Per:

 

/s/ Richard Kinzel

 

Name:

 

Richard Kinzel

 

Title:

 

Director

 

Being the sole member of the Company


CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

(the “Company”)

Amalgamated March 26, 2007

RESOLUTION IN WRITING EXECUTED BY THE SOLE SHAREHOLDER OF THE

COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 92 OF THE COMPANIES ACT (NOVA SCOTIA)

 

1.

S ECTION 51

WHEREAS it is the desire of the sole shareholder to authorize the exercise by the Company from time to time when appropriate of the powers conferred upon the Company by Section 51 of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) (the “Act”);

NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED as a special resolution of the sole shareholder of the Company that the Company be and it is hereby authorized from time to time to purchase or otherwise acquire shares issued by it pursuant to and in accordance with subsections (5) and (7) of Section 51 of the Act and that the directors of the Company are authorized from time to time to exercise such powers for and on behalf of the Company.

 

2.

F ILING OF S PECIAL R ESOLUTIONS

The Company Secretary be and is hereby authorized and directed to forthwith prepare, certify and file a copy of the foregoing special resolution with the Nova Scotia Registrar of Joint Stock Companies at Halifax, Nova Scotia.

EXECUTED as of the 26 th day of March, 2007.

 

PARAMOUNT PARKS EXPERIENCE INC.

Per:

 

/s/ Richard Kinzel

 

Name:

 

Richard Kinzel

 

Title:

 

Director

Being the sole shareholder of the Company


CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

(the “Company”)

SPECIAL RESOLUTION

WHEREAS it is the desire of the sole shareholder to authorize the exercise by the Company from time to time when appropriate of the powers conferred upon the Company by Section 51 of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) (the “Act”);

NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED as a special resolution of the sole shareholder of the Company that the Company be and it is hereby authorized from time to time to purchase or otherwise acquire shares issued by it pursuant to and in accordance with subsections (5) and (7) of Section 51 of the Act and that the directors of the Company are authorized from time to time to exercise such powers for and on behalf of the Company.

CERTIFICATE

I, Peter Crage, Secretary of Canada’s Wonderland Company, hereby certify that the foregoing is a true copy of a special resolution dated the 26 th day of March, 2007, signed by the sole shareholder of the Company in the manner authorized by law and that such special resolution is now in full force and effect, unamended.

 

March 26, 2007        

   

/s/ Peter Crage

 

Date

   

Peter Crage - Secretary

 


CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

(the “Company”)

RESOLUTIONS IN WRITING SIGNED BY THE SOLE DIRECTOR OF THE

COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 91 OF THE COMPANIES ACT (NOVA SCOTIA)

AMALGAMATION

1.         RECORDED: that the Company has been duly amalgamated effective the 26 th day of March, 2007;

2.         RESOLVED: that the action of the Secretary in procuring a Certificate of Registration under the Corporations Registration Act (Nova Scotia) be and is hereby approved.

DIRECTORS

3.         RESOLVED: that by virtue of paragraph 2(f) of an amalgamation agreement between 3147010 Nova Scotia Company and Canada’s Wonderland Company dated the 21 st day of March, 2007 (the “Amalgamation Agreement”), Richard Kinzel is the first director of the Company.

OFFICERS

4.         RESOLVED: that Richard Kinzel be and is hereby appointed President of the Company and Peter Crage be and is hereby appointed Secretary of the Company.

NOTICE OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

5.         RESOLVED: that the Company’s solicitor be and is hereby authorized and directed to prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, with the Nova Scotia Registrar of Joint Stock Companies at Halifax, Nova Scotia (the “Registrar”) a Notice of the Officers and Directors of the Company.

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

6.         RESOLVED: that the Secretary be and is hereby directed to file in the Company minute book the Certificate of Amalgamation dated and effective the 26 th day of March, 2007 which approves the amalgamation of 3147010 Nova Scotia Company and Canada’s Wonderland Company. The Secretary is further directed to file in the minute book the certified copy of the order of the Supreme Court of Nova Scotia dated the 26 th day of March, 2007 approving the aforesaid amalgamation and to which order is annexed, as Schedule “A”, the Amalgamation Agreement, to which are attached as Schedules “A” and “B”, respectively, the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association of the Company.


-2-

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

7.         RECORDED: that by virtue of paragraph 2(b) of the Amalgamation Agreement, the registered office of the Company is the Bank of Montreal Tower, 1600-5151 George Street, P.O. Box 730, Halifax, Nova Scotia, B3J 2V1.

RECOGNIZED AGENT

8.         RESOLVED: that Jeffrey Blucher be and is hereby appointed the recognized agent of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 of the Corporations Registration Act (Nova Scotia) and that the Secretary be and is hereby authorized and directed to prepare and file with the Registrar an Appointment of Recognized Agent form setting out the name and address of such agent.

CORPORATE SEAL

9.         RESOLVED: that the corporate seal of the Company, which seal was ordered by the Company solicitor on its behalf, an impression of which appears in the margin hereof, be and is hereby approved and adopted as the corporate seal of the Company.

COMMON SHARE CERTIFICATE

10.       RESOLVED: that the form of share certificate and blank endorsement thereon for the common shares in the capital stock of the Company, a specimen for which is annexed to this resolution, be and the same is hereby approved and adopted as the form of share certificate and blank endorsement thereon for the common shares of the Company.

ISSUANCE OF COMMON SHARES

11.       RECORDED: that by virtue of paragraph 2(g)(i) of the Amalgamation Agreement, Paramount Parks Experience Inc. is entitled to receive a certificate for Forty-Two Million Nine Hundred and Thirty-Six Thousand Four Hundred and Ten (42,936,410) fully paid common shares in the capital stock of the Company.

12.       RESOLVED: that Paramount Parks Experience Inc. be registered as a shareholder of the Company and that certificate no. 1 for Forty-Two Million Nine Hundred and Thirty-Six Thousand Four Hundred and Ten (42,936,410) common shares of the Company be forthwith issued to Paramount Parks Experience Inc., such certificate to be executed by any two (2) of the officers and directors of the Company and the corporate seal to be affixed thereto.

13.       RECORDED: certificate no. 1 was accordingly issued.


-3-

 

14.       RESOLVED: that the Company be exempted from the requirements of the Companies Act regarding the appointment and duties of an auditor in respect of the first financial year of the Company as evidenced by the Shareholder’s Consent attached hereto.

15.       RESOLVED: that the fiscal year end of the Company be determined by the Board at a later date.

            SIGNED this 26 th day of March, 2007.

 

/s/ RICHARD KINZEL

 

RICHARD KINZEL

 

Being the sole director of the Company


LOGO

COMMON STOCK

Certificate No.** From whom transferred

For ** common Shares Received Certificate No.

Issued to Date original certificate for Shares

(year) this day of , .

No. Original Certificate No. Original Shares

No. of Shares Transferred (year)

Dated , .

(year)

AMALGAMATED IN THE PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA WITHOUT LIMITED LIABILITY

No. ** ** Shares

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL: two billion (2,000,000,000) common shares without nominal or par value.

AUTHORIZED

This is to certify that * * * SPECIMEN * * *

is the registered owner of *** ( )*** fully paid but assessable Common shares of CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY transferable only on the books of the Company (subject to the restrictions imposed by the Articles of Association of the Company) by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and to be sealed with the seal of the Company this day of             , . (year) SHARES EACH D&D GEN. C/S (1011424.1)


LOGO   

Appointment of Recognized Agent

Corporations Registration Act

Partnerships and Business Names Registration Act

Societies Act

Page 1 of 1

 

 

Recognized Agent

 

  

Sole proprietors who live in Nova Scotia are not required to have an agent. All others must appoint an agent. If a business has a Recognized Agent, all correspondence from the Registry will go to that agent unless the Registry is given written instructions to the contrary.

 

The Recognized Agent must be resident in Nova Scotia. Service upon the Recognized Agent of any writ, summons, process, notice or other document shall be deemed to be sufficient upon the company, and this appointment shall remain in force until notice in writing by the company that the individual has ceased to be the Recognized Agent is filed with the Registry.

    
       
       
       
       
       

 

Company, business

  

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

  
or society name:      

 

appoints as Recognized Agent

  

þ      Corporations Registration Act.

  
pursuant to the (please check one):   

 

¨      Partnerships and Business Names Registration Act.

  
    

 

¨      Societies Act.

  

 

Recognized agent:

  

JEFFREY

     

BLUCHER

  
     (first name and middle initial)       (last name)   
 
    

    Summit Place, 1601 Lower Water Street

  
     (civic number and street)       (apt / suite / unit)   
 
    

Halifax

  

NS

  

B3J 3P6

  
     (town or municipality)    (province)    (postal code)   
 
Mailing address   

    P.O. Box 730

  
(if different    (number and street, PO box, etc.)       (apt / suite / unit)   
from above):            
    

Halifax

  

NS

  

B3J 2V1

  
     (town or municipality)    (province)    (postal code)   
             
                     

 

    Signatory

 

             
   

Proprietor, or for and on behalf of all Partners / Officers / Directors

    
   
    

Peter Crage - Secretary

       
     (name of proprietor, partner, officer or director)        
   
    

LOGO

       
     (signature of proprietor, partner, officer or director)        
   

Date:

  

2007 / 03 / 26

       
    

(year/ month / day)

 

         

For office use only

 

Registry #:    

          

Date filed:    

    

Nova Scotia Registry of Joint Stock Companies, PO Box 1529, Halifax N.S., B3J 2Y4

Need help? Contact us at 902-424-7770 (toll-free in Nova Scotia: 1-800-870-4357) or at http://www.gov.ns.ca/snsmr/forms/rjsc.stm

CF220    (1011381.1)

   v0801


LOGO

COMMON STOCK

Certificate No.*1* From whom transferred

For *42,936,410* common Shares Authorized but previously unissued Received Certificate No.

Date original certificate for Shares

Issued To Paramount Parks Experience Inc. (year) this day of , . (year)

No. Original Certificate No. Original Shares No. of Shares Transferred

Dated March 26, 2007. (year)

AMALGAMATED IN THE PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA WITHOUT LIMITED LIABILITY

No. *1**42,936,410* Shares

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL: two billion (2,000,000,000) common shares without nominal or par value. AUTHORIZED

This is to Certify that * * * Paramount Parks Experience Inc. * * *

is the registered owner of * Forty-Two Million Nine Hundred Thirty-Six Thousand Four Hundred and Ten (42,936,410) *

fully paid but assessable Common shares of CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY transferable only on the books of the Company (subject to the restrictions imposed by the Articles of Association of the Company) by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and to be sealed with the seal of the Company this 26th day of March , 2007. (year) Peter Crage Richard Kinzel SHARES EACH D&D GEN. C/S LS (1011418.1)

Exhibit 3.6

LOGO

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED ARE TRUE AND CORRECT COPIES OF ALL DOCUMENTS ON FILE OF “CEDAR FAIR, L.P.” AS RECEIVED AND FILED IN THIS OFFICE.

THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN CERTIFIED:

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, FILED THE FOURTH DAY OF MARCH, A.D. 1987, AT 12:35 O’CLOCK P.M.

RESTATED CERTIFICATE, FILED THE TWENTY-NINTH DAY OF APRIL, A.D. 1987, AT 10:45 O’CLOCK A.M.

RESTATED CERTIFICATE, FILED THE TENTH DAY OF MARCH, A.D. 1989, AT 9 O’CLOCK A.M.

CERTIFICATE OF RESTORATION, FILED THE SEVENTEENTH DAY OF JULY, A.D. 1995, AT 9 O’CLOCK A.M.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT, FILED THE SECOND DAY OF JULY, A.D. 2004, AT 5:44 O’CLOCK P.M.

AND I DO HEREBY FURTHER CERTIFY THAT THE AFORESAID CERTIFICATES ARE THE ONLY CERTIFICATES ON RECORD OF THE AFORESAID LIMITED PARTNERSHIP.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

2119174    8100H

 

040506431

   

Harriet Smith Windsor, Secretary of State

AUTHENTICATION:    3224305

 

                        DATE:    07-09-04


LOGO

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

  

LOGO

This Certificate of Limited Partnership of Cedar Fair, L.P. (the “Partnership”), dated February 27, 1987, has been duly executed and is being filed by the undersigned to form a limited partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (6 Del.C. §17-101, et seq .).

1.     Name . The name of the limited partnership is Cedar Fair, L.P.

2.     Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

3.     Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

4.     General Partners . The names and the business addresses of the general partners of the Partnership are as follows:

Managing General Partner:

Cedar Fair Management Company

One Causeway Drive

C.N. 5006

Sandusky, OH 44860

Special General Partner:

Robert L. Munger, Jr.

One Causeway Drive

C.N. 5006

Sandusky, OH 44860


5.    The Partnership was previously domiciled in the State of Minnesota under the name of Cedar Fair Limited Partnership, and the partners hereby unanimously consent and agree to redomicile the Partnership in the State of Delaware. Execution of this Certificate of Limited Partnership by the partners of the Partnership shall have the effect of the execution of a unanimous written consent under Section 15.11 of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate and Agreement of Limited Partnership dated as of December 30, 1986 (the “Agreement”). The Partnership continues without dissolution and without interruption with the same general and limited partners, assets, liabilities and operations as before. The Partnership’s Certificate of Limited Partnership will be cancelled contemporaneously with the effective time and date of this Certificate of Limited Partnership, and it will qualify as a foreign limited partnership in Minnesota.

In this regard, the Agreement, to which the Partnership is currently subject, remains in full force and effect except that such Agreement shall be governed by Delaware law as of the effective time and date of this Certificate of Limited Partnership. All references in the Agreement to Minnesota law hereinafter shall be deemed to refer to Delaware law. In addition, the partners of the Partnership authorize the General Partners to take such actions as are necessary to effect such change of domicile of the Partnership, including filing a certificate of cancellation of limited partnership in Minnesota, qualifying or requalifying to do business as a foreign limited partnership in Minnesota and Ohio, and taking related actions in such other states as may be necessary.

6.     Effective Date . This Certificate of Limited Partnership shall become effective at   five   o’clock P.M. Eastern Standard Time on the 4th day of March, 1987.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Certificate in separate counterparts as of the date first above written.

 

   

MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER:

Address:

   

Cedar Fair Management Company

One Causeway Drive

   

C.N. 5006

       

Sandusky, OH 44860

       
   

By:

 

/s/ Robert L. Munger, Jr.

 
      Robert L. Munger, Jr.  
      Executive Chairman  

 

-3-


 

 

SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER:

 

Address:

   

One Causeway Drive

   

C.N. 5006

   

Sandusky, OH 44860

   
 

/s/ Robert L. Munger, Jr.

 
  Robert L. Munger, Jr.  

 

-4-


   

LIMITED PARTNER:

 

Address:

 

The Prudential Insurance

 

Three Gateway Center

 

    Company of America

 

Newark, New Jersey 07102

     

Attn:

 

Senior Managing

 

By:

 

/s/ Richard R. Hume

 
 

Director in Charge

    Richard R. Hume  
 

of the Capital

    Vice President  
 

Markets Group

     

 

-5-


     

LIMITED PARTNER:

Address:

   

1983 LF Cedarpoint Investors

c/o Lazard Freres & Co.

       

One Rockefeller Plaza

       

New York, New York 10020

       
     

By:

 

/s/ Luis E. Rinaldini

 
        Luis E. Rinaldini  
        General Partner  

 

-6-


     

LIMITED PARTNER:

 

Address:

   

Rycade Overseas Oil Company

 

1331 Lamar (Suite 676)

       

Houston, Texas 77010

       
     

By:

 

/s/ Robert J. Moses

 
        Robert J. Moses  
        President  

 

-7-


   

LIMITED PARTNER:

Address:

   

Rycade Enterprises, Inc.

1331 Lamar (Suite 676)

       

Houston, Texas 77010

       
   

By:

 

/s/ Robert J. Moses

 
      Robert J. Moses  
      Vice President  

 

-8-


   

LIMITED PARTNER:

Address:

   

Garden Ridge Holdings, Inc.

11 Garden Ridge

       

Chappaqua, New York 10514

       
   

By:

 

/s/ David M. Veit

 
      David M. Veit  
      President  

 

-9-


   

LIMITED PARTNER:

 

Address:

   

Munger Limited Partnership

 

C.N. 5006

   

By R.L. Munger, Inc.,

 

Sandusky, Ohio 44870

   

General Partner

 
   

By:

 

/s/ Robert L. Munger, Jr.

 
      Robert L. Munger, Jr.  
      President  

 

-10-


   

LIMITED PARTNER:

 

Address:

   

Monarch Financial Services

 

1 Financial Plaza

   

Corporation

 

Springfield, MA 01102

       
   

By:

 

/s/ Benjamin Jones

 
   

Name:

 

BENJAMIN JONES

 
   

Title:

 

CHAIRMAN

 

 

-11-

Exhibit 3.7

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

  

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     1   

1.1

  

Domicile

     1   

1.2

  

Name

     2   

1.3

  

Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office

     2   

1.4

  

Power of Attorney

     2   

1.5

  

Term

     3   

ARTICLE II

  

DEFINITIONS

     3   

2.1

  

Definitions

     3   

ARTICLE III

  

PURPOSE

     10   

3.1

  

Purpose

     10   

ARTICLE IV

  

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     11   

4.1

  

General Partner

     11   

4.2

  

Limited Partners

     11   

4.3

  

Additional Issuances of Units and Securities

     11   

4.4

  

No Preemptive Rights

     12   

4.5

  

Capital Accounts

     12   

4.6

  

Interest

     14   

4.7

  

No Withdrawal

     14   

4.8

  

Loans from Partners

     15   

4.9

  

Splits and Combinations

     15   

ARTICLE V

  

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     16   

5.1

  

Allocations for Capital Account Purposes

     16   

5.2

  

Allocations for Tax Purposes

     17   

5.3

  

Distributions

     19   

ARTICLE VI

  

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

     20   

6.1

  

Management

     20   

6.2

  

Election of Board of Directors of General Partner by Limited Partners; Governance Matters

     22   

6.3

  

Certificate of Limited Partnership

     23   

6.4

  

Reliance by Third Parties

     23   

6.5

  

Rights of General Partner as Limited Partner

     24   

6.6

  

Compensation and Reimbursement of General Partner

     24   

6.7

  

Outside Activities

     24   

6.8

  

Partnership Funds

     25   

6.9

  

Loans to or from General Partners; Contracts with Affiliates

     25   

6.10

  

Indemnification

     26   

6.11

  

Liability of General Partner

     27   

 

- i -


6.12

  

Resolution of Conflicts of Interest

     28   

6.13

  

Other Matters Concerning General Partners

     28   

6.14

  

Title to Partnership Assets

     29   

ARTICLE VII

  

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

     29   

7.1

  

Limitation of Liability

     29   

7.2

  

Management of Business

     29   

7.3

  

Outside Activities

     29   

7.4

  

Return of Capital

     29   

7.5

  

Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership

     30   

7.6

  

Rights of Special Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership

     30   

ARTICLE VIII

  

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

     31   

8.1

  

Records and Accounting

     31   

8.2

  

Fiscal Year

     31   

8.3

  

Reports

     31   

8.4

  

Other information

     32   

ARTICLE IX

  

TAX MATTERS

     32   

9.1

  

Preparation of Tax Return

     32   

9.2

  

Tax Election

     32   

9.3

  

Tax Controversies

     32   

9.4

  

Organizational Expenses

     33   

9.5

  

Taxation as a Partnership

     33   

9.6

  

Opinions Regarding Taxation as a Partnership

     33   

9.7

  

Withholding

     33   

ARTICLE X

  

PROHIBITIONS AND LIMITATIONS

     33   

10.1

  

Prohibitions and Limitations

     33   

ARTICLE XI

  

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

     34   

11.1

  

Transfer

     34   

11.2

  

Transfer of Interests of General Partner

     34   

11.3

  

Transfer of Units

     34   

11.4

  

Transfer of Depositary Units

     34   

11.5

  

Restrictions on Transfer

     35   

ARTICLE XII

  

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

     35   

12.1

  

Existing Partners

     35   

12.2

  

Admission of Additional Limited Partners

     35   

12.3

  

Admission of Successor General Partner

     36   

12.4

  

Amendment of Agreement and of Certificate of Limited Partnership

     36   

ARTICLE XIII

  

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

     36   

13.1

  

Withdrawal or Removal of General Partner

     36   

13.2

  

Withdrawal of Limited Partners

     37   

13.3

  

Continuation of Partnership

     37   

 

ii


ARTICLE XIV

  

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

     38   

14.1

  

Dissolution

     38   

14.2

  

Continuation of Business of Partnership after Dissolution

     38   

14.3

  

Liquidation

     39   

14.4

  

Distribution in Kind

     40   

14.5

  

Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership

     40   

14.6

  

Reasonable Time for Winding Up

     40   

14.7

  

Return of Capital

     41   

14.8

  

Capital Account Restoration

     41   

14.9

  

Waiver of Partition

     41   

ARTICLE XV

  

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

     41   

15.1

  

Amendments to be Adopted Solely by General Partner

     41   

15.2

  

Amendment Procedures

     42   

15.3

  

Amendment Requirements

     42   

15.4

  

Meetings

     42   

15.5

  

Notice of a Meeting

     43   

15.6

  

Record Date

     43   

15.7

  

Adjournment

     43   

15.8

  

Waiver of Notice; Consent to Meeting; Approval of Minutes

     43   

15.9

  

Quorum

     44   

15.10

  

Conduct of Meeting

     44   

15.11

  

Action Without a Meeting

     44   

15.12

  

Voting Rights

     45   

ARTICLE XVI

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     45   

16.1

  

Addresses and Notices

     45   

16.2

  

Titles and Captions

     46   

16.3

  

Pronouns and Plurals

     46   

16.4

  

Further Action

     46   

16.5

  

Binding Effect

     46   

16.6

  

Integration

     46   

16.7

  

Creditors

     46   

16.8

  

Waiver

     46   

16.9

  

Counterparts

     46   

16.10

  

Applicable Law

     47   

16.11

  

Invalidity of Provisions

     47   

 

iii


FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

WHEREAS, the Partnership was organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Minnesota on May 13, 1983 under the name “Cedar Fair Limited Partnership” by the filing of a Certificate of Limited Partnership and Limited Partnership Agreement in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Minnesota under file number LP-1167, which was amended and restated on July 22, 1983 by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership and Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement, which was further amended by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership and Amendment to the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement dated as of November 25, 1986, and which was amended and restated on December 30, 1986 by the filing of a Second Amended and Restated Certificate and Agreement of Limited Partnership (“Second Restated Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Partners caused (i) the domicile of the Partnership to be changed from the State of Minnesota to the State of Delaware, and, (ii) the name of the Partnership to be changed from “Cedar Fair Limited Partnership” to “Cedar Fair, L.P.” by filing a Certificate of Limited Partnership in the State of Delaware, which certificate amended the Second Restated Agreement, effective as of March 4, 1987; and

WHEREAS, the Partners amended and restated in its entirety the Second Restated Agreement as of April 21, 1987 (“Third Restated Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Partners amended and restated in its entirety the Third Restated Agreement as of March 5, 2004 (“Fourth Restated Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Partners now desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Fourth Restated Agreement, all as hereinafter provided:

NOW, THEREFORE, this FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP of Cedar Fair, L.P., dated as of June 8, 2004, is entered into by and among Cedar Fair Management, Inc. an Ohio corporation, as General Partner, and all Persons who are Limited Partners as of such date, together with the Persons who become Partners as provided herein.

ARTICLE I

Organizational Matters

1.1        Domicile .  (a) The Partners hereby enter into this Agreement in order to set forth their rights and obligations and certain matters related thereto. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act.

 

1


(b)       A Partnership Interest shall be personal property for all purposes.

1.2        Name .  The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, “Cedar Fair, L.P.” The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “limited partnership” or an abbreviation thereof shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction or for other general business purposes as the General Partner may deem appropriate. The General Partner in its sole discretion may change the name of the partnership at any time and from time to time.

1.3        Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office .    The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at One Cedar Point Drive, Sandusky, Ohio 44870, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems advisable.

1.4        Power of Attorney .  (a) Each Partner hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner and the Liquidator (and any successor to either thereof by merger, assignment, election or otherwise), and the authorized officers of each, with full power of substitution as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and stead:

  (i)        to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) this Agreement, all certificates and other instruments and all amendments thereof that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems reasonable and appropriate or necessary to form or qualify, or to continue the qualification of, the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (B) all certificates and instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (C) all conveyances, certificates and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation; (D) all certificates and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to Articles XI, XII or XIII; (E) all certificates and other instruments (including this Agreement and amendments and restatements hereof) relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of any class or series of Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3; and (F) all certificates and other instruments relating to the formation of subsidiaries;

 

2


(ii)       to execute, swear to and acknowledge all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action which is made or given by the Partners hereunder, which is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or which is appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement, provided that, when Section 15.3 or 15.9 or any other provision of this Agreement establishes a percentage of the Limited Partners required to take any action, the General Partner or the Liquidator may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 1.4(a)(ii) only after the necessary vote, consent or approval by a Majority Interest or other required percentage, as the case may be; and

(iii)      to enter into the Deposit Agreement and to deposit Certificates owned by any Partner in the Deposit Account pursuant to the Deposit Agreement.

Nothing herein contained shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article XV or as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.

(b)       The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Partner and the transfer of all or any portion of his Partnership Interest and shall extend to such Partner’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each Partner hereby agrees to be bound by any representations made by the General Partner or the Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each Partner hereby waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken in good faith pursuant thereto. Each Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of its request therefor, such further designations, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

1.5        Term .  The Partnership was formed under the laws of the State of Minnesota on May 13, 1983 and redomiciled under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 4, 1987. The Partnership shall continue as a limited partnership under the Delaware Act until the termination of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XIV.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

2.1        Definitions .    The following definitions shall be applied for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, to the terms used in this Agreement.

“Additional Limited Partner” means a Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 12.2 and shown as a Limited Partner on the books and records of the Partnership.

 

3


“Adjusted Capital Account” means, as of the last day of a taxable period, a Partner’s Capital Account as maintained pursuant to Section 4.5(a), (a) increased by any amounts which such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulation §§1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5) and (b) decreased by the items described in Regulation §§1.704-l(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(5) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(6) . The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

“Adjusted Property” means any property, the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(d)(i) or 4.5(d)(ii).

“Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Person in question. As used in this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt. The General Partner shall, in its discretion, use such method as it deems reasonable and appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties transferred to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property

“Agreement” means this Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership.

“Assignee” means a Person to whom one or more Units have been transferred, by assignment of a Depositary Receipt or otherwise in a manner permitted under this Agreement, and who has delivered a Transfer Application to the Depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement but who has not become an Additional Limited Partner.

“Available Cash” means (a) operating revenues of the Partnership, (including interest income, if any), less (b) the sum of (i) operating costs of the Partnership, (ii) payments of principal and interest on debt (including net scheduled and optional principal payments, excluding any amounts refinanced), (iii) provisions for the Fixed Asset Reserve, the Working Capital Reserve, provision for taxes, if any, and such other cash reserves from operating revenues as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate and (iv) capital expenditures to the extent not made out of the Fixed Asset Reserve. In computing Available Cash, no deduction shall be made for depreciation and amortization. For purposes of the computation, operating revenues shall not include Capital Transaction Proceeds, and operating costs shall include all ongoing costs of the Partnership and allocated general and administrative costs.

“Book-Tax Disparity” means, with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of any date of determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of such date, and the adjusted basis thereof for

 

4


federal income tax purposes, as of such date. A Partner’s or Assignee’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s or Assignee’s Capital Account balance, as maintained pursuant to Section 4.5, and such balance had the Capital Account been maintained strictly in accordance with tax accounting principles.

“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the Government of the United States or the State of Delaware, New York or Ohio shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner or Assignee pursuant to Section 4.5(a).

“Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or Contributed Property which a Partner contributes to the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3.

“Capital Transaction” means any of the following transactions: (a) a sale, refinancing, repayment, exchange, transfer, assignment or other disposition of all or a portion of any asset (but not including occasional sales in the ordinary course of business of inventory, furniture, fixtures and equipment); (b) any condemnation or deeding in lieu of condemnation of all or a portion of any asset; (c) any collection in respect of property, hazard or casualty insurance (but not rental or other income interruption insurance), unless such insurance proceeds are to be reinvested to replace the lost or damaged property, or any damage award; or (d) any other transaction the proceeds of which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are considered to be capital in nature.

“Capital Transaction Proceeds” means the net proceeds attributable to a Capital Transaction, determined after any repayments of Debt made, or expenses incurred, in connection with such Capital Transaction.

“Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation (as calculated pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(ii)) with respect to such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as the case may be, and (b) with respect to any other property the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes, as of any date of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.5(d) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions, acquisitions or improvements of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

“Certificate” means a non-negotiable certificate issued by the Partnership, substantially in the form of Annex I hereto, which is made a part hereof for all purposes, evidencing ownership of a limited partner Partnership Interest.

“Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.

 

5


“Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur if: (a) any person or group (as such term is defined in section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as then in effect), other than the Partnership or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Partnership, shall acquire, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as then in effect) of more than twenty percent (20%), on a fully diluted basis, of the economic or voting interest in the Partnership’s then Outstanding Units, other than the acquisition of Units from the Partnership or by virtue of a merger or consolidation to which the Partnership is a party, (b) a merger or consolidation of the Partnership with any other Person, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Units of the Partnership Outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining Outstanding or by being converted or exchanged for voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its parent corporation) more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest of the partnership interests or other voting securities of the Partnership or such surviving or resulting entity outstanding after such merger or consolidation, or (c) the liquidation of the Partnership or an agreement or agreements for the sale or disposition by the Partnership of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

“Contributed Property” means each property or other asset contributed to the Partnership, but excluding cash contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property for purposes of Section 5.2(b) but shall thereafter constitute an Adjusted Property for such purposes.

“Debt” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (b) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person, (c) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof, and (d) lease obligations of such Person which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, should be capitalized.

“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C . § 17-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Deposit Account” means the account established by the Depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement.

“Deposit Agreement” means that agreement among the General Partner, in its capacity both as General Partner and as attorney-in-fact of holders of Depositary Units, the Partnership and the Depositary, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.

 

6


“Depositary” means the bank or other institution appointed by the General Partner in its sole discretion to act as depositary for the Depositary Units pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, or any successor to it as depositary.

“Depositary Receipt” means a depositary receipt, issued by the Depositary or agents appointed by the Depositary in accordance with the Deposit Agreement, evidencing ownership of one or more Depositary Units.

“Depositary Unit” means a depositary unit representing a Unit on deposit with the Depositary pursuant to the Depositary Agreement.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor to such statute.

“Fiscal Period” means each full calendar year or any period from the commencement of the calendar year during which the Partnership is wound up (including the application or distribution of all the assets pursuant to Article XIV) to the date of such final winding up.

“Fixed Asset Reserve” means the reserve to be established by the Partnership for fixed asset improvement and additional purposes pursuant to Section 6.1(d).

“General Partner” means Cedar Fair Management, Inc. and any successor thereto pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

“Governance Documents” means the articles of incorporation, code of regulations or equivalent governance documents of the General Partner.

“Indemnitee” means the General Partner and its Affiliates and any partner, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof, any officer, employee or agent of the Partnership or its Affiliates; and the trustee under the Trust Agreement (as defined in Section 6.2(b)(vi)).

“Limited Partner” means each Person who is shown as a limited partner of the Partnership on the books and records of the Partnership.

“Limited Partner Book Capital” means, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to the sum of the balances of the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, determined pursuant to Section 4.5 (prior to any adjustment pursuant to Section 4.5(d) requiring such valuation).

“Limited Partner Revaluation Adjustment” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, whether positive or negative, equal to (a) the product of (i) the total number of Units Outstanding multiplied by (ii) the Unit Price less (b) Limited Partner Book Capital.

“Liquidator” means the General Partner, or, if the General Partner has withdrawn or been removed from the Partnership or has dissolved or become bankrupt (as defined in Section 14.1), the Person or committee approved by a Majority Interest to liquidate the Partnership pursuant to Section 14.3.

 

7


“Majority Interest” means the Record Holders holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Units Outstanding at any particular time.

“NASDAQ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.

“National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act.

“Net Agreed Value” means (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any indebtedness or liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property currently distributed to a Partner pursuant to Section 5.3 or distributed in liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to Sections 14.3 and 14.4, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property at the time such property is distributed (as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(d) immediately prior to such distribution), reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner and who shall be acceptable to the General Partner) in form and substance acceptable to the Partnership or the General Partner.

“Outstanding” means (a) as to undeposited Units, the number of undeposited Units shown to be outstanding on the books and records of the Partnership and not deposited in the Deposit Account pursuant to the Deposit Agreement and (b) as to Depositary Units, the number of Depositary Units shown to be outstanding on the books and records of the Depositary.

“Partner” means the General Partner or a Limited Partner.

“Partnership” means the limited partnership as continued pursuant to this Agreement, including, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all subsidiaries of the Partnership.

“Partnership Interest” means the interest of a Partner or Assignee in the Partnership.

“Partnership Revaluation Adjustment” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, whether positive or negative, equal to the Limited Partner Revaluation Adjustment divided by 99.999%.

“Percentage Interest” means (a) as to the General Partner, 0.001%, and (b) as to any Limited Partner or Assignee, the product of (i) 99.999% multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s Units and the denominator of which is the total number of Units Outstanding as of the date of determination.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association or other entity.

 

8


“Prescribed Asset Value” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the total cash amount or Carrying Value, as the case may be, of all Partnership assets as of such date of determination plus (b) the Partnership Revaluation Adjustment (whether positive or negative in amount).

“Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership that does not constitute capital gain for federal income tax purposes because such gain represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

“Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner for determining the identity of (a) Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Limited Partners, to vote by ballot or approve of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or to exercise rights in respect of any other lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) Record Holders of Units entitled to receive any report, notice or distribution.

“Record Holder” means (a) as to a Unit which is not on deposit pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, the Person shown as the owner of such Unit on the books and records of the Partnership, (b) as to a Depositary Unit, the Person in whose name the Depositary Units are registered on the books and records of the Depositary and (c) as to a general partner Partnership Interest, the Person shown as the owner of such Partnership Interest on the books and records of the Partnership.

“Regulation” or “Regulations” means the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

“Residual Gain” or “Residual Loss” means any net gain or net loss, as the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property, to the extent such net gain or net loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i)(l) or 5.2(b)(ii)(l) to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor to such statute.

“Transfer Agent” means the Depositary or any bank, trust company or other Person appointed by the Partnership or the Depositary to act as transfer agent for the Depositary Units.

“Unadjusted Capital Account” means a Capital Account maintained for a Partner in accordance with Section 4.5(a) but without regard to any adjustment directly or indirectly resulting from the application of Section 4.5(d).

“Unit” means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner or Assignee representing such fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees as shall be determined by the General Partner pursuant to Sections 4.2 and 4.3; provided that each Unit at any time Outstanding shall represent the same fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all

 

9


Limited Partners and Assignees as each other Unit (unless any class or series of Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a) shall have designations, preferences or special rights such that a Unit of such class or series shall represent a greater or lesser part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees than a Unit of any other class or series of Units, in which event the Partnership Interest represented by a Unit of such class or series shall be determined in accordance with such designations, preferences and special rights as are fixed by the General Partner pursuant to Section 4.3(a)). Unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, “Units” includes Depositary Units.

“Unit Price” means, as of any date of determination, (a) if the Depositary Units are listed or admitted to trading on one or more National Securities Exchanges, the average of the last reported sale prices per Depositary Unit regular way or, in case no such reported sale has taken place on any such day, the average of the last reported bid and asked prices per Depositary Unit regular way, in either case on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the Depositary Units are listed or admitted to trading, for the four trading days immediately preceding the date of determination, (b) if the Depositary Units are not listed or admitted to trading on a National Securities Exchange but are quoted by NASDAQ, the average of the closing bid per Depositary Unit for the four trading days immediately preceding such date of determination, as furnished by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated or such other nationally recognized quotation service as may be selected by the General Partner for such purpose if said Bureau is not at the time furnishing quotations or (c) if the Depositary Units are neither listed for trading on a National Securities Exchange nor quoted by NASDAQ an amount equal to the fair market value of a Unit as of such date as determined by the General Partner using any reasonable method of valuation.

“Unrealized Gain” attributable to a Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of the fair market value of such property (as determined pursuant to Section 4.5(d)) as of such date of determination over the Carrying Value of such property as of such date of determination (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.5(d) as of such date).

“Unrealized Loss” attributable to a Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of the Carrying Value of such property as of such date of determination (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.5(d) as of such date) over the fair market value of such property (as determined pursuant to Section 4.5(d)) as of such date of determination.

“Working Capital Reserve” means the reserve to the established by the Partnership for working capital purposes pursuant to Section 6.1 (d).

ARTICLE III

Purpose

3.1        Purpose .  The purpose of the Partnership shall be to conduct any business which may lawfully be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act.

 

10


ARTICLE IV

Capital Contributions

4.1        General Partner.   The General Partner shall not be required to contribute to the capital of the Partnership except as may be necessary to pay liabilities of the Partnership for which provision cannot otherwise be made. The General Partner shall at all times while serving in such capacity retain a Percentage Interest entitling it, except as otherwise provided in Article V, to at least .001% participation in the Partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions and credits, but only for so long as the General Partner continues in such capacity.

4.2        Limited Partners.   The Limited Partners own Units as set forth on the books and records of the Partnership.

4.3        Additional Issuances of Units and Securities.    (a) Subject to Section 4.3(b), in order to raise additional capital or to acquire assets, to redeem or retire Partnership debt, to provide compensation or incentives to employees of the Partnership or of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, the General Partner, or for any other Partnership purposes, the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue up to 750 million Units and options or other rights to acquire Units for any price, including a price that is more than or less than the fair market value of the Units at the time such options or other rights are either issued or exercised, at any time or from time to time to the General Partner, the Limited Partners, or other Persons and to admit them to the Partnership as Additional Limited Partners. Subject to Section 4.3(b), the General Partner shall have sole and complete discretion in determining the consideration and terms and conditions with respect to any future issuance of Units or options or other rights to acquire Units. In addition, the General Partner shall have sole and complete discretion, without the approval of any other Partners, to cause the Partnership to issue such Units, options or other rights to acquire Units, from time to time in one or more classes, or one or more series of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior or subordinate to existing classes and series of Limited Partners, as shall be fixed by the General Partner in the exercise of its sole and complete discretion, including, without limitation, (i) the allocation of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Units; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Units to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) the price at which and the terms and conditions, if any, upon which each such class or series of Units may be redeemed by the Partnership; (v) the rate at which and the terms and conditions upon which each such class or series of Units may be converted into another class or series of Units of the Partnership, if any such class or series is convertible into other securities of the Partnership; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each such class or series of Units will be issued, deposited with the Depositary, evidenced by the Depositary Receipts and assigned or transferred, (vii) the right of each such class or series of Units to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of each such class or series; and (viii) the right of each such class or series of Units to share in capital or to require the increase or reduction of Capital Accounts or the shifting of capital between and among Limited Partners. Upon or prior to the issuance of any class or series of Units which shall not be identical to the Units outstanding on the date hereof, the General

 

11


Partner, without the approval at the time of any Limited Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement, each Limited Partner hereby approving any and each such amendment, and, exercising the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 1.4(a)(i)(E), may execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record such documents as the General Partner may, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith in order to reflect the authorization and issuance of each such class or series of Units or options or rights to acquire Units and the relative rights and preferences thereof. The General Partner is also authorized to cause the Partnership to issue any other type of security (including, without limitation, secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt obligations of the Partnership convertible into or exchangeable for any class or series of Units that may be issued by the Partnership or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to any class or series of Units, any debt obligations or any combination of any of the foregoing) from time to time to the General Partner, the Limited Partners or other Persons on terms and conditions established in the sole and complete discretion of the General Partner. The General Partner shall do all things it deems to be appropriate or necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things it deems to be appropriate or necessary in connection with any such future issuance, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any securities exchange on which the Units or other such security are listed for trading.

(b)       The General Partner or any Affiliate thereof may, but is not obligated to, make Capital Contributions to the Partnership in the form of cash or other property in exchange for Units. The number of Units issued to the General Partner or any such Affiliate in exchange for any Capital Contribution shall not exceed the Net Agreed Value of the Contributed Property or the amount of cash, as the case may be, divided by the Unit Price as of the date of such issuance. The Net Agreed Value of any obligation of the Partnership held by the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof which is contributed pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) in exchange for Units shall be the unpaid principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of contribution.

4.4        No Preemptive Rights.   No Partner shall have any preemptive or preferential right, including any such right with respect to (a) additional Capital Contributions; (b) issuance or sale of Units; (c) issuance of any obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of the Partnership convertible into or exchangeable for, or carrying or accompanied by any rights to receive, purchase or subscribe to, Units; (d) issuance of any right of, subscription to or right to receive, or any warrant or option for the purchase of, any of the foregoing securities; or (e) issuance or sale of any other securities that may be issued or sold by the Partnership.

4.5        Capital Accounts.   (a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner a separate Capital Account in accordance with Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be (A) increased by (1) the cash amount or Net Agreed Value of all Capital Contributions made by such Partner to the Partnership, pursuant to this Agreement and (2) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and allocated to such Partner, pursuant to Section 5.1 and (B) decreased by (1) the cash amount or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made to such Partner, pursuant to this Agreement and (2) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and allocated to such Partner, pursuant to Section 5.1.

 

12


(b)       For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, deduction or loss to be reflected in a Partner’s Capital Account, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for this purpose); provided that:

    (i)         Solely for purposes of the application of the provisions hereof, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share of all property owned by any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity in which the Partnership has an interest (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the governing documents of such entity).

    (ii)        In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to a Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 4.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment and (B) using a rate of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization derived under the same method and useful life as is applied for federal income tax purposes; provided , however, that if the asset has a zero adjusted basis, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined under the same method that would otherwise have applied for federal income tax purposes had such property not had a zero adjusted basis.

    (iii)       Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any property shall be determined by the Partnership as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

    (iv)       Items described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code shall be treated as items of deduction. All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B).

    (v)        Except as otherwise provided in Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code.

(c)       A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to the Capital Account relating to the Partnership Interest transferred.

(d) (i)  Consistent with the provisions of Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ), upon an issuance of additional Units for cash or Contributed Property pursuant to Section 4.3, the Capital

 

13


Accounts of all Partners shall, immediately prior to such issuance, be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof) upwards or downwards to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to each Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of each such property, immediately prior to such issuance, and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 5.1. In determining Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including any cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of Units shall be deemed to be equal to the Prescribed Asset Value as of such time. Once the Prescribed Asset Value has been determined, the General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the properties of the Partnership in a manner it deems reasonable to determine a fair market value for individual properties. The Carrying Values of Partnership properties shall be adjusted to reflect their relative fair market values, as determined hereunder by the General Partner.

(ii)       In accordance with Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (f) , immediately prior to (A) the distribution of any Partnership property (other than cash), (B) the distribution of cash in redemption of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 13.1(c) or (C) the distribution of cash in redemption of a Limited Partner’s interest pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(x), the Capital Accounts of all Partners shall, immediately prior to any such distribution, be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof) upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to each Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of each property, immediately prior to such distribution, and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 5.1. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of Partnership assets (including any cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (x) in the case of a current distribution pursuant to Section 5.3 or 13.1(c), be determined in the manner provided in Section 4.5(d)(i) or (y) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 14.3 or 14.4, be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable methods of valuation as it may adopt. Immediately prior to a distribution described herein, the Carrying Values of Partnership properties shall be adjusted to reflect their fair market values, as determined hereunder by the General Partner.

(e)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, upon or prior to the issuance or exercise of any options or other rights to acquire Units, the General Partner shall have the sole and complete discretion, without the approval of any other Partner, to amend any provision of this Section 4.5, in any manner, as is necessary, appropriate or advisable to comply with any current or future provisions of the Code or the Regulations or to implement the terms and conditions of any Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a), including the increase or reduction of the Capital Account of any Partner, or shifting capital between or among Limited Partners.

4.6        Interest.   No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions or on balances in Capital Accounts.

4.7        No Withdrawal.   A Partner shall not be entitled to withdraw any part of his or its Capital Contribution or his or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as provided in Section 5.3 and Articles XIII and XIV.

 

14


4.8        Loans from Partners.    The General Partner may make loans to the Partnership only as provided in Section 6.8. A Limited Partner may make loans to the Partnership only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. Any loans by a Partner to the Partnership shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If any Partner or Assignee shall advance funds to the Partnership in excess of the amounts required hereunder to be contributed by him or it to the capital of the Partnership, the making of such advances shall not result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Partner. The amounts of any such advances shall be a debt of the Partnership to such Partner or Assignee and shall be payable or collectible only out of the Partnership assets in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such advances are made.

4.9        Splits and Combinations.    (a) The General Partner may cause the Partnership to make a distribution in Units to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Units, but in each case only on a pro rata basis so that, after such distribution, subdivision or combination, each Partner and Assignee shall, subject to Section 4.9(d), have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such distribution, subdivision or combination.

(b)       Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice of the distribution, subdivision or combination at least twenty (20) days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Units to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the correctness of such a calculation.

(c)       Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the General Partner may cause Certificates or Depositary Receipts to be issued to the Record Holders of Units or Depositary Units as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Units or Depositary Units held by such Record Holder, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures as it may deem appropriate to reflect such distribution, subdivision or combination; provided that in the event any such distribution, subdivision or combination results in a smaller total number of Units Outstanding, the General Partner shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate or Depositary Receipt, the surrender of any Certificate or Depositary Receipt held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d)       The Partnership shall not be required to issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. In the event any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 4.9(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit.

 

15


ARTICLE V

Allocations and Distributions

5.1        Allocations for Capital Account Purposes.    (a) For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.1, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b)) shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(b)       Any item of loss or deduction otherwise allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.1(a) which is in excess of such General Partner’s positive Adjusted Capital Account balance (following adjustment of such Adjusted Capital Account to reflect the allocation of all other items for such period) shall instead be allocated to the Limited Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests to the extent such item of loss or deduction exceeds such General Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance; provided that the allocation of any such item of loss or deduction to the Limited Partners shall only be made hereunder to the extent such allocation would not result in or increase a negative balance in the Adjusted Capital Account of any Limited Partner. If any item of loss or deduction otherwise allocated to the General Partner is allocated to the Limited Partners pursuant to the preceding sentence, items of income or gain that would otherwise be allocated to such General Partner equal to the amount of such loss or deduction shall be allocated to the Limited Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests as quickly as possible.

(c)       If any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Regulation §§1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 4 ), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 5 ) or 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 6 ), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate a deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible. This Section 5.1(c) is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ).

(d)(i)   Subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulation §§1.704-2(f)(2)—(5), if there is a net decrease in Partnership “minimum gain” (as defined in Regulation §§1.704- 2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d)) during any Fiscal Period, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in minimum gain, determined in accordance with Regulation §1.704-2(g)(2). This Section 5.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulation §§1.704-2(b)(2) and (f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii)       Subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulation §1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” (as defined in Regulation §§1.704-2(i) and 1.704-2(b)(4)) during any Fiscal Period, each Partner who has a share of the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain, determined in accordance with Regulation §1.704-2(i)(3), shall be specially allocated items of income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of

 

16


the net decrease in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain, determined in accordance with Regulation §1.704-2(i)(5). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulation §1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(e)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, upon or prior to the issuance or exercise of any options or other rights to acquire Units, the General Partner shall have the sole and complete discretion, without the approval of any other Partner, to amend any provision of this Section 5.1, in any manner, as is necessary, appropriate or advisable to comply with any current or future provisions of the Code or the Regulations or to implement the terms and conditions of any Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a).

5.2        Allocations for Tax Purposes.    (a) For federal income tax purposes, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.2, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(b)       In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:

    (i) (1) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution. (2) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2(c), any items of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

    (ii) (1) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items attributable thereto shall (A) first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Section 4.5(d)(i) or 4.5(d)(ii), and (B) second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section 5.2(b)(i)(l). (2) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2(c), any items of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

    (iii)      Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.2(b)(iv) and 5.2(c), all other items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

    (iv)      Any items of income, gain, loss or deduction otherwise allocable under Section 5.2(b)(i)(2), 5.2(b)(ii)(2) or 5.2(b)(iii) shall be subject to allocation by the General Partner in a manner designed to eliminate, to the maximum extent possible, Book-Tax Disparities in a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property otherwise resulting

 

17


from the application of the ceiling limitation (under Section 704(c) of the Code or Section 704(c) principles) to the allocations provided under Section 5.2(b)(i)(l) or 5.2(b)(ii)(l).

(c)       Subject to Section 5.2(b), any item of income, gain, loss or deduction otherwise allocable to the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.2(a) that constitutes the tax corollary of an item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction that has been allocated to the Limited Partners pursuant to Section 5.1(b) shall be allocated to the Limited Partners in the same manner and to the same extent provided in Section 5.1(b).

(d)       If any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ), items of income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner consistent with the allocations of income and gain pursuant to Section 5.1(c).

(e)       If there is a decrease in Partnership “minimum gain” or “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” as described in Section 5.1(j), items of income and gain shall be allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner consistent with the allocation of income and gain pursuant to Section 5.1(j).

(f)       It is intended that the allocations prescribed in Sections 5.2(b)(i) and 5.2(b)(ii) constitute allocations for federal income tax purposes that are consistent with Section 704 of the Code and comply with any limitations or restrictions therein. To preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of Units to implement the terms and conditions of any Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a), or to comply with any current or future provisions of the Code and Regulations, in addition to the allocation provided in Section 5.2(b)(iv), the General Partner shall have sole and complete discretion, without the approval of any other Partner, to (i) adopt such conventions as it deems necessary or appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation and cost recovery deductions and (ii) amend the provisions of this Agreement, in any manner, as necessary, appropriate or advisable (1) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Regulations under Subchapter K of the Code, (2) otherwise to preserve the uniformity of Units issued or sold from time to time or (3) to implement the terms and conditions of any Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a). The General Partner may adopt such conventions and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.2(f) only if they would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners, except as provided in the terms and conditions of any Units or options or other rights to acquire Units. The General Partner is authorized, based on the advice of counsel, to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property which is a recovery property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation method and useful life applied to the Partnership’s common basis of such property, despite the inconsistency of such approach with Proposed Regulation Section 1.168-2(n). If the General Partner later determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt, if deemed a reasonable position based upon advice of counsel, a depreciation convention under which all purchasers acquiring Units in the same month would receive depreciation, whether attributable to common basis or Section 743(b) basis, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other reasonable depreciation convention to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax

 

18


characteristics of any Units that would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners. If the General Partner determines, based upon advice of counsel, that no reasonably allowable convention or other method is available to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any specifically identifiable group of Units pursuant to this Section 5.2(j), such Units will be separately identified, to the extent practicable, as distinct classes to reflect intrinsic differences in tax consequences, regardless of the cause of any such nonuniformity.

(g)       To the extent of any Recapture Income resulting from the sale or other taxable disposition of Partnership assets, the amount of any gain from such disposition allocated to (or recognized by) a Partner (or his successor in interest) for federal income tax purposes pursuant to the above provisions shall be deemed to be Recapture Income to the extent such Partner has been allocated or has claimed any deduction directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gain as Recapture Income.

(h)       All items of income, gain, loss and deduction recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership; provided that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted as necessary or appropriate to take into account those adjustments permitted by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

(i)       Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit attributable to a transferred Partnership Interest shall, for federal income tax purposes, be determined on an annual basis and prorated on a monthly basis (or other basis, as required or permitted by Section 706 of the Code) and shall be allocated to the Partners who own Partnership Interests as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the last day of the month in which the transfer is recognized by the Partnership; provided that, gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of all or a substantial portion of the assets of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners who own Partnership Interests as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the last day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of determination and allocation as it determines necessary, to the extent permitted by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

(j)       Allocations which would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article V shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of the applicable Units, if the Partnership is notified in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner as to the identity of such beneficial owner by any broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing corporation or nominee holder that is the Record Holder of such Units.

5.3        Distributions.    (a) The General Partner shall, in accordance with the provisions hereof, cause the Partnership to make regular cash distributions on a quarterly basis of all of the Partnership’s Available Cash and, to the extent set forth in Section 5.3(b), cash distributions of Capital Transaction Proceeds and shall specify the Record Date for such distributions. All Available Cash shall be deemed distributed in any Fiscal Period prior to any distribution of Capital Transaction Proceeds. Any such amounts shall be distributed as soon as possible after

 

19


the Record Date for such distribution and shall be divided among the Partners on the Record Date in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(b)       Upon the occurrence in any Fiscal Period of any one or more Capital Transactions, the General Partner shall be required to make a cash distribution from the Capital Transaction proceeds in accordance with paragraph (i) hereinbelow and may, in its sole discretion, distribute additional Capital Transaction Proceeds in accordance with paragraph (ii) hereinbelow.

(i)       The General Partner shall determine the net gain or loss recognized for federal income tax purposes from each Capital Transaction and shall then determine the portion of the net gain or net loss from each Capital Transaction allocable to all Limited Partners holding Units in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2. Once having done so, the General Partner shall aggregate the net gains and net losses allocable to Limited Partners holding Units (taking into account the character of any such gains and losses) to determine any “net capital gain” from such Capital Transactions (to the extent capital gains exceed capital losses from those Capital Transactions resulting in capital gains or losses) and any “net ordinary income” from such Capital Transactions (to the extent ordinary income exceeds ordinary losses from those Capital Transactions resulting in ordinary income or losses). The General Partner shall then divide the amount of any such “net capital gains” and “net ordinary income” by the number of the Outstanding Units, as of the date of such Capital Transaction and, solely for purposes hereof, attribute an equal amount of “net capital gain” and “net ordinary income” to each Outstanding Unit, as of such date. The General Partner shall then cause the Partnership to distribute Capital Transaction Proceeds to the Partners, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until an amount has been distributed pursuant hereto with respect to each Outstanding Unit equal to 125% of the federal income tax liability that would be due with respect to the “net capital gain” and “net ordinary income” attributed to each Outstanding Unit pursuant to the preceding sentence (assuming for such purpose that the maximum marginal federal income tax rates for individuals, relating to either long-term capital gain or ordinary income, whichever the case may. be, applied to all holders of Units at the time of such recognition).

(ii)      The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, cause the Partnership to distribute any or all of the remaining Capital Transaction Proceeds to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(c)    Any amounts paid pursuant to Section 6.6 shall not be deemed to be distributions for purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

Management and Operation of Business

6.1     Management.    (a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and exercise full control over all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be

 

20


exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any right of control or management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership except in their capacities as officers, directors or members of the General Partner. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, including, without limitation, (i) the making of any expenditures, the borrowing of money, the guaranteeing of indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness and the incurring of any obligations it deems necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership; (ii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership and the merger of the Partnership with or into another entity; (iii) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose and on any terms it sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership, the lending of funds to other Persons and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership; (iv) the negotiation and execution of any terms deemed desirable in its sole discretion and the performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments that it considers useful or necessary to the conduct of the Partnership's operations or the implementation of its powers under this Agreement; (v) the distribution of Partnership cash; (vi) the selection and dismissal of employees and attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring; (vii) the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership and the Partners as it deems necessary; (viii) the formation of any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable; (ix) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including, without limitation, the conduct of litigation, the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation; (x) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Units, and the cancellation of acquired Units, at such times and on such terms as it deems to be in the best interests of the Partnership and the Partners; (xi) the entering into of leases for real or personal property or agreements in connection with sale and lease-back transactions; and (xii) the execution of the Depositary Agreement.

(b)       Each of the Partners hereby approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance of the Deposit Agreement and agrees that the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters contemplated therein on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners of the Partnership, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation. The participation by the General Partner in any agreement authorized or permitted by this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by such General Partner of any duty that it may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners under this Agreement or applicable law.

(c)       The General Partner shall cause the Partnership to obtain and maintain to the extent available on a commercially reasonable basis (i) casualty and liability insurance on the properties of the Partnership and (ii) liability insurance for the General Partner and the Indemnitees hereunder.

 

21


(d)       The General Partner shall cause the Partnership to maintain Working Capital Reserves and Fixed Asset Reserves in such amounts as the General Partner deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time.

6.2       Election of Board of Directors of General Partner by Limited Partners; Governance Matters.

(a)       The General Partner and the Partnership shall hold an annual meeting of the Limited Partners for the purpose of electing the board of directors of the General Partner. The annual meeting of Limited Partner unitholders shall be held at such time and on such business day as the General Partner may determine each year. The annual meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Partnership or at such other place within or without the state of Delaware as the General Partner may determine.

(b)       The annual meeting described in Section 6.2(a) above is intended to enable the Limited Partners to elect the board of directors of the General Partner in a manner consistent with the procedures for selection of directors at other successful publicly held entities. In furtherance of this goal, the General Partner hereby agrees to cause its Governance Documents to provide for the following:

(i)        The General Partner shall call and hold an annual meeting of the Limited Partners to be held simultaneously with the annual meeting of its shareholders. The General Partner shall cause the persons receiving the greatest number of votes at the Limited Partners’ meeting to be installed as the board of directors of the General Partner.

(ii)        The directors of the General Partner shall be divided into three (3) classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III, as nearly equal in size as possible, and one of the classes shall be elected for a three-year term of office at each annual meeting of Limited Partners.

(iii)        Except as otherwise provided by law, all the directors or all of a particular class, or any individual director, may be removed from office without assigning any cause, by the affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes at least eighty percent (80%) of the aggregate Percentage Interest of the Partners.

(iv)        The board of directors of the General Partner shall have the same fiduciary obligation to the Limited Partners of the Partnership as it has to its shareholders.

(v)        Any duties and responsibilities of the board of directors of the General Partner to its shareholders shall be discharged if the board of directors of the General Partner fulfills its duties and responsibilities to the Limited Partners.

(vi)        As a condition precedent to qualification to serve as General Partner of the Partnership, the General Partner shall be required and does hereby agree to be structured such that its units or shares are held in trust pursuant to a trust agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) that obligates the trustee to vote the units or shares in accordance with the results of the vote of the unitholders at the annual meeting described in Section 6.2(a) above.

 

22


(vii)     The provisions of the Governance Documents implementing the foregoing provisions shall not be amended or changed without the affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes at least eighty percent (80%) of the aggregate Percentage Interest of the Partners.

(c)       The General Partner hereby agrees that, in the event of any breach of the provisions of this Section 6.2, money damages may not be a sufficient remedy, and the Limited Partners shall therefore be entitled to equitable relief, including in the form of injunctions and orders for specific performance and without the necessity of posting any bond.

6.3       Certificate of Limited Partnership.   The General Partner shall file a Certificate of Limited Partnership with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act and shall cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business. To the extent that the General Partner in its sole discretion determines such action to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all the things to maintain the Partnership a limited partnership (or a partnership in which limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business. Subject to the terms of Section 7.5(a), the General Partner shall not be required to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

6.4       Reliance by Third Parties .    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no lender, purchaser of property from the Partnership or other Person, shall be required to verify any representation by the General Partner as to the extent of the interest in the assets of the Partnership that the General Partner is entitled to encumber, sell or otherwise use, and any such lender, purchaser or other Person shall be entitled to rely exclusively on the representations of the General Partner as to its authority to enter into such financing or sale arrangements or other transactions and shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if it were the sole party in interest therein, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner and Assignee hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such lender, purchaser or other Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any sale, financing or other transaction. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner with respect to any business or property of the Partnership be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with, or to inquire into the necessity or expediency of any act of the General Partner; and every contract, agreement, deed, mortgage, security agreement, promissory note or other instrument or document executed by the General Partner with respect to any business or property of the Partnership shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery thereof this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) such instrument or document was duly executed in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership, and (c) the General Partner was duly authorized and empowered to execute and deliver any and every such instrument or document for and on behalf of the Partnership.

 

23


6.5       Rights of General Partner as Limited Partner. The General Partner may acquire Units pursuant to Section 4.3 and shall be entitled to exercise all the rights of a Limited Partner with respect to such Units. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire (or may purchase or otherwise acquire on behalf of the Partnership) Units. As long as such Units are held by the Partnership, such Units shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein.

6.6       Compensation and Reimbursement of General Partner.

(a)       Except as provided in this Section 6.6 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.

(b)       The General Partner shall be reimbursed for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made in connection with the organization of the Partnership and the qualification of the Partnership and the General Partner to do business and any subsequent offerings of Units or other securities by the Partnership.

(c)       The General Partner and any Affiliate thereof shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole discretion, for all direct and indirect expenses incurred or made on behalf of the Partnership (including amounts paid to any Person to perform services to the Partnership), including that portion of such General Partner’s and Affiliate’s internal legal and accounting costs and expenses, telephone, secretarial, bookkeeping, tax reporting, aircraft, travel and entertainment expenses, office rent and other office expenses, salaries and other compensation expenses of employees, officers and directors, other administrative expenses and other expenses necessary or appropriate to the conduct of the Partnership’s and the General Partner’s businesses and allocable to the Partnership or the activities of the General Partner in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership. The General Partner shall determine the expenses which are allocable to the Partnership in any reasonable manner. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 6.10.

(d)       The General Partner may propose and adopt customary and reasonable fringe benefit plans, including plans involving the issuance of Units of the Partnership for the benefit of employees, officers and directors of the General Partner or the Partnership or their Affiliates in respect of services performed or to be performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership.

6.7        Outside Activities .   (a) The General Partner shall not enter into or conduct any business except in connection with its service as the general partner of the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)       The shareholders, directors, officers or members of the General Partner or the Partnership shall not compete with the Partnership, directly or indirectly, and the officers of such entities shall serve the General Partner or the Partnership on a full-time basis, but such shareholders, directors, officers or members shall be permitted to make any investments or engage in any outside activities not in contravention of this Section 6.7.

 

24


6.8       Partnership Funds.     The funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in such account or accounts as are designated by the General Partner. The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, deposit funds of the Partnership in a central disbursing account maintained by or in the name of the General Partner in which funds of the General Partner are also deposited; provided that at all times books of account shall be maintained which show the amount of funds of the Partnership on deposit in such account. The General Partner may use the funds of the Partnership as compensating balances for its own benefit; provided that such funds shall not directly or indirectly secure, and shall not be otherwise at risk on account of, any indebtedness or other obligation of the General Partner or any partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. Nothing in this Section 6.8 shall be deemed to prohibit or limit in any manner the right of the Partnership to lend funds to the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to Section 6.9(b). All withdrawals from or charges against such accounts shall be made by the General Partner or by its officers or agents. Funds of the Partnership may be invested as determined by the General Partner.

6.9        Loans to or from General Partners; Contracts with Affiliates.   (a) The General Partner or any Affiliate thereof may lend to the Partnership funds needed by the Partnership for such period of time as the General Partner may determine; provided that the General Partner or such Affiliate may not charge the Partnership interest at a rate greater than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged the Partnership (without reference to such General Partner’s or Affiliate’s financial abilities or guaranties) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans. The Partnership shall reimburse such General Partner or Affiliate for any costs incurred by it (other than interest charges incurred as a result of such borrowing) in connection with the borrowing of funds obtained by such General Partner or Affiliate and lent to the Partnership.

(b)       With the approval or consent of a Majority Interest, the Partnership may lend funds to the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof; provided that the Partnership may not charge the General Partner or such Affiliate interest at a rate less than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged such General Partner or Affiliate (without reference to other third parties’ financial abilities or guaranties) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans.

(c)       The General Partner may itself, or may enter into an agreement with an Affiliate of the General Partner to, render services for the Partnership. Any services rendered to the Partnership by such General Partner or Affiliate shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership. The provisions of Section 6.6 regarding reimbursement shall apply to services rendered pursuant to this Section 6.9(c).

(d)       The Partnership may transfer assets to or lend funds to joint ventures, other partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with applicable law as the General Partner deems appropriate.

(e)       Neither the General Partner nor any Affiliate thereof shall sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership.

 

25


6.10      Indemnification .  (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise by reason of his or its management of the affairs of the Partnership, any subsidiary of the Partnership or the General Partner or his or its status as the General Partner, an Affiliate thereof, a partner, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof or a Person serving at the request of the Partnership, a general partner or any Affiliate thereof in another entity in a similar capacity, which relates to or arises out of the Partnership, its property, business or affairs or the General Partner, their properties, businesses or affairs or any document filed with or submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any indemnification of underwriters given in connection therewith, regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to be the General Partner, an Affiliate thereof or a partner, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof or a director, officer, employee or agent of the Partnership at the time any such liability or expense is paid or incurred, and regardless of whether the liability or expense accrued at or relates to, in whole or in part, any time before, on or after the date hereof, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or its conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to such standard. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.10 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership and to the extent provided by the first sentence of this Section 6.10(a).

(b)       An Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 6.10 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which it has been adjudged liable for willful misconduct, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action was brought, or another court of competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such liabilities and expenses as the court may deem proper.

(c)       To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 6.10.

(d)       The indemnification provided by this Section 6.10 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, bylaw or vote of the Partners or as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee’s capacity as the General Partner, an Affiliate thereof or a partner, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof and to action in any other capacity, shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to

 

26


serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of an Indemnitee.

(e)       The General Partner and the Partnership shall purchase and maintain insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as shall be considered reasonable and commercially available, on behalf of Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with activities of the Partnership or such Indemnitees, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner and the Partnership may enter into indemnity contracts with Indemnitees and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under this Section 6.10 and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.

(f)       For purposes of this Section 6.10, the Partnership, the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by him of his duties to the Partnership, the General Partner or such Affiliate also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, him to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. Excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed “fines” within the meaning of Section 6.10(a), and action taken or omitted by him with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of his duties for a purpose reasonably believed by him to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership.

(g)       In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners or Assignees to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

(h)       An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.10 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(i)       The provisions of this Section 6.10 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, administrators and personal representatives and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons. The provisions of this Section 6.10 shall not be amended in any way that would adversely affect the General Partner without the consent of such General Partner.

6.11     Liability of General Partner.     (a) Neither the General Partner, any Affiliate thereof, nor the partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, members or agents thereof shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, the Assignees or any Person who has acquired an interest in the Units, whether as a Limited Partner, an Assignee or otherwise, for errors in judgment or for breach of fiduciary duty (including breach of any duty of care or any duty of loyalty) as the General Partner, such Affiliate or a partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof unless it is proved by clear and convincing evidence that his or its action or failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with

 

27


deliberate intent to cause injury to the Partnership or undertaken with reckless disregard for the best interests of the Partnership.

(b)       The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and may perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.

6.12       Resolution of Conflicts of Interest.   (a) At all times from and after the date hereof, a majority of the members of the board of directors of the General Partner shall be Persons who are not shareholders or members of the General Partner or a member of the immediate family of such a shareholder or member.

(b)       Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any Assignee, on the other hand, or (ii) whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein provides that the General Partner shall act in a manner which is, or provide terms which are, fair and reasonable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, the General Partner shall resolve such conflict of interest, take such action or provide such terms considering, in each case, the relative interests of each party to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles and any other factors deemed relevant, reasonable and appropriate. In the absence of bad faith by the General Partner, the resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided by the General Partner shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein.

(c)       Whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion,” with “complete discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the General Partner shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it deems appropriate and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any other interest of or factors affecting the Partnership, the Limited Partners or the Assignees or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the General Partner shall act under such express standard. Each Limited Partner hereby agrees that any standard of care or duty imposed in the Delaware Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation shall be modified, waived or limited in each case as required to permit the General Partner to act under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein and to make any decision pursuant to the authority prescribed in this Section 6.12(c) so long as such action or decision is reasonably believed by the General Partner to be consistent with the overall purposes of the Partnership.

6.13      Other Matters Concerning General Partners.   (a) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

28


(b)       The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any opinion of any such Person as to matters which such General Partner believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by such General Partner hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

6.14       Title to Partnership Assets.   Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner or Assignee, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner shall be held in trust by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE VII

Rights and Obligations of Limited Partners

7.1       Limitation of Liability.   The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as provided in this Agreement or in the Delaware Act.

7.2       Management of Business.   No Limited Partner (other than the General Partner, any Affiliate thereof or a general partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof solely in his or its capacity as such) shall take part in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, shall transact any business in the Partnership’s name or shall have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. The transaction of any business by any such Person in such capacity shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of any Limited Partner under this Agreement.

7.3       Outside Activities.   Subject to Section 6.7, a Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership. Neither the Partnership, any other Partner nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

7.4       Return of Capital.   No Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of his Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided by this Agreement. Except to the extent provided by Section 4.3 or otherwise expressly provided herein, no Limited Partner shall have priority over any other

 

29


Limited Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

7.5       Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership.   (a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, and except as limited by Section 7.5(b), each Limited Partner shall have the following rights for a proper purpose reasonably related to his Partnership Interest, upon reasonable demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i)      to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership;

(ii)      promptly after becoming available, to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;

(iii)      to have furnished to him, upon notification to the General Partner, a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

(iv)      to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Agreed Value of any other property or other consideration contributed by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date upon which each Partner became a Partner;

(v)      to have furnished to him, upon notification to the General Partner, a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

(vi)      to inspect and copy any of the Partnership’s books and records and obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

(b)        Notwithstanding the other provisions hereof, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, any information the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information, the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or could damage the Partnership or its business or which the Partnership is required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

7.6         Rights of Special Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership.   (a) The term “Special Limited Partner” means those persons who are listed on the books and records of the Partnership as owning a “Special LP Interest” and their transferees and assigns. A Special LP Interest is a limited interest in the capital of the Partnership as described in this Section.

(b)        A capital account is maintained for each Special Limited Partner with respect to the Special LP Interests (“Special LP Capital Account”) distinct and separate from the Capital Accounts. The aggregate balance of all of the Special LP Capital Accounts is $5,290,500, which aggregate balance shall not change. A Special LP Capital Account shall not be adjusted pursuant

 

30


to Section 4.6(d). A Special LP Capital Account shall not be treated as a Capital Account, except as provided in Section 7.6(g).

(c)      A Special Limited Partner (in such capacity) is not required or permitted to make Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

(d)      The Special Limited Partners shall not be entitled to any Units with respect to their Special LP Interests and the Special LP Interests shall not be represented by any Units.

(e)      No items of income, gain, deduction, loss or credits shall be allocated to the Special Limited Partners pursuant to Article IV or Article V with respect to the Special LP Interests. No Special Limited Partner shall receive any allocation or distribution pursuant to Article V with respect to the Special LP Interests.

(f)      A Special Limited Partner shall have no vote or approval pursuant to Articles VI and XV.

(g)      For purposes of making distributions in liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to Article XIV, and only for such purposes, a Special LP Capital Account shall be treated the same as the Capital Accounts, and the Special Limited Partners shall be entitled to distributions in liquidation of $5,290,500 in the aggregate.

ARTICLE VIII

Books, Records, Accounting and Reports

8.1       Records and Accounting .  The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnerships business including, without limitation, all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.5(a). Any records maintained by the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the holders of Units, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on or be in the form of magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided that the records so kept shall be convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All decisions as to accounting matters, except as specifically provided to the contrary herein, shall be made by the General Partner.

8.2       Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in its sole discretion.

8.3       Reports .  (a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Record Holder of a Unit as of the last day of such fiscal year reports containing financial statements of the Partnership for the fiscal year, presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting

 

31


principles, including a balance sheet, a statement of income, a statement of Partners’ equity and a statement of changes in financial position. Such statements shall be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

(b)      As soon as practicable, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the close of each calendar quarter, except the last calendar quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Record Holder of a Unit as of the last day of such calendar quarter a report containing such financial information as the General Partner deems appropriate.

(c)      Except as otherwise required by law, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, in lieu of sending any report or statement described in Section 8.3(a) or (b), the Partnership may create and maintain a secure, internet-based medium whereby the Unit holders are able to access, view and download such reports or statements. All reports or statements made available through such internet-based medium shall be made available to the Unit holders as of the dates on which the Partnership would have otherwise had to prepare and send such reports according to Section 8.3(a) or (b).

8.4       Other information .  The General Partner may release information concerning the operations of the Partnership as is customary in the industry or required by law or regulation.

ARTICLE IX

Tax Matters

9.1       Preparation of Tax Returns .  The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns and reports required for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish to Partners within ninety (90) days of the close of the taxable year the tax information reasonably required for federal and state income tax reporting purposes. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gains, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the cash or accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes, as the General Partner shall determine in its sole discretion. The taxable year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in its sole discretion.

9.2       Tax Election .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole discretion, determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code. The General Partner shall keep in effect the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners.

9.3       Tax Controversies .  Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in Section 6231 of the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or

 

32


refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

9.4         Organizational Expenses .  The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses incurred in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 60-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

9.5         Taxation as a Partnership .  No election shall be made by the Partnership or any Partner for the Partnership to be taxable as an association taxable as a corporation or to be excluded from the application of any of the provisions of Subchapter K, Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code or from any similar provisions of any state tax laws.

9.6         Opinions Regarding Taxation as a Partnership .     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the requirement, as a condition to any action proposed to be taken under this Agreement, that the Partnership be furnished an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the proposed transaction would not result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes shall not be applicable if the Partnership is at such time treated in all material respects as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes due to changes in federal income tax laws.

9.7         Withholding .

(a)        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under Section 1445 of the Code with regard to (i) the sale of “United States real property interests” (as defined in the Code), (ii) the distribution of cash or property to any Partner who is a “foreign person” (as defined in Regulation §1.1445-2T(b)(2)(i)(c)), or (iii) the transfer of Units or Depositary Units.

(b)        In its sole and absolute discretion and as provided for in Regulations under Section 1445 of the Code, the General Partner may elect to withhold a portion of any distribution made to Partners and Assignees who are “foreign persons” or who fail to provide to the Partnership an appropriate certificate in accordance with the applicable provisions of such Treasury Regulations.

(c)        The General Partner is authorized to take any action that it deems to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under Sections 1441, 1442 or 1446 of the Code.

(d)        The General Partner is authorized to withhold a portion of distributions made to Partners in order to satisfy state or local income tax obligations resulting from operations of the Partnership.

ARTICLE X

Prohibitions and Limitations

10.1       Prohibitions and Limitations.

 

33


Without the prior approval of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate Percentage Interest of the Partners, the General Partner shall not approve a transaction or a series of related transactions which (i) results in a Change of Control, or (ii) results in the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of Cedar Point Park.

ARTICLE XI

Transfer of Interests

11.1       Transfer .  (a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Article XI with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the General Partner assigns all or any of its general partner Partnership Interest to another Person or by which the holder of a Unit assigns the Partnership Interest evidenced thereby to another Person, and such term includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or other disposition.

(b)        No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article XI. Any transfer or purported transfer of any Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article XI shall be null and void.

11.2       Transfer of Interests of General Partner .  The General Partner may not transfer all or any part of its general partner Partnership Interest unless (i) the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the Percentage Interest approve such transfer, (ii) the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and (iii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; provided that any transfer by the General Partner of all of its general partner Partnership Interest shall constitute a withdrawal for purposes of, and shall be effected by such General Partner only if not prohibited by, Section 13.1(a).

11.3       Transfer of Units .  Any Units, including Units held by the General Partner, may be transferred following deposit in the Deposit Account, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Units that have never been deposited in the Deposit Account or that have been withdrawn from the Deposit Account and not redeposited are not transferable except upon death or by operation of law; provided that the General Partner or its Affiliates may, without restriction, transfer between or among themselves Units that have never been deposited in the Deposit Account or that have been withdrawn from the Deposit Account and not redeposited, and any Partner may transfer Units to the Partnership or the General Partner.

11.4       Transfer of Depositary Units .    (a) Except as provided in Section 11.3, the Partnership shall not recognize transfers of Units or interests therein except by transfers of Depositary Units. Depositary Units may be transferred only in the manner provided in the Deposit Agreement.

(b)        A transferee who has completed and delivered a Transfer Application shall be deemed (i) to have requested admission as a Limited Partner, (ii) to have agreed to be bound by,

 

34


and to have executed, this Agreement (including specifically Sections 4.5(e), 5.1(e) and 5.2(f) hereof) and the Deposit Agreement, (iii) to have represented that such transferee has authority to enter into this Agreement and the Deposit Agreement, and (iv) to have granted powers of attorney to the General Partner and the Liquidator to make the consents and waivers contained herein. Until admitted as a Limited Partner pursuant to Article XII, the Record Holder of a Depositary Receipt shall be an Assignee in respect of the Depositary Units evidenced thereby.

(c)        Each distribution in respect of Units shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Depositary or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holders thereof as of the Record Date set for the distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

11.5       Restrictions on Transfer .  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article XI, no transfer of any Unit shall be made if such transfer (a) would violate the then applicable federal and state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authorities with jurisdiction over such transfer, or (b) would affect the Partnership’s existence or qualification as a limited partnership under the Delaware Act.

ARTICLE XII

Admission of Partners

12.1       Existing Partners .    All the Persons who are Partners as of the date of this Agreement shall continue as Partners and have executed a counterpart of this Agreement (either individually or by attorney or agent) and thereby agree to be bound by the terms hereof as a Partner.

12.2       Admission of Additional Limited Partners .  (a) The transferee of a Person’s Units shall have the right to seek admission as an Additional Limited Partner subject to the conditions of and in the manner permitted under this Agreement. A transferor of a Depositary Receipt shall only have the authority to convey to a purchaser or other transferee who does not execute and deliver the Transfer Application, however, (i) the right to negotiate such Depositary Receipt to a purchaser or other transferee and (ii) the right to transfer the right to request admission as a Limited Partner to such purchaser or other transferee in respect of the transferred Depositary Units. Each transferee of a Unit (including any Person, such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing corporation, other nominee holder or an agent of any of the foregoing, acquiring such Depositary Unit for the account of another Person) shall apply to become an Additional Limited Partner with respect to the Units transferred by executing and delivering a Transfer Application at the time of such transfer. Such transferee shall become an Additional Limited Partner at such time as the General Partner consents thereto, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole discretion, and when any such admission is shown on the books and records of the Partnership. If such consent is withheld, the transferee shall be an Assignee. An Assignee shall have a Partnership Interest equivalent to that of a Limited Partner with respect to allocations and distributions, including liquidating distributions

 

35


of the Partnership. With respect to voting rights attributable to Units or Depositary Units that are held by Assignees, the General Partner shall be deemed to be the Limited Partner with respect thereto and shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units or Depositary Units on any matter, vote such Units or Depositary Units at the written direction of the Assignee who is the Record Holder of such Units or Depositary Units. If no such written direction is received, such Units or Depositary Units will not be voted. An Assignee shall have no other rights of a Limited Partner.

(b)        The admission of an Assignee as an Additional Limited Partner shall be effected without the approval of any of the Partners other than the General Partner.

(c)        A Person who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) an acceptance, in form satisfactory to the General Partner, of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 1.4 and (ii) such other documents or instruments as may be required in order to effect his admission as an Additional Limited Partner, and such admission shall become effective on the date that the General Partner determines in its sole discretion that such conditions have been satisfied and when any such admission is shown on the books and records of the Partnership.

12.3       Admission of Successor General Partner .  A successor General Partner selected by the holders of a Majority Interest or the transferee of or successor to the entire Partnership Interest of the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner pursuant to Section 13.1.

12.4       Amendment of Agreement and of Certificate of Limited Partnership .     For the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate to prepare and file as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership, if required by law, and for this purpose may exercise the power of attorney granted in Section 1.4.

ARTICLE XIII

Withdrawal or Removal of Partners

13.1         Withdrawal or Removal of General Partner .  (a) The General Partner covenants and agrees that it will not withdraw as the General Partner before December 31, 2082, subject to its right to transfer its Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 11.2. Except for transfers permitted by Section 11.2, any transfer by the General Partner of all of its Partnership Interest as the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.2 shall constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner for purposes of this Section 13.1(a). On or after December 31, 2082, the General Partner may withdraw from the Partnership upon 120 days advance written notice to the Limited Partners, except as otherwise provided herein. Such withdrawal shall take effect on the date specified in such notice. Any withdrawal of the General Partner shall not become effective unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that such withdrawal, and the selection and admission of a successor General Partner, will not result in the loss of limited

 

36


liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal, a Majority Interest may, prior to or within 90 days after such notice of intent to withdraw, select a successor General Partner. If no successor General Partner is selected, the Partnership shall be dissolved pursuant to Section 14.1. If a successor General Partner is selected, it shall be admitted immediately prior to the withdrawal of the General Partner and shall continue the business and operations of the Partnership without dissolution.

(b)        The General Partner may be removed only upon the affirmative votes of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the Percentage Interests held by Limited Partners. Any such action for removal of the General Partner shall provide for the approval of a successor General Partner. Such removal shall be effective immediately after the selection of the successor General Partner pursuant to Article XII. The right to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that such removal and the selection and admission of a successor General Partner will not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

(c)        Upon the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner under this Section 13.1, the Partnership shall distribute to such General Partner an amount of cash equal to the lesser of (A) the balance in its Unadjusted Capital Account or (B) the balance in its Capital Account (following the adjustment of such Capital Account in accordance with Section 4.5(d)); provided that, for purposes of the application of this Section 13.1(c)(i) only, a negative balance in either such Unadjusted Capital Account or such Capital Account shall be deemed to be zero. To the extent such Unadjusted Capital Account reflects the lesser balance, the Partnership shall be deemed to have distributed to the General Partner an amount of cash equal to the positive balance, if any, in its Capital Account, and the General Partner shall be deemed to have made a payment (as characterized under Section 707(a) of the Code) to the Partnership of a penalty for its withdrawal or removal in an amount equal to the excess of the positive balance, if any, in its Capital Account over the cash amount, if any, actually distributed.

13.2       Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor .    The General Partner shall have no further interest in its Percentage Interest after its withdrawal or removal. The successor General Partner shall succeed to the Percentage Interest held by its predecessor.

13.3       Withdrawal of Limited Partners .    No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided that upon a transfer of a Limited Partners Units, upon the transferee’s becoming a Record Holder, the transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Units transferred, but until such transferee becomes a Record Holder, the transferor shall continue to be a Limited Partner. No Limited Partner shall be entitled to receive any distribution from the Partnership except as expressly set forth in Articles V and XIV.

13.4       Continuation of Partnership .    Upon the withdrawal or removal of any General Partner, any successor or additional general partner and any remaining general partner is authorized to and shall carry on the business of the Partnership.

 

37


ARTICLE XIV

Dissolution and Liquidation

14.1      Dissolution .    The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Additional Limited Partners or the admission of additional or substituted General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a)        [intentionally omitted];

(b)        the removal of the General Partner, or any other event not specifically provided for herein that results in its ceasing to be the General Partner (other than by reason of a transfer pursuant to Section 11.2 or its withdrawal or removal followed by selection of a successor by a Majority Interest pursuant to Section 13.1);

(c)        an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the affirmative vote of a Majority Interest; or

(d)        the bankruptcy or the dissolution of the General Partner;

provided that the Partnership shall not be dissolved upon an event described in Section 14.1(b) or (d) if within 90 days after such event, a Majority Interest agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to approve a successor General Partner.

For purposes of this Section 14.1, bankruptcy of the General Partner shall be deemed to have occurred when (u) it commences a voluntary proceeding, or files an answer in any involuntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; (v) it is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it a final and nonappealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; (w) it executes and delivers a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (x) it files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of the nature described in clause (u); (y) it seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for it or for all or any substantial part of its properties; or (z) (1) any proceeding of the nature described in clause (u) has not been dismissed one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement thereof, (2) the appointment without its consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for it or all or any substantial part of its properties has not been vacated or stayed within ninety (90) days of such appointment or (3) such appointment is not vacated within ninety (90) days after the expiration of any such stay.

14.2     Continuation of Business of Partnership after Dissolution .    Upon dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Section 14.1(b) and a failure of all Partners to agree to continue the business of the Partnership and to approve a successor General Partner as provided in Section 14.1 or upon a dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Section 14.1(d), then within an additional ninety (90) days, a Majority Interest may elect to reconstitute the Partnership and to continue its business on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by forming a new partnership on terms identical to those set forth in this Agreement

 

38


and having as its General Partner a Person elected by a Majority Interest. Upon any such election by a Majority Interest, all Partners shall be bound thereby and shall be deemed to have consented thereto. Unless such an election is made within one hundred eighty (180) days after dissolution, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is made within one hundred eighty (180) days after dissolution, then:

(a)        the reconstituted Partnership shall continue until the end of the term set forth in Section 1.5 unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XIV;

(b)        if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then Section 13.1(c) shall apply; and

(c)        to the extent required by law, all necessary steps shall be taken to cancel this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and to enter into a new partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, and the successor General Partner may for this purpose exercise the powers of attorney granted in Section 1.4;

provided that the right of a Majority Interest to select a successor General Partner and to reconstitute and continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause either the Partnership or the reconstituted Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

14.3     Liquidation .    Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is continued under an election to reconstitute and continue the Partnership pursuant to Section 14.2, the Liquidator shall liquidate the Partnership. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by a Majority Interest. The Liquidator shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days prior written notice and (if other than the General Partner) may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by a Majority Interest. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within thirty (30) days thereafter be approved by a Majority Interest. The right to appoint a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be recurring and continuing for so long as the functions and services of the Liquidator are authorized to continue under the provisions hereof, and every reference herein to the Liquidator shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator appointed in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XIV, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or approval of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Article X) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to carry out its duties and functions hereunder for and during such period of time as shall be reasonably required in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided herein. The Liquidator shall liquidate

 

39


the assets of the Partnership and shall apply and distribute the proceeds of such liquidation in the following order of priority, unless otherwise required by applicable law:

(a)        to the payment of creditors of the Partnership, including Partners and the General Partner in respect of any expenses payable pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof, in order of priority provided by law and to the creation of a reserve of cash or other assets of the Partnership for contingent liabilities in an amount, if any, determined by the Liquidator to be appropriate for such purposes; and

(b)        to the Partners in accordance with the positive balances in their respective Combined Capital Accounts.

14.4       Distribution in Kind .    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14.3 which require the liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if upon dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the assets of the Partnership would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may, in its absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership and may, in its absolute discretion, distribute to the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.3(b), undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time. In addition, in the event the Partnership has not satisfied any or all of its recourse liabilities, the Liquidator shall (i) cause the General Partner to assume any such recourse liabilities not satisfied by the Partnership and (ii) designate specific assets (selecting first from among current assets) to be distributed to the General Partner (before any distribution is made pursuant to Section 14.3(b)) in an amount of cash or of property having a fair market value (based on independent appraisals to the extent reasonable) determined by the Liquidator to have been the amount necessary to satisfy such recourse liabilities if satisfied by the Partnership. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind pursuant to this Section 14.4 using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

14.5       Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership .    Upon the completion of the distribution of partnership property as provided in Sections 14.3 and 14.4, the Partnership shall be terminated, and the Liquidator (or any of the Partners, if necessary) shall cause the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all formations and qualifications of the Partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware and shall take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.

14.6       Reasonable Time for Winding Up .    A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 14.3 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up.

 

40


14.7      Return of Capital .  No General Partner shall be personally liable for the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners, or any portion thereof. Any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

14.8      Capital Account Restoration .    No Limited Partner shall have an obligation to restore a negative Capital Account balance.

14.9      Waiver of Partition .    Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

ARTICLE XV

Amendment of Partnership Agreement; Meetings; Record Date

15.1      Amendments to be Adopted Solely by General Partner .    The General Partner (pursuant to its powers of attorney from the Partners), without the consent of any other Partner or Assignee, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a)       the admission or substitution of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(b)      a change that the General Partner in its sole discretion has determined to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or that is necessary or advisable in the opinion of the General Partner to ensure that the Partnership will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

(c)       a change (i) that in the sole discretion of the General Partner does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, (ii) that is necessary or desirable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute or that is necessary or desirable to facilitate the trading of the Depositary Units (including, without limitation, the division of Outstanding Units into different classes in order to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the Depositary Units are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which the General Partner deems to be in the best interests of the Partnership and the Limited Partners, or (iii) that is required or contemplated by this Agreement;

(d)       an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, to prevent the Partnership, any General Partner or its partners, directors or officers from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or plan asset regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

 

41


(e)       an amendment that in the sole discretion of the General Partner is necessary or desirable in connection with the authorization for issuance of any class or series of Units pursuant to Section 4.3(a);

(f)         an amendment adopted by the General Partner in accordance with Sections 4.3(e), 4.5, 5.1(e) or 5.2(f); or

(g)        any other amendments similar to the foregoing.

15.2      Amendment Procedures .    Except as provided in Sections 15.1 and 15.3, all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements. Amendments of this Agreement may be proposed by the General Partner or by the Record Holders of ten percent (10%) of the Outstanding Units. If an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite Percentage Interest or call a meeting of the Limited Partners to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and by a Majority Interest unless a greater Percentage Interest is required by this Agreement. The General Partner shall notify all Partners upon final adoption of any proposed amendment.

15.3      Amendment Requirements .    (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 15.1 and 15.2, the approval of the General Partner and at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the aggregate Percentage Interest held by Limited Partners shall be required for any amendment unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that such amendment would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

(b)       Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 15.1 and 15.2, no provision of this Agreement which establishes a Percentage Interest required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect which would have the effect of reducing such voting requirements, unless such is approved by written consent or the affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. This Section 15.3(b) shall be amended only with the approval by written consent or affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes at least 85% of the aggregate Percentage Interest of the Partners.

(c)       The voting requirements in this Section 15.3 shall be in addition to voting requirements imposed by the other provisions contained herein.

15.4      Meetings .  All acts of Limited Partners to be taken hereunder shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XV. Meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning at least ten percent (10%) of the aggregate Percentage Interest held by Limited Partners. Any Limited Partner calling a meeting shall specify the number of Units as to which he is exercising the right to call a meeting, and only the specified Units shall be counted for the purpose of determining whether such standard has been met. Limited Partners shall call a meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more calls in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the meeting is to be called. Within ten (10) days after

 

42


receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not more than sixty (60) days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Each Limited Partner shall have one vote for each Unit of which he is a Record Holder on the Record Date for such vote, and may cast such vote in person or by proxy. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to subject the Limited Partners to unlimited liability.

15.5      Notice of a Meeting .  Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 15.4 shall be given to the Record Holders in writing either personally or by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

15.6      Record Date .  For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approval without a meeting as provided in Section 15.11, the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any stock exchange on which the Depositary Units are listed for trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such stock exchange shall govern).

15.7      Adjournment .  When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than thirty (30) days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XV.

15.8      Waiver of Notice; Consent to Meeting; Approval of Minutes .  The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, are as valid as though a meeting were duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the Limited Partners entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the Partnership records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; provided that attendance at a meeting shall not be a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the objection is expressly made at the meeting.

 

43


15.9       Quorum .    A Majority Interest represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners. Notwithstanding anything elsewhere provided in this Agreement to the contrary, the Limited Partners shall be entitled to vote on, consent to or approve of matters only as provided in Sections 6.2, 11.2, 13.1, 13.2, 14.1, 14.2, 14.3, 15.2, 15.3, 15.4 and 15.11 and Article X and as submitted to them by the General Partner. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of a Majority Interest shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a higher percentage is required under this Agreement. The Limited Partners present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the requisite Percentage Interest specified in this Agreement. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of a Majority Interest represented either in person or by proxy but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 15.7.

15.10    Conduct of Meeting .    The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including, without limitation, the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 15.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting, in either case including, without limitation, a Partner or a director or officer of the General Partner. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote and the revocation of approvals in writing.

15.11      Action Without a Meeting .    Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Partners owning not less than the minimum Percentage Interest that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Partners were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time, not less than twenty (20) days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partner, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units which were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partner is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the

 

44


Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to subject the Limited Partners to unlimited liability, (ii) will not cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and (iii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

15.12     Voting Rights .    (a) Only those Record Holders of Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 15.6 shall be entitled to notice of, and, subject to Section 12.2(a), to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which approvals are solicited or required under this Agreement. With respect to voting rights attributable to Units that are held by Assignees, the General Partner shall be deemed to be the Limited Partner with respect thereto and shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of Units on any matter, vote such Units at the direction of the Assignee.

(b)        With respect to Units that are held for a Person's account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) in whose name such Units are registered, such representative Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of and at the direction of the Person for whom he holds, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume he is so acting without further inquiry.

(c)        If the General Partner is also a Limited Partner, it may vote its Percentage Interest, including such Percentage Interest represented by Units on any matter submitted to the Limited Partners for consideration in such manner as it in its sole discretion shall determine.

ARTICLE XVI

General Provisions

16.1       Addresses and Notices .    Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or sent to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or sent, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon mailing of such notice, payment or report to such Person at his address as shown on the records of the Partnership or the Depositary, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Unit or the Partnership Interest of such General Partner by reason of an assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of mailing of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner or a mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or sending of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing

 

45


on the books of the Partnership or Depositary is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or sent without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Limited Partner or Assignee at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or sending of such notice, payment or report to the other Limited Partners and Assignees. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 1.3. The Partnership and the General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by them to be genuine.

16.2     Titles and Captions .  All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement or to define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to "Articles" and "Sections" are to articles and sections of this Agreement.

16.3      Pronouns and Plurals .  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

16.4      Further Action .  The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

16.5      Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

16.6      Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

16.7      Creditors .  None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Partnership.

16.8      Waiver .  No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

16.9      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Unit, upon executing and delivering a Transfer Application as herein described, independently of the signature of any other party.

 

46


16.10     Applicable Law .    This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

16.11     Invalidity of Provisions .    If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

 

47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

C EDAR F AIR M ANAGEMENT , I NC .

By:

 

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

 

Richard L. Kinzel

  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

LIMITED PARTNERS:

By:

      C EDAR F AIR M ANAGEMENT , I NC .
 

As attorney-in-fact pursuant to Section 1.4 of this Agreement

By:

 

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

 

Richard L. Kinzel

  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.8

Doc ID --> F295_1155

 

LOGO

F0295-1156

Department of State

The State of Ohio

Sherrod Brown

Secretary of State

516595

Certificate

It is hereby certified that the Secretary of State of Ohio has custody of the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous Filings; that said records show the filling and recording of: AMD CHN of:

CEDAR POINT, INC. FORMERLY CEDAR POINT GIFTS, INC.

United States of America

State of Ohio

Office of the Secretary of State

Recorded on Roll F295 at Frame 1157 of the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous Filings.

Witness my hand and the seal of the Secretary of State, at the City of Columbus, Ohio, this 29TH day of July, A.D. 1983.

THE SEAL OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE OF OHIO

Sherrod Brown

Secretary of State

Page 2


Doc ID -->            F295_1155

 

 

ANTHONY J. CELEBREZZE, JR.

Secretary of State

  LOGO
  LOGO  
  CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT  
  (BY SHAREHOLDERS)  
  TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF  

 

Cedar Point Gifts, Inc.

(Name of Corporation)

Robert L. Munger

 

, who is

 

(   )

  

Chairman of the Board

 
     

(X)

  

President

 

(Check one),

     

(   )

  

Vice President

 

and

 

Carl C. Tucker

 

, who is

 

(X)

  

Secretary

 

(Check one)

     

(   )

  

Assistant Secretary

 

of the above named Ohio corporation for profit with its principal location at             Sandusky             , Ohio do hereby certify that: (check the appropriate box and complete the appropriate statements)

 

 

  

 

  

a meeting of the shareholders was duly called and held on                                          , 19          , at which meeting a quorum of the shareholders was present in person or by proxy, and by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise              % of the voting power of the corporation,

    X    

  

in a writing signed by all of the shareholders who would be

 

  

entitled to a notices of a meeting held for that purpose,

the following resolution was adopted to amend the articles:

RESOLVED, that the Articles of Incorporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Articles of Incorporation be changed so that Article FIRST, as amended, shall read as follows:

“FIRST: the name of the corporation shall be Cedar Point, Inc.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above named officers, acting for and on behalf of the corporation, have subscribed their names this     26     day of     July         , 19 83 .

 

X

 

LOGO

 

(President)

X

 

LOGO

 

(Secretary)

 

NOTE:

  

Ohio law does not permit one officer to sign in two capacities. Two separate signatures are required, even if this necessitates the election of a second officer before the filing can be made.

 

Page 3


Doc ID --> E374_1870

LOGO

THE STATE OF OHIO

DEPARTMENT OF STATE

TED W. BROWN

Secretary of State

Certificate

510595

It is hereby Certified that the Secretary of State of Ohio has custody of the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous Filings; that said records show the filing and recording of: ARF TIC OF CEDAR POINT GIFTS, INC.

United States of America

STATE OF OHIO

Office of the Secretary of State

Recorded on Roll E374 at Frame 1872 of the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous Filings.

Witness my hand and the seal of the Secretary of State, at the City of Columbus, Ohio, this 25TH day of JANUARY, A.D. 1978

TED W. BROWN

Secretary of State

Page 2


Doc ID -->        E374_1870

LOGO

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

Cedar Point Gifts, Inc.

The undersigned, Carl C. Tucker, desiring to form a corporation for profit under the general corporation laws of Ohio, does hereby certify that:

I.      The name of the Corporation shall be Cedar Point Gifts, Inc.

II.     The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Ohio is to be located at Sandusky in Erie County.

III.    The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act of activity for which corporations may be formed under Sections 1701.01 to 1701.98, inclusive, of the Ohio Revised Code.

IV.    The number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to have outstanding is 500 shares of Common Stock, without par value.

V.     The amount of stated capital with which the Corporation will begin business is $500.

VI.   No holders of any class of shares of the Corporation shall have any pre-emptive right to purchase or have offered to them for purchase any shares or other securities of the Corporation.

 

Page 3


Doc ID -->        E374_1870

2

LOGO

VII.      The Corporation may from time to time, pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors and without action by the shareholders, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of the Corporation of any class or classes in such manner, upon such terms and in such amounts as the Board of Directors shall determine; subject, however, to such limitation or restriction, if any, as is contained in the express terms of any class of shares of the Corporation outstanding at the time of the purchase or acquisition in question.

VIII.     Notwithstanding any provision of the Ohio Revised Code now or hereafter in force requiring for any purpose the vote, consent, waiver or release of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise two-thirds, or any other proportion, of the voting power of the Corporation or of any class or classes of shares thereof, such action, unless otherwise expressly required by statute or by these Articles, may be taken by the vote, consent, waiver or release of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power of the Corporation or of such class or classes.

IX.       Any or every statute of the State of Ohio hereafter enacted, whereby the rights, powers or privileges of corporations or of the shareholders of corporations organized under the laws of the State of Ohio are increased or diminished

 

Page 4


Doc ID -->        E374_1870

3

LOGO

 

or in any way affected, or whereby effect is given to the action taken by any number, less than all, of the shareholders of any such corporation, shall apply to the Corporation and shall be binding not only upon every shareholder of the Corporation but upon every shareholder of the Corporation to the same extent as if such statute had been in force at the date of filing these Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation in the office of the Secretary of State of Ohio.

Executed this 20 th day of January, 1978.

 

/s/ Carl C. Tucker

Carl C. Tucker, Incorporator

 

Page 5


Doc ID --> E374_1870

 

FORM NO. AA

  

THE OHIO LEGAL BLANK CO., CLEVELAND

Original Appointment of Agent

Ohio Corporation

Section 1701.07 Revise Code

LOGO

 

 

 

The undersigned, being at least a majority of the incorporators of

 

 

CEDAR POINT GIFTS, INC.

(Name of Corporation)

hereby appoints

 

William M. Nelson

(Name of Agent)

(a natural person resident in the country in which the corporation has its principal office),

  

 

 

upon whom any process,, notice or demand required or permitted by statute to be served upon the corporation may be served.

His complete address is

  

Administration Building, Cedar Point, Inc., P. O. Box 759, Sandusky, Erie County, Ohio 44870

Street or Avenue

  

(City or Village)

 

CEDAR POINT GIFTS, INC.

(Name of Corporation)

/s/ Carl C. Tucker

Carl C. Tucker

 

 

 

(Incorporators names should be typed or printed beneath signatures)

Sandusky            

 

, Ohio

January 20                 

 

, 19 78    

 

CEDAR POINT GIFTS, INC.

(Name of Corporation)

Gentlemen: I hereby accept(s) appointment as agent of your corporation upon whom process, tax notices or demands may be served.

 

/s/ William M. Nelson

William M. Nelson

(Signature of Agent or Name of Corporation)

By

 

 

  (Signature of Officer Signing and Title)

 

Page 6

Exhibit 3.9

CEDAR POINT GIFTS, INC.

Action of the Directors Taken

          Without a Meeting          

The undersigned, being the directors of Cedar Point Gifts, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“Corporation”), acting without a meeting, pursuant to Section 1701.54 of the Ohio Revised Code, hereby adopt the following resolutions:

RESOLVED, that the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Articles of Incorporation be changed so that Article FIRST, as amended, shall read as follows:

“FIRST: the name of the corporation shall be Cedar Point, Inc.”

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Secretary of the Corporation is hereby authorized to execute any further documents necessary and appropriate to effectuate the aforesaid resolutions.

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the directors of the Corporation hereby recommend that the sole shareholder of the Corporation adopt the foregoing resolutions.

 

            CEDAR POINT, INC.
Date:  

July 26, 1983

   

/s/ Robert L. Munger, Jr.

      Robert L. Munger, Jr.
Date:  

July 26, 1983

   

/s/ Carl C. Tucker

      Carl C. Tucker


1612-CT/is

02/03/78

206130-113-001

REGULATIONS

OF

CEDAR POINT GIFTS, INC.

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 1 .     Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at 10:00 o’clock A.M., or at such other hour as may be designated in the notice of said meeting, on the last Friday in June in each year, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next day not a legal holiday, for the election of Directors and the consideration of reports to be laid before such meeting. Upon due notice, there may also be considered and acted upon at an annual meeting any matter which could properly be considered and acted upon at a special meeting, in which case and for which purpose the annual meeting shall also be considered as, and shall be, a special meeting. When the annual meeting is not held or Directors are not elected thereat, they may be elected at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 2 .     Special Meetings

Special meetings of shareholders may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President, or by the Directors by action at a meeting, or by a majority of the Directors acting without a meeting, or by the person or persons who hold not less than a majority of all shares outstanding and entitled to be voted on any proposal to be submitted at said meeting.

Upon request in writing delivered either in person or by registered mail to the President or Secretary by any person or persons entitled to call a meeting of shareholders, such officer shall forthwith cause to be given, to the shareholders entitled thereto, notice of a meeting to be held not less than seven nor more than sixty days after the receipt of such request, as such officer shall fix. If such notice is not given within twenty days after the delivery or mailing of such request, the person or persons calling the meeting may fix the time of the


 

2

meeting and give, or cause to be given, notice in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section 3 .     Place of Meetings

Any meeting of shareholders may be held either at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place within or without the State of Ohio as may be designated in the notice of said meeting.

Section 4 .     Notice of Meetings

Not more than sixty days nor less than seven days before the date fixed for a meeting of shareholders, whether annual or special, written notice of the time, place and purposes of such meeting shall be given by or at the direction of the President, a Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Such notice shall be given either by personal delivery or by mail to each shareholder of record entitled to notice of such meeting. If such notice is mailed, it shall be addressed to the shareholders at their respective addresses as they appear on the records of the Corporation, and notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day so mailed. Notice of adjournment of a meeting need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are fixed and announced at such meeting.

Section 5 .     Shareholders Entitled to Notice and to Vote

If a record date shall not be fixed pursuant to statutory authority, the record date for the determination of shareholders who are entitled to notice of, or who are entitled to vote at, a meeting of shareholders, shall be the close of business on the date next preceding the day on which notice is given, or the close of business on the date next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, as the case may be.

Section 6 .     Inspectors of Election - List of Shareholders

Inspectors of Election may be appointed to act at any meeting of shareholders in accordance with statute.

At any meeting of shareholders, an alphabetically arranged list, or classified lists, of the shareholders of record as of the applicable record date who are entitled to vote, showing their respective addresses and the number and classes of shares held by each, shall be produced on the request of any shareholder.


 

3

Section 7 .     Quorum

To constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, there shall be present in person or by proxy shareholders of record entitled to exercise not less than a majority of the voting power of the Corporation in respect of any one of the purposes for which the meeting is called.

The holders of a majority of the voting power represented in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders, whether or not a quorum be present, may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

Section 8 .     Voting

In all cases, except where otherwise by statute or the Articles or the Regulations provided, a majority of the votes cast shall control.

Cumulative voting in the election of Directors shall be permitted as provided by statute.

Section 9 .     Reports to Shareholders

At the annual meeting, or the meeting held in lieu thereof, the officers of the Corporation shall lay before the shareholders a financial statement as required by statute.

Section 10 .     Action Without a Meeting

Any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be authorized or taken without a meeting with the affirmative vote or approval of, and in a writing or writing signed by, all of the shareholders who would be entitled to notice of a meeting for such purpose, which writing or writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the Corporation.


 

4

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

Section 1 .     Election, Number and Term of Office

The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or if not so elected, at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, and each Director shall hold office until the date fixed by these Regulations for the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor is elected, or until his earlier resignation, removal from office, or death. At any meeting of shareholders at which Directors are to be elected, only persons nominated as candidates shall be eligible for election.

The number of Directors, which shall not be less than three (unless all of the shares of the Corporation are owned of record by one or two shareholders in which case the number of Directors may be less than three but not less than the number of shareholders), may be fixed or changed at a meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of electing Directors at which a quorum is present, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such proposal. In case the shareholders at any meeting for the election of Directors shall fail to fix the number of Directors to be elected, the number elected shall be deemed to be the number of Directors so fixed.

Section 2 .     Meetings

Regular meetings of the Directors shall be held immediately after the annual meeting of shareholders and at such other times and places as may be fixed by the Directors, and such meetings may be held without further notice.

Special meetings of the Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by the President or by a Vice President or by the Secretary of the Corporation, or by not less than one-third of the Directors. Notice of the time and place of a special meeting shall be served upon or telephoned to each Director at least twenty-four hours, or mailed, telegraphed or cabled to each Director at least forty-eight hours, prior to the time of the meeting.


 

5

Section 3 .     Quorum

A majority of the number of Directors then in office shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall attend.

Section 4 .     Action Without a Meeting

Any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the Directors may be authorized or taken without a meeting with the affirmative vote or approval of, and in a writing or writings signed by, all of the Directors, which writing or writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the Corporation.

Section 5 .     Committees

The Directors may from time to time create a committee or committees of Directors to act in the intervals between meetings of the Directors and may delegate to such committee or committees any of the authority of the Directors other than that of filling vacancies among the Directors or in any committee of the Directors. No committee shall consist of less than three Directors. The Directors may appoint one or more Directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may take the place of any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee.

In particular, the Directors may create and define the powers and duties of an Executive Committee. Except as above provided and except to the extent that its powers are limited by the Directors, the Executive Committee during the intervals between meetings of the Directors shall possess and may exercise, subject to the control and direction of the Directors, all of the powers of the Directors in the management and control of the business of the Corporation, regardless of whether such powers are specifically conferred by these Regulations. All action taken by the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Directors at their first meeting thereafter.

Unless otherwise ordered by the Directors, a majority of the members of any committee appointed by the Directors pursuant to this section shall constitute a quorum at any meeting thereof, and the act of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Action may be taken by any such committee without


 

6

a meeting by a writing or writings signed by all of its members. Any such committee shall prescribe its own rules for calling and holding meetings and its method of procedure, subject to any rules prescribed by the Directors, and shall keep a written record of all action taken by it.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

Section 1 .     Officers

The Corporation may have a Chairman of the Board (who shall be a Director) and shall have a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers and assistant officers as the Directors may deem necessary. All of the officers and assistant officers shall be elected by the Directors.

Section 2 .     Authority and Duties of Officers

The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as are customarily incident to their respective offices, or as may be specified from time to time by the Directors regardless of whether such authority and duties are customarily incident to such office.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

Section 1 .     Indemnification

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the full extent then permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, non profit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such agent (as opposed to any Director, officer or employee) of this Corporation to an extent greater than that required


 

7

by law only if and to the extent that the Directors may, in their discretion, so determine. The indemnification provided hereby shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any law, the articles of incorporation or any agreement, vote of shareholders or of disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in official capacities and as to action in another capacity while he is a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, trustee, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 2 .     Insurance

The Corporation may, to the full extent then permitted by law and authorized by the Directors, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any persons described in Section 1 of this Article IV against any liability asserted against and incurred by any such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1 .     Transfer and Registration of Certificates

The Directors shall have authority to make such rules and regulations as they deem expedient concerning the issuance, transfer and registration of certificates for shares and the shares represented thereby and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 2 . Substituted Certificates

Any person claiming a certificate for shares to have been lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact, shall give the Corporation and its registrar or registrars and its transfer agent or agents a bond of indemnity satisfactory to the Directors or to the Executive Committee or to the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or the Treasurer, and, if required by the Directors or the Executive Committee or such officers, shall advertise the same in such manner as may be required, whereupon a new certificate may be executed and delivered of the same tenor


 

8

and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 3 .     Voting Upon Shares Held by the Corporation

Unless otherwise ordered by the Directors, any officer or assistant officer of the Corporation in person or by proxy or proxies appointed by him shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to vote, act and consent with respect to any shares issued by other corporations which the Corporation may own.

Section 4 .     Articles to Govern

In case any provision of these Regulations shall be inconsistent with the Articles, the Articles shall govern.

Section 5 .     Amendments

These Regulations may be amended by the affirmative vote or the written consent of the shareholders of record entitled to exercise a majority of the voting power on such proposal, provided, however, that if an amendment is adopted by written consent without a meeting of the shareholders, the Secretary shall mail a copy of such amendment to each shareholder of record who would have been entitled to vote thereon and did not participate in the adoption thereof.

Exhibit 3.10

LOGO

STATE OF MICHIGAN

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

CORPORATION AND SECURITIES BUREAU

CORPORATION DIVISION

LANSING, MICHIGAN

(THIS IS A PART OF THE ATTACHED CORPORATE DOCUMENT AND SHOULD NOT BE DETACHED)

DO NOT WRITE IN SPACES BELOW – FOR DEPARTMENT USE

Date Received: JUL 22 1974

FILED

JUL 23 1974

[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

DIRECTOR

Michigan Department of Commerce

NAME OF CORPORATION: Irish Bills Corporation

CORPORATE DOCUMENT: Articles of Incorporation


ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

IRISH HILLS CORPORATION

The undersigned, Carl C. Tucker, desiring to form a corporation for profit under the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, does hereby certify that:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation shall be Irish Hills Corporation.

ARTICLE II

The purposes for which the Corporation is organized are to engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be organized under the Business Corporation Act of Michigan.

ARTICLE III

The number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to have outstanding is 50,000 shares of Common Stock of the par value of $1.00 per share.

ARTICLE IV

The address of the initial registered office is: c/o The Corporation Company, 615 Griswald Street, Detroit, Michigan, 48226. The name of the initial resident agent at the registered office is The Corporation Company.


 

2

ARTICLE V

The name and address of the incorporator is as follows: Carl C. Tucker, c/o Jones, Day, Cockley & Reavis, 1750 Union Commerce Building, Cleveland, Ohio 44115.

ARTICLE VI

The Corporation may from time to time, pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors and without action by the shareholders, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of the Corporation of any class or classes in such manner, upon such terms and in such amounts as the Board of Directors shall determine: subject, however, to such limitation or restriction, if any, as is contained in the express terms of any class of shares of the Corporation outstanding at the time of the purchase or acquisition in question.

ARTICLE VII

A director or officer of the Corporation shall not be disqualified by his office from dealing or contracting with the Corporation as a vendor, purchaser, employee, agent or otherwise; nor shall any transaction, contract or other act of the Corporation be void or voidable or in any way affected or invalidated by reason of the fact that any director or officer, or any firm in which such director or officer is a member, or any corporation of which such director or officer is a shareholder, director or officer, is in any way interested in such transaction, contract


 

3

or other act, provided the fact that such director, officer, firm or corporation is so interested shall be disclosed or shall be known to the Board of Directors or such members thereof as shall be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which action upon any such transaction, contract or other act shall be taken; nor shall any such director or officer be accountable or responsible to the Corporation for or in respect of any such transaction, contract or other act of the Corporation or for any gains or profits realized by him by reason of the fact that he or any firm of which he is a member or any corporation of which he is a shareholder, director or officer is interested in such transaction, contract or other act; and any such director may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which shall authorize or take action in respect of any such transaction, contract or other act, and may vote thereat to authorize, ratify or approve any such transaction, contract or other act with like force and effect as if he or any firm of which he is a member or any corporation of which he is a shareholder, director or officer were not interested in such transaction, contract or other act.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, the incorporator of Irish Hills Corporation, has hereunto signed these Articles of Incorporation on this 19th day of July, 1974,

 

/s/ Carl C. Tucker

Carl C. Tucker


LOGO

For Use by Domestic Corporations)

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

IRISH HILLS CORPORATION

(Name of Corporation)

The undersigned corporation executes the following Certificate of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 631, Act 284, Public Acts of 1972:

1. The name of the corporation is IRISH HILLS CORPORATION

The location of the registered office is

615 Griswold Street Detroit Michigan 48226

(No. and Street) (Town or City) (Zip Code)

unanimous written consent of the sole

2. The following amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was adopted by the/shareholder of the corporation in accordance with Subsection (2) of Section 611, Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, on the 11th day of April 1975.

Resolved, that Article of the Articles of Incorporation be amended to read as follows: (Any article being amended is required to be set forth in its entirety,)

The name of the corporation shall be CEDAR POINT OF MICHIGAN, INC.

3. The necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment. Dated this 17th day of April 1975.

IRISH HILLS CORPORATION

(Corporate Name)

BY Robert L. Hunger, Jr.,

Robert L. Hunger, Jr., President

(Signature)

(Type or Print Name and Title)

(See Instructions on Reverse Side)

(MICH. - 416 - 3/9/73)

Exhibit 3.11

IRISH HILLS CORPORATION

Action By Sole Shareholder

Without A Meeting

Cedar Point, Inc., an Ohio corporation, the sole shareholder of Irish Hills Corporation, a Michigan corporation, acting in writing and without a meeting pursuant to Section 407(3) of the Business Corporation Act of the State of Michigan hereby adopts the following resolutions:

RESOLVED, that Article I of the Articles of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“The name of the Corporation shall be CEDAR POINT OF MICHIGAN, INC.”

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Corporation are hereby authorized and directed to file an appropriate certificate of amendment to the Articles of Incorporation with the appropriate governmental agency of the State of Michigan to effectuate the foregoing amendment.

The foregoing action is effective this 11th day of April, 1975.

 

CEDAR POINT, INC.
By  

/s/ Carl C. Tucker

  Carl C. Tucker, Secretary


BY-LAWS

OF

IRISH HILLS CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.    The registered office shall be in Detroit, Michigan.

Section 2.    The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Michigan as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

ANNUAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.    All meetings of shareholders for the election of Directors shall be held at such place within or without the State of Michigan as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.    Annual meetings of shareholders, commencing with the year 1975, shall be held on the last Friday in June, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at such hour as may be stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3.    Written notice of the time, place and purposes of a meeting of shareholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than


2

 

sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

ARTICLE III

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.    Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose other than the election of Directors may be held at such time and place within or without the State of Michigan as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2.    Special meetings of shareholders may be called at any time, for any purpose or purposes, by the Board of Directors or by such other persons as may be authorized by law.

Section 3.    Written notice of the time, place and purposes of a special meeting of shareholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 4.    The business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

ARTICLE IV

QUORUM AND VOTING OF STOCK

Section 1.    The holders of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation. The shareholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting may continue to do business until adjournment,


3

 

notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum. Whether or not a quorum is present, the meeting may be adjourned by a vote of the shares present.

Section 2.    If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders unless the vote of a greater number of shares of stock is required by law or the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 3.    Each outstanding share of stock, having voting power, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

Section 4.    Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if all the shareholders entitled to vote thereon consent thereto in writing.

ARTICLE V

DIRECTORS

Section 1.    The number of Directors shall not be less than three nor more than fifteen. Directors need not be residents of the State of Michigan nor shareholders of the Corporation. Within the limits above specified, the number of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the shareholders at the annual meeting. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and shall hold office for the terms for which they are elected and until their successors are elected and qualified.


4

 

Section 2.    Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A directorship to be filled because of an increase in the number of Directors or to fill a vacancy may be filled by the Board for a term of office continuing only until the next election of Directors by the shareholders.

Section 3.    The business affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board except as otherwise provided by statute or in the Articles of Incorporation or by these By-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

Section 4.    The Directors may keep the books of the Corporation, outside of the State of Michigan, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

Section 5.    The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of them, may establish reasonable compensation of Directors for services to the Corporation as Directors or officers.

ARTICLE VI

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1.    Regular or special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held either within or without the State of Michigan.

Section 2.    The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected Directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or it may convene at such place and time as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the Directors.


5

 

Section 3.    Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held upon such notice, or without notice, and at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 4.    Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by the President or by the Secretary on three days’ notice to each Director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two Directors.

Section 5.    Attendance of a Director at a meeting constitutes a waiver of notice of the meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, a regular or special meeting need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

Section 6.    A majority of the members of the Board then in office constitutes a quorum for transaction of business. The vote of the majority of members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present constitutes the action of the Board unless the vote of a larger number is required by statute, the Articles or these By-laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7.    Unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation, action required or permitted to be taken pursuant to authorization voted at a meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if, before or after the action, all members of the Board consent thereto in writing. The written


6

 

consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board. The consent has the same effect as a vote of the Board for all purposes.

ARTICLE VII

COMMITTEES

Section 1.    The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of a committee, who may replace an absent or disqualified member at a meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the members thereof present at a meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of such an absent or disqualified member. A committee, and each member thereof, shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. A committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in the By-laws, may exercise all powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation subject to any limitations by statute or in the Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE VIII

NOTICES

Section 1.    When a notice or communication is required or permitted to be given by mail, it shall be mailed, except as otherwise provided in this Article, to the person to whom it is directed at the address designated by him for that purpose or, if none is designated, at his last known address. The notice or communication is given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in a post office or official depository under the


7

 

exclusive care and custody of the United States postal service. The mailing shall be registered, certified or other first class mail except where otherwise provided by statute.

Section 2.    When, under statutory requirements or the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws or by the terms of an agreement or instrument, a corporation or the Board or any committee thereof may take action after notice to any person or after lapse of a prescribed period of time, the action may be taken without notice and without lapse of the period of time, if at any time before or after the action is completed the person entitled to notice or to participate in the action to be taken or, in case of a shareholder, by his attorney-in-fact, submits a signed waiver of such requirements.

ARTICLE IX

OFFICERS

Section 1.    The Corporation may have a Chairman of the Board and shall have a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers and assistant officers as the Directors may deem necessary. All of the officers and assistant officers shall be elected by the Directors.

Section 2.    The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as are customarily incident to their respective offices, or as may be specified from time to time by the Directors regardless of whether such authority and duties are customarily incident to such office.

Section 3.    An officer shall hold office for the term for which he is elected and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until


8

 

his resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed by the Board with or without cause.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

Section 1.    (a)    The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened with being made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including all appeals (other than an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, decrees, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith or in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or with respect to any criminal action, suit or proceeding, that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.


9

 

(b)    The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened with being made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, including all appeals, by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding. The Corporation shall also indemnify any such person against amounts paid in settlement of such action, suit or proceeding up to the amount that would reasonably have been expended in his defense (determined in the manner provided for in subsection (d)) if such action, suit or proceeding had been prosecuted to a conclusion. However, indemnification under this subsection shall be made only if the person to be indemnified acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been finally adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless, and only to the extent that, the court or body in or before which such action, suit or proceeding was finally determined, or any court of competent jurisdiction, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses or other amounts paid as such court shall deem proper.


10

 

(c)    Without limiting the right of any Director, officer or employee of the Corporation to indemnification under any other subsection hereof, if such person has been substantially and finally successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b), he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(d)    Except in a situation governed by subsection (c), any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director, officer or employee is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who are not or were not parties to or threatened with such action, suit or proceeding, or any other action, suit or proceeding arising from the same or similar operative facts, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, if a majority of such quorum of disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel (compensated by the Corporation) in a written opinion, or (3) if there be no disinterested Directors, or if a majority of the disinterested Directors, whether or not a quorum, so directs, by vote in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of Directors, without reference to default or contingency which would permit the holders of one or more classes of shares to vote for the election of one or more Directors.

(e)    Expenses of each person indemnified hereunder incurred in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit


11

 

or proceeding (including all appeals) or threat thereof, may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors, whether a disinterested quorum exists or not, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director, officer or employee to repay such expenses unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

(f)    The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of or in any way to limit any other rights to which any person indemnified may be or may become entitled as a matter of law, by the Articles, Regulations, agreements, insurance, vote of shareholders or otherwise, with respect to action in his official capacity and with respect to action in another capacity while holding such office and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g)    Subsections (a) through (f) of this Article shall apply to such agents of the Corporation as are designated at any time by the Board of Directors.

(h)    If any part of this Article shall be found, in any action, suit or proceeding, to be invalid or ineffective, the validity and the effect of the remaining parts shall not be affected.

Section 2.    The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or designated agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or designated agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise


12

 

against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article or of Chapter 1701 of the Ohio Revised Code.

ARTICLE XI

LOST SHARE CERTIFICATES

Section 1.    The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the issuance of such a new certificate.

FIXING OF RECORD DATE

Section 2.    For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders or an adjournment thereof, or to express consent or to dissent from a proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or allotment or a right, or for the purpose of any other action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. The date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of the meeting and not more than sixty days before any other action. If a record date is not fixed,


13

 

the record date for determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if no notice is given, the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Board relating thereto is adopted. When a determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders has been made, the determination applies to any adjournment of the meeting, unless the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

SEAL

Section 3.    The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Michigan”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

These By-laws may be amended or repealed or new By-laws may be adopted by the shareholders or Board of Directors except as may be provided in the Articles of Incorporation. The shareholders may prescribe in these By-laws that any By-law made by them shall not be altered or repealed by the Board of Directors. Amendment of the By-laws by the Board requires a vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board then in office.

Exhibit 3.12

LOGO  

 

PAGE 1

 

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “PARAMOUNT PARKS INC.”, CHANGING ITS NAME FROM “PARAMOUNT PARKS INC.” TO “CEDAR FAIR SOUTHWEST INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTIETH DAY OF APRIL, A.D. 2010, AT 12:44 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

  LOGO   LOGO  
    Jeffrey W Bullock, Secretary of State
2303298     8100     AUTHENTICATION: 7942694

 

100401172    

   

 

DATE: 04-20-10

You may verify this certificate online at
corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml
   


    State of Delaware
    Secretary of State
    Division of Corporations
    Delivered 01:11 PM 04/20/2010
    FILED 12:44 PM 04/20/2010
    SRV 100401172 – 2303298 FILE

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify:

FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of

PARAMOUNT PARKS INC.

 

 

resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing the Article thereof numbered “   FIRST                             ” so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

The name of the corporation is Cedar Fair Southwest Inc.

SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 14 th day of April, 2010.

 

By:

 

LOGO

 

Authorized Officer

Title:

 

Vice President

Name:

 

Peter J. Crage

 

Print or Type

Exhibit 3.13

 

   MSG HOLDING CORPORATION    n/c 7/29/92 to
      PARAMOUNT PARKS INC.

**********

BY-LAWS

**********

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.     Registered Office.     The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2.     Other Offices.     The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.     Place of Meeting.     All meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Del aware as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed notice of waiver thereof.

Section 2.     Notice of Meeting.     Written notice of all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 3.     List of Stockholders.     The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days

 

- 1 -


before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced at the time and kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 4.     Annual Meeting.     Annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at a date, time and place as shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and as shall be stated in the notice of meeting, for the election, by a plurality vote, of a Board of Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 5.     Special Meetings.     Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President and Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 6.     Agenda.     Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7.     Quorum.     The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented

 

- 2 -


by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 8.     Votes Required for Action.     When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy and voting shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9.     Voting.     Each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless the proxy provides for a longer period, provided, however, that with respect to the election of Directors of the Corporation, each holder of stock or of any class

 

- 3 -


or classes or of a series or series thereof shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for this provision and the provision in the Certificate of Incorporation as to cumulative voting) each holder of stock would be entitled to cast for the election of Directors with respect to the shares of stock held multiplied by the number of Directors to be elected by the stockholder, and the stockholder may cast all of such votes for a single Director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as the stockholder may see fit.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1.     Number of Directors.     The number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be not less than three nor more than seven. The first Board shall consist of three Directors. Thereafter, within the limits above specified, the number of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until the next annual election and until a successor is elected and qualified or until the Director’s earlier resignation or removal. Any Director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2.     Vacancies.     Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, and any Director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until a successor is duly elected

 

- 4 -


and shall qualify or until the Director’s earlier resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

Section 3.     Powers.     The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be executed or done by the stockholders.

Section 4.     Removal.     Directors may be removed with cause by a majority of the Board of Directors, and may be removed by the holders of a majority of the stock with or without cause at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present and acting or by written consent in lieu of meeting of a majority of the stock having voting power.

Section 5.     Meetings.     Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be fixed by resolutions of the Board of Directors or as may be specified in the notice of the meeting. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. Special meetings may be held at any time upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or Vice President and shall be so called at the request of any three Directors by telegraphic or written notice duly served on or sent or mailed to each Director not less than one day before such meeting. A meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all the Directors are present, or at any time

 

- 5 -


without notice if all the Directors are present, or if at any time before of after the meeting those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing. A notice or waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 6.     Quorum.     At all meetings of the Board a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7.     Action Without a Meeting.     Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 8.     Participation Other Than in Person.     The members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at such a meeting.

 

- 6 -


Section 9.     Committees of Directors.     The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more Committees, including without limitation an Executive Committee, each Committee to consist of one or more Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any Committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the Committee. Such Committees shall have and may exercise such power and authority as the Board of Directors shall designate by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board. The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, including without limitation the power and authority to declare dividends and authorize the issuance of stock, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any Committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not the member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Such Committees shall have such names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The Board may from time to time suspend, alter, continue, or terminate any such Committee or the powers and functions thereof.

Section 10.     Other Committees.     The Board of Directors shall also have the power to appoint such regular and special Committees consisting of Directors, officers and/or other persons and having such powers and functions as the Board may prescribe. The Board may from time to time suspend, alter, continue, or terminate any such Committee or the powers and functions thereof.

 

- 7 -


Section 11.     The Board as an Executive Committee.     In the event a quorum shall not be present at any regular or special meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting, if not less than three, shall be considered and meet as an Executive Committee and shall act only by the concurring vote of a majority of the number present. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President, and in the President’s absence, the Senior Director present, shall preside over any such Executive Committee meeting.

Section 12.     Minutes of Committee Meeting.     Each Committee shall prepare minutes of its meetings, which minutes shall be kept in the minute book of the Corporation, and the minutes of each meeting of any Committee held since the preceding meeting of the Board shall be reported to the Board at the meeting of the Board next following any such Committee meeting.

Section 13.     Compensation of Directors.     The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as Director. No payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing Committees may be allowed like compensation for attending Committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1.     Offices.     The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, and shall elect a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, and such other additional officers with such

 

- 8 -


titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, all of whom shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and hold office for one year and until their successors are chosen and qualify, or until their earlier removal or resignation. Any two or more offices, except those of President and Secretary, may be held by the same person.

Section 2.     Duties.     Said officers shall have the usual powers and shall perform all the usual duties incident to their respective offices and shall in addition perform such other duties as shall be assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.     Absence of an Officer.     In the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may, during such period, delegate those powers and duties to any other executive officer or to any Director and the person to whom such powers and duties are delegated shall for the time being hold such office.

Section 4.     Officers Subject to Board.     All officers shall be subject to the supervision and direction of the Board. The authority, duties, or responsibilities of any officer of the Corporation may be suspended by the Chairman or the President with or without cause and any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed by the Board with or without cause. Any vacancy occurring in any office, unless such office shall be abolished by the Board, shall be filled at any regular or special meeting of the Board.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware:

(a)    The Corporation shall indemnify any person, (and his or her heirs, executors or administrators) who was or is a party or is threatened to

 

- 9 -


be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding (brought by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, Officer employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Stockholder, Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for and against all expenses, (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or such heirs, executors, or administrators in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, including appeals.

(b)    The Corporation may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, pay expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding described in subsection (a) of this Article in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding, including appeals.

(c)    The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person described in subsection (a) of this Article against any liability asserted against him or her, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.

(d)    The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to all actions, claims, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act occurring before or after its adoption. The provisions of this Article shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee or agent who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section and the relevant

 

- 10 -


provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware and other applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or any action, suit or proceeding then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part on any such state of facts. If any provision of this Article shall be found to be invalid or limited in application by reason of any law or regulation, it shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions hereof. The rights of indemnification provided in this Article shall neither be exclusive of, nor be deemed in limitation of, any rights to which any such officer, director, employee or agent may otherwise be entitled or permitted by contract, the Certificate of Incorporation, vote of stockholders or directors or otherwise, or as a matter of law, both as to actions in his or her official capacity and actions in any other capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the specified individuals shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(e)    For purposes of this Section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries.

The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification to which those seeking

 

- 11 -


indemnification may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested Directors or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1.     Definition.     Whenever under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws notice is required to be given to any Director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing by mail, addressed to such Director or stockholder at the address as it appears on the records of the Corporation with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to Directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 2.     Waiver.     Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK AND CERTIFICATES

Section 1.     Form.     Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or President or Vice President, and any Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, or Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by the stockholder in

 

- 12 -


the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be specified. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 2.     Lost Certificates.     The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

- 13 -


Section 3.     Transfers.     Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by power of attorney duly executed, witnessed, and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or other proper officer of the Corporation, and upon surrender and cancellation of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares of the same class of stock with duly executed assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signatures as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require. No transfer of stock other than on the records of the Corporation shall be valid except between the parties thereto until such transfer shall have been made upon the records of the Corporation.

Section 4.     Registered Stockholders.     The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share, right, option, warrant, security, or other obligation is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share, right, option, warrant, security, or other obligation on the part of any other person whether or not the Corporation shall have express or other notice thereof except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Section 5.     Fixing Record Date.     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date

 

- 14 -


which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting or other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1.     Dividends.     Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared pursuant to law by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, property, or shares of capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2.     Reserves.     Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 3.     Fiscal Year.     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be adopted by the Board of Directors at the first Board meeting.

Section 4.     Seal.     The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization, and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

- 15 -


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The By-Laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended, or repealed and new By-Laws not inconsistent with law or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, may be adopted by action of the Board of Directors.

 

- 16 -


AMENDMENT TO THE BY-LAWS AS OF July 10, 2002

RESOLVED, that each of the officers of the Corporation is authorized to delegate his or her respective signature or voting authority granted by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and laws of the states in which the Corporation is incorporated and qualified to do business by a writing (i) specifying the scope of the authority being delegated by the writing, (ii) identifying the delegate either by name or as the incumbent of a position, and (iii) advising the delegate that he or she will have no authority to redelegate the signature authority being delegated;

RESOLVED, that none of the authority granted in the above resolution will constitute a delegation of, or change in, the limits of authority otherwise imposed on the specified officers or delegates or in any manner be permitted to operate in derogation of such limits of authority;

RESOLVED, that any conflict between the foregoing resolutions with respect to delegation of authority and the By-Laws of the Corporation shall be resolved in favor of the resolutions herein, and the Corporation’s By-Laws shall be deemed to be amended in accordance herewith;

RESOLVED, that the number of directors comprising the Board of Directors of the Corporation be at least one (1) and not more than fifteen (15); and that any conflict between this resolution and the by-laws of the Corporation or any prior resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be resolved in favor of this resolution, and the Corporation’s By-Laws shall be deemed to be amended in accordance herewith;

Exhibit 3.14

 

LOGO  

 

PAGE 1

 

I, MICHAEL RATCHFORD, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “KINGS ISLAND COMPANY” FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTIETH DAY OF NOVEMBER, A.D. 1989, AT 9 O’CLOCK A.M.

*    *    *    *    *    *     *    *    *    *

 

LOGO

   
   
   
   
   

/s/ Michael Ratchford

   

 

SECRETARY OF STATE

   

*3600285

   

AUTHENTICATION:

        922675232    

09/24/1992

                                       DATE:


8903240096

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE

OF INCORPORATION OF KINGS ISLAND COMPANY

 

LOGO

   
   

CARL H. LINDNER, who is President, and JAMES C. KENNEDY, who is Secretary, of Kings Island Company (“Company”), a Delaware corporation for profit with its principal location at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, do hereby certify the following:

(1)    The present name of the corporation is Kings Island Company;

(2)     Amendments :

RESOLVED: That Article IV, Section 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended and restated as follows:

Section 1. The aggregate number of shares of all classes of Capital Stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is two thousand (2,000) shares, of which one thousand (1,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, issuable in one or more series, and one thousand (1,000) shares shall be Common Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share.

(3)     Method of Adoption . The Amendment was adopted by an Action Taken in a Writing by the sole Shareholder of Kings Island Company and by an Action Taken in a Writing by All Members of the Board of Directors of Kings Island Company pursuant to Section 228 and Section 141 of the General Corporation Laws of the State of Delaware. These actions were taken on November 8, 1989, in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Laws of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-named officers, acting for and on behalf of the Corporation, have subscribed their names this  8th  day of November, 1989.

 

/S/ CARL H. LINDNER

CARL H. LINDNER, President

/S/ JAMES C. KENNEDY

JAMES C. KENNEDY, Secretary


LOGO  

 

PAGE 1

 

I, MICHAEL HARKINS, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF KINGS ISLAND COMPANY FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTIETH DAY OF NOVEMBER, A.D. 1989, AT 9 O’CLOCK A.M.

|    |    |    |    |    |    |    |     |    |

 

LOGO

   
   
   
   
   

/s/ Michael Harkins

    Michael Harkins, Secretary of State
   

 

AUTHENTICATION:

   

12439424

                            DATE:
            893240096    

12/05/1989


LOGO  

 

PAGE 1

 

I, MICHAEL HARKINS, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF KINGS ISLAND COMPANY FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTIETH DAY OF NOVEMBER, A.D. 1989, AT 9 O’CLOCK A.M.

|    |    |    |    |    |    |    |     |    |

 

LOGO

   
   
   
   
   

/s/ Michael Harkins

    Michael Harkins, Secretary of State
   

 

AUTHENTICATION:

   

12439424

                            DATE:
            893240096    

12/05/1989


LOGO

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE

OF INCORPORATION OF KINGS ISLAND COMPANY

CARL H. LINDNER, who is President, and JAMES C. KENNEDY, who is Secretary, of Kings Island Company (“Company”), a Delaware corporation for profit with its principal location at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, do hereby certify the following:

(1)      The present name of the corporation is Kings Island Company;

(2)       Amendments :

RESOLVED: That Article IV, Section 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended and restated as follows:

Section 1. The aggregate number of shares of all classes of Capital Stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is two thousand (2,000) shares, of which one thousand (1,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, issuable in one or more series, and one thousand (1,000) shares shall be Common Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share.

(3)       Method of Adoption . The Amendment was adopted by an Action Taken in a Writing by the sole Shareholder of Kings Island Company and by an Action Taken in a Writing by All Members of the Board of Directors of Kings Island Company pursuant to Section 228 and Section 141 of the General Corporation Laws of the State of Delaware. These actions were taken on November 8, 1989, in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Laws of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-named officers, acting for and on behalf of the Corporation, have subscribed their names

this 8th day of November, 1989.

 

/S/ CARL H. LINDER
CARL H. LINDNER, President

/S/ JAMES C. KENNEDY

JAMES C. KENNEDY, Secretary


UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

KINGS ISLAND COMPANY

The undersigned, constituting all of the members of the Board of Directors of KINGS ISLAND COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, (the “Corporation”), do hereby adopt, by this Unanimous Written Consent, the following resolution with the same force and effect as if adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors duly called and held for the purpose:

RESOLVED, that the contribution to the capital by the Corporation to its wholly-owned subsidiary, KIC Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation (“KIC”), of $63,114,321.26 (book value) or $63,295,731.73 (market value), be, and it hereby is, ratified, confirmed and approved; said capital contribution being in the form of the cash and securities contained in the Custody Account with The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. as assigned by the Corporation to KIC and effective as of December 4, 1992; and further

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Corporation be and each of them hereby is authorized and directed to execute and deliver any and all documents and to perform all such acts which may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing resolution.

Dated:    December 7, 1992

 

/s/ Michael F. Bartok

   

/s/ Michael B. Estabrooks

Michael F. Bartok     Michael B. Estabrooks

 

 

/s/ Raymond M. Nowak

 
  Raymond M. Nowak  


ACTION TAKEN IN A WRITING BY ALL MEMBERS

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF KINGS ISLAND COMPANY

PURSUANT TO SECTION 141 OF THE

GENERAL CORPORATION LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

BY THIS WRITING, the undersigned, being all the members of the Board of Directors of Kings Island Company, do hereby adopt the following resolutions:

WHEREAS, the Certificate of -Incorporation of Kings Island Company authorizes the issuance of Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of common stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value, One Hundred Forty-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Fifty (149,650) shares of which are now issued and outstanding and One Million (1,000,000) shares of preferred stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value, none of which are now issued and outstanding; and

WHEREAS, in order to reduce the annual franchise tax burden of the Company, it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to recapitalize the outstanding common stock of the Company and reduce the authorized shares of common stock to One Thousand (1,000) shares of the same class and the same par value and to reduce the authorized shares of preferred stock to One Thousand (1,000) shares of the same class and the same par value; and

WHEREAS, the reduction in stated capital resulting from the recapitalization of outstanding common stock of the Company in no way affects the Company’s ability to pay its debts; and

WHEREAS, the Company has obtained the consent to recapitalization of the outstanding common shares and reduction in authorized shares from Continental Illinois National Bank and Trust Company, the holder of all outstanding shares of the Company under a Pledge Agreement with American Financial Corporation dated as of October 16, 1987.

RESOLVED: That the holder of One Hundred Forty-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Fifty (149,650) shares of common stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value, shall become the holder of Seven Hundred Fifty (750), duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value. The shareholder shall receive a stock certificate representing its shares of stock upon the surrender of its previous stock certificate.


 

- 2 -

FURTHER RESOLVED: That as a result of such capitalization, the stated capital of the Company shall be reduced from $149,650 to $750 and that an entry shall be made on the Company’s financial records which reduces the amount of stated capital by One Hundred Forty-Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Dollars ($148,900), and increases the level of paid in surplus by One Hundred Forty-Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Dollars ($148,900).

FURTHER RESOLVED: That Article IV, Section 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended and restated as follows:

“Section 1.    The aggregate number of shares of all classes of Capital Stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Two Thousand (2,000) shares, of which One Thousand (1,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, issuable in one or more series, and One Thousand (1,000) shares shall be Common Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share.”

FURTHER RESOLVED: That the foregoing amendments be submitted to the sole shareholder for approval.

Signed this 8th. day of November, 1989.

 

/s/ CARL H. LINDER

   

/s/ ROBERT C. LINTZ

CARL H. LINDER     ROBERT C. LINTZ

/s/ S. CRAIG LINDER

   

/s/ CHARLES S. MECHEM, JR.

S. CRAIG LINDER     CHARLES S. MECHEM, JR.


ACTION TAKEN IN A WRITING BY THE SOLE STOCKHOLDER

OF KINGS ISLAND COMPANY

PURSUANT TO SECTION 228 OF THE

GENERAL CORPORATION LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

BY THIS WRITING, the undersigned, being the sole stockholder of Kings Island Company, does hereby adopt the following resolutions:

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of Kings Island Company authorizes the issuance of Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of common stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value, One Hundred Forty-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Fifty (149,650) shares of which are now issued and outstanding and One Million (1,000,000) shares of preferred stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value, none of which are now issued and outstanding; and

WHEREAS, in order to reduce the annual franchise tax burden of the Company, it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to recapitalize the outstanding common stock of the Company and reduce the authorized shares of common stock to One Thousand (1,000) shares of the same class and the same par value and to reduce the authorized shares of preferred stock to One Thousand (1,000) shares of the same class and the same par value; and

WHEREAS, the reduction in stated capital resulting from the recapitalization of outstanding common stock of the Company in no way affects the Company’s ability to pay its debts; and

WHEREAS, the Company has obtained the consent to recapitalization of the outstanding common shares and reduction in authorized shares from Continental Illinois National Bank and Trust Company, the holder of all outstanding shares of the Company under a Pledge Agreement with American Financial Corporation dated as of October 16, 1987.

RESOLVED:     That the holder of One Hundred Forty-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Fifty (149,650) shares of common stock, One Dollar ($1.00) per share, shall become the holder of Seven Hundred Fifty (750), duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value. The shareholder shall receive a stock certificate representing its shares of stock upon the surrender of its previous stock certificate.


 

– 2 –

FURTHER RESOLVED:    That Article IV, Section 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended and restated as follows:

“Section 1.    The aggregate number of shares of all classes of Capital Stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Two Thousand (2,000) shares, of which One Thousand (1,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, issuable in one or more series, and One Thousand (1,000) shares shall be Common Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share.

Signed this 8th day of November, 1989.

 

AMERICAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
BY:  

/s/ JAMES C. KENNEDY

  JAMES C. KENNEDY, Secretary


8400960169

LOGO

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

KINGS ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

KINGS ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1.    The name of the Corporation is KINGS ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY. The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware was January 13, 1984.

2.    This Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and further amends the original Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation by amending Article IV thereof and by adding Articles V through VIII.

3.    The text of the original Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as herein set forth in full:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is KINGS ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY.

ARTICLE II

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 100 West Tenth Street,


in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name and address of the registered agent in charge thereof is The Corporation Trust Company, 100 West Tenth Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

SECTION 1.    The, Corporation shall be authorized to issue three classes of shares of capital stock to be designated “Preferred Stock”, “Class A Common Stock” and “Class 8 Common Stock”; the total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 536,500; the total number of shares of Preferred Stock shall be 212,500, and each share shall have a par value of $100; the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be 162,000, and each share shall have a par value of $1.00; and the total number of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be 162,000, and each share shall have a par value of $1.00. Each share of common stock issued and outstanding prior to the filing of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall, upon the filing hereof, and without further act or deed, be converted into, and shall become, one share of Class A Common Stock, and certificates representing shares of said common stock, shall thereafter represent shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

–2–


SECTION 2.    The following is a statement of the designations and powers, preferences and rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

Part A.      Preferred Stock

1.        Dividends .     “Dividends”, as used in this Part A, shall mean all Dividends provided for in paragraph 1A of this Part A.

1A.     Quarterly Dividends .    Subject to paragraph 8G of this Part A, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for such purpose, cash Dividends (“Quarterly Dividends”) at the rate of $11 per share per annum (computed on the basis of a full calendar year, being 365 or 366 days, as the case may be), and no more, payable quarterly on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing June 30, 1984. Dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock shall be cumulative and shall accrue and so become cumulative, whether or not declared, from and after the date of their original issuance and delivery to one of the purchasers named in the Purchase Agreements hereinbelow referred to, which date shall prior to issuance and delivery thereof be inserted in the certificates evidencing such shares. Dividends on shares of Preferred Stock evidenced by any certificate subsequently delivered upon transfer of or in exchange for any shares evidenced by a certificate issued and delivered to such purchaser (or upon successive transfers or exchanges) shall accrue and Be cumulative from the same date as the Dividends on the shares evidenced by the certificate in exchange for which such new certificate is being delivered. Each certificate for any shares of Preferred Stock delivered upon transfer of or exchange for any shares evidenced by a certificate issued and delivered to such purchaser (or upon successive transfers or exchanges) shall have inserted in it prior to such delivery the same date as that inserted in the certificate originally issued and delivered to such purchaser. Accumulations of Dividends shall not bear interest. Each Quarterly Dividend or other Dividend on the Preferred Stock shall be paid to the holders of record on the date fifteen days prior to the date on which such Dividends are to be paid. A Dividend on

 

–3–


account of arrears for any past Dividend period may be declared and paid at any time without reference to any quarterly payment date.

1B.     Restrictions on Dividends, Distributions, Redemptions .     So long as any Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding, no shares of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be redeemed by the Corporation or purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, directly or indirectly, other than redemptions of Preferred Stock pursuant to paragraph 8 of this Part A and as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement between the Corporation and the shareholders of the Corporation named therein. In addition, if at any time, there shall be either “(a)” any accrued and unpaid Dividends on any shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding or (b) any redemption required by this Part A to be made of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding which has not been made, no dividends whatsoever of any kind may be declared or paid upon, nor shall any distribution of any kind be made upon, any share of any class of stock of the Corporation other than the Preferred Stock.

2.        Liquidation .     Upon any liquidation (complete or partial), dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (for purposes of this paragraph (2), a “liquidation”), the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of any other class of stock of the Corporation, to be paid out of the net assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (whether from capital, surplus or earnings) an amount, in cash per share equal to the sum of $100 per share (subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph 3 of this art A and after certain partial redemptions as provided paragraph 8 of this Part A), plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Dividends thereon to the date of such payment, whether or not declared (such sum being herein called the “Liquidation Payment”), and the holders of the Preferred Stock shall hot be entitled to any further distribution or payment. If upon such liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the net assets of the Corporation to be distributed among the holders of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be insufficient to permit payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the amount distributable as aforesaid, then the entire assets of the Corporation to be distributed to the holders of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be

 

–4–


distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock, in proportion to the Liquidation Payment due under this paragraph 2 to each such holder. Upon any such liquidation of the Corporation, but only after each holder of the Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full the Liquidation Payment to which such holder is entitled, the remaining assets of the Corporation may be distributed to the holders of other capital stock of the Corporation. Written notice of such liquidation, stating a-payment date;” the amount of the Liquidation Payment and the place where the amount distributable shall be payable, shall be given by mail, postage prepaid, not less than 30 days prior to the payment dare stated therein, to each holder of record of the Preferred Stock, such notice to be addressed to each such holder at its post office address as shown by the records of the Corporation. Neither the consolidation nor merger of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or corporations, nor the sale or transfer by the. Corporation of all or any part of its assets, nor the reduction of the capital stock of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation within the meaning of any of the provisions of this paragraph 2.

3.       Subdivision or Combination .     If the Corporation shall in any manner subdivide (by stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) or combine (by reverse stock split or otherwise) the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Liquidation Payment per share, the Redemption Price (as defined below) per share, the Redemption Premium (as defined below) per share and the number of shares required to be redeemed on any Mandatory Redemption Date pursuant to paragraph 8D of this Part A or permitted to be redeemed on any or all Mandatory Redemption Date(s) pursuant to paragraph 8E(1) of this Part A shall be proportionately, reduced or increased, as the case may be.

4.       Limitations on I ssuance.     No share of Preferred Stock shall be issued by the Corporation except pursuant to the Purchase Agreements (the “Purchase Agreements”) dated as of April 2, 1984 entered into severally by the Corporation and certain institutional investors listed in Schedule I thereto, providing, among other things, for the issuance and sale by the Corporation to one of said investors of an aggregate of 212,500 shares of the Preferred Stock, or on transfers, substitutions or exchanges as provided in paragraphs 6 and 7 of this Part A.

 

–5–

Exhibit 3.15

As amended September 20, 1985

BY-LAWS

of

KINGS ISLAND COMPANY

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1.    The registered office of the Company shall be in the State of Delaware, County of Kent City of Dover. The Company may also have offices and places of business at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Company may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 1.    Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Company or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall authorize.

SECTION 2.    The annual meeting of the shareholders of the Company for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on the second Tuesday in November if not a legal holiday and, if a legal holiday, then on the next business day following, at such time during normal business hours as the Board of Directors shall determine.


SECTION 3.    The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote is requisite and shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation. If such majority shall not be present, those present shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present at the meeting.

SECTION 4.    Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman or the President, and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the written request of the holders of a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Business transacted at all special meetings of shareholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the Notice of Special Meeting and matters related thereto.

 

–2–


SECTION 5.    Written notice of each meeting of the shareholders stating the time, place and purpose or purposes thereof and, unless it is notice of the annual meeting, indicating that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling the meeting, shall be served either personally or by mail, not less than fifteen nor more than fifty days prior to such meeting, upon each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, and upon each shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed to be taken at such meeting, would be entitled to have his shares appraised if such action were taken, at his address as it shall appear on the record of shareholders of the Company unless he shall have filed with the Secretary of the Company a written request that notices intended for him be mailed to some other address, in which case it shall be mailed to the address designated in such request.

SECTION 6.    At each meeting of the shareholders, every holder of shares entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy, and shall, for all purposes, have one vote for each share registered in his name unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation. Each ballot shall state the name of the shareholder voting and the number of shares voted

 

–3–


by him and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of such proxy.

SECTION 7.    Whenever any action, other than the election of directors, is to be taken by vote of the shareholders , it shall, except as otherwise required by law or the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon. Directors shall, except as otherwise required by law or the certificate of incorporation, be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election.

SECTION 8.    Any action that may be taken by vote may be taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the holders of all the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1.    Subject to any provision in the certificate of incorporation, the business of the Company shall be managed under the direction of a board of directors. Each director shall be at least eighteen years of age but need not

 

–4–


be a shareholder. Subject to automatic increase or decrease in accordance with the provisions of Article IV, Section 2, Part A of the certificate of incorporation, the number of directors constituting the entire board shall be not less than 3 nor more than. The number of directors may not be increased or decreased except by amendment of these by-laws adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote and by the vote of five (or six) of the directors then in office, as set forth in the certificate of incorporation. No decrease shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders, and each director shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting and until his successor has been elected and has qualified. The first directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of shareholders.

SECTION 2.    In addition to the powers expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the Board of Directors may exercise such powers and do such acts and things as are not prohibited by law or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws.

SECTION 3.    The Board of Directors may, by resolution, provide for either a stated salary for the Directors for their service as such or provide for a fixed sum, plus

 

–5–


expenses of attendance, if any, to be paid to Directors for attendance at any meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 4.    The Board of Directors may hold its meetings, regular or special, have one or more offices and keep the books of the Company, except such as are required by law to be kept within the state, outside of Delaware at an office of the Company or at such other places as it may from time to time determine.

SECTION 5.    Immediately after each annual election of directors, the newly constituted Board of Directors shall meet forthwith at the principal office of the Company or at the place where such annual election was held or at such other place as may be fixed by the shareholders at such election or by all the directors elected, for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of all such other business as the directors present thereat may deem proper. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such times and places as the Board of Directors may determine.

SECTION 6.    Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

–6–


or by the President on two days’ notice to each director. Special meetings shall be called by the Chairman or Secretary in a like manner at the written request of two directors.

SECTION 7.    (a)    At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the directors then in office but not less than one-third of the total number of directors which the Company would have if there were no vacancies, shall be necessary to constitute a quorum and sufficient for the transaction of business, and any acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws.

    (b)    Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the Board of Directors or the committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action.

    (c)    Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment

 

–7–


allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1.    The officers of the Company shall be a Chairman, a President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors may deem necessary or advisable for the conduct of the Company’s business. The officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of shareholders, and each officer shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors and until his successor has been elected and has qualified. The officers of the Corporation elected by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors in accordance with Article VIII, Section 1, paragraph (e) of the certificate of incorporation at any time and with or without cause. Any two of the aforesaid offices may be held by the same person. Any office may be left vacant by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2.    The Board of Directors may elect such other officers (including Executive Vice Presidents, additional

 

–8–


Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers) as it shall deem necessary who shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 3.    The salaries of all officers of the Company shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or if not fixed by the Board of Directors, shall be fixed by the Chairman.

SECTION 4.    The Chairman shall preside at any meeting of the Shareholders or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 5.    The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and he shall, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, have general management and control of the business of the Company and he shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. In the event of the Chairman’s inability to act, the President shall preside at meetings of the shareholders and at meetings of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 6.    The Vice President, or if there be more than one, the Vice Presidents, in the order designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of

 

–9–


the President, exercise the powers and perform the duties of the President. Each Vice President shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President.

SECTION 7.    The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders, act as clerk thereof, and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and he shall perform like duties on any committee of the Board of Directors when required. He shall cause to be given notice of meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors and shall perform such other duties as pertain to his office. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Company and when authorized by the Board of Directors shall affix it when required to any instrument.

SECTION 8.    The Treasurer shall have custody of all the Company’s funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall render to the Chairman or the President, and to the Board of Directors at its regular meetings or whenever

 

–10–


it may require it, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company.

SECTION 9.    Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Company to attend, act and vote, or in the name of the Company to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of shareholders of any corporation in which the Company may hold shares, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such shares. The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

SECTION 10.    If any office becomes vacant for any reason, the Board of Directors may elect a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term. Any officer may resign his office at any time, such resignation to be in writing and to be effective upon receipt by the Company or at such later date as shall be specified therein.

SECTION 11.    In case of the absence of any officer of the Company, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may delegate

 

–11–


the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director for the time being.

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 1.     Certificates for Shares .    The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered and the names and addresses of the shareholders, the number and class of shares held by each, and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof, shall be entered on a record.

Upon surrender to the Company or the transfer agent of the Company of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate cancelled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the Company.

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Company, alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit

 

–12–


of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representatives, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the Company a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Company with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

SECTION 2.     Registered Shareholders .    The Company shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

SECTION 3.     Inspection of Books .    The Board of Directors shall determine from time to time, whether and if allowed, when and under what conditions and regulations the

 

–13–


accounts and books of the Company or any of them (except such as may by law be specifically open to inspection), shall be open to the inspection of the shareholders and the shareholders’ rights in said respect are and shall be restricted and limited accordingly.

SECTION 4.     Seal .    The seal of the Company shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the Company, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

SECTION 5.     Fiscal Year .    The fiscal year of the Company shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 6.     Checks, Notes, Drafts, etc .    The funds of the Company shall be deposited in such banks, savings and loan associations or trust companies or such other financial institutions as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate. All checks or demands for money and notes, drafts or bills of exchange of the Company shall be signed by such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

SECTION 7.     Notice and Waiver of Notice .    Any shareholder, officer or director may waive any notice required to

 

–14–


be given by law or under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws.

Whenever required by law or under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or shareholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or shareholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

–15–


ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 1.    The Company shall indemnify each person who is or was a director or elected officer of the Company or who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or elected officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any and all liability and reasonable expense (other than amounts paid to the Company itself) that may be incurred by him in connection with or resulting from any action, claim, suit, proceeding or investigation (civil, criminal, administrative or otherwise in nature) in which he may become involved by reason of his being or having been such a director or officer, or by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken in his capacity as such director or officer, whether or not he continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred, so long as (i) such director or officer acted in good faith and in what he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, (ii) in connection with any action, claim, suit, proceeding or investigation by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company’s favor, such director or officer is not adjudged liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duty in such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, and (iii) in connection with any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

SECTION 2.    As set forth in this Article, the terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, counsel fees, proper expenses and disbursements, and amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, amounts paid in settlement by such director or officer of the Company, and any excise taxes assessed against a director or officer with regard to any employee benefit plan. In the event that a question arises as to whether such director or officer has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 above or as to whether any expense is reasonable or otherwise appropriate, such question shall be conclusively determined by either (i) the Board of Directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not involved in such claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (ii) by the written opinion of reputable disinterested legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors. The termination of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person (i) did not act in good faith and in a matter which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The Board of Directors or the Company shall take all such action, or direct the same, as

 

–16–


may be necessary and appropriate to authorize the Company to pay the indemnification required by this bylaw.

SECTION 3.    Reasonable expenses incurred in defending an action, suit, proceeding or investigation shall be paid by the Company in advance of final disposition of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

SECTION 4.    For the purposes of this Article, references to the “Company” include (i) all wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and (ii) in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors and elected officers, so that any person who is or was a director or elected officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or elected officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans, and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in Section 1 above.

SECTION 5.    The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law or of these bylaws. The Company’s indemnity of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be reduced by any amounts such person may collect as indemnification (i) under any policy of insurance purchased and maintained on his behalf by the Company or (ii) from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

SECTION 6.    Any person who at any time after the adoption of this bylaw serves, continues to serve or has served as a director

 

–17–


or elected officer of the Company shall be deemed to be doing or to have done so in reliance upon, and as consideration for, the rights of indemnification provided in this Article. The rights of indemnification in this Article are intended to be broader than those granted under Delaware General Corporation Law and shall be construed to obligate the Company to indemnify the persons described in Section 1 in all circumstances under which Delaware law, statutory or common law, permits indemnification, subject to the standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 being met and any expense being reasonable. The rights of indemnification in this Article shall be in addition to, and not exclusive of, other rights to which any such director or officer may be entitled, whether by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise. The foregoing shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees and personal representatives of any such person.

SECTION 7.    If any word, clause or provision of this Article shall, for any reason, be determined to be invalid, the provisions hereof shall not otherwise be affected thereby, but shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

These by-laws may be added to, amended or repealed by the shareholders or the Board of Directors, except as provided in the certificate of incorporation and provided that the shareholders may specifically designate one or more bylaws as not being subject to amendment or repeal by the Board of Directors. If any by-law regulating an impending election is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders the by-law so adopted, amended or repealed,

 

–18–


together with a precise statement of the changes resulting therefrom.

 

–19–


AMENDMENT TO THE BY-LAWS AS OF July 10, 2002

RESOLVED, that each of the officers of the Corporation is authorized to delegate his or her respective signature or voting authority granted by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and laws of the states in which the Corporation is incorporated and qualified to do business by a writing (i) specifying the scope of the authority being delegated by the writing, (ii) identifying the delegate either by name or as the incumbent of a position, and (iii) advising the delegate that he or she will have no authority to redelegate the signature authority being delegated;

RESOLVED, that none of the authority granted in the above resolution will constitute a delegation of, or change in, the limits of authority otherwise imposed on the specified officers or delegates or in any manner be permitted to operate in derogation of such limits of authority;

RESOLVED, that any conflict between the foregoing resolutions with respect to delegation of authority and the By-Laws of the Corporation shall be resolved in favor of the resolutions herein, and the Corporation’s By-Laws shall be deemed to be amended in accordance herewith;

RESOLVED, that the number of directors comprising the Board of Directors of the Corporation be at least one (1) and not more than fifteen (15); and that any conflict between this resolution and the by-laws of the Corporation or any prior resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be resolved in favor of this resolution, and the Corporation’s By-Laws shall be deemed to be amended in accordance herewith;

Exhibit 3.16

 

 

Knott’s Berry Farm

Amended and Restated

Agreement of General Partnership

Organized Under the California

Uniform Partnership Act of 1994

 

 

Effective Date: January 1, 2002


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I

     1   
   1.1    Name      1   
   1.2    Effective Date; Term      1   
   1.3    Office; Place of Business      1   
   1.4    Definitions; Background      1   

ARTICLE II

     1   
   2.1    Character of the Business      1   

ARTICLE III

     2   
   3.1    Partners      2   
   3.2    Exculpation of Partners; Indemnity      2   
   3.3    Reliance of Third Parties on Authority of Partner      3   
   3.4    Tax Elections; Tax Matters Partner      3   
   3.5    No Compensation of Partner; Reimbursement of Expenses      3   
   3.6    Filing of Fictitious Business Name      3   

ARTICLE IV

     4   
   4.1    Capital Contributions      4   
   4.2    No Return of Contributions; Loans      4   

ARTICLE V

     4   
   5.1    Fiscal Year      4   
   5.2    Method of Accounting      4   
   5.3    Maintenance of Capital Accounts      4   
   5.4    Allocation of Profits and Losses      5   
   5.5    Distribution of Net Cash Flow      6   
   5.6    Definition of Net Cash Flow      6   

ARTICLE VI

     6   
   6.1    No Transfer of Partnership Interest      6   
   6.2    Compliance with Securities Act of 1933      6   
   6.3    Sale of Interest to Other Partners      7   
   6.4    Transfer Permitted If Other Partners Approve      7   
   6.5    Admission of Transferee as Substituted Partners      7   
   6.6    Allocations and Distributions with Respect to Transferred Partnership Interests      7   
   6.7    Withdrawal of Partner      7   

ARTICLE VII

     7   
   7.1    Bankruptcy, Liquidation, Etc. of a Partner      7   

ARTICLE VIII

     8   
   8.1    Events of Dissolution      8   

 

- i -


     8.2        Liquidation    8  
   8.3        Liquidating Trustee      9   
   8.4        Statements      9   

ARTICLE IX

     9   
   9.1        Amendments      9   

ARTICLE X

     9   
   10.1      Definitions      9   
   10.2      Tax Provisions      10   

ARTICLE XI

     14   
   11.1      Notices      14   
   11.2      No Partition of Partnership Property      14   
   11.3      Governing Law      14   
   11.4      Counterparts      14   
   11.5      Gender; Captions      14   
   11.6      Entire Agreement      15   
   11.7      Provisions Severable      15   
   11.8      Binding Agreement      15   

Signature Page

     16   

Schedule A

     A-1   

 

- ii -


Amended and Restated

Agreement of General Partnership

This Amended and Restated Agreement of General Partnership (the “ Agreement ”) evidences the mutual agreement of the parties hereinafter named in consideration of their contributions and promises each to the others, for the purpose of continuing a general partnership pursuant to the California Uniform Partnership Act of 1994, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Act ”).

This Agreement evidences the acquisition of a 99.9% and a 0.1% partnership interest in the Partnership by Cedar Fair, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Magnum Management Corporation, an Ohio corporation, respectively, pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement by and among Cedar Fair, L.P., the Partnership and the previous partners of the Partnership dated December 19, 1997.

ARTICLE I

NAME; TERM; PLACE OF BUSINESS; DEFINITIONS

1.1      Name . The name of the general partnership (the “ Partnership ”) is Knott’s Berry Farm.

1.2      Effective Date; Term . This Agreement shall be effective as of January 1, 2002, and shall continue until October 31, 2087, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

1.3      Office; Place of Business . The location of the principal office of the Partnership shall be as indicated on Schedule A attached hereto. The place of business of the Partnership in the State of California is at 8039 Beach Boulevard, Buena Park, California 90620.

1.4      Definitions; Background . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings as defined throughout the text of this Agreement. A list of such definitions is contained in section 10.1. The Partnership commenced on November 1, 1943, the effective date of its initial agreement of partnership. An Amended Articles of Partnership of Knott’s Berry Farm was entered into on March 29,1975, and was subsequently amended and restated by an Amendment to and Complete Restatement of the Agreement of Partnership of Knott’s Berry Farm entered into January 1, 1987.

ARTICLE II

CHARACTER OF BUSINESS

2.1      Character of the Business . The general character of the business of the Partnership is to operate, directly or through Cedar Fair, L.P. or its affiliated companies, the Knott’s Berry Farm Theme Park and Knott’s California Marketplace in Buena Park,

 

- 1 -


California, along with any other properties subsequently acquired, (collectively, the “ Parks ”), and all rides, amusements, concessions, parking and other activities now or hereinafter operated at such Parks. The Partnership shall not engage in any other business or activity.

ARTICLE III

PARTNERS; RIGHTS AND POWERS OF PARTNERS

3.1      Partners . The partners (each a “ Partner ”) of the Partnership shall be those persons identified as such on Schedule A, as such Schedule shall be amended from time to time. No Partner shall take any action on behalf of the Partnership unless such action has been approved by Partners holding a majority of the Percentage of Partnership Interest of all the Partners. The names and addresses of the Partners and their Percentage of Partnership Interest are set forth in Schedule A.

3.2      Exculpation of Partners; Indemnity . In carrying out their duties hereunder, a Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for its good faith actions, or failure to act, or for any errors of judgment, or for any act or omission believed in good faith to be within the scope of authority conferred by this Agreement, but only for its own willful misconduct in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Actions or omissions taken in reliance upon the advice of legal counsel as being within the scope of authority conferred by this Agreement shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith; however, good faith may be determined without obtaining such advice.

The Partnership does hereby indemnify and hold harmless each Partner, its Affiliates and their agents, officers, employees, partners and directors against and from any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the indemnified person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise by reason of its status as a Partner or an Affiliate thereof, a director, officer, partner, employee or agent of the Partner or an Affiliate thereof, or a person serving at the request of the Partnership in another entity in a similar capacity, which relates to or arises out of the Partnership, its property, business or affairs, regardless of whether the indemnified person continues to be a Partner or an Affiliate thereof or their director, officer, partner, employee or agent at the time any such liability or expense is paid or incurred, if the indemnified person acted in good faith and in a manner it believed to be in the best interest of the Partnership, and the indemnified person’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct, provided that in no event shall any Partner be required to make an additional capital contribution to carry out this indemnification provision. An Affiliate of any person (“ Affiliate ”) means (i) any person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding the power to vote ten percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of the specified person; (ii) any person ten percent or more of whose outstanding voting securities is directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held with power to vote by the specified person; (iii) any

 

- 2 -


person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under control with a specified person; (iv) any officer, director or partner of the specified person; and (v) any person of which the specified person is an officer, director or partner.

3.3      Reliance of Third Parties on Authority of Partner . No financial institution or any other person, firm or corporation dealing with the a Partner shall be required to ascertain whether such Partner is acting in accordance with this Agreement, but such financial institution or such other person, firm or corporation shall be protected in relying solely upon the acts and assurances of and the execution of any instruments by such Partner.

3.4      Tax Elections; Tax Matters Partner . Cedar Fair, L.P. shall have the exclusive right to make and determine, in its sole discretion, all options and elections with respect to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “ Code ”) and Treasury Regulations (“ Treasury Regulations ” or “ Treas. Reg. ”) issued thereunder. As an example of, but not in limitation of, the general authority conferred by the preceding sentence, Cedar Fair, L.P. shall determine whether and when to make or revoke the election under Code Section 754. Cedar Fair, L.P. shall be the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Code Section 6231) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. The tax matters partner shall provide all notices and perform all acts required of a tax matters partner under Subchapter C of Chapter 63 of the Code. Cedar Fair, L.P. is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary to comply with the requirements of Code Sections 1441,1442, 1445 or 1446 with respect to withholding certain amounts with respect to payments or distributions to a partner who is not a U.S. person (as defined in Code Section 7701) or withholding of certain amounts with respect to the sale of a “United States real property interest” (as defined in Code Section 897). Notwithstanding the above, Cedar Fair, L.P. shall not have the authority to agree on behalf of any Partner to an extension of time for assessment under Code Sections 6501 (c)(4) or 6229(b)(1)(B).

3.5      No Compensation of Partners; Reimbursement of Expenses . No Partner shall receive compensation for managing the affairs of the Partnership and acting as a Partner, other than its share of the profits of the Partnership as set forth on Schedule A. All expenses incurred by a Partner in connection with managing the Partnership and conducting the business of the Partnership shall be for the account of such Partner and shall not be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership.

3.6      Filing of Fictitious Business Name . The Partners shall execute such fictitious business name statement or statements on the Partnership’s behalf and cause the same to be filed, recorded and/or published, as may be required from time to time by applicable law, in the counties or other locations required by Section 17910 of the California Business and Professions Code.

 

- 3 -


ARTICLE IV

PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL; ADVANCES BY PARTNERS

4.1      Capital Contributions . It is intended that this Agreement will evidence a continuation of the existing Partnership, with all parties who are Partners as of the effective date of this Agreement retaining their respective interests in capital, profits and losses of the Partnership. Accordingly, no capital contributions will be required of any Partner solely by reason of this Agreement, and as of the effective date of this Agreement each Partner shall retain his respective capital account balance as reflected upon the Partnership’s books and records and maintained by the Partnership in accordance with section 5.3. The Partners shall have no obligation to make additional capital contributions to the Partnership. No interest shall be paid on capital contributions.

4.2      No Return of Contributions; Loans . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Partner shall be personally liable for the return of the capital contribution of any Partner, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets. If any Partner shall advance any monies to the Partnership, the amount of any such advance shall not be deemed to be an additional capital contribution unless specifically so characterized, but instead shall be treated as a loan and shall bear interest at no less than the minimum rate required to avoid the imputation of interest under Code Section 7872 (whether or not such Section applies to the loan) and shall be an obligation of the Partnership to such Partner payable in accordance with the other terms of such advance prior to payment of any cash distribution pursuant to Article V and, in the case of liquidation, in accordance with the provisions of section 8.2.

ARTICLE V

FISCAL YEAR; ACCOUNTING; ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES;

DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1      Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.

5.2      Method of Accounting . The Partnership books shall be kept in such manner and by using such method of accounting as the Partners may determine.

5.3      Maintenance of Capital Accounts . A capital account (“ Capital Account ”) shall be maintained by the Partnership for each Partner in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(iv). The initial amount credited to the Capital Account of each Partner shall be the amount indicated on the books and records of the Partnership as of December 28, 1997, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contribution Agreement. The Capital Account of each Partner shall also be (i) credited with the amount of any additional contributions made by such Partner, (ii) credited with the amount of any Profits and any other items of income or gain allocated to such Partner, (iii) debited by the amount of any Losses and any other items of loss or deduction allocated to such Partner, and (iv) debited with the amount of all actual and deemed distributions made to such Partner. Any

 

- 4 -


contribution or distribution of property in kind shall be credited or debited, respectively, in an amount equal to the Carrying Value of such property, net of liabilities secured by such property that the Partnership or a Partner, respectively, is considered to assume or take subject to under Code Section 752. Upon adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of Partnership property pursuant to Code Sections 732, 734 or 743, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted as provided in Treas. Reg. §1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)( m ).

5.4      Allocation of Profits and Losses . (a) Profits shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with the Partners’ Percentages of Partnership Interest. The term “ Percentage of Partnership Interest ” shall mean the percentage interest of any Partner in the Profits, Losses and Net Cash Flow of the Partnership as indicated on Schedule A, as such Schedule shall be amended from time to time.

 

  (b) Losses shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Percentages of Partnership Interest.

 

  (c) The special allocations set forth in section 10.2 shall be made prior to the allocations under this section.

 

  (d)

Profits ” and “ Losses ” shall mean an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss, respectively, for any period from all sources, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), adjusted in the following manner: (i) the income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax or not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (ii) any expenditures of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as described in such Section pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(vi)( i ) or not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss; (iii) in the event the Carrying Value of any asset owned by the Partnership is adjusted pursuant to section 10.2(c)(ii), (iii) or (iv) hereof, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses; (iv) gain or loss resulting from the disposition of an asset shall be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of such asset; (v) a deduction for Depreciation shall be taken in lieu of a deduction for depreciation, amortization or cost recovery; (vi) to the extent an adjustment under Code Section 734(b) is required by Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)( m )( 4 ) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner’s interest, the amount of such item shall be treated as an item of gain or loss from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and (vii) any items that are specially allocated pursuant to section 10.2 shall not be taken into account in computing Profits and Losses. “ Depreciation ” shall mean, for each fiscal year, an amount

 

- 5 -


 

equal to the depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes for such fiscal year, unless the Carrying Value for an asset differs from the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes, in which case Depreciation shall mean an amount that bears the same ratio to the beginning Carrying Value as the depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deduction bears to the beginning adjusted tax basis, provided, however that if the adjusted basis of an asset is zero at the beginning of a fiscal year, Depreciation shall be determined by the Partner by using any reasonable method.

5.5      Distribution of Net Cash Flow . Except in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, in which case all distributions shall be made in accordance with Article VIII, distributions of Net Cash Flow shall be payable to the Partners on each business day in accordance with the Partners’ Percentages of Partnership Interest.

5.6      Definition of Net Cash Flow . “ Net Cash Flow ” of the Partnership shall be computed by deducting from the gross amounts received by the Partnership from all sources: (i) all operating expenses of the Partnership, including taxes, insurance premiums, and maintenance labor and materials but excluding depreciation and amortization allowances, (ii) interest and principal payments on indebtedness of the Partnership (including advances by Partners in accordance with section 4.3), (iii) proceeds from borrowing or proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of Partnership assets, (iv) additions to reserves, (v) all cash expenditures for fixed asset dditions, improvements and replacements, and purchase of inventory (vi) capital contributions, and (vii) any other amounts that the Partners determine shall be retained for investment in the Partnership business.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

6.1      No Transfer of Partnership Interest . Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no Partner may sell, assign, or in any manner transfer all or any part of its Partnership interest.

6.2      Compliance with Securities Act of 1933 . No Partner’s interest in the Partnership has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(2) of such act. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, no Partnership interest of a Partner may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless, at the expense of the transferring Partner, the Partnership has received an opinion of counsel for the Partnership or counsel acceptable to its counsel, to the effect that such transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.

 

- 6 -


6.3      Sale of Interest to Other Partners . Any Partner may sell, assign or otherwise transfer all or any part of his Partnership interest to another Partner, at such price and on such other terms as the parties may agree.

6.4      Transfer Permitted If Other Partners Approve . A Partner may transfer its Partnership interest to any person with the approval of all the other Partners, which approval may be arbitrarily withheld. Such approval of the transfer of any interest by the Partners shall not constitute approval of any subsequent transfer of such interest or the transfer of any other interest.

6.5      Admission of Transferee as Substituted Partners . An assignee of a Partner’s Partnership interest shall not become a substituted Partner unless and until all the other Partners consent in writing to such substitution, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld. If the other Partners do not consent to the substitution of an assignee of a Partner’s Partnership interest, the transferor Partner shall not retain any rights of a partner under the Act. An assignee of a Partner’s Partnership interest who is not admitted as a substituted Partner under this section shall not be entitled to: (i) require any accounting of the Partnership’s transactions; (ii) inspect the Partnership’s books and records; (iii) require any information from the Partnership; or (iv) exercise any privilege or right of a Partner which is not specifically granted to a non-substituted transferee of a partnership interest under the Act.

6.6      Allocations and Distributions with Respect to Transferred Partnership Interests . If any transfer of an interest in the Partnership permitted by this Agreement occurs during a fiscal year (whether or not the assignee is admitted as a substituted Partner), then all allocations of Profits and Losses attributable to the transferred Partnership interest for such year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor and the transferee by taking into account their varying interests during such fiscal period, using any convention or method of allocation selected by the Partnership which is then permitted under Code Section 706 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of Net Cash Flow made or payable prior to the effective date of any such transfer shall be made to the transferor and any such distributions made or payable after the effective date of such transfer shall be made to the transferee.

6.7      Withdrawal of Partner . Any Partner may withdraw from the Partnership as of the end of any calendar year by giving at least 90 days written notice of the intent to withdraw to all the other Partners. A Partner may not otherwise withdraw from the Partnership except with the approval of all the other Partners, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld.

ARTICLE VII

RESIGNATION, BANKRUPTCY OR DISSOLUTION OF A PARTNER

7.1      Bankruptcy. Liquidation, Etc. of a Partner . On the bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, or other cessation of existence of a Partner, the Partnership shall be dissolved

 

- 7 -


unless within ninety (90) days after the date of any such event the remaining Partners elect to continue the Partnership and, if necessary, a second partner is admitted.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION, DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

8.1      Events of Dissolution . Upon the expiration of the term of the Partnership set forth in section 1.2, the withdrawal of any Partner pursuant to section 6.7 and the failure of the Partners to continue on such terms as they may agree, or the bankruptcy, dissolution or other cessation to exist as a legal entity of a Partner and the failure of the other Partners to continue the Partnership pursuant to section 7.1, the Partnership shall be dissolved and liquidated in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

8.2      Liquidation . (a) Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the Liquidating Trustee shall proceed with the liquidation of the Partnership, and the liquidation proceeds shall be applied in the following order:

 

  (i) To creditors in order of priority as provided by law, except for any indebtedness owing to any Partner.

 

  (ii) To the establishment of any reserves that may be deemed by the Partner or other persons having control of the liquidation proceedings to be reasonably necessary for any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership;

 

  (iii) To the Partners in satisfaction of any indebtedness owing to them; and

 

  (iv) To the Partners in accordance with their positive Capital Account balances.

(b)    Upon liquidation of the Partnership, each Partner shall contribute to the Partnership cash equal to any deficit balance in its Capital Account at that time.

(c)    For purposes of the liquidation of the Partnership assets, the discharge of its liabilities and the distributions of the remaining funds among the Partners as above described, the Liquidating Trustee shall have the authority on behalf of the Partnership to sell, convey, exchange or otherwise transfer other assets of the Partnership for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate. The Liquidating Trustee, in its sole discretion, may make distributions of such other assets in kind to Partners. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities of the Partnership to creditors to enable the Partnership to minimize normal losses during a liquidation period.

 

- 8 -


8.3      Liquidating Trustee . The liquidating trustee (“ Liquidating Trustee ”) shall be that Partner with at least a majority interest in the Partnership that has not withdrawn from the Partnership and is not described in Section 7.1, and in the event there is no such Partner at the time of dissolution, the Partners shall elect, by vote of a majority of Percentages of Partnership Interest, one of their members or any other person, firm or corporation of their choice to act as liquidating trustee in the liquidation of the partnership business in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

8.4      Statements . Each of the Partners shall be furnished with a statement prepared by the Partnership’s accountants, which shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Partnership as of the date of complete liquidation. When the Liquidating Trustee has complied with the distribution plan set forth in this Article, the Liquidating Trustee shall execute and cause to be filed any statements or documents then required by the Act.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF THE AGREEMENT

9.1      Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only with the written approval of all Partners.

ARTICLE X

DEFINITIONS, TAX PROVISIONS

10.1     Definitions . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings as defined in the provision referenced below, where such term appears in boldface print. Defined terms used in only one section of this Agreement may not be listed below.

 “ Act ” is defined in the preamble.

 “ Adjusted Capital Account Balance ” is defined in section 10.2(a)(ii).

 “ Affiliate ” is defined in section 3.2.

 “ Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

 “ Capital Account ” is defined in section 5.3.

 “ Carrying Value ” is defined in section 10.2(c)(i).

 “ Code ” is defined in section 3.4.

 “ Depreciation ” is defined in section 5.4(d).

 

- 9 -


Liquidating Trustee ” is defined in section 8.3.

Losses ” is defined in section 5.4(d).

Minimum Gain ” is defined in section 10.2(a)(i)(A).

Net Cash Flow ” is defined in section 5.6.

Partner ” is defined in section 3.1.

Partnership ” is defined in section 1.1.

Percentage of Partnership Interest ” is defined in section 5.4(a).

Profits ” is defined in section 5.4(d).

Treasury Regulations ” and “ Treas. Reg. ” are defined in section 3.4.

10.2     Tax Provisions . The following provisions apply for all purposes of this Agreement.

(a)       Allocations Required by Treasury Regulations .

  (i)      (A)     Subject to the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(f)(2)—(5), if there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain during any fiscal year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(g)(2). “ Minimum Gain ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(b)(2) and l,704-2(d). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(b)(2) and (f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

  (B)     Subject to the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i)(3), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(5). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. “ Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i).

 

- 10 -


Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(b)(4).

(ii)     In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treas.Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)( d) ( 4 ), ( 5 ) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficits in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible. This paragraph is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)( d ), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. “ Adjusted Capital Account Balance ” means the balance in the Capital Account of a Partner as of the end of the relevant fiscal year of the Partnership, after giving effect to the following: (a) credit to such Capital Account any amounts the Partner is obligated to restore, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5), and (b) debit to such capital account the items described in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 4 ),(5) and ( 6 ).

(iii)     Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage of Partnership Interest. “ Nonrecourse Deductions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(b)(1). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership fiscal year equals the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Minimum Gain during that fiscal year over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that fiscal year of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Minimum Gain, determined according to the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(c). “ Nonrecourse Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(b)(3).

(iv)     Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i). “ Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(2). For any Partnership taxable year, the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt equals the net increase during the year, if any, in the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain reduced (but not below zero) by proceeds of the liability that are both attributable to the liability and allocable to an increase in the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain.

(v)     The allocations set forth in section 10.2(a) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704. Such allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other Profits, Losses, and items of income, gain, loss, and deduction to each Partner so that, to the extent possible, and to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulations, the net amount of such allocations of other Profits, Losses, and other items and such allocations to each Partner shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Partner if such allocations had not been made.

 

- 11 -


(b)      Rules of Application .

(i)      Profits and Losses and other items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with the portion of the year during which the Partners have held their respective interests. All items of income, loss and deduction shall be considered to have been earned ratably over the period of the fiscal year of the Partnership, except that (A) gains and losses arising from the disposition of assets shall be taken into account as of the date thereof, and (B) with the consent of all affected parties, the preceding items may be allocated by using an “interim closing of the books” method.

(ii)     In the event the Partnership is entitled to a deduction for interest imputed under any provision of the Code on any loan or advance from a Partner (whether such interest is currently deducted, capitalized or amortized), such deduction shall be allocated solely to such Partner.

(iii)    To the extent any payments in the nature of fees paid to a Partner are finally determined to be distributions to a Partner for federal income tax purposes, there will be a gross income allocation to such Partner in the amount of such distribution.

(iv)    Losses shall not be allocated to any Partner to the extent that such allocation would result in a deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance while any other Partner continues to have a positive Adjusted Capital Account Balance; in such event Losses shall first be allocated to Partners with positive Adjusted Capital Account Balances in proportion to such balances, until their positive Adjusted Capital Account Balances have been reduced to zero. To the extent that any Losses are allocated pursuant to this paragraph, Profits shall thereafter be allocated in reverse order of such allocations of Losses to the extent of such Losses.

(v)     The allocation of Profits and Losses to any Partner shall be deemed to be an allocation to that Partner of the same proportionate part of each separate item of taxable income, gain, loss, deduction or credit that comprises such Profits and Losses.

(vi)    Any deductions for amortization of intangibles contributed by a Partner shall be specially allocated to the contributing Partner.

(c)     Rules Concerning Calculations of Profits and Losses

  and Code Section 704(c) Tax Allocations .

(i)      For purposes of computing Profits and Losses “ Carrying Value ” shall mean (a) with respect to contributed property, the agreed value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by Depreciation, (b) with respect to property the book value of which is adjusted pursuant to Treas. Reg. §§1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(d), (e) or (f), the amount determined pursuant to sections 11.2(c)(iii) or (iv), and (c) with respect to any other property,

 

- 12 -


the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes as of the time of determination.

(ii)     Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, the Carrying Value of Partnership property shall be adjusted to its fair market value, as determined by the tax matters partner:

(A)     The acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution;

(B)     The distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property or money in consideration for an interest in the Partnership; or

(C)     The “liquidation” of the Partnership within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)( g ).

The revaluation of the Partnership property referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be made in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)( f ).

(iii)     Upon an issuance of additional Partnership interests for cash or contributed property, the Carrying Value of all Partnership properties shall, immediately prior to issuance, be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof) upward or downward to reflect any unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to each Partnership property (as if such unrealized gain or unrealized loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of such property at the fair market value thereof immediately prior to such issuance, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to section 5.4 of the Agreement). In determining such unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to the properties, the fair market value of Partnership properties shall be determined by the tax matters partner using such reasonable methods of valuation as it may adopt.

(iv)     Immediately prior to the distribution of any Partnership property in liquidation of the Partnership or any Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the Carrying Values of all Partnership properties shall be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof) upward or downward to reflect any unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to each Partnership property (as if such unrealized gain or unrealized loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of each such property, immediately prior to such distribution, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to section 5.4 of the Agreement). In determining such unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to the properties, the fair market value of Partnership properties shall be determined by the tax matters partner using such reasonable methods of valuation as it may adopt.

(v)      In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any contributed property shall,

 

- 13 -


solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its agreed value, pursuant to the “traditional method” as defined om Treas. Reg. §1.704-3(b).

(vi)     In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted as described in paragraph (iii) or (iv) above, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the regulations thereunder.

(vii)    A transferee of a Partnership interest will succeed to the Capital Account relating to the Partnership interest transferred.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1      Notices . Any and all notices or other communications which may be sent to any Partner shall be sent to the address listed in Schedule A, unless the Partnership is notified in writing of any change of address. Notices or other communications shall be deemed to have been given only when hand delivered or deposited with the United States Post Office by registered or certified mail addressed as set forth above.

11.2      No Partition of Partnership Property . Each of the Partners hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of Partnership property or to compel any sale thereof. Further, all rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including inventory and appraisement of the Partnership assets or sale of a deceased Partner’s interest therein, provision for which is made in the Act, or on account of the operation of any other rule or law of any other jurisdiction to compel any sale or appraisement of Partnership assets or sale of a deceased Partner’s interest therein, are hereby waived and dispensed with and the interest in the Partnership of a deceased Partner shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

11.3      Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

11.4      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one agreement, notwithstanding that all of the parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed to be a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

11.5      Gender; Captions . Words of any gender used in this Agreement shall be held to include any other gender, and words of the singular number shall be held to include

 

- 14 -


the plural (and vice-versa), when the sense requires. The captions to each Article and section are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement or in any way affect it.

11.6      Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the subject matter hereof. There are no representations, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not described herein.

11.7      Provisions Severable . This Agreement is intended to be performed in accordance with and only to the extent permitted by, all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of the jurisdictions in which the Partnership does business. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall for any reason and to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby, but rather shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

11.8      Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of all Partners and their respective legal representatives, heirs, permitted successors and permitted assigns.

 

- 15 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement and have hereunto set their hands to multiple copies hereof on the date indicated on the cover page hereof, to be effective as provided in section 1.2.

 

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

By: Cedar Fair Management Company

Its General Partner

By:   /S/ RICHARD L. KINZEL
Name:   RICHARD L. KINZEL
Title:   C.O.B. / PRESIDENT & CEO

MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

By:   /S/ BRUCE A. JACKSON
Name:   BRUCE A. JACKSON
Title:   CORP. VP - FINANCE

 

- 16 -


SCHEDULE A

KNOTT’S BERRY FARM

 

Address of Principal

Office of the Partnership

 

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870

 

Name and Business Address

of Partners

 

      Percentage of

Partnership Interest

Magnum Management Corporation

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870

 

0.1%

Cedar Fair, L.P.

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870

 

99.9%

 

- A-1 -

Exhibit 3.17

LOGO

06178—0845

The State of Ohio

Bob Taft

Secretary of State

316537

Certificate

It is hereby certified that the Secretary of State of Ohio has custody of the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous ings; that said records show the filing and recording of: AMA CHP CBN

of:

MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION FORMERLY THE CEDAR POINT TRANSPORTATION COMPA NY

United States of America

State of Ohio

Office of the Secretary of State

THE SEAL OF THE SECRETARY OF THE STATE OF OHIO

WITH GOD ALL THINGS ARE POSSIBLE

Recorded on Roll 6178 at Frame 0846 of the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous Filings.

Witness my hand and the seal of the Secretary of State at Columbus, Ohio, this 8TH day of JAN

A.D. 1998

Bob Taft

BOB TAFT,

Secretary of State

Page 2


LOGO

06178—0846

Prescribed by

BOB TAFT, Secretary of State

30 East Broad Street, 14th Floor

Columbus, Ohio 43266-0418

Charter No. 316537

Approved CR

Date 1-8.98

Fee 35.00

07122951801

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

The Cedar Point Transportation Company

(Name of Corporation)

Richard L. Kinzel who is:

Chairman of the Board President Vice President (Please check one)

and Brenda S. Lakner who is:

Secretary Assistant Secretary (Please check one)

of the above named Ohio corporation organized for profit does hereby certify that: (Please check the appropriate box and complete the appropriate statements)

a meeting of the shareholders was duly called for the purpose of adopting this amendment and held on , 19 at which meeting a quorum of the shareholders was present in person or by proxy, and by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise % of the voting power of the corporation.

in a writing signed by all of the shareholders who would be entitled to notice of a meeting held for that purpose, the following resolution to amend the articles was adopted

See attached resolution

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above named officers, acting for and on the behalf of the corporation, have hereto subscribed their names this 23rd day of December, 1997

by Brenda S. Lakner

(President) (Secretary)

NOTE: OHIO LAW DOES NOT PERMIT ONE OFFICER TO SIGN IN TWO CAPACITIES, TWO SEPARATE SIGNATURES ARE REQUIRED. EVEN IF THIS NECESSITATES THE ELECTION OF A SECOND OFFICER BEFORE THE FILING CAN BE MADE

ISO FOAM SHAM

Page 3


06178—0847

JOINT ACTION OF THE DIRECTOR AND SHAREHOLDER OF

THE CEDAR POINT TRANSPORTATION COMPANY

December  23 , 1997

The undersigned, being the sole director and the sole shareholder of The Cedar Point Transportation Company, an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby take the following actions as of the date set forth above by this writing signed and approved by them pursuant to the provisions of $1701.54 of the Ohio Revised Code.

The following resolutions with respect to amending the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation are hereby adopted:

RESOLVED, that the name of the Corporation be changed from “The Cedar Point Transportation Company” to “Magnum Management Corporation” and that the officers of the Corporation shall take any and all necessary or appropriate action to effect such a change; and it is

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the purposes for which the Corporation is organized be amended to the following:

To engage in any and all lawful acts or activities for which corporations may be organized under the law of the State of Ohio as presently in effect or as it may hereafter be amended.

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be amended in the form of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation attached hereto and that the officers of the corporation shall lake any and all necessary or appropriate action to effect such amendment.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

Page 4


06178—0848

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole director and the sole shareholder of the corporation, have executed this action effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE SHAREHOLDER     SOLE DIRECTOR
CEDAR FAIR L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership
   

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

    Richard L. Kinzel

By Cedar Fair Management Company

Managing General Partner

   

 

By:  

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

Name:  

  Richard L. Kinzel

Title:  

    President & CEO

 

- 2 -

 

Page 5


06178—0849

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

(Incorporated January 3, 1963/Ohio Charter Number 316537)

FIRST:             The name of the Corporation shall be Magnum Management Corporation.

SECOND:        The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Ohio is to be located at Sandusky in Erie County.

THIRD:            The purposes for which, and for any of which, the Corporation is formed are as follows:

To engage in any and all lawful acts or activities for which corporations may be organized under the law of the State of Ohio as presently in effect or as it may hereafter be amended.

The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to substantially change its purposes in any manner now or hereafter permitted by statute. Any change of the purposes of the Corporation authorized or approved by the holders of shares entitled to exercise the proportion of the voting power of the Corporation now or hereafter required by statute for such authorization or approval shall be binding and conclusive upon every shareholder of the Corporation as fully as if such shareholder had voted therefor, and no shareholder, notwithstanding that he may have voted against such change of purposes or may have objected in writing thereto, shall be entitled to payment of the fair cash value of his shares.

FOURTH:        The number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to have outstanding is 250 shares of Common Stock without par value.

 

Page 6


06178—0850

 

FIFTH:             The amount of stated capital with which the Corporation will begin business is $500.

SIXTH:             No holders of any class of shares of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or have offered to them for purchase any shares or other securities of the Corporation.

SEVENTH:      The Corporation may from time to time, pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors and without action by the shareholders, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of the Corporation of any class or classes in such manner, upon such terms and in such amounts as the Board of Directors shall determine; subject, however, to such limitation or restriction, if any, as is contained in the express terms of any class of shares of the Corporation outstanding at the time of the purchase or acquisition in question.

EIGHTH:         A director or officer of the Corporation shall not be disqualified by his office from dealing or contracting with the Corporation as a vendor, purchaser, employee, agent or otherwise; nor shall any transaction, contract or other act of the Corporation be void or voidable or in any way affected or invalidated by reason of the fact that any director or officer, or any firm in which such director or officer is a member, or any corporation of which such director or officer is a shareholder, director or officer, is in any way interested in such transaction, contract or other act, provided the fact that such director, officer, firm or corporation is so interested shall be disclosed or shall be known to the Board of Directors or such members thereof as shall be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which action upon any such transaction, contract or other act shall be taken; nor shall any such director or officer be accountable or responsible to the Corporation for or in respect of any such

 

2

 

Page 7


06178—0851

 

transaction, contract or other act of the Corporation or for any gains or profits realized by him by reason of the fact that he or any firm of which he is a member or any corporation of which he is a shareholder, director or officer is interested in such transaction, contract or other act; and any such director may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which shall authorize or take action in respect of any such transaction, contract or other act, and may vote thereat to authorize, ratify or approve any such transaction, contract or other act with like force and effect as if he or any firm of which he is a member or any corporation of which he is a shareholder, director or officer were not interested in such transaction, contract or other act.

NINTH:            Any and every statute of the State of Ohio hereafter enacted, whereby the rights, powers or privileges of corporations or of the shareholders of corporations organized under the laws of the State of Ohio are increased or diminished or in any way affected, or whereby effect is given to the action taken by any member, less than all, of the shareholders of any such corporation, shall apply to the Corporation and shall be binding not only upon the Corporation but upon every shareholder of the Corporation to the same extent as if such statute had been in force at the date of filing these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation in the office of the Secretary of State of Ohio.

TENTH:            These amended and restated articles of incorporation supersede the articles of incorporation and amendments thereto of the Corporation in effect immediately prior the date of adoption of these amended and restated articles of incorporation.

[End of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation]

 

Page 8


B-8095

9-13-62

REGULATIONS

OF

THE CEDAR POINT TRANSPORTATION COMPANY

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS .

Section 1 .     Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held, at such hour as may be designated in the Notice of said meeting, on the third Wednesday in June of each year, if not a legal holiday; and if a legal holiday, then on the next day not. a legal holiday, for the election of Directors and the consideration of reports to be laid before such meeting. “Upon due notice, there may also be considered and acted upon at an annual meeting any matter which could properly be considered and acted upon at a special meeting, in which case and for which purpose the annual meeting shall also be considered as, and shall be, a special meeting. When, the annual meeting is not held or Directors are not elected thereat, they may be elected at a special meeting called for that purpose

Section 2 .     Special Meetings

Special meetings of shareholders may be called by the Chair man of the Board or the President or a Vice President, or by the Directors by action at a meeting, or by a majority of the Directors acting, without a meeting, of by the person or persons who bold not less than twenty-five per cent of all shares outstanding and entitled to. be voted on any proposal to be. submitted at said meeting.

Upon request in writing delivered either in person or by registered mail to. the President or Secretary by any person or persons entitled to call a meeting of shareholders, such officer shall forth with cause to be given, to the shareholders entitled thereto, notice of a meeting to be held not less than seven nor more than sixty days after the receipt of such request as such officer shall fix. If such notice is not given within twenty-days after the delivery of mailing of such request, the person or persons calling the meeting may fix the time of meeting and give, of cause to be given, notice in the manner hereinafter provided.


2

 

Section 3 .     Place of Meetings

All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 4 .     Notice of Meetings

Not more than sixty days nor less than seven days before the date fixed for a meeting of shareholders, whether annual or special, written notice of the time, place and purposes of such meeting shall be given by or at the direction of the President, a Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Such notice shall be given either by personal delivery or by mail to each shareholder of record entitled to notice of such meeting. If such notice is mailed, it shall be addressed to the shareholders, at their respective addresses as they appear on the records of the Corporation, and notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day so mailed. Notice of adjournment of a meeting need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are fixed and announced at such meeting.

Section 5 .     Shareholders Entitled to Notice and to Vote

If a record date shall not be fixed pursuant to statutory authority, the record date for the determination of shareholders who are entitled to notice of, or who are entitled to vote at, a meeting of shareholders, shall be the close of business on the date next pre-ceding the day on which notice is given, or the close of business on the date next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, as the case may be.

Section 6 .     Inspectors of Election - List of Shareholders

Inspectors of Election may be appointed to act at any meeting of shareholders in accordance with statute.

At any meeting of shareholders, an alphabetically arranged list,-or classified lists, of the shareholders of record as of the applicable record date who are entitled to vote, shoving their respective addresses and the number and classes of shares held by each, shall be produced on the request of any shareholder.

Section 7 .     Quorum

To constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, there shell be present in person or by proxy shareholders of record entitled to exercise not less than a majority of the voting power of the Corporation in respect of any one of the purposes for which the meeting is called.


3

 

The shareholders present in person or by proxy, whether or not a quorum be present, may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

Section 8 .     Voting

In all cases, except where otherwise by statute or the Articles or the Regulations provided, a majority of the votes cast shall control.

Cumulative voting in the election of Directors shall be permitted as provided by statute.

Section 9 .     Reports to Shareholders

At the annual meeting, or the meeting held in lieu thereof, the officers of the Corporation shall lay before the shareholders a financial statement as required by statute.

Section 10 .     Action Without a Meeting

Any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be authorized or taken without a meeting in a writing or writings signed by all of the shareholders who would be entitled to notice of a meeting for such purpose, which writing or writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

Section 1 .     Election, Number and Term of Office

The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or if not so elected, at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, and each Director shall hold office until the date fixed by these Regulations for the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor is elected, or until his earlier resignation; removal from office, or death At any meeting of shareholders at which Directors are to be elected,” only persons nominated as candidates shall be eligible for election.

The number of Directors, which shall not be less than three, may be fixed or changed at a meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of electing Directors at which a quorum is present; by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such proposal. In case the shareholders at any meeting for the election of Directors shall


4

 

fail to fix the number of Directors to be elected, the number elected shall be deemed to be the number of Directors so fixed.

Section 2 .     Meetings

Regular meetings of the Directors shall be held immediately after the annual meeting of shareholders and at such other times and places as may be fixed by the Directors, and such meetings may be held without further notice.

Special meetings of the Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by the President or by a Vice President or by the Secretary of the Corporation, or by not less than one-third, of the Directors. Notice of the time and place of a special meeting shall be. served upon or telephoned to each Director at least twenty-four hours, or mailed, telegraphed or cabled to each Director at least forty-eight hours, prior to the time of the meeting.

Section 3 .     Quorum

A majority of the number of Directors then in office (but in no event more than five) shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall attend.

Section 4 .     Action Without a Meeting

Any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the Directors may be authorized or taken without a meeting in a writing or writings signed by all the Directors, which writing or writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the Corporation.

Section 5 .     Committees

The Directors may from time to time create an executive committee or any other committee or committees of Directors, to act in the intervals between meetings of the Directors and may delegate to such committee or committees any of the authority of the Directors other than that of filling vacancies among the Directors or in any committee of the Directors. No committee shall consist of less than three Directors. The Directors may appoint one or more Directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may take the place of any absent member of members at any meeting of such committee.


5

 

Unless otherwise ordered by the Directors, a majority of the members of any committee appointed by the Directors pursuant to this section shall constitute a quorum at any meeting thereof, and the act of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Action may be taken by any. such committee without a meeting by a writing or writings signed by all of its members’. Any such committee shall prescribe its own rules for calling and holding meetings and its method of procedure, subject to any rules prescribed by the Directors, and shall keep a written record of all action taken by it.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

Section 1 .     Officers

The Corporation may have a Chairman of the Board and shall have a President (both of whom shall be Directors), a Secretary and a Treasurer. The. Corporation may also have one or more Vice. Presidents and such other officers and assistant officers as the Directors may deem necessary. All of the officers and assistant officers shall be elected by the Directors.

Section 2 .     Authority and Duties of Officers

The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as are customarily incident to their respective offices, or as may be specified from time to time by the Directors regardless of whether such authority and duties are customarily incident to such office.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

1.      Each Director and each officer of the Corporation, and each person who may have served at its request as a Director or officer of another corporation in which it owns shares or of which it is a creditor, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against all costs and expense’s reasonably incurred by him for advice or assistance concerning, or in. connection with the defense of, any claim asserted or suit or proceeding brought against him by reason of his being or having been a Director or officer of the Corporation, or of such other corporation, whether or not he continues to be a Director or officer at the


6

 

time of incurring such costs or expenses, except costs and expenses incurred in relation to matters as to which such Director or officer shall have been derelict in the performance of his duty as such Director or officer.

2.      For the purposes of this Article, a Director or officer shall conclusively be deemed not to have been derelict in the performance of his duty as such Director or officer

(a) in a matter which shall have been the subject of (a) suit or proceeding in which he was a party disposed of by adjudication on the merits, unless he shall have been finally adjudged in such suit or proceeding to have’ been derelict in the performance of his duty as such Director or officer, or

(b) in a matter not falling within (a) next pre ceding if either all disinterested. Directors or a committee of disinterested shareholders of the Corporation (excluding therefrom any Director or officer), selected as hereinafter provided, shall determine that he. is not derelict

The selection of the committee of shareholders provided above may be made by unanimous action of the disinterested Directors or, if there be no disinterested Director or Directors, by the chief executive officer of the Corporation, provided that not less than three shareholders shall be selected in any case. A Director or shareholder shall be deemed disinterested in a matter if he has no interest there-in other than as a Director or shareholder of the Corporation, as the case may be. The foregoing shall not constitute exclusive tests as to dereliction and no determination as to dereliction shall be questioned on the ground that it is made. otherwise than as provided above. The Corporation may pay the fees and expenses of the shareholders or Directors, as the case may be, incurred in connection with making a determination above provided.

3.       The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to any rights to which any Director or officer may otherwise be entitled as a matter of law

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1 .     Transfer and Registration of Certificates

The Directors shall have authority to make such rules and regulations as they deem expedient concerning the issuance, transfer


7

 

and registration of certificates for shares and the shares represented thereby and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 2 .     Substituted Certificates

Any person claiming a certificate for shares to have been lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact, shall give the Corporation and its registrar or registrars and its transfer agent or agents a bond of indemnity satisfactory to the Directors of to the Executive Committee or to the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or the Treasurer, and, if required by the Directors or the Executive Committee or such officers, shall advertise the same in such manner as may be required, whereupon a new certificate may be executed and delivered of the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 3 .     Voting Upon Shares Held by the Corporation

Unless otherwise ordered by the Directors, the President in person or by proxy or proxies appointed by him shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to vote, act and consent with respect to any shares issued by other corporations which the Corporation may own.

Section 4 .     Corporate Seal

The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form with the name of the Corporation stamped around the margin and the words “Corporate Seal” stamped across the center.

Section 5 .     Articles to Govern

In case any provision of these Regulations shall be inconsistent with the Articles, the Articles shall govern.

Section 6 .     Amendments

These Regulations may be amended by the affirmative vote or the written consent of the shareholders of record entitled to exercise a majority of the voting power on such proposal, provided, however, that if an amendment is adopted by written consent without a meeting of the shareholders, the Secretary shall mail a copy of such amendment to each shareholder of record who would have been entitled to vote thereon and did not participate in the adoption thereof.

Exhibit 3.18

JOINT ACTION OF THE DIRECTOR AND SHAREHOLDER OF

THE CEDAR POINT TRANSPORTATION COMPANY

December  23 , 1997

The undersigned, being the sole director and the sole shareholder of The Cedar Point Transportation Company, an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby take the following actions as of the date set forth above by this writing signed and approved by them pursuant to the provisions of §1701.54 of the Ohio Revised Code.

The following resolutions with respect to amending the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation are hereby adopted:

RESOLVED, that the name of the Corporation be changed from “The Cedar Point Transportation Company” to “Magnum Management Corporation” and that the officers of the Corporation shall take any and all necessary or appropriate action to effect such a change; and it is

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the purposes for which the Corporation is organized be amended to the following:

To engage in any and all lawful acts or activities for which corporations may be organized under the law of the State of Ohio as presently in effect or as it may hereafter be amended.

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be amended in the form of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation attached hereto and that the officers of the corporation shall take any and all necessary or appropriate action to effect such amendment.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole director and the sole shareholder of the corporation, have executed this action effective as of the date first set forth above,

 

SOLE SHAREHOLDER     SOLE DIRECTOR  
CEDAR FAIR, L.P. , a Delaware    

/s/ Richard L. Kinzel

 
limited partnership     Richard L. Kinzel  
By Cedar Fair Management Company      
Managing General Partner      
By:  

    /s/ Richard L. Kinzel

     
Name:  

  Richard L. Kinzel

 
Title:  

    President & CEO

 

 

- 2 -


B-8095

9-13-62

REGULATIONS

OF

THE CEDAR POINT TRANSPORTATION COMPANY

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

Section 1 .     Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held, at such hour as may be designated in the Notice of said meeting, on the third Wednesday in June of each year, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next day not a legal holiday, for the election of Directors and the consideration of reports to be laid before such meeting. Upon due notice, there may also be considered and acted upon at an annual meeting any matter which could properly be considered and acted upon at a special meeting, in which case and for which purpose the annual meeting shall also be considered as, and shall be, a special meeting. When the annual meeting is not held or Directors are not elected thereat, they may be elected at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 2 .     Special Meetings

Special meetings of shareholders may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President, or by the Directors by action at a meeting, or by majority of the Directors acting without a meeting, or by the person or persons who hold not less than twenty-five per cent of all shares outstanding and entitled to be voted on any proposal to be submitted at said meeting.

Upon request in writing delivered either in person or by registered mail to the President or Secretary by any person or persons entitled to call a meeting of shareholders, such officer shall forthwith cause to be given, to the shareholders entitled thereto, notice of a meeting to be held not less than seven nor more than sixty days after the receipt of such request as such officer shall fix. If such notice is not given within twenty days after the delivery or mailing of such request, the person or persons calling the meeting may fix the time of meeting and give, or cause to be given, notice in the manner hereinafter provided.


2

 

Section 3 .     Place of Meetings

All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 4 .     Notice of Meetings

Not more than sixty days nor less than seven days before the date fixed for a meeting of shareholders, whether annual or special, written notice of the time, place and purposes of such meeting shall be given by or at the direction of the President, a Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Such notice shall be given either by personal delivery or by mail to each shareholder of record entitled to notice of such meeting. If such notice is mailed, it shall be addressed to the shareholders at their respective addresses as they appear on the records of the Corporation, and notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day so mailed. Notice of adjournment of a meeting need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are fixed and announced at such meeting.

Section 5 .     Shareholders Entitled to Notice and to Vote

If a record date shall not be fixed pursuant to statutory authority, the record date for the determination of shareholders who are entitled to notice of, or who are entitled to vote at, a meeting of shareholders, shall be the close of business on the date next preceding the day on which notice is given, or the close of business on the date next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, as the case may be.

Section 6 .     Inspectors of Election - List of Shareholders

Inspectors of Election may be appointed to act at any meeting of shareholders in accordance with statute.

At any meeting of shareholders, an alphabetically arranged list, or classified lists, of the shareholders of record as of the applicable record date who are entitled to vote, showing their respective addresses and the number and classes of shares held by each, shall be produced on the request of any shareholder.

Section 7 .     Quorum

To constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, there shall be present in person or by proxy shareholders of record entitled to exercise not less than a majority of the voting power of the Corporation in respect of any one of the purposes for which the meeting is called.


3

 

The shareholders present in person or by proxy, whether or not a quorum be present, may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

Section 8 .     Voting

In all cases, except where otherwise by statute or the Articles or the Regulations provided, a majority of the votes cast shall control.

Cumulative voting in the election of Directors shall be permitted as provided by statute.

Section 9 .     Reports to Shareholders

At the annual meeting, or the meeting held in lieu thereof, the officers of the Corporation shall lay before the shareholders a financial statement as required by statute.

Section 10 .     Action Without a Meeting

Any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be authorized or taken without a meeting in a writing or writings signed by all of the shareholders who would be entitled to notice of a meeting for such purpose, which writing or writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

Section 1 .     Election, Number and Term of Office

The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or if not so elected, at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, and each Director shall hold office until the date fixed by these Regulations for the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor is elected, or until his earlier resignation, removal from office, or death. At any meeting of shareholders at which Directors are to be elected, only persons nominated as candidates shall be eligible for election.

The number of Directors, which shall not be less than three, may be fixed or changed at a meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of electing Directors at which a quorum is present by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such proposal. In case the shareholders at any meeting for the election of Directors shall


4

 

fail to fix the number of Directors to be elected, the number elected shall be deemed to be the number of Directors so fixed.

Section 2 .     Meetings

Regular meetings of the Directors shall be held immediately after the annual meeting of shareholders and at such other times and places as may be fixed by the Directors, and such meetings may be held without further notice.

Special meetings of the Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by the President or by a Vice President or by the Secretary of the Corporation, or by not less than one-third of the Directors. Notice of the time and place of a special meeting shall be served upon or telephoned to each Director at least twenty-four hours, or mailed, telegraphed or cabled to each Director at least forty-eight hours, prior to the time of the meeting.

Section 3 .     Quorum

A majority of the number of Directors then in office (but in no event more than five) shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall attend.

Section 4 .     Action Without a Meeting

Any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the Directors may be authorized or taken without a meeting in a writing or writings signed by all the Directors, which writing or writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the Corporation.

Section 5 .     Committees

The Directors may from time to time create an executive committee or any other committee or committees of Directors to act in the intervals between meetings of the Directors and may delegate to such committee or committees any of the authority of the Directors other than that of filling vacancies among the Directors or in any committee of the Directors. No committee shall consist of less than three Directors. The Directors may appoint one or more Directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may take the place of any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee.


5

 

Unless otherwise ordered by the Directors, a majority of the members of any committee appointed by the Directors pursuant to this section shall constitute a quorum at any meeting thereof, and the act of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Action may be taken by any such committee without a meeting by a writing or writings signed by all of its members. Any such committee shall prescribe its own rules for calling and holding meetings and its method of procedure, subject to any rules prescribed by the Directors, and shall keep a written record of all action taken by it.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

Section 1 .     Officers

The Corporation may have a Chairman of the Board and shall have a President (both of whom shall be Directors), a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers and assistant officers as the Directors may deem necessary. All of the officers and assistant officers shall be elected by the Directors.

Section 2 .     Authority and Duties of Officers

The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as are customarily incident to their respective offices, or as may be specified from time to time by the Directors regardless of whether such authority and duties are customarily incident to such office.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

1.    Each Director and each officer of the Corporation, and each person who may have served at its request as a Director or officer of another corporation in which it owns shares or of which it is a creditor, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by him for advice or assistance concerning, or in connection with the defense of, any claim asserted or suit or proceeding brought against him by reason of his being or having been a Director or officer of the Corporation, or of such other corporation, whether or not he continues to be a Director or officer at the


6

 

time of incurring such costs or expenses, except costs and expenses incurred in relation to matters as to which such Director or officer shall have been derelict in the performance of his duty as such Director or officer.

2.    For the purposes of this Article, a Director or officer shall conclusively be deemed not to have been derelict in the performance of his duty as such Director or officer

(a)    in a matter which shall have been the subject of a suit or proceeding in which he was a party disposed of by adjudication on the merits, unless he shall have been finally adjudged in such suit or proceeding to have been derelict in the performance of his duty as such Director or officer, or

(b)    in a matter not falling within (a) next preceding if either all disinterested Directors or a committee of disinterested shareholders of the Corporation (excluding therefrom any Director or officer), selected as hereinafter provided, shall determine that he is not derelict.

The selection of the committee of shareholders provided above may be made by unanimous action of the disinterested Directors or, if there be no disinterested Director or Directors, by the chief executive officer of the Corporation, provided that not less than three shareholders shall be selected in any case. A Director or shareholder shall be deemed disinterested in a matter if he has no interest therein other than as a Director or shareholder of the Corporation, as the case may be. The foregoing shall not constitute exclusive tests as to dereliction and no determination as to dereliction shall be questioned on the ground that it is made otherwise than as provided above. The Corporation may pay the fees and expenses of the shareholders or Directors, as the case may be, incurred in connection with making a determination above provided.

3.    The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to any rights to which any Director or officer may otherwise be entitled as a matter of law.

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1 .     Transfer and Registration of Certificates

The Directors shall have authority to make such rules and regulations as they deem expedient concerning the issuance, transfer


7

 

and registration of certificates for shares and the shares represented thereby and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 2 .     Substituted Certificates

Any person claiming a certificate for shares to have been lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact, shall give the Corporation and its registrar or registrars and its transfer agent or agents a bond of indemnity satisfactory to the Directors or to the Executive Committee or to the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or the Treasurer, and, if required by the Directors or the Executive Committee or such officers, shall advertise the same in such manner as may be required, whereupon a new certificate may be executed and delivered of the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 3 .     Voting Upon Shares Held by the Corporation

Unless otherwise ordered by the Directors, the President in person or by proxy or proxies appointed by him shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to vote, act and consent with respect to any shares issued by other corporations which the Corporation may own.

Section 4 .     Corporate Seal

The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form with the name of the Corporation stamped around the margin and the words “Corporate Seal” stamped across the center.

Section 5 .     Articles to Govern

In case any provision of these Regulations shall be inconsistent with the Articles, the Articles shall govern.

Section 6 .     Amendments

These Regulations may be amended by the affirmative vote or the written consent of the shareholders of record entitled to exercise a majority of the voting power on such proposal, provided, however, that if an amendment is adopted by written consent without a meeting of the shareholders, the Secretary shall mail a copy of such amendment to each shareholder of record who would have been entitled to vote thereon and did not participate in the adoption thereof.

Exhibit 3.19

C & 5-101

(Rev 1-74

(Profit Domestic Corporation)

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

These Articles of Incorporation are signed by the incorporator(s) for the purpose of forming a profit corporation pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, as amended, as follows:

ARTICLE I.

 

The name of the corporation is  

      DEER PARK FUNLAND INC.

 

ARTICLE II.

The purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized is to engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be organized under the Business Corporation Act of Michigan.

 

 

ARTICLE III.

The total authorized capital stock is:

 

(1)    {   Preferred shs.  

 

    Par value $  

 

  }     per share
   

 

Common shs.

 

 

    10,000

   

 

Par value $

 

 

    One Cent

   

 

and/or shs. of (2)    {   Preferred  

 

  }     no par value. (See part 3 of instructions)
   

 

Common

 

 

   

 

(3)

A statement of all or any of the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class is as follows:

All stock is equal.


ARTICLE IV.

The address of the initial registered office is:

 

4750 Whitehall Road

   

Muskegon

  ,    Michigan  

49445

(No. and Street)     (Town or City)       (Zip Code)

The mailing address of the initial registered office is (need not be completed unless different from the above address):

 

 

   

 

  ,    Michigan  

 

(No. and Street)     (Town or City)       (Zip Code)

The name of the initial resident agent at the registered office is:

 

RODGER D. JOURDEN

   

 

ARTICLE V.

The name(s) and address(es) of the incorporator(s) are as follows:

 

         Name         Residence or Business Address    
  RODGER D. JOURDEN    4750 Whitehall Road, Muskegon, Michigan     49445
  MARY LYNN JOURDEN    4750 Whitehall Road, Muskegon, Michigan     49445
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        

 

 

ARTICLE VI.

OPTIONAL (Delete Article VI if not applicable.)

[ILLEGIBLE]


ARTICLE VII.

(Here insert any desired additional provisions authorized by the Act)

 

 

 

 

 

(We), the incorporator(s), sign (our) name(s) this 13th day of JAN, 1977

 

/s/ RODGER D. JOURDEN

   

 

RODGER D. JOURDEN    

 

   

 

/s/ MARY LYNN JOURDEN

   

 

MARY LYNN JOURDEN    

 

   

 

 

   

 

    (See Instructions on Reverse Side)


(Please do not write in spaces below – for Department use)

 

MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE – CORPORATION AND SECURITIES BUREAU

 

 

Date Received    

 

  

LOGO

[ILLEGIBLE]

    

  

    

    

  

    

    

  

    

    

  

    

    

  

    

    

  

 

 

 

                          
    C & S–101       
    (Rev. 1-74)       
   

 

INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

  

   
    Articles of Incorporation — Profit Domestic Corporations       
   
    1.  

Article I–The corporate name of a domestic profit corporation is required to contain one of the following words or abbreviations: “Corporation”, “Company”, “Incorporated”, “Limited”, “Corp.”, “Co.”, “Inc.” or “Ltd.”

       
   
    2.  

Article II may state in general terms, the character of the particular business to be carried on. Under section 202(b) of the law, it is a sufficient compliance to state substantially, alone or with specifically enumerated purposes , that the corporation may engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be organized under the Business Corporation Act. The law requires, however, that educational corporations must state their specific purposes.

          
   
    3.  

Article III – The law requires the incorporators of a domestic corporation having shares without par value to submit in writing the amount of consideration proposed to be received for each share which shall be allocated to stated capital.

        
   
    4.  

Article V - The law requires one or more incorporators.

The Addresses should include a street number and name (or other designation), in addition to the name of the city and state.

  

   

   
   
    5.  

The duration of the corporation should be stated in the Articles only if the duration is not perpetual .

      
   
    6.  

The Articles must be signed in ink by each incorporator. The names of the incorporators as set out in Article V should correspond with the signatures.

       
   
    7.  

One original copy of the Articles is required. A true copy will be prepared by the Corporation and Securities Bureau and returned to the person submitting the Articles for filing.

       
   
    8.  

An effective date, not later than 90 days subsequent to the date of filing, may be stated in the Articles of Incorporation.

      
   
    9.   FEES:    Filing Fee     $10.00       
         Franchise Fee – [ILLEGIBLE] mill on each dollar of authorized capital stock, with a minimum franchise fee of     $25.00       
         (Make fee payable to State of Michigan)      
   
    10.   Mail Articles of Incorporation and fees to:      
         Michigan Department of Commerce      
         Corporation and Securities Bureau      
         Corporation Division      
         P. O. Drawer C      
         Lansing, Michigan 48904      
                          


     884EH3315         0204         ORS&F1       $ 10.00   

C&S-515 (Rev. 5-87)

           

 

 

MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE – CORPORATION AND SECURITIES BUREAU

 

(FOR BUREAU USE ONLY)  

LOGO

  

Date Received

FEB 04 1988

      

    

    

      

    

    

      

    

    

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

For use by Domestic Corporations

(Please read instructions and Paperwork Reduction Act notice on last page)

Pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, as amended (profit corporations), or Act 162, Public Acts of 1982, as amended (nonprofit corporations), the undersigned corporation executes the following Certificate:

 

 

1.

    

 

The present name of the corporation is:

    
   
Deer Park Funland Inc.                               
                                
2.      The corporation identification number (CID) assigned by the Bureau is:      1      0      3      –      6      1      5          
                                        
3.      The location of its registered office is:                               
                                        
       4750 Whitehall Road    Muskegon               ,    Michigan        49445     
        (Street Address)    (City)                             (ZIP Code)     
                                                                 
                                         
                                                                 
4.      Article         I                                                              of the Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows:     
                                        
       Article I: The name of the corporation is:     

Michigan’s Adventure,

Inc.

    
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                                              


5.

COMPLETE SECTION (a) IF THE AMENDMENT WAS ADOPTED BY THE UNANIMOUS CONSENT OF THE INCORPORATOR(S) BEFORE THE FIRST MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OR TRUSTEES; OTHERWISE, COMPLETE SECTION (b)

 

a.  ¨

The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted on the              day of                          , 19          , in accordance with the provisions of the Act by the unanimous consent of the incorporator(s) before the first meeting of the board of directors or trustees.

 

Signed this              day of                                                                                                                       , 19         

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(Signatures of all incorporators; type or print name under each signature)

 

x The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted on the              2nd          day

of,              February                              , 19 88      The amendment (check one of the following)

 

  ¨

was duly adopted in accordance with Section 611(2) of the Act by the vote of the shareholders if a profit corporation, or by the vote of the shareholders or members if a nonprofit corporation, or by the vote of the directors if a nonprofit corporation organized on a nonstock directorship basis. The necessary votes were cast in favor of the amendment.

 

  ¨

was duly adopted by the written consent of all the directors pursuant to Section 525 of the Act and the corporation is a nonprofit corporation organized on a nonstock directorship basis.

 

  ¨

was duly adopted by the written consent of the shareholders or members having not less than the minimum number of votes required by statute in accordance with Section 407(1) and (2) of the Act. Written notice to shareholders or members who have not consented in writing has been given. (Note: Written consent by less than all of the shareholders or members is permitted only if such provision appears in the Articles of Incorporation.)

 

  x

was duly adopted by the written consent of all the shareholders or members entitled to vote in accordance with Section 407(3) of the Act.

 

  Signed this      2nd    day of                  February                                     , 19   88   
  By   

     /s/ Roger D. Jourden

              Roger D. Jourden    (Signature)
          Roger D. Jourden    President           
   
  (Type or Print Title)    (Type or Print Title)        


C&S-515

 

DOCUMENT WILL BE RETURNED TO NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS

INDICATED IN THE BOX BELOW. Include name, street and number

(or P.O. box), city, state and ZIP code.

 

Name of person or organization

remitting fees:

     

    O ‘Toole, Johnson

     

 

 

Foster D. Potter, Esquire

O’Toole, Johnson, Potter, Rolf, Grafton

  & Eklund

175 W. Apple Avenue, P.O. Box 786

Muskegon, Michigan 49443-0786

 

     

 

Preparer’s name and business

telephone number:

     

 

    Foster D. Potter

     

 

    (616)  722-1621

 

                         
INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
   
    1.  

The amendment cannot be filed until this form, or a comparable document, is submitted.

      
   
    2.  

Submit one original copy of this document. Upon filing, a microfilm copy will be prepared for the records of the Corporation and Securities Bureau. The original copy will be returned to the address appearing in the box above as evidence of filing.

Since this document must be microfilmed, it is important that the filing be legible. Documents with poor black and white contrast, or otherwise illegible, will be rejected.

    

   

   
   
    3.  

This document is to be used pursuant to the provisions of section 631 of the Act for the purpose of amending the articles of incorporation of a domestic profit or nonprofit corporation. Do not use this form for restated articles. A nonprofit corporation is one incorporated to carry out any lawful purpose or purposes not involving pecuniary profit or gain for its directors, officers, shareholders, or members. A nonprofit corporation organized on a nonstock directorship basis, as authorized by Section 302 of the Act, may or may not have members, but if it has members, the members are not entitled to vote.

           
   
    4.  

Item 2 — Enter the identification number previously assigned by the Bureau. If this number is unknown, leave it blank.

      
   
    5.  

Item 4 — The article being amended must be set forth in its entirety. However, if the article being amended is divided into separately identifiable sections, only the sections being amended need be included.

       
   
    6.  

This document is effective on the date approved and filed by the Bureau. A later effective date, no more than 90 days after the date of delivery, may be stated.

       
   
    7.  

If the amendment is adopted before the first meeting of the board of directors, item 5(a) must be completed and signed in ink by all of the incorporators listed in Article V of the Articles of Incorporation. If the amendment is otherwise adopted, item 5(b) must be completed and signed in ink by the president, vice-president, chairperson, or vice-chairperson of the corporation.

         
   
    8.   FEES:   Filing fee (Make remittance payable to State of Michigan)     $10.00       
       

Franchise fee for profit corporations (payable only if authorized capital stock has increased) —  1 / 2 mill (.0005) on each dollar of increase over highest previous authorized capital stock.

       
   
    9.   Mail form and fee to:       
     

 

Michigan Department of Commerce

  

   
     

Corporation and Securities Bureau

  

   
     

Corporation Division

  

   
     

P.O. Box 30054

  

   
     

6546 Mercantile Way

  

   
     

Lansing, Ml 48909

  

   
     

Telephone: (517) 334-6302

  

   
               

Exhibit 3.20

 

     884EH3315         0204         ORG&FI       $ 10.00   

C&S-515 (Rev. 5-87)

           

 

 

MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE – CORPORATION AND SECURITIES BUREAU

 

(FOR BUREAU USE ONLY)  

LOGO

  

Date Received

FEB 04 1988

      

    

    

      

    

    

      

    

    

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

For use by Domestic Corporations

(Please read instructions and Paperwork Reduction Act notice on last page)

Pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, as amended (profit corporations), or Act 162, Public Acts of 1982, as amended (nonprofit corporations), the undersigned corporation executes the following Certificate:

 

 

1.

    

 

The present name of the corporation is:

    
   
Deer Park Funland Inc.                               
                                
2.      The corporation identification number (CID) assigned by the Bureau is:      1      0      3      –      6      1      5          
                                        
3.      The location of its registered office is:                               
                                        
       4750 Whitehall Road    Muskegon               ,    Michigan        49445     
        (Street Address)    (City)                             (ZIP Code)     
                                                                 
                                         
                                                                 
4.      Article          I                                                                of the Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows:     
                                        
       Article I: The name of the corporation is:     

Michigan’s Adventure,

Inc.

    
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                                              


5.

COMPLETE SECTION (a) IF THE AMENDMENT WAS ADOPTED BY THE UNANIMOUS CONSENT OF THE INCORPORATOR(S) BEFORE THE FIRST MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OR TRUSTEES; OTHERWISE, COMPLETE SECTION (b)

 

a.  ¨

The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted on the              day of                          , 19          , in accordance with the provisions of the Act by the unanimous consent of the incorporator(s) before the first meeting of the board of directors or trustees.

 

Signed this              day of                                                                                                                     , 19         

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(Signatures of all incorporators; type or print name under each signature)

 

x The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted on the              2nd          day

of,              February                              , 19 88      The amendment (check one of the following)

 

  ¨

was duly adopted in accordance with Section 611(2) of the Act by the vote of the shareholders if a profit corporation, or by the vote of the shareholders or members if a nonprofit corporation, or by the vote of the directors if a nonprofit corporation organized on a nonstock directorship basis. The necessary votes were cast in favor of the amendment.

 

  ¨

was duly adopted by the written consent of all the directors pursuant to Section 525 of the Act and the corporation is a nonprofit corporation organized on a nonstock directorship basis.

 

  ¨

was duly adopted by the written consent of the shareholders or members having not less than the minimum number of votes required by statute in accordance with Section 407(1) and (2) of the Act. Written notice to shareholders or members who have not consented in writing has been given. (Note: Written consent by less than all of the shareholders or members is permitted only if such provision appears in the Articles of Incorporation.)

 

  x

was duly adopted by the written consent of all the shareholders or members entitled to vote in accordance with Section 407(3) of the Act.

 

  Signed this      2nd    day of                  February                                    , 19   88    
  By   

    /s/ Roger D. Jourden

             Roger D. Jourden    (Signature)
         Roger D. Jourden    President          
   
  (Type or Print Title)    (Type or Print Title)        


BY-LAWS

OF

DEER PARK FUNLAND, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.     Principal Office.     The principal office of the corporation shall be located in the City of Muskegon County of Muskegon             , State of Michigan.

Section 2.     Registered Office.     The registered office of the corporation may be the same as the principal office of the corporation, but in any event must be located in the State of Michigan, and be the business office of the registered agent, as required by the Michigan Business Corporation Act.

Section 3.     Other Business Offices.     The corporation may have business offices at such other places, either within or without the State of Michigan, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.     Annual Meeting.     The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on the 26 DAY in the month of JANUARY, in each year, beginning with the year 1978, at the hour of 9:00 o’clock              .M., for the election of a Board of Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the State of Michigan, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. The date of the annual meeting of the shareholders shall in no event be changed within the thirty (30) days next preceding the date on which the annual meeting is to be held unless consented to in writing, or by resolution adopted at a meeting, by all the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting. If the election of Directors shall not be held on the day designated herein for any annual meeting of the shareholders, or at any


adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of shareholders as soon thereafter as conveniently may be.

Section 2.     Special Meetings of Shareholders.     Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes may be called by the President or Secretary or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request of the holders of not less than fifty percent (50%) of all the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 3.     Place of Meeting.     The Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Michigan, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the Board of Directors. A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place, either within or without the State of Michigan, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation in the State of Michigan.

Section 4.     Notice of Meetings of Shareholders.

A.     Annual Meetings.     At least ten (10) days, but not more than sixty (60) days, prior to the date fixed by Section 1 of this Article for the holding of the annual meeting of shareholders, written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be delivered, either personally or by mail, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

B.     Special Meetings.     At least ten (10) days, but not more than sixty (60) days, prior to the date fixed for the holding of any special meeting of shareholders, written notice of the time, place and purpose of such meeting shall be delivered, either personally or by mail, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. No business not mentioned in the notice shall be transacted at such meeting.

C.     Mailing.     Every notice shall be deemed duly served when the same has been deposited in the United States mail, with postage fully prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at his, her or its address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation.

D.     Waiver.     Attendance of a person at a meeting of shareholders, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of such notice, except when attendance is for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business, at the commencement of the meeting, because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 5.     Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date.     For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote any meeting of shareholders or


any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or entitled to receive the allotment of rights or for the purpose of making necessary determinations in connection with the change or conversion or exchange of capital stock, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, sixty (60) days. If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If the stock transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders provided that such date shall in no case be more than sixty (60) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof. Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of a shareholder and his transferee or transferor as between themselves.

Section 6.     Voting Lists.     The officer or agent having charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, within each series, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, (which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be open at the place where said meeting is to be held and shall be subject to examination by any shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting, and holding in the aggregate at least two percent (2%) of the outstanding capital stock of the corporation at any time during usual business hours.) Such list shall (also) be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and shall be subject to the inspection of any registered shareholder or his proxy who may be present. The original or duplicate stock ledger or a list shall be the only evidence as to who are shareholders entitled to examine such list or the books of the corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of shareholders.

Section 7.     Quorum.     A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders.


If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 8.     Proxies.     At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

Section 9.     Voting of Shares.     [Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of this Article II,] Each outstanding share of capital stock of the corporation shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders except as the Articles of Incorporation otherwise provide.

Section 10.     Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.

A.     Other Corporations.     Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by its President or by proxy appointed by him, or in the absence of the President and his proxy, by its Treasurer or by proxy appointed by him, or in the absence of the aforementioned persons, by its Secretary or by proxy appointed by him. The Board of Directors of such other corporation by resolution may appoint some other person to vote such shares.

B.     Legal Representatives and Fiduciaries.     Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, custodian, conservator or trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his name.

C.     Receivers.     Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to be contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.

D.     Pledgor.     A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation he shall have expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee or his proxy may represent said shares and vote thereon.

E.     Treasury Stock and Subsidiaries.     Shares of its own stock belonging to the corporation or held by it in a fiduciary capacity shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting, and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.


F.     Minors.     Shares held by a minor may be voted by such minor in person or by proxy and no such vote shall be subject to disaffirmance or avoidance, unless prior to such vote the Secretary of the corporation has received written notice or has actual knowledge that such shareholder is a minor.

G.     Incompetents and Spendthrifts.     Shares held by an incompetent or spendthrift may be voted by such incompetent or spendthrift in. person or by proxy and no such vote shall be subject to disaffirmance or avoidance, unless prior to such vote the Secretary of the corporation has actual knowledge that such shareholder has been adjudicated an incompetent or spendthrift or actual knowledge of filing of judicial proceedings for appointment of a guardian.

H.     Joint Tenants.     Shares registered in the names of two or more individuals who are named in the registration as joint tenants may be voted in person or by proxy signed by any one or more of such individuals if either (i) no other such individual or his legal representative is present and claims the right to participate in the voting of such shares or prior to the vote filed with the Secretary of the corporation a contrary written voting authorization or direction or written denial of authority of the individual present or signing the proxy proposed to be voted or (ii) all such other individuals are deceased and the Secretary of the corporation has no actual knowledge that the survivor has been adjudicated not to be the successor to the interests of those deceased.

[Section 11.     Cumulative Voting.     At each election of Directors every shareholder entitled to vote at such election shall have the right to vote in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election he has a right to vote, or to cumulate his votes by giving one candidate as many votes as the number of such Directors multiplied by the number of his shares shall equal, or by distributing such votes on the same principle among any number of candidates. The entire number of Directors to be elected shall be balloted for at one and the same time and not separately.)

Section 12.     Waiver of Notice by Shareholders.     Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder of the corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or under any provision of law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, or by telegram, radiogram, or cablegram sent by them, whether before or after the holding of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

Section 13.     Consent Without Meeting.     Any action required or permitted by the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws or any provision of law to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing,


setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by a majority of the shareholders entitled to vote and would constitute the minimum votes necessary to authorize such action at a meeting where all eligible shares had voted. Such consent shall have the same effect as a vote of such shareholders and may be stated as such in any Articles or document filed with the State of Michigan.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1.     General Powers.     The business, property and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

Section 2.     Number.     The number of Directors of the corporation shall be two (2). [The number of Directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by an amendment to these By-Laws. Any increase in the number of Directors shall be considered a vacancy to be filled by the remaining Directors until the next regular annual meeting of shareholders or a special meeting duly called for that purpose and held prior thereto. The number of Directors of this corporation shall not be reduced in case the votes of a sufficient number of shares recorded against such proposed reduction, if cumulatively voted, would elect one or more Directors, where the same number of shares if voted cumulatively would not be sufficient to elect the same number of Directors so reduced.]

Section 3.     Tenure.     Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders following his nomination in the Articles of Incorporation or his election, as the case may be, and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his prior death, resignation or removal.

Section 4.     Removal.     At a special meeting of the shareholders of this corporation called for the purpose of removing any Director, such Director may be removed from office by a vote of a majority of all the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote, (provided, however, that the shareholders shall have the right to vote cumulatively on such removal and no Director shall be removed if the number of votes recorded against his removal would be sufficient, if cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors to elect one or more Directors. All such shares voted cumulatively against the removal of a Director shall not be voted against the removal of any other Director during the term of which the Board of Directors shall have been elected.] No more than one meeting of shareholders of this corporation shall be called for the purpose of removing any individual Director during the term for which he is elected. When any director is removed, a new Director may be elected at the same meeting of the shareholders for the unexpired term of such Director removed. If the shareholders fail to elect a person


to fill the unexpired term of the Director removed, such unexpired term shall be considered a vacancy on the Board of Directors to be filled by the remaining Directors.

Section 5.     Resignation.     Any Director of the corporation may resign at any time with the assent of a majority of the Board of Directors.

Section 6.     Qualifications.     Directors need not be residents of the State of Michigan or shareholders of the corporation.

Section 7.     Regular Meetings.     A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this By-Law immediately after, and at the same place as the initial meeting of incorporators and shareholders, and each annual meeting of shareholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, within or without the State of Michigan, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

Section 8.     Special Meetings.     Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President or any Director. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place within or without the State of Michigan for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them, and if no other place is fixed the place of meeting shall be the principal business office of the corporation in the State of Michigan.

Section 9.     Notice; Waiver.     Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least three days previously thereto by written notice, stating the time and place of the meeting delivered personally or mailed or sent by telegram to each Director at his business address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting by written statement, telegram, radiogram or cable-gram sent by him, signed before or after the holding of the meeting. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 10.     Quorum.     A majority of the members of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than such a majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

Section 11.     Manner of Acting.     The act of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.


Section 12.     Vacancies.     Any vacancy occurring, in the Board of Directors may be filled by appointment made by the remaining Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be a Director until his successor is elected by the shareholders who may make such election at the next annual meeting of the shareholders, or at any special meeting duly called for that purpose and held prior thereto.

Section 13.     Compensation.     By resolution of the Board of Directors, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving a compensation therefor.

Section 14.     Presumption of Assent.     A Director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

Section 15.     Committees.     The Board of Directors by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more Directors elected by the Board of Directors, which to the extent provided in said resolution as initially adopted, and as thereafter supplemented or amended by further resolution adopted by a like vote, shall have and may exercise, when the Board of Directors is not in session, the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, except, action in respect to dividends to shareholders, the fixing of compensation for or the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or committees created pursuant to this Section, or amend the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws. The Board of Directors may elect one or more of its members as alternate members of any such committee who may take the place of any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee, upon request by the President or upon request by the Chairman of such meeting. Each such committee shall fix its own rules governing the conduct of its activities and shall make such reports to the Board of Directors of its activities as the Board of Directors may request.

Section 16.     Unanimous Consent without Meeting.     Any action required or permitted by the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws or any provision of law to be taken by the Board of Directors or Committee thereof at a meeting or by resolution may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth


the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the Directors or members of the committee then in office.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1.     Number.     The officers of the corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may select a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers, and may also appoint such other officers and agents as they may deem necessary for the transaction of the business of the corporation.

Section 2.     Election and Term of Office.     The officers of the corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the regular meeting of the Board of Directors held immediately following each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section 3.     Removal.     Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without limitation on the right, if any, of the person so removed to recover damages for breach of contract.

Section 4.     Vacancies.     A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section 5.     Chairman of the Board.     The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be a Director of the corporation. If elected, the Chairman of the Board, or failing his election, the President, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and Directors at which he is present. He shall be ex officio a member of all standing committees and shall be Chairman of such committees as is determined by the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these By-Laws to other officers or agents of the President of the corporation, the Chairman of the Board may sign, swear to, execute, file, certify or acknowledge, in place of the President, any documents, instruments, agreements, Articles, statements, certificates, or reports, required or permitted to be signed, sworn to, executed, filed, certified, or acknowledged by the President. He shall have such other powers and duties as may


from time to time be prescribed by the By Laws or by resolutions of the Board of Directors.

Section 6.     President.     [The President shall be a Director of the corporation.] The President shall be the principal executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the corporation. He shall have authority, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, to appoint such agents and employees of the corporation as he shall deem necessary, to prescribe their powers, duties and compensation, and to delegate authority to them. Such agents and employees shall hold office at the discretion of the President. He shall have authority to sign, execute and acknowledge, on behalf of the corporation, all deeds, mortgages, bonds, stock certificates, contracts, leases, reports and all other documents or instruments necessary or proper to be executed in the course of the corporation’s regular business, or which shall be authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; and, except as otherwise provided by law or the Board of Directors, he may authorize any Vice President or other officer or agent of the corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge such documents or instruments in his place and stead. In general he shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 7.     Vice President.     [The Vice President shall be a Director of the corporation.] In the absence of the President or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to act, the Vice President shall perform the duties of President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors. When more than one Vice President has been selected by the Board of Directors only one Vice President shall be required to be a Director of the corporation, but only a Vice President who is a Director may perform the duties of the President as provided in this By-Law.

Section 8.     Secretary.     The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the shareholders’ and of the Board of Directors’ meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and see that the seal of the corporation is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to. the Secretary by such shareholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (f) in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.


Section 9.     Treasurer.     If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and any Assistant Treasurer selected by the Board of Directors shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. He shall: (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Article V of these By-Laws; and (b) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

Section 10.     Assistants and Acting Officers.     The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, if any, selected by the Board of Directors, shall perform such duties and have such authority as shall from time to time be delegated or assigned to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by the President or the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint any person to perform the duties of an officer whenever for any reason it is impracticable for such officer to act personally. Such acting officer so appointed shall have the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the officer to whose office he is so appointed except as the Board of Directors may by resolution otherwise determine.

Section 11.     Salaries.     The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the corporation.

Section 12.     Filling More Than One Office.     Any two offices of the corporation except those of President and Vice President may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity.

ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS;

SPECIAL CORPORATE ACTS

Section 1.     Contracts.     The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract, to execute and deliver any instrument, or to acknowledge any instrument required by law to be acknowledged in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances but the appointment of any person other than an officer to acknowledge an instrument


required by law to be acknowledged should be made by instrument in writing. When the Board of Directors authorizes the execution of a contract or of any other instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, without specifying the executing officers, the President or Vice President, and the Secretary may execute the same and may affix the corporate seal thereto.

Section 2.     Loans.     No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. No loan or advance to or overdraft or withdrawal by an officer, Director or shareholder of the corporation otherwise than in the ordinary and usual course of the business of the corporation, and on the ordinary and usual terms of payment and security shall be made or permitted unless each such transaction shall be approved by a vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board of Directors excluding any Director involved in such transaction and a full and detailed statement of all such transactions and any payments shall be submitted at the next annual meeting of shareholders and the aggregate amount of such transactions less any repayments shall be stated in the next annual report to shareholders.

Section 3.     Checks, Drafts, etc.     All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents, of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.     Deposits.     All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the Board of Directors may select.

Section 5.     Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation.     Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled by this corporation may be voted at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President of this corporation or by proxy appointed by him, or in the absence of the President and his proxy by the Treasurer of this corporation or by proxy appointed by him, or in the absence of the President and Treasurer, by the Secretary of this corporation or by proxy appointed by him. Such proxy or consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other corporation and owned by this corporation shall be executed in the name of this corporation by the President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of this corporation without necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other


corporation and owned by this corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this corporation.

Section 6.     Contracts Between Corporation and Related Persons.     Any contract or other transaction between the corporation and one or more of its Directors, or between the corporation and any firm of which one or more of its Directors are members or employees, or in which he or they are interested, or between the corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its Directors are shareholders, members, Directors, officers or employees, or in which he or they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such Director or Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction, and notwithstanding his or their participation in such action, if the fact of such interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors, shall, nevertheless, authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the Directors present, such interested Director or Directors to be counted in determining whether a quorum is present, but not to be counted as voting upon the matter or in calculating the majority of such quorum necessary to carry such vote. This Section shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common and statutory law applicable thereto.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

Section 1.     Certificates for Shares.     Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be in such form, consistent with law, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, or the President or a Vice President and Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and sealed with the seal of the corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and the date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except as provided in Section 6.

Section 2.     Facsimile Signatures and Seal.     The seal of the corporation on any certificates for shares may be a facsimile. The signatures of the officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation.


Section 3.     Signatures by Former Officers.     In case any officer, who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any certificate for shares, shall have ceased to be such officer, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer as the date of its issue.

Section 4.     Transfer of Shares.     Prior to due presentment of a certificate for shares for registration of transfer the corporation may treat the registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and power of an owner. Where a certificate for shares is presented to the corporation with a request to register for transfer, the corporation shall not be liable to the owner or any other person suffering loss as a result of such registration of transfer if (a) there were on or with the certificate the necessary endorsements, and (b) the corporation had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty. The corporation may require reasonable assurance that said endorsements are genuine and effective and compliance with such other regulations as may be prescribed under the authority of the Board of Directors.

Section 5.     Restrictions on Transfer.     The face or reverse side of each certificate representing shares shall bear a conspicuous notation of any restriction imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of such shares.

Section 6.     Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates.     Where the owner claims that his certificate for shares has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, a new certificate shall be issued in place thereof if the owner (a) so requests before the corporation has notice that such shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and (b) files with the corporation a sufficient indemnity bond, and (c) satisfies such other reasonable requirements as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 7.     Consideration for Shares.     The shares of the corporation may be issued for such consideration as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, provided that any shares having a par value shall not be issued for a consideration less than the par value thereof. The consideration to be paid for shares may be paid in whole or in part, in money, in other property, tangible or intangible, or in labor or services actually performed for the corporation. When payment of the consideration for which shares are to be issued shall have been received by the corporation, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable by the corporation. No certificate shall be issued for any share until such share is fully paid.

Section 8.    S tock Regulations.     The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such further rules and regulations not inconsistent with the statutes of the State of Michigan as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer


and registration of certificates representing shares of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

The corporation shall indemnify any Director or officer, or former Director or officer of the corporation or any person who may have served at its request as a Director or officer of another corporation in which it owns shares of capital stock, or of which it is a creditor, against reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal or administrative action, suit or proceeding in which he is made a party or with which he is threatened by reason of being or having been or because of any act as such Director or officer, within the course of his duties or employment, except in relation to matters as to which he shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties. The corporation may also reimburse any Director or officer for the reasonable costs of settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding, if it shall be found by a majority of a committee composed of the Directors not involved in the matter in controversy [whether or not a quorum] that it was to the interests of the corporation that such settlement be made and that such Director or officer was not guilty of negligence or misconduct. The right of indemnification herein provided shall extend to the estate, executor, administrator, guardian and conservator of any deceased or former Director or officer or person who himself would have been entitled to indemnification. Such rights of indemnification and reimbursement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which such Director or officer may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of shareholders, or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

DIVIDENDS

Section 1.     Declaration of Dividends.     The Board of Directors may from time to time declare dividends on its outstanding shares upon the following terms and conditions:

(a)    Dividends may be declared from earned surplus upon shares of all classes, subject to restrictions, if any, contained in the Articles of Incorporation.

(b)    Dividends may be declared from any surplus upon preferred shares only; provided that if such a dividend is declared and paid from any surplus other than earned surplus, the shareholders receiving the dividend shall be advised of that fact


at the time of payment to them and the next annual statement of accounts to be given to the shareholders shall indicate the surplus from which such dividend was paid;

(c)    Stock dividends may be declared from appreciation of the value of the assets of the corporation provided capital is not impaired;

(d)    In determining what is earned surplus, the judgment of the Board of Directors shall be conclusive unless it shall be shown that the Directors acted in bad faith or were grossly negligent.

Section 2.     Payment of Dividends.     The corporation may pay dividends declared in cash, in property, in obligations of the corporation or in shares of the capital stock.

Section 3.     Reserves.     The Board of Directors may, by resolution, set apart out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends, a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may, by resolution, abolish any such reserve.

ARTICLE IX

SEAL

 

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed and new By-Laws may be adopted either by the affirmative vote of the shareholders representing a majority of all the shares issued and outstanding, at any annual or special shareholders' meeting or by the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, if a notice setting forth the terms of the proposal has been given in accordance with the notice requirements for special meetings of shareholders or for special meetings of Directors, whichever may be applicable. The Board of Directors may make and alter all By-Laws, except those By-Laws fixing their number, qualifications, classifications, or term of office; provided, that any By-Law amended, altered or repealed by the Director as provided herein may thereafter be amended, altered, or repealed by the shareholders.


ARTICLE XI

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the 1st day of January in each year.

These By-Laws were adopted as and for the By-Laws of                                                               DEER PARK FUNLAND, INC. , a Michigan corporation, at the First Meeting of Incorporators and Shareholders and at the First Meeting of the Board of Directors held on the 26th day of JANUARY     , 1977.

 

/s/ Mary Lynn Jourden

Mary Lynn Jourden, Secretary

Exhibit 3.21

LOGO

 

   The State of Ohio    H0425–0102

Bob Taft

Secretary of State

826281

LOGO Certificate LOGO

It is hereby certified that the Secretary of State of Ohio has custody of the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous

 

Filings; that said records show the filing and recording of:

 

            ARF MIS

 

 

  of:

WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES, INC.

 

  

Recorded on Roll          H425          at Frame        C103              of the Records of Incorporation and Miscellaneous Filings.

United States of America

State of Ohio

Office of the Secretary of State

  

 

LOGO

  

Witness my hand and the seal of the Secretary of State at Columbus, Ohio, this      28TH    day of      AUG                  , A.D. 19      92      .

  

 

LOGO

   Bob Taft
   Secretary of State

SEC 6002 (Rev. 12/90)


LOGO

  

Prescribed by

Bob Taft, Secretary of State

30 East Broad Street, 14th Floor

Columbus, Ohio 43266-0418

Form AGO (December 1990)

     
         H0425–0104
        
        
        

ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT OF STATUTORY AGENT

 

The undersigned, being at least a majority of the incorporators of

 

 

WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES, INC.

 

, hereby appoint

(name of corporation)  

KAREN HOLLEY HORRELL

 

to be statutory agent upon whom any

(name of agent)  

process, notice or demand required or permitted by statute to be served upon the corporation may be served. The complete address of the agent is:

580 WALNUT STREET, SUITE 825

(street address)

 

CINCINNATI

 

, Ohio

  

    45202        

(city)      (zip code)

NOTE: P.O. Box addresses are not acceptable for cities with populations over 2,000.

 

 

/s/ RONALD C. HAYES

 

RONALD C. HAYES

 

(Incorporator)

 

 

  (Incorporator)
 

 

  (Incorporator)

INSTRUCTIONS

 

1)

Profit and non-profit articles of incorporation must be accompanied by an original appointment of agent, R.C. 1701.07(B), 1702.06(B).

 

2)

The statutory agent for a corporation may be (a) a natural person who is a resident of Ohio, or (b) an Ohio corporation or a foreign profit corporation licensed in Ohio which has a business address in this state and is explicitly authorized by its articles of incorporation to act as a statutory agent, R.C. 1701.07(A), 1702.06(A).

 

3)

An original appointment of agent form must be signed by at least a majority of the incorporators of the corporation. R.C. 1701.07(B), 1702.06(B). These signatures must be the same as the signatures on the articles of incorporation.


H0425–0103

 

  

LOGO

  
  
  
  
  
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION   
  
OF   
WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES, INC.   

The undersigned, desiring to form a corporation for profit, under the General Corporation Law of Ohio, does hereby certify:

 

FIRST :

  

The name of this Corporation shall be WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES, INC.

SECOND :

  

The place in Ohio where its principal office is to be located is Cincinnati, Hamilton County, Ohio.

THIRD :

  

The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be formed under Chapter 1701 of the Ohio Revised Code.

FOURTH :

  

The maximum number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to have outstanding is one hundred (100) shares all of which shall be designated Common Stock and shall be without par value.

FIFTH :

  

The amount of stated capital with which the Corporation will begin business is One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I have hereunto subscribed my name this 25th day of August, 1992.

 

   

/s/ RONALD C. HAYES

   
   

RONALD C. HAYES, Incorporator

   


08 / 28 / 92

  

RECEIPT NO. 920828130

        PAGE:    1   

BATCH NO: 011393

        
  

DOCUMENT NUMBERS

  

CHECK NUMBER

    

CHECK AMOUNT

  
BOB TAFT    92082813001    709487      $10.00   
OHIO SECRETARY OF STATE       709351      $75.00   

***********************

R    E    C    E    I    P    T

***********************

 

CHECK ISSUED:  

GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANIES

  

TOTAL                              $85.00

BY:  

580 WALNUT STREET

      
 

CINCINNATI, OH 45202

    
   

WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES INC

 

OHIO SECRETARY OF STATE

     CHARTER NUMBER:    826281

PROCESSING STATEMENT

   H0425–0101  ROLL AND FRAME:    H425-0101

08/31/ILLEGIBLE

       

CORPORATION:

 

WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES, INC.

  

DOCUMENT NUMBER

     CODE     FEE
   92082813001      ARF    

75.00

   92082813001      MIS    

10.00

 

    

LOGO  

     
          
          
 

020128

        
          

        RETURN TO:

 

GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY

        
 

ATTN R P VAN NUIS

        
 

580 WALNUT ST STE 825

        
 

CINCINNATI OH 45202

        

1299

Exhibit 3.22

*  *  *

CODE OF REGULATIONS

OF

WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES, INC.

 

a Ohio corporation

with principal offices at

580 Walnut Street, Suite 825

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Adopted on September 14, 1992

 

*  *  *

Certified this      th day of                      , 1992

as being a true and complete copy of the

Code of Regulations

appearing on the corporate records of

WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES, INC.

 

 

Secretary

 

[Corporate Seal]


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE  I.        

     SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      1   

Section    1.

     Annual Meeting      1   

Section    2.

     Special Meetings      1   

Section    3.

    

Waiver of Notice

     1   

Section    4.

    

Determination of Voting Rights

     1   

Section    5.

     Quorum      1   

Section    6.

     Shareholder Action Without A Meeting      2   

ARTICLE  II.      

     DIRECTORS’ MEETING      2   

Section    1.

     Organization Meeting      2   

Section    2.

     Regular Meetings      2   

Section    3.

     Special Meetings      2   

Section    4.

     Quorum      2   

Section    5.

     Compensation of Directors and Officers      3   

Section    6.

     Number of Directors      3   

Section    7.

     Board Action Without a Meeting      3   

ARTICLE  III.    

     OFFICERS:      POWERS AND DUTIES      3   

Section    1.

     Officers      3   

Section    2.

     Appointment, Term and Removal      3   

Section    3.

     Subordinates, Officers and Agents      4   

Section    4.

     Chairman and President      4   

Section    5.

    

Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents

     4   

Section    6.

     Secretaries and Assistant Secretaries      5   

Section    7.

     Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer      5   

Section    8.

     Accounting      5   

Section    9.

     Additional Powers and Duties      5   

Section  10.

     Apparent Authority      6   

ARTICLE  IV.    

     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS      6   

ARTICLE  V.      

     SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES      6   

ARTICLE  VI.    

     SIGNATURE OF CHECKS, ETC.      6   

ARTICLE  VII.  

     ADOPTION, AMENDMENT OR RESCISSION      7   


CODE OF REGULATIONS

OF

WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES, INC.

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section  1.         Annual Meeting .          The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held Amended 10/2/92 2nd Tues Nov at a time and place to be designated by the Board of Directors. At such meeting, the shareholders shall elect the Board of Directors for the ensuing year and shall transact any other business which may be brought before them.

Section  2.         Special Meetings .          Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, upon the same notice as is required for the annual meeting; provided , that notice of a special meeting shall specify the business to be considered thereat, and no other business shall be taken up or considered at such meeting, unless the owners of a majority of the entire capital shares are present and unanimously consent thereto.

Section  3.         Waiver of Notice .      Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, notice of any meeting of shareholders shall not be required as to any sharesholder who shall attend, in person or by proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such meeting, or who in person or by proxy or attorney duly authorized, shall waive notice of the meeting in writing either before or after such meeting.

Section  4.         Determination of Voting Rights .     The Board of Directors is authorized, from time to time, to fix a day, not more than forty days prior to the day of holding any meeting of shareholders, as the day as of which shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting shall be determined; and only shareholders of record on such day shall be entitled to notice or to vote at such meeting.

Section  5.         Quorum .          The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, except in cases otherwise provided for by law; but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice.


Section  6.         Shareholder Action Without A Meeting .          Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if all shareholders consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing such action. The resolution together with the written consent thereto by the shareholders shall be filed in the regular minute books of the corporation.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS’ MEETING

Section  1.         Organizational Meeting .        The Secretary to whom such duty may be assigned, as hereinafter provided, shall notify the directors-elect of their election, and shall notify all the directors of the time at which they are required to meet for the purpose of organizing the new Board and of electing and appointing officers and committees for the ensuing year. Such meeting shall be appointed to be held on the day of the annual shareholders meeting or as soon thereafter as practicable.

Section  2.         Regular Meetings .          Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such stated times and places as the Board may determine by resolution, from time to time. No notice of any such meeting need be given. In case the day appointed for a regular meeting should fall upon a legal holiday, such meeting shall be held on the following business day at the regularly appointed hour.

Section  3.         Special Meetings .          The Secretary to whom such duty may be assigned, as hereinafter provided, shall call special meetings of the Board of Directors, at any time, upon order of the Chairman of the Board or the President, or of any two directors. Notice of special meetings shall be served upon each director, personally, or shall be sent by mail or telephonic facsimile, addressed to him or her at the director’s residence or place of business, or at such other address as the director may designate, from time to time, at least twenty-four hours before the time appointed for the meeting. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice before or after the meeting or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him or her. Unless limited by the terms of the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at any special meeting.

Section  4.         Quorum .         A quorum of the Board shall consist of a majority of the Board.

 

–   2   –


Section  5.         Compensation of Directors and Officers .     The Board of Directors shall have authority to determine, from time to time, the amount of compensation which shall be paid to its members for attending meetings of the Board or of any committee appointed by the Board, and shall also fix the compensation of the officers of the Corporation.

Section  6.         Number of Directors .       The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Company shall be not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) with the exact number to be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by the shareholders.

Section  7.         Board Action Without A Meeting .       Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of such committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing such action. The resolution together with the written consents thereto by the members of the Board shall be filed in the regular minute books of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS:     POWERS AND DUTIES

Section  1.         Officers .           The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board and a President (each of whom shall be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, one or more Secretaries, and such other Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, or other officers, as from time to time, may appear to the Board of Directors necessary or desirable for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. Any two offices may be held by the same person, except that any person holding office as Secretary shall not also hold the office of Chairman of the Board or President, and no officer may execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if required by law or these Regulations to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers.

Section  2.         Appointment, Term and Removal .          So far as practicable all officers, except those whose appointment is herein otherwise provided for, shall be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors at its organizational meeting after the annual meeting of the shareholders each year, and (unless sooner disqualified) shall serve until the annual meeting of the shareholders next following their election or appointment, as the case may be, and until their successors shall be elected or appointed. Any such officer may, however, be removed with or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors.

 

–   3   –


Section  3.         Subordinates, Officers and Agents .     The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may from time to time appoint such subordinate officers, employees and agents as it may deem advisable and may remove or suspend the same at pleasure; or it may delegate to the Chairman of the Board or the President authority to make such appointment.

Section  4.         Chairman and President .          The Chairman of the Board shall preside and make reports when present at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors, unless otherwise provided by law.

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general and active direction and control of the affairs of the Corporation. The President shall be a member of the Board of Directors, and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, shall preside and make reports at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors.

The President shall appoint and fix the duties and compensation of any and all employees and agents of the Corporation whose appointment is not otherwise provided for. The President shall have authority to remove or suspend such employees or agents as shall not have been appointed by the Board of Directors or by a committee of the Board of Directors. The President shall also have power and authority, from time to time, to appoint and fix the compensation of one or more attorneys-in-fact, to prescribe their respective duties and the respective limits of their authority, and to revoke any such appointment, at any time, in his discretion. In general, the President shall have the authority and exercise all the powers and perform the duties of the chief executive officer of a corporation, except where otherwise provided by law.

The Chairman of the Board and the President shall each have general power and authority to sign and execute in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, any and all deeds, conveyances, leases, releases, satisfaction pieces, and other written instruments; to affix the corporate seal; to sign shares certificates; and to countersign checks, drafts and bills of exchange.

Section  5.         Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents .  Each Vice President and Assistant Vice President shall have power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, any and all deeds, conveyances, leases, releases, satisfaction pieces, and other written instruments; to affix the corporate seal; to sign share certificates; and to countersign checks, drafts and bills of exchange. In the absence of a resolution of the Board to the contrary, the several Vice Presidents, other than those whose authority may be expressly limited, shall act, in the order of their appointment, in the place of the President, exercising all his or her powers and performing his or her duties, during his or her absence or disability.

 

–   4   –


Section  6.         Secretaries and Assistant Secretaries .     Each of the Secretaries and Assistant Secretaries shall have power and authority to attest any and all instruments or writings to which the corporate seal may be affixed. The several Secretaries shall exercise the powers and perform the duties usually apper-taining to the secretary of a corporation; provided that the President may assign to the respective Secretaries particular duties to be performed by them and shall, from time to time, assign to one of the Secretaries the duty of giving notices of meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors and of keeping minutes of the proceedings thereat.

The Assistant Secretaries shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretaries, perform the duties of such officers and shall generally assist such officers.

Section  7.         Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .          The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall have the general supervision of the books of account; the Treasurer shall have the power to endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection, checks, notes, and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation at such banks or depositories as shall have been properly appointed for such purpose; the Treasurer shall give such bonds for the faithful performance of his or her duties as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Assistant Treasurer shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties of such officer and shall generally assist such officer.

Section  8.         Accounting .           The President shall also, from time to time, designate one of the officers whose duties (in addition to any other which may be assigned to him or her) shall be to keep the accounts and books of the Corporation in proper order and ready for inspection at any time when requested by the Board of Directors; to prepare for submission to the Board of Directors, semi-annually, a full and complete statement of all assets and liabilities of the Corporation; and to prepare and file, when due, any and all tax returns or other statements or certificates required by law. In his or her absence or disability, such other officer as the President may designate shall perform the duties assigned to him or her.

Section  9.         Additional Powers and Duties .     In addition to the foregoing especially enumerated powers and duties, the several officers of the Corporation shall have such other powers and duties as are provided for them in the Regulations or as may, from time to time, be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

–   5   –


Section  10.       Apparent Authority .         Any act done by any officer of the Corporation within the apparent scope of his or her authority shall be binding upon the Corporation, and no person dealing with the Corporation shall be bound to inquire with respect to the actual extent of such authority.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another company, domestic or foreign, non-profit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Each director, officer or employee requesting indemnification shall provide the Corporation with a written undertaking to repay any amounts advanced or paid by the Corporation should it be determined that the person was not entitled to be indemnified.

ARTICLE V

SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, in form prescribed by law, which shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and shall be sealed with the seal of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

SIGNATURE OF CHECKS, ETC.

All checks, drafts and bills of exchange shall be signed by persons authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

–   6   –


ARTICLE VII

ADOPTION, AMENDMENT OR RESCISSION

The Regulations may be adopted, amended or repealed by an affirmative vote of the majority of the holders of the shares at the time entitled to vote at a meeting held for that purpose or may be adopted, amended or repealed without a meeting by the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of shares. As permitted by Ohio law, the Board of Directors shall have emergency power to adopt, amend to repeal any Regulation which by statute only the shareholders have power to so adopt or expand.

If any Regulation pertaining to an impending election of directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders for the election of directors the Regulation adopted, amended or repealed, together with a concise statement of changes; provided that notice of any proposed rescission, amendment or alteration of the Regulations shall have been submitted to the Board in writing at the preceding regular meeting or included in the notice, or waiver of notice, of the meeting at which such rescission, amendment or alteration is effected.

 

Code of Regulations of

WESTERN ROW PROPERTIES, INC.

Adopted on September 14, 1992

 

–   7   –


AMENDMENT TO THE BY-LAWS AS OF July 18, 2002

RESOLVED, that each of the officers of the Corporation is authorized to delegate his or her respective signature or voting authority granted by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and laws of the states in which the Corporation is incorporated and qualified to do business by a writing (i) specifying the scope of the authority being delegated by the writing, (ii) identifying the delegate either by name or as the incumbent of a position, and (iii) advising the delegate that he or she will have no authority to redelegate the signature authority being delegated;

RESOLVED, that none of the authority granted in the above resolution will constitute a delegation of, or change in, the limits of authority otherwise imposed on the specified officers or delegates or in any manner be permitted to operate in derogation of such limits of authority;

RESOLVED, that any conflict between the foregoing resolutions with respect to delegation of authority and the By-Laws of the Corporation shall be resolved in favor of the resolutions herein, and the Corporation’s By-Laws shall be deemed to be amended in accordance herewith;

RESOLVED, that the number of directors comprising the Board of Directors of the Corporation be at least one (1) and not more than fifteen (15); and that any conflict between this resolution and the by-laws of the Corporation or any prior resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be resolved in favor of this resolution, and the Corporation’s By-Laws shall be deemed to be amended in accordance herewith;

Exhibit 3.23

 

LOGO    ROSS MILLER
   Secretary of State
   204 North Carson Street, Suite 1
   Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520
   (775) 684 5708
   Website: www.nvsos.gov

 

        Filed in the office of   

Document Number

20100255019-35

       

/s/ Ross Miller

Ross Miller

Secretary of State

State of Nevada

 

  

Filling Date and Time

04/20/2010 11:00 AM

          

Entity Number

C1704-1997

            

Articles of Conversion

 

(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.205)

 

Page 1

 

            

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT    ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

Articles of Conversion

(Pursuant to NRS 92A.205)

 

  1.  Name and jurisdiction of organization of constituent entity and resulting entity:

 

PARAMOUNT PARKS EXPERIENCE INC.
Name of constituent entity     
    
NEVADA      CORPORATION
Jurisdiction      Entity type *
    
and,     
    
WONDERLAND COMPANY INC.
Name of resulting entity     
    
DELAWARE      CORPORATION
Jurisdiction      Entity type *

 

  2.  A plan of conversion has been adopted by the constituent entity in compliance with the law of the jurisdiction governing the constituent entity.

 

  3.  Location of plan of conversion: (check one)

 

¨    The entire plan of conversion is attached to these articles.

x

  

The complete executed plan of conversion is on file at the registered office or principal place of business of the resulting entity

¨    The complete executed plan of conversion for the resulting domestic limited partnership is on file at the records office required by NRS 88.330.

* corporation, limited partnership, limited-liability limited partnership, limited-liability company or business trust.

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.  

Nevada Secretary of State 92A Conversion Page 1

Revised: 3-26-09


LOGO    ROSS MILLER
   Secretary of State
   204 North Carson Street, Suite 1
   Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520
   (775) 684 5708
   Website: www.nvsos.gov

 

 

Articles of Conversion

(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.205)

Page 2

 

     

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT    ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

4.   Forwarding address where copies of process may be sent by the Secretary of State of Nevada (If a foreign entity is the resulting entity in the conversion):

 

Attn:     DUFF MILKIE   
      
 c/o:    

CEDAR FAIR LP

ONE CEDAR POINT DRIVE

SANDUSKY, OHIO 44870

 

 

  

 

5.   Effective date conversion (optional) not to exceed 90 days after the articles are filed pursuant to NRS 92A.240)*
        
6.   Signature - must be signed by:
  1. If constituent entity is a Nevada entity: an offer of each Nevada corporation; all general partners of each Nevada limited partnership or limited-liability limited partnership; a manager of each Nevada limited-liability company with managers or one member if there are no managers; a trustee of each Nevada business trust; a managing partner of a Nevada limited-liability partnership (a.k.a. general partnership governed by NRS chapter 87).
  2. If constituent entity is a foreign entity: must be signed by the constituent entity in the manner provided by the law governing it.
      
  PARAMOUNT PARKS EXPERIENCE INC.
  Name of constituent entity

 

LOGO

   Vice President    4-14-2010
Signature    Title    Date

* Pursuant for NRS 92A.205(4) If the conversion takes effect on a later date specified in the articles of conversion pursuant to NRS 92A.240 the constituent document filed with the Secretary of State pursuant to paragraph (b) subsection 1 must state the name and this jurisdiction of the constituent entity and that the existence of the resulting entity does not begin until the later date. This statement must be included within the resulting entity’s articles.

FILING FEE: $350.00

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit with the proper fees may cause this filling to be rejected.

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees .    Nevada Secretary of State 92A Conversion Page 2
   Revised: 3-26-09

Exhibit 3.24

Paramount Parks Experience Inc.

(a Nevada corporation)

**********

BY-LAWS

**********

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office shall be in Carson City, State of Nevada.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Nevada as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meeting. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Nevada, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2. Notice of Meeting. Written notice of all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 3. List of Stockholders. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced at the time and kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 4. Annual Meeting. Annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at a date, time and place as shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and as shall be stated in the notice of meeting, for the election, by a plurality vote, of a Board of Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President and Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request


in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 6. Agenda. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 8. Votes Required for Action. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy and voting shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9. Voting. Each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless the proxy provides for a longer period, provided, however, that with respect to the election of Directors of the Corporation, each holder of stock or of any class or classes or of a series or series thereof shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for this provision and the provision in the Certificate of Incorporation as to cumulative voting) each holder of stock would be entitled to cast for the election of Directors with respect to the shares of stock held multiplied by the number of Directors to be elected by the stockholder, and the stockholder may cast all of such votes for a single Director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as the stockholder may see fit.


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number of Directors. The number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be not less than two nor more than twelve. The first Board shall consist of two Directors. Thereafter, within the limits above specified, the number of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until the next annual election and until a successor is elected and qualified or until the Director’s earlier resignation or removal. Any Director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2. Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, and any Director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until a successor is duly elected and shall qualify or until the Director’s earlier resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

Section 3. Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be executed or done by the stockholders.

Section 4. Removal. Directors may be removed with cause by a majority of the Board of Directors, and may be removed by the holders of a majority of the stock with or without cause at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present and acting or by written consent in lieu of meeting of a majority of the stock having voting power.

Section 5. Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place within or without the State of Nevada as may from time to time be fixed by resolutions of the Board of Directors or as may be specified in the notice of the meeting. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. Special meetings may be held at any time upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or Vice President and shall be so called at the request of any three Directors by telegraphic or written notice duly served on or sent or mailed to each Director not less than one day before such meeting. A meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all the Directors are present, or at any time without notice if all the Directors are present, or if at any time before or after the meeting those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing. A notice or waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at


which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7. Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 8. Participation Other Than in Person. The members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at such a meeting.

Section 9. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more Committees, including without limitation an Executive Committee, each Committee to consist of one or more Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any Committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the Committee. Such Committees shall have and may exercise such power and authority as the Board of Directors shall designate by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board. The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, including without limitation the power and authority to declare dividends and authorize the issuance of stock, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any Committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not the member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Such Committees shall have such names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The Board may from time to time suspend, alter, continue, or terminate any such Committee or the powers and functions thereof.

Section 10. Other Committees. The Board of Directors shall also have the power to appoint such regular and special Committees consisting of Directors, officers and/or other persons and having such powers and functions as the Board may prescribe. The Board may from time to time suspend, alter, continue, or terminate any such Committee or the powers and functions thereof.

Section 11. The Board as an Executive Committee. In the event a quorum shall not be present at any regular or special meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting, if not less than three, shall be considered and meet as an Executive Committee and shall act only by the concurring vote of a majority of the number present. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President, and


in the President’s absence, the Senior Director present, shall preside over any such Executive Committee meeting.

Section 12. Minutes of Committee Meeting. Each Committee shall prepare minutes of its meetings, which minutes shall be kept in the minute book of the Corporation, and the minutes of each meeting of any Committee held since the preceding meeting of the Board shall be reported to the Board at the meeting of the Board next following any such Committee meeting.

Section 13. Compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as Director. No payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing Committees may be allowed like compensation for attending Committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Offices. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, and shall elect a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, and such other additional officers with such titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, all of whom shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and hold office for one year and until their successors are chosen and qualify, or until their earlier removal or resignation. Any two or more offices, except those of President and Secretary, may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Duties. Said officers shall have the usual powers and shall perform all the usual duties incident to their respective offices and shall in addition perform such other duties as shall be assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Execution of Contracts. The President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President or Secretary of the Corporation has the authority to execute contracts and agreements in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4. Absence of an Officer. In the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may, during such period, delegate those powers and duties to any other executive officer or to any Director and the person to whom such powers and duties are delegated shall for the time being hold such office.

Section 5. Officers Subject to Board. All officers shall be subject to the supervision and direction of the Board. The authority, duties, or responsibilities of any officer of the Corporation may be suspended by the Chairman or the President with or without cause and any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed by the Board with or without cause. Any vacancy occurring in any office, unless such office shall be abolished by the Board, shall be filled at any regular or special meeting of the Board.


ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Nevada:

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify any person, (and his or her heirs, executors or administrators) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding (brought by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, Officer employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Stockholder, Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for and against all expenses, (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or such heirs, executors, or administrators in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, including appeals.

(b) The Corporation may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, pay expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding described in subsection (a) of this Article in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding, including appeals.

(c) The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person described in subsection (a) of this Article against any liability asserted against him or her, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.

(d) The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to all actions, claims, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act occurring before or after its adoption. The provisions of this Article shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee or agent who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section and the relevant provisions of the laws of the State of Nevada and other applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or any action, suit or proceeding then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part on any such state of facts. If any provision of this Article shall be found to be invalid or limited in application by reason of any law or regulation, it shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions hereof. The rights of indemnification provided in this Article shall neither be exclusive of, nor be deemed in limitation of, any rights to which any such officer, director, employee or agent may otherwise be entitled or permitted by contract, the Certificate of Incorporation, vote of stockholders or directors or otherwise, or as a matter of law, both as to actions in his or her official capacity and actions in any other capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the specified individuals shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(e) For purposes of this Section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an


employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries.

The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested Directors or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1. Definition. Whenever under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws notice is required to be given to any Director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing by mail, addressed to such Director or stockholder at the address as it appears on the records of the Corporation with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to Directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 2. Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK AND CERTIFICATES

Section 1. Form. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or President or Vice President, and any Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, or Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by the stockholder in the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be specified. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in the General Corporation Law of Nevada, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the


Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 2. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and as may be permitted by applicable law.

Section 3. Transfers. Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by power of attorney duly executed, witnessed, and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or other proper officer of the Corporation, and upon surrender and cancellation of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares of the same class of stock with duly executed assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signatures as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require. No transfer of stock other than on the records of the Corporation shall be valid except between the parties thereto until such transfer shall have been made upon the records of the Corporation.

Section 4. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share, right, option, warrant, security, or other obligation is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share, right, option, warrant, security, or other obligation on the part of any other person whether or not the Corporation shall have express or other notice thereof except as otherwise provided by the laws of Nevada.

Section 5. Fixing Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting or other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared pursuant to law by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, property, or shares of capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.


Section 2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization, and the words “Corporate Seal, Nevada”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The By-Laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended, or repealed and new By-Laws not inconsistent with law or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, may be adopted by action of the Board of Directors.

* * * * * *


AMENDMENT TO THE BY-LAWS AS OF July 10, 2002

RESOLVED, that each of the officers of the Corporation is authorized to delegate his or her respective signature or voting authority granted by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and laws of the states in which the Corporation is incorporated and qualified to do business by a writing (i) specifying the scope of the authority being delegated by the writing, (ii) identifying the delegate either by name or as the incumbent of a position, and (iii) advising the delegate that he or she will have no authority to redelegate the signature authority being delegated;

RESOLVED, that none of the authority granted in the above resolution will constitute a delegation of, or change in, the limits of authority otherwise imposed on the specified officers or delegates or in any manner be permitted to operate in derogation of such limits of authority;

RESOLVED, that any conflict between the foregoing resolutions with respect to delegation of authority and the By-Laws of the Corporation shall be resolved in favor of the resolutions herein, and the Corporation’s By-Laws shall be deemed to be amended in accordance herewith;

RESOLVED, that the number of directors comprising the Board of Directors of the Corporation be at least one (1) and not more than fifteen (15); and that any conflict between this resolution and the by-laws of the Corporation or any prior resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be resolved in favor of this resolution, and the Corporation’s By-Laws shall be deemed to be amended in accordance herewith;

Exhibit 5.1

March 11, 2011

Cedar Fair, L.P.

Canada’s Wonderland Company

Magnum Management Corporation

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as United States counsel to Cedar Fair, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Company ”), Canada’s Wonderland Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability corporation (“ Cedar Canada ”), Magnum Management Corporation, an Ohio corporation (“ Magnum ” and, collectively with Cedar Fair and Cedar Canada, the “ Issuers ”), and to the wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company named on Annex I and Annex II hereto (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by the Issuers and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the issuance by the Issuers of $405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Exchange Securities ”) and the issuance by the Guarantors of guarantees (the “ Guarantees ”) with respect to the Exchange Securities. The Exchange Securities and the Guarantees will be issued under an indenture dated as of July 29, 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Exchange Securities will be offered by the Issuers in exchange for $405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018.

We have examined the Registration Statement and the Indenture, which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also have examined the


originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such corporate and other records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Issuers and the Guarantors.

In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. We also have assumed that the Indenture is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Trustee.

We have assumed further that (1) Cedar Canada is validly existing as a Nova Scotia unlimited liability corporation and in good standing under the law of the Province of Nova Scotia and any other applicable laws of Canada and has duly authorized, executed and delivered the Indenture in accordance with its Articles of Incorporation and bylaws and the law of the Province of Nova Scotia and any other applicable laws of Canada, (2) the execution, delivery and performance by Cedar Canada of the Indenture and the Exchange Securities does not and will not violate the law of the Province of Nova Scotia or any other applicable Canadian law or the laws of any other jurisdiction (excepting the law of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States) and (3) the execution, delivery and performance by Cedar Canada of the Indenture and the Exchange Securities do not and will not constitute a breach or violation of any agreement or instrument that is binding upon Cedar Canada.

 

-2-


Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. When the Exchange Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture upon the exchange, the Exchange Securities will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuers enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with their terms.

2. When (a) the Exchange Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture upon the exchange and (b) the Guarantees have been duly issued, the Guarantees will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

Our opinions set forth above are subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and (iv) the effects of the possible judicial application of foreign laws or foreign governmental or judicial action affecting creditors’ rights.

Insofar as the opinions expressed herein relate to or are dependent upon matters governed by the laws of the States of Michigan and Ohio, we have relied upon the respective opinions of Warner Norcross & Judd LLP and Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. dated the date hereof.

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the law of the State of New York, the federal law of the United States, the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, the Delaware General Corporation Law (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing) and the California Uniform Partnership Act.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

-3-


Very truly yours,

/s/ Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

 

-4-


ANNEX I

Guarantors Incorporated or Formed in Jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware or
the State of California

 

Name of Guarantor

   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Formation

Boeckling, L.P.

   Ohio

Cedar Fair, L.P.

   Ohio

Cedar Point, Inc.

   Ohio

Cedar Point of Michigan, Inc.

   Michigan

Michigan’s Adventure, Inc.

   Michigan

Western Row Properties, Inc.

   Ohio


ANNEX II

Guarantors Incorporated or Formed in the State of Delaware or the State of California

 

Name of Guarantor

   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Formation

Cedar Fair Southwest Inc.

   Delaware

Kings Island Company

   Delaware

Knott’s Berry Farm

   California

Wonderland Company Inc.

   Delaware

Exhibit 5.2

March 11, 2011

Magnum Management Corporation

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44807

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Magnum Management Corporation, an Ohio corporation (“ Magnum Management ”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by Cedar Fair, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Cedar Fair ”), Magnum Management, and Canada’s Wonderland Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company (“ Cedar Canada ” and together with Cedar Fair and Magnum Management, the “ Issuers ”) on March 11, 2011 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

Upon the effectiveness of and pursuant to the Registration Statement, the Issuers propose to offer to exchange up to $405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 9 1/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Exchange Notes ”) and the guarantees thereof (the “ Exchange Guarantees ” and, together with the Indenture and the Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Note Documents ”) by certain subsidiaries of the Issuers incorporated or formed pursuant to the laws of the State of Ohio and listed on Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “ Ohio Guarantors ”) and certain other subsidiaries of the Issuers (collectively, the “ Non-Ohio Guarantors ,” and together with the Ohio Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”) for an equal aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ outstanding unregistered 9 1/8% Senior Notes due 2018 issued on July 29, 2010 (the “ Initial Notes ”) and the Guarantors’ guarantees thereof (the “ Initial Guarantees ”). The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees are to be issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, dated as of July 29, 2010 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), which Indenture is filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished to Magnum Management in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter other than as expressly set forth herein.

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records, documents, agreements and certificates, and examined such questions of law, as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purpose of this opinion letter. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of the same, the correctness of the information contained therein, the genuineness of all signatures, the authority of all persons entering and maintaining records or executing documents,


agreements and certificates (other than persons executing documents, agreements and certificates on behalf of Magnum Management and the Ohio Guarantors), and the conformity to authentic originals of all items submitted to us as copies (whether certified, conformed, photostatic or by other electronic means) of records, documents, agreements or certificates. In rendering our opinions, we have relied as to factual matters upon certificates of public officials and certificates and representations of officers of the Issuers and the Guarantors.

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have assumed that (a) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Trustee, (b) the Registration Statement will have been declared effective by the Commission, (c) the Indenture will have been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, (d) the Exchange Notes will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each issuer other than Magnum Management, (e) the respective guarantees of each Non-Ohio Guarantor have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each such Non-Ohio Guarantor, and (f) the Initial Notes have been, and the Exchange Notes will have been, duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and as described in the Registration Statement.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. When the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered by or on behalf of Magnum Management in exchange for the Initial Notes in the manner contemplated by the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations of Magnum Management, as a co-Issuer, enforceable against Magnum Management in accordance with their terms.

 

2. When the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered by or on behalf of the Issuers in exchange for the Initial Notes in the manner contemplated by the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, and when the Exchange Guarantees have been duly executed in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Exchange Guarantees issued by the Ohio Guarantors will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Ohio Guarantors enforceable against the Ohio Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

 

3. Magnum Management and each Ohio Guarantor each has been duly organized and is validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio.

 

4. Magnum Management and each Ohio Guarantor has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Exchange Note Documents to which each is a party and to perform its respective obligations thereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by Magnum Management and the Ohio Guarantors of each of the Exchange Note Documents to which each is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby has been duly and validly taken by Magnum Management and each of the Ohio Guarantors.


5. The Indenture (including the issuance of the Exchange Notes by the Issuers and of the Exchange Guarantees by the Ohio Guarantors thereunder) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of Magnum Management and the Ohio Guarantors.

We express no opinion as to the validity or legally binding effect of any provision of the Indenture and the Exchange Notes that requires payment of interest at a rate that would be higher than legally chargeable or collectible. The opinions rendered above are subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally or debtors’ obligations generally, principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

Whenever a statement in this opinion is qualified by “to the best of our knowledge” or “we do not know” or a similar phrase, such terms are intended to indicate that those attorneys presently at this firm who have worked on matters relating to Magnum Management and the Ohio Guarantors do not have current actual knowledge of the inaccuracy of such statement.

The opinions expressed herein are limited to the federal laws of the United States of America and the General Corporation Law of the State of Ohio (including the statutory provisions and reported judicial decisions interpreting such law). Our opinions are rendered only with respect to the laws, and the rules, regulations and orders under those laws that are currently in effect. We express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction. This opinion speaks as of its date and we assume no obligation to advise you of any events or circumstances occurring after this date that may change any opinion or statement of belief expressed above. This opinion is rendered to you solely for your benefit in connection with the transactions described above and may not be relied upon for any other purpose or by any other person without our prior written consent.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.2 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus contained therein. In giving such consent we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. We further consent to the reliance hereon by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP in connection with its rendering its opinions to you with respect to the transactions contemplated in the Indenture and the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

 

 

/s/ Squire, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP


Schedule I

Ohio Guarantors

Boeckling, L.P.

Cedar Fair

Cedar Point, Inc.

Western Row Properties, Inc.

Exhibit 5.3

 

LOGO

 

March 11, 2011

Cedar Fair, L.P.

Magnum Management Corporation

Canada’s Wonderland Company

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259

 

  Re: Registration Statement of Cedar Fair, L.P.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Michigan’s Adventure, Inc., a Michigan corporation (“ Adventure ”) and Cedar Point of Michigan, Inc., a Michigan corporation (“ CPM ”), have requested that we furnish this opinion in connection with a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by Cedar Fair, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Cedar Fair ”), in connection with an offer by Cedar Fair, Magnum Management Corporation, an Ohio corporation (“ Magnum Management ”), and Canada’s Wonderland Company, a Nova Scotia, Canada unlimited liability company (“ Cedar Canada ” and, together with Cedar Fair and Magnum Management, the “ Issuers ”) to exchange up to $405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their 9.125% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Outstanding Notes ”) and the related guarantees for an equal amount of their 9.125% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Exchange Notes ”) and related guarantees (the “ Guarantees ”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Cedar Fair’s offer is referred to in this letter as the “ Exchange Offer .”

The Outstanding Notes were issued pursuant to a Purchase Agreement among the Issuers, the Guarantors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and the Initial Purchasers (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) dated July 15, 2010 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). The Outstanding Notes are guaranteed, and the Exchange Notes, when issued in accordance with the Indenture (as defined below), will be guaranteed, by certain affiliates of the Issuers, including Adventure and CPM. Adventure and CPM are collectively referred to in this opinion as the “ Michigan Guarantors ”. Each capitalized term that this opinion letter uses but does not define has the meaning given in the Purchase Agreement.

In connection with the Exchange Offer, we have examined the following documents (“ Transaction Documents ”):

 

   

Purchase Agreement;

 

   

Indenture dated July 29, 2010 between the Issuers, the Guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “ Indenture ”);

LOGO


We have also examined the following documents (“ Authority Documents ”):

 

   

Good standing certificates dated February 28, 2011, issued by the Michigan Department of Energy, Labor & Economic Growth (“ Department ”) with respect to each of the Michigan Guarantors (“ Good Standing Certificates ”).

 

   

Articles of Incorporation of Adventure, including all amendments.

 

   

Articles of Incorporation of CPM, including all amendments.

 

   

An Officer’s Certificate dated March 11, 2011, signed by an officer of the Michigan Guarantors, certifying as to the Articles of Incorporation, bylaws, the continued effectiveness of certain resolutions and certain other matters with respect to each of the Michigan Guarantors (“ Officer’s Certificate ”).

We have assumed (1) the genuineness of all signatures and of all documents submitted to us as originals, (2) that each copy submitted to us conforms to the original, (3) the legal capacity of each natural person and (4) that each party (other than the Michigan Guarantors) who is a party to a Transaction Document has the power to enter into and perform its obligations under it and that each of the Transaction Documents has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and is binding and enforceable against, each such party. We have also assumed that the representations of the parties in the Transaction Documents, and the statements in the Authority Documents as they relate to factual matters (and not legal conclusions), are true and correct as of the date of this opinion.

Based on the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications set forth in this letter, we express the following opinions:

 

  1. Each Michigan Guarantor is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan.

 

  2. Each Michigan Guarantor has, and had at the date of the execution and delivery of the Indenture, the corporate power and corporate authority to execute and deliver the Indenture and to perform its obligations under it, including the issuance of the Guarantees pursuant to the Indenture.

 

  3. The execution and delivery by the Michigan Guarantors of, and the performance by the Michigan Guarantors of their obligations under, the Indenture have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Michigan Guarantors. The Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Michigan Guarantors.

 

  4. The Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by each Michigan Guarantor.

 

  5. The execution, delivery and performance by each Michigan Guarantor of the Indenture, including the issuance of the Guarantees, will not violate (a) the Articles of Incorporation of such Michigan Guarantors, (b) the bylaws of such Michigan Guarantor or (c) any Michigan statute, rule or regulation.

 

2


We do not express an opinion as to any laws, statutes, rules or regulations other than the laws, statutes, rules and regulations of the State of Michigan (excluding municipal or other local ordinances, codes and regulations).

The opinions expressed above are as of the date of this letter, and we do not assume an obligation to update or supplement those opinions to reflect a fact or circumstance that in the future comes to our attention or a change in law that in the future occurs or becomes effective. This letter is limited to the matters set forth in it, and no opinions are implied or may be inferred beyond those expressly stated above.

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations issued under it. We further consent to the reliance by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP in rendering its opinions to you with respect to the transactions contemplated in the Indenture and the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
WARNER NORCROSS & JUDD LLP
By   /s/ Bruce C. Young, Partner
  Bruce C. Young, Partner

 

3

Exhibit 5.4

LOGO

 

Our File: KN-459

March 11, 2011

 

Canada’s Wonderland Company

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio 44807

 

1300-1969 Upper Water Street

Purdy’s Wharf Tower II

Post Office Box 730

Hallfax, Nova Scotia

Canada B3J 2V1

Tel 902.425.6500 | Fax 902.425.6350

www.mcinnescooper.com

Dear Sirs:

 

Re:

  

Cedar Fair, L.P., Canada’s Wonderland Company and Magnum Management Corporation Exchange Offering of US$405,000,000 9.125% Senior Notes due 2018

We have acted as special Nova Scotia counsel to Canada’s Wonderland Company (“ Cedar Canada ”), a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company, in connection with the offer to exchange all outstanding US$405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 9.125% senior notes of Cedar Fair, L.P., Magnum Management Corporation and Cedar Canada (collectively, the “ Issuers ”) due 2018 (the “ Senior Notes ”) for an equal amount of 9.125% senior notes due 2018 (the “ Exchange Notes ”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to the Registration Statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) dated March 11, 2011 on Form S-4, including the preliminary prospectus of the Issuers (the “ Preliminary Prospectus ”).

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Preliminary Prospectus.

Materials Reviewed

In connection with the foregoing, we have reviewed:

 

(a) a certificate of status dated the date hereof in respect of Cedar Canada issued by an agent of the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies for the Province of Nova Scotia, a copy of which has been provided to you or your counsel;

 

(b) a certificate of an officer of Cedar Canada (the “ Officer’s Certificate ”) dated the date hereof, delivered pursuant to section 2.02, 11.04 and 11.05 of the Indenture dated as of July 29, 2010 by and among Cedar Fair, L.P. (“Cedar Fair”), Cedar Canada, magnum Management Corporation (“Magnum” and together with Cedar Fair and Cedar Canada, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and the Bank of New York Mellon,

 

(c) the minute book of Cedar Canada in our possession containing records of corporate proceedings, written resolutions and registers of Cedar Canada; and

 

(d) such other corporate and public records and certificates of public officials, and have made such other investigations, searches and inquiries and considered such matters of law, as we have considered necessary or relevant as a basis for providing the opinions expressed herein.


M C I NNES C OOPER    Page 2
   KN-459
   March 11, 2011

 

Assumptions and Fact Reliance

For the purposes of the opinions expressed herein, we have, without independent investigation or verification, assumed:

 

(a) the legal capacity of all natural persons signing documents, the genuineness of all signatures on all documents examined by us, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, whether facsimile, electronic, photostatic, certified or otherwise;

 

(b) that all statements contained in the Officer’s Certificate are complete, true and accurate as of the date hereof;

 

(c) the accuracy of the indices and filing systems maintained at the public offices where we have searched or inquired or have caused searches or inquiries to be conducted, as the case may be;

 

(d) that the Exchange Notes have not been, nor will they be, qualified for sale to the public under the applicable securities laws of the Province of Nova Scotia and there has not been, and will not be, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to a resident of Nova Scotia, and that none of the persons involved in the offering of the Exchange Notes have engaged in activities anywhere in Nova Scotia that could be construed as preparing the market in Nova Scotia or creating a demand for the Exchange Notes in Nova Scotia and that any person acquiring such Exchange Notes has not done so with a view to re-selling or distributing all or any of the Exchange Notes anywhere in Nova Scotia or to a resident of Nova Scotia;

 

(e) that the minute book of Cedar Canada is accurate, complete and up to date; and

 

(f) there are no provisions in any agreement binding on Cedar Canada and no resolutions have been passed which restrict or limit the powers of Cedar Canada or its officers or directors to authorize the issuance, execution and delivery of the Exchange Notes.

Whenever our opinion with respect to the existence or absence of facts or circumstances is qualified by the expression “to our knowledge” or words to like effect, it is based solely on (i) the actual knowledge of Karen Gardiner and Basia Dzierzanowska, the lawyers of this firm who has been involved in the foregoing transaction, learned during the course of representing Cedar Canada, and (ii) a review of the Officer’s Certificate referred to above, without having undertaken any other investigation or inquiry.

Applicable Law

The opinions expressed herein are limited to the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein in effect on the date hereof ( “Nova Scotia Law” ), and we express no opinion with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction and we do not accept any responsibility to inform the addressees of any change in law subsequent to the date our opinion that does or may affect the opinions we express herein.


M C I NNES C OOPER    Page 3
   KN-459
   March 11, 2011

 

Opinions

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. The issuance, execution and delivery of the Exchange Notes by Cedar Canada in exchange for the Senior Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Cedar Canada.

 

2. The issuance of the Exchange Notes and the compliance by Cedar Canada with the terms thereof, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus, will not result in any violation of (i) the Memorandum and Articles, (ii) any Nova Scotia Law to which Cedar Canada is subject, or (iii) to our knowledge, any judgment or order of any court of governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction in the Province of Nova Scotia.

 

3. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authorizing having jurisdiction in the Province of Nova Scotia is required for the issuance of the Exchange Notes and the compliance by Cedar Canada with the terms thereof, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus.

Reliance

This opinion is solely for the benefit of the addressees hereof and is rendered solely in connection with the transaction to which it relates and may not be relied upon by any other person or for any other purpose, nor may it be quoted, in whole or in part, or otherwise referred to without our prior written consent.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.4 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal matters” in the Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement

Yours very truly,

LOGO

Exhibit 12.1

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

STATEMENTS OF COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(in thousands, except ratios)

 

     Fiscal Years Ended December 31,  
     Pro Forma
2010
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  

Fixed charges:

            

Interest expensed

   $ 181,921      $ 150,285      $ 124,706      $ 129,561      $ 145,568      $ 88,294   

Interest capitalized

     1,343        1,343        1,617        1,623        1,467        1,158   

Amortization of capitalized debt costs

     10,083        5,622        5,887        5,175        5,257        2,761   

Interest component of rental expense (1)

     2,327        2,327        2,378        2,510        2,561        1,892   
                                                

Total fixed charges

   $ 195,674      $ 159,577      $ 134,588      $ 138,869      $ 154,853      $ 94,105   
                                                

Earnings:

            

Net income (loss)

   $ (55,528   $ (31,567   $ 35,429      $ 5,706      $ (4,491   $ 87,477   

Add:

            

Income tax expense

     (8,891     3,245        14,978        (935     14,229        39,087   

Fixed charges

     195,674        159,577        134,588        138,869        154,853        94,105   

Amortization of capitalized interest

     470        470        470        432        359        290   

Less:

            

Interest capitalized

     (1,343     (1,343     (1,617     (1,623     (1,467     (1,158
                                                

Total earnings

   $ 130,382      $ 130,382      $ 183,848      $ 142,449      $ 163,483      $ 219,801   
                                                

Ratio of total earnings to total fixed charges (2)

     —          —          1.4        1.0        1.1        2.3   
                                                

 

(1) Approximately 1/3 of rent expense is deemed representative of the interest factor.
(2) Our earnings were insufficient to cover our fixed charges for 2010 and pro-forma 2010 by approximately $29.2 million and $65.3 million, respectively, due to a non-cash fourth quarter charge for the impairment of long-lived assets.

Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 1, 2011 (March 11, 2011 as to Note 14) relating to the consolidated financial statements of Cedar Fair, L.P. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Cleveland, Ohio

March 11, 2011

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York

(State of incorporation

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

13-5160382

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

One Wall Street, New York, NY

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

10286

(Zip code)

 

 

Cedar Fair, L.P.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

34-1560655

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

44870-5259

(Zip code)

Canada’s Wonderland Company

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Canada

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

98-0524175

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

44870-5259

(Zip code)

Magnum Management Company

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Ohio

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

34-6525545

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

One Cedar Point Drive

Sandusky, Ohio

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

44870-5259

(Zip code)

 

 

9   1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 


1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

  

Address

    

Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York

   One State Street, New York, N.Y. 10004-1417, and Albany, N.Y. 12223   

Federal Reserve Bank of New York

   33 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y. 10045   

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

   Washington, D.C. 20429   

New York Clearing House Association

   New York, New York 10005   

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly The Bank of New York and formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672, Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195.)

 

  4. A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195.)

 

  6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-106702.)

 

  7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 22 nd day of February, 2011.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
By:  

/s/ Erika Walker

  Erika Walker
  Vice President

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT 7

 

 

Consolidated Report of Condition of

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

of One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business December 31, 2010, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

     Dollar Amounts In Thousands  

ASSETS

  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

  

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

     2,924,000   

Interest-bearing balances

     64,634,000   

Securities:

  

Held-to-maturity securities

     3,651,000   

Available-for-sale securities

     58,491,000   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

  

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

     20,000   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     1,792,000   

Loans and lease financing receivables:

  

Loans and leases held for sale

     6,000   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     23,307,000   

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     482,000   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

     22,825,000   

Trading assets

     4,910,000   

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

     1,163,000   

Other real estate owned

     6,000   

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

     947,000   

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures

     0   

Intangible assets:

  

Goodwill

     6,364,000   

Other intangible assets

     1,805,000   


Other assets

     12,317,000   
        

Total assets

     181,855,000   
        

LIABILITIES

  

Deposits:

  

In domestic offices

     65,674,000   

Noninterest-bearing

     33,246,000   

Interest-bearing

     32,428,000   

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

     75,029,000   

Noninterest-bearing

     4,900,000   

Interest-bearing

     70,129,000   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

  

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

     3,272,000   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     1,550,000   

Trading liabilities

     6,207,000   

Other borrowed money:
(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

     2,191,000   

Not applicable

  

Not applicable

  

Subordinated notes and debentures

     3,490,000   

Other liabilities

     8,577,000   
        

Total liabilities

     165,990,000   
        

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

     0   

Common stock

     1,135,000   

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

     8,591,000   

Retained earnings

     6,821,000   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     -1,044,000   

Other equity capital components

     0   

Total bank equity capital

     15,503,000   

Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries

     362,000   

Total equity capital

     15,865,000   
        

Total liabilities and equity capital

     181,855,000   
        

 

- 4 -


I, Thomas P. Gibbons, Chief Financial Officer of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Thomas P. Gibbons,

Chief Financial Officer

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this statement of resources and liabilities. We declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions and is true and correct.

 

Robert P. Kelly       
Gerald L. Hassell       

Directors

Catherine A. Rein       
      

 

 

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 99.1

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$405,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR 9  1 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF THEIR OUTSTANDING 9  1 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                                     , 2011 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                                     , 2011.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

The Bank of New York Mellon

480 Washington Boulevard – 27 th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization

Attn: Diane Amoroso

By Facsimile Transmission

(eligible institutions only):

212-815-5802

Telephone Inquiries:

212-815-5381

DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION WHEN PERMITTED TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

Holders of Outstanding Notes (as defined below) should complete this Letter of Transmittal either if Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders of Outstanding Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The exchange offer—Book-entry delivery procedures” and “The exchange offer—Procedures for tendering outstanding notes” in the Prospectus (as defined below) and an “Agent’s Message” (as defined below) is not delivered. If tender is being made by book-entry transfer, the holder must have an Agent’s Message delivered in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal.

Holders of Outstanding Notes whose certificates for such Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures” in the Prospectus.


Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “holder” for purposes of this Letter of Transmittal means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose Outstanding Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                                     , 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Cedar Fair”), Canada’s Wonderland Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company (“Cedar Canada”), and Magnum Management Corporation, an Ohio corporation (“Magnum” and, collectively with Cedar Fair and Cedar Canada, the “Issuers”), and the wholly owned subsidiaries of Cedar Fair other than Cedar Canada and Magnum (each, a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together constitute the Issuers’ offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange up to $405,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of their outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Outstanding Notes”). The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this Letter of Transmittal, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offer” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees.

For each Outstanding Note of any series of the Outstanding Notes accepted for exchange, the holder of such Outstanding Note will receive an Exchange Note of the corresponding series of the Exchange Notes having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Outstanding Note. The Exchange Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 9  1 / 8 % per annum, and payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.

YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT, WHOSE ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER APPEAR ON THE FRONT PAGE OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

2


The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action that the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS

CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.

List below the Outstanding Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and aggregate principal amounts of Outstanding Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

All Tendering Holders Complete Box 1:

 

 

Box 1*

Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith

 

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered

Holder(s)

(Please fill in, if blank, exactly as name(s)

appear(s) on Certificate(s))

 

Series of
Outstanding

Notes

 

Certificate or

Registration

Number(s) of

Outstanding

Notes**

 

Aggregate

Principal

Amount

Represented by

Outstanding

Notes

 

Aggregate

Principal

Amount of

Outstanding

Notes Being
Tendered***

                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
Total:                    

 

  *   If the space provided is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount of Outstanding Notes on a separate signed schedule and attach the list to this Letter of Transmittal.  

 

  **   Need not be completed by book-entry holders.  

 

  ***   The minimum permitted tender is $2,000 in principal amount. All tenders must be in the amount of $2,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Outstanding Notes. See instruction 2.  

 

3


     
   

Box 2

Book-Entry Transfer

   
                                    
   

¨         

  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:    
                                    
   
    Name of Tendering Institution:                                                      
   
   

Account Number:

                                                                    
   
    Transaction Code Number:                                                           
                                                                              

Holders of Outstanding Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC can execute the tender through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), for which the transaction will be eligible. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptances to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. DTC will then send a computer-generated message (an “Agent’s Message”) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal, and the DTC participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal (including any representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent. By transmitting an acceptance of the Exchange Offer through the ATOP procedures, each DTC participant and beneficial owner of an interest in any tendered Outstanding Notes for which such DTC participant acts will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. Delivery of an Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent’s Message. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offer by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery through an Agent’s message via ATOP.

 

     
   

Box 3

Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

(See Instruction 1 below)

   
                                    
   

¨         

  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:    
                                    
   
    Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):                                                      
   
    Window Ticket Number (if any):                                                      
   
    Name of Eligible Guarantor Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                       
   
    Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                
   
    IF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER:    
   
    Name of Tendering Institution:                                                         
   
   

Account Number:

                                                                    
   
    Transaction Code Number:                                                           
                                                                              

 

4


     
   

Box 4

Return of Non-Exchanged Outstanding Notes

Tendered by Book-Entry Transfer

   
                                    
   

¨         

  CHECK HERE IF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.    
                                                                              

 

     
   

Box 5

Participating Broker-Dealer

   
                                    
   

¨         

  CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE TEN (10) ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.    
                                    
   
   

Name:

                                                                        
   
   

Address:

                                                                    
                                                                              

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may not participate in the Exchange Offer with respect to Outstanding Notes acquired other than as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Any broker-dealer who purchased Outstanding Notes from the Issuers to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

 

5


Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuers the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuers all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered herewith.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuers, in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Outstanding Notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) to (1) deliver certificates representing such Outstanding Notes, or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, together, in each such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Issuers and (2) present and deliver such Outstanding Notes for transfer on the books of the Issuers.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (a) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, (b) when such tendered Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange, the Issuers will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and (c) the Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies when accepted by the Issuers. The undersigned hereby further represents that any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Outstanding Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is engaged in or intends to engage in, nor has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of such Exchange Notes, and that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is an “affiliate,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuers or any Guarantor. If the undersigned is a person in the United Kingdom, the undersigned represents that its ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business.

The undersigned also acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is being made based on the Issuers’ understanding of an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, including Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991), Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters, that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by each holder thereof (other than a broker-dealer who acquires such Exchange Notes directly from the Issuers for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Issuers or the Guarantors within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Issuers or the Guarantors, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (x) may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities

 

6


Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for the Outstanding Notes, it represents that the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuers or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Issuers and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuers of their obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2010 among Cedar Fair, Cedar Canada, Magnum, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the Outstanding Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), and that the Issuers shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder except as provided in Section 5 (indemnification) of such agreement. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The exchange offer—Conditions to the exchange offer.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Issuers), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuers may not be required to exchange any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Outstanding Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown above, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. In addition, the Issuers may amend the Exchange Offer at any time prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth under “The exchange offer—Conditions to the exchange offer” occur.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the terms of this Letter of Transmittal.

Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” below, please deliver the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of the Outstanding Notes, please credit the account indicated above. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith.”

THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED HEREWITH” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX.

 

7


     
   

Box 6

SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 and 5)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for the Outstanding Notes not tendered and/or certificates for the Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.

   
                                     
          Issue:   ¨       Outstanding Notes not tendered to:              
            ¨       Exchange Notes to:              
                               
          Name(s):                            
              (Please Print or Type)            
                             
          Address:                            
   
                                     
              (Include Zip Code)            
                             
          Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number.                
   
                                     
                         
          Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:            
   
                                     
                                                                     

 

     
   

Box 7

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 and 5)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for the Outstanding Notes not tendered and/or certificates for the Exchange Notes are to be sent in the name of someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.

   
                                     
          Send:   ¨       Outstanding Notes not tendered to:              
            ¨       Exchange Notes to:              
                               
          Name(s):                            
              (Please Print or Type)            
                             
          Address:                            
   
                                     
              (Include Zip Code)            
                             
          Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number.                
   
                                     
                         
          Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:            
   
                                     
                                                                     

 

8


   
   

Box 8

TENDERING HOLDER(S) SIGN HERE

(Complete accompanying substitute Form W-9 or applicable Form W-8)

 

Must be signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes hereby tendered or by any person(s) authorized to become the registered holder(s) by properly completed bond powers or endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the full title of such person. See Instruction 4.

                                   
                                                             
    (Signature(s) of Holder(s))
                                   
   

Date: 

                                                         
      Name(s):                                       
              (Please Type or Print)              
                                   
   

Capacity (full title): 

                                                 
      Address:                                       
              (Including Zip Code)              
                                   
   
    Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                      __________      
   
    Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:                                                                                                         __________      
   
   

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)

(If Required—See Instruction 4)

   

Authorized Signature: 

                                             
   
   

Date:

                                                         
   
   

Name: 

                                                         
   
   

Title:

                                                         
   
   

Name of Firm:

                                                     
   
      Address of Firm:                                              
   
                                                       
    (Include Zip Code)
   
    Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                       __________      
   
    Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:                                                                                                        __________      
                                                                 

 

9


Box 9

PAYER’S NAME: THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

Substitute

Form W-9

 

Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service

 

Payer’s Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number (TIN)

  Part 1 —PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.  

 

Name

 

   

Social Security Number

OR

 

 

   

Employer Identification Number

 

 

   

 

    Part 3—

    Awaiting TIN     ¨

 

 

Part 2—Certification—UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:

 

(1)    The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

 

(2)    I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and

(3)    I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

  CERTIFICATE INSTRUCTIONS—You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of under-reporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out such item (2).
  The Internal Revenue Service does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.
 

Sign Here:

 

Signature                                                                                                                                                   

 

 

Date                                                                                                                                                               

 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY REPORTABLE PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

 

     
    CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER    
    I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld and, if the Exchange Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service.    
                                    
   
   

Signature 

          Date                                                      
                                                                          

 

10


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number for the payee (You) to Give the Payer. — Social security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employee identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “Section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” is the Internal Revenue Service.

 

For this type of account:   

Give the

SOCIAL SECURITY

number of —

1.      

  Individual    The individual

2.      

  Two or more individuals (joint account)    The actual owner of the account or, if combined account fund, the first individual on the account 1

3.      

  Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)    The minor 2

4.      

  a.          The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)    The grantor-trustee 1
  b.          So-called trust that is not a legal or valid trust under state law    The actual owner 1
5.   Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an individual    The owner 3
    
For this type of account:   

Give the EMPLOYER

IDENTIFICATION number of

6.   Disregarded entity not owned by an individual    The owner
7.   A valid trust, estate, or pension trust    The legal entity 4
8.   Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832    The corporation
9.   Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization account    The organization
10.   Partnership or multi-member LLC    The partnership
11.   A broker or registered nominee    The broker or nominee
12.   Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments    The public entity

 

1. List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number, that person’s number must be furnished.
2. Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.
3. You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your social security number or your employer identification number (if you have one).
4. List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

 

NOTE: IF NO NAME IS CIRCLED WHEN THERE IS MORE THAN ONE NAME, THE NUMBER WILL BE CONSIDERED TO BE THAT OF THE FIRST NAME LISTED.

 

11


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Obtaining a Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, at the local Social Security Administration office, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, by calling 1 (800) TAX-FORM, and apply for a number.

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding include:

 

   

An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (IRA), or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).

 

   

The United States or a state thereof, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or a political subdivision or wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing.

 

   

An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

   

A foreign government and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.

Payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

 

   

A corporation.

 

   

A financial institution.

 

   

A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.

 

   

A real estate investment trust.

 

   

A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).

 

   

An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

   

A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.

 

   

A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

   

A foreign central bank of issue.

 

   

A trust exempt from tax under Section 664 or described in Section 4947.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends generally exempt from backup withholding include:

 

   

Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441.

 

   

Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and that have at least one nonresident alien partner.

 

   

Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money.

 

   

Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

 

   

Section 404(k) payments made by an ESOP.

Payments of interest generally exempt from backup withholding include:

 

   

Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.

 

12


   

Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.

 

   

Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451.

 

   

Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

 

   

Mortgage interest paid to you.

Certain payments, other than payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are exempt from information reporting are also exempt from backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under Sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N.

Exempt payees described above must file Form W-9 or a substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” IN PART 2 OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.

Privacy Act Notice .—Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct taxpayer identification number to payers, who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the number for identification purposes and may also provide this information to various government agencies for tax enforcement or litigation purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to the payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1) Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number .—If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil Penalty for False Information with Respect to Withholding .—If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information .—Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

 

13


INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

General

Please do not send certificates for Outstanding Notes directly to the Issuers. Your certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with your signed and completed Letter of Transmittal and any required supporting documents, should be mailed or otherwise delivered to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof. The method of delivery of Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents is at your sole option and risk and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, or overnight or hand delivery service is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.

1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.

A holder of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) may tender the same by (i) properly completing and signing this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile hereof (all references in the Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Outstanding Notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above on or prior to the Expiration Date, (ii) complying with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below or (iii) complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes and (i) whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who cannot comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures” in the Prospectus and by completing Box 3. Holders may tender their Outstanding Notes if: (i) the tender is made by or through an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below); (ii) the Exchange Agent receives by mail or hand delivery or, if no signatures must be guaranteed, facsimile transmission, on or prior to the Expiration Date, a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or Agent’s Message regarding Notice of Guaranteed Delivery in the form provided that (a) sets forth the name and address of the holder of Outstanding Notes, if applicable, the certificate number(s) of the Outstanding Notes to be tendered and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered; (b) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (c) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile hereof, together with the Outstanding Notes, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal or a book-entry confirmation and Agent’s Message, will be deposited by the Eligible Guarantor Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) the Exchange Agent receives a properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, or facsimile hereof and the certificate(s) representing all tendered Outstanding Notes in proper form and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the appropriate book-entry transfer facility and Agent’s Message within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

Any Holder who wishes to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date. Failure to complete the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect the validity or effect a revocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly completed and executed by a holder who attempted to use the guaranteed delivery procedures.

 

14


No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. Each tendering holder, by tendering its Outstanding Notes, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the Outstanding Notes for exchange.

2. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.

Tenders of Outstanding Notes will be accepted only in the principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder(s) must fill in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered in the column entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith” in Box 1 above. A newly issued certificate for the Outstanding Notes submitted but not tendered will be sent to such holder promptly after the Expiration Date, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal. All Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered in full unless otherwise clearly indicated. Outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, after which tenders of Outstanding Notes are irrevocable.

To be effective with respect to the tender of Outstanding Notes, a written notice of withdrawal (which may be delivered by telegram, telex or, if permitted, by facsimile) must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at the address for the Exchange Agent set forth above before the Issuers notify the Exchange Agent that they have accepted the tender of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; (ii) specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Outstanding Notes, or, if applicable, the certificate numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Outstanding Notes and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented by such certificates); (iv) include a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Outstanding Notes exchanged; (v) specify the name in which any such Outstanding Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder; and (vi) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal (including any required signature guarantee). The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes or otherwise comply with the book-entry transfer facility’s procedures. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Issuers, and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.

Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Outstanding Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account with such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder) promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption “The exchange offer—Procedures for tendering outstanding notes” in the Prospectus at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

None of the Issuers, any affiliate or assigns of the Issuers, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give such notification (even if such notice is given to other persons).

3. Beneficial Owner Instructions.

Only a holder of Outstanding Notes (i.e., a person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered on the books of the registrar or, or, in the case of Outstanding Notes held through book-entry, such book-entry transfer

 

15


facility specified by the holder), or the legal representative or attorney-in-fact of a holder, may execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Any beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes who wishes to accept the Exchange Offer must arrange promptly for the appropriate holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf through the execution and delivery to the appropriate holder of the “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” form accompanying this Letter of Transmittal.

4. Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates (or on such security listing) without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

If a number of Outstanding Notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimiles hereof) as there are different registrations of Outstanding Notes.

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required. If, however, this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes listed or the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Outstanding Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, such Outstanding Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by separate written instruments of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Issuers and duly executed by the registered holder, in each case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes and the signatures on such certificates must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution. If this Letter of Transmittal, any certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuers, submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuers, in their sole discretion, of such persons’ authority to so act.

Endorsements on certificates for the Outstanding Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an “Eligible Guarantor Institution”).

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, unless Outstanding Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Guarantor Institution.

 

16


5. Special Registration and Delivery Instructions.

Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable Box 6 or Box 7, the name and address in/to which the Exchange Notes and/or certificates for Outstanding Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name(s) and address(es) of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the tax identification number or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. A holder tendering the Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer may request that the Outstanding Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the book-entry transfer facility as such holder may designate. See Box 4.

If no such instructions are given, the Exchange Notes (and any Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted) will be issued in the name of and sent to the holder signing this Letter of Transmittal or deposited into such holder’s account at the applicable book-entry transfer facility.

6. Transfer Taxes.

The Issuers shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of the Outstanding Notes to them or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates representing Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of Outstanding Notes tendered, or the Exchange Notes are delivered to or issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to the Issuers or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Outstanding Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.

7. Waiver of Conditions.

The Issuers reserve the absolute right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.

8. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Securities.

Any holder whose Outstanding Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, should promptly contact the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof for further instructions. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the certificate(s). This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen certificate(s) have been completed.

9. No Conditional Tenders; No Notice of Irregularities.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Outstanding Notes for exchange. The Issuers reserve the right, in their reasonable judgment, to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Outstanding Notes. The Issuers’ interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes must be cured within such time as the Issuers shall determine. Although the Issuers intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Outstanding Notes, none of the Issuers, the Exchange Agent

 

17


nor any other person is under any obligation to give such notice nor shall they incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holder promptly following the Expiration Date.

10. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth on the first page hereof.

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE OR COPY THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES OF OUTSTANDING NOTES AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS), OR A CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND AGENT’S MESSAGE OR A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

Under U.S. federal income tax law, a tendering holder whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides the Exchange Agent with either (i) such holder’s correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) on the Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying (A) that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder of Outstanding Notes is awaiting a TIN), (B) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is not subject to backup withholding because (x) such holder of Outstanding Notes is exempt from backup withholding, (y) such holder of Outstanding Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (z) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Outstanding Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding and (C) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien); or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Outstanding Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder’s social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder of Outstanding Notes may also be subject to certain penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and any reportable payments that are made to such holder may be subject to backup withholding (see below).

Certain holders of Outstanding Notes (including, among others, and certain foreign holders) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. However, exempt holders of Outstanding Notes should indicate their exempt status on the Substitute Form W-9. For example, a corporation should complete the Substitute Form W-9, providing its TIN and indicating that it is exempt from backup withholding. In order for a foreign holder to qualify as an exempt recipient, the holder must submit a Form W-8BEN (or other applicable Form W-8), signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that holder’s exempt status. A Form W-8BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) can be obtained from the Exchange Agent. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for more instructions. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are exempt from these backup withholding and reporting requirements.

If backup withholding applies, the Exchange Agent is required to withhold 28% of any reportable payments made to the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service, provided the required information is furnished. The Exchange Agent cannot refund amounts withheld by reason of backup withholding.

 

18


A holder who does not have a TIN may check the box in Part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9 if the surrendering holder of Outstanding Notes has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in Part 3 is checked, the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee must also complete the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below in order to avoid backup withholding. Notwithstanding that the box in Part 3 is checked and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number is completed, the Paying Agent will withhold 28% of all reportable payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Paying Agent and, if the Paying Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service. The holder of Outstanding Notes is required to give the Paying Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Outstanding Notes. If the Outstanding Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional guidance on which number to report.

 

19

Exhibit 99.2

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$405,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR 9  1 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF THEIR OUTSTANDING 9  1 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

                    , 2011

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,

Trust Companies and other Nominees:

As described in the enclosed Prospectus, dated                     , 2011 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), Cedar Fair, L.P. (“Cedar Fair”), Canada’s Wonderland Company (“Cedar Canada”), and Magnum Management Corporation (“Magnum” and, collectively with Cedar Fair and Cedar Canada, the “Issuers”) and the wholly owned subsidiaries of Cedar Fair other than Cedar Canada and Magnum (the “Guarantors”), are offering to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) an aggregate principal amount of up to $405,000,000 of their 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of their outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Outstanding Notes”) in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this letter, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offer” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees. The Issuers will, subject to the exercise of their discretion, accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.

WE URGE YOU TO PROMPTLY CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS FOR WHOM YOU HOLD OUTSTANDING NOTES REGISTERED IN YOUR NAME OR IN THE NAME OF YOUR NOMINEE. PLEASE BRING THE EXCHANGE OFFER TO THEIR ATTENTION AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE.

Enclosed are copies of the following documents:

 

  1. The Prospectus;

 

  2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use in connection with the tender of Outstanding Notes and for the information of your clients, including a Substitute Form W-9 and Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (providing information relating to U.S. federal income tax backup withholding);

 

  3. A form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; and

 

  4. A form of letter, including a letter of instructions to a registered holder from a beneficial owner, which you may use to correspond with your clients for whose accounts you hold Outstanding Notes that are registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions regarding the Exchange Offer.


Your prompt action is requested. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                    , 2011 (the “Expiration Date”), unless the Issuers otherwise extend the Exchange Offer.

To participate in the Exchange Offer, certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof with any required signature guarantees, and any other required documents, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the account of The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Exchange Agent”), at the book-entry transfer facility and an agent’s message to the Exchange Agent, must be received by the Exchange Agent by the Expiration Date as indicated in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

The Issuers will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the Exchange Agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. However, the Issuers will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the tender of the Outstanding Notes to them or their order, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

If holders of the Outstanding Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer should be addressed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone number set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Exchange Agent.

 

Very truly yours,
CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY
MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE ISSUERS OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER, OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY CONTAINED THEREIN.

 

2

Exhibit 99.3

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$405,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR 9  1 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF THEIR OUTSTANDING 9  1 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

                                     , 2011

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated                                     , 2011 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and a Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by Cedar Fair, L.P. (“Cedar Fair”), Canada’s Wonderland Company (“Cedar Canada”), and Magnum Management Corporation (“Magnum” and, collectively with Cedar Fair and Cedar Canada, the “Issuers”) and the wholly owned subsidiaries of Cedar Fair other than Cedar Canada and Magnum (the “Guarantors”), to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) an aggregate principal amount of up to $405,000,000 of their 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of their outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Outstanding Notes”) in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this letter, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offer” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees. The Issuers will, subject to the exercise of their discretion, accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.

PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                                     , 2011 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”), UNLESS THE ISSUERS EXTEND THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

The enclosed materials are being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Outstanding Notes may only be made by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, the Issuers urge beneficial owners of Outstanding Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if such beneficial owners wish to tender their Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all such Outstanding Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter


of Transmittal. If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Outstanding Notes, please so instruct us by completing, signing and returning to us the “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” form that appears below. We urge you to read the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal carefully before instructing us as to whether or not to tender your Outstanding Notes.

The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and may not be used by you to tender Outstanding Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.

If we do not receive written instructions in accordance with the below and the procedures presented in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, we will not tender any of the Outstanding Notes on your account.

 

2


INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDER FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER

The undersigned beneficial owner acknowledges receipt of your letter and the accompanying Prospectus dated                                     , 2011 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and a Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by Cedar Fair, L.P. (“Cedar Fair”), Canada’s Wonderland Company (“Cedar Canada”), and Magnum Management Corporation (“Magnum” and, collectively with Cedar Fair and Cedar Canada, the “Issuers”) and the wholly owned subsidiaries of Cedar Fair other than Cedar Canada and Magnum (the “Guarantors”) to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $405,000,000 of their 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of their outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Outstanding Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you, the registered holder, to tender the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated below held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

 

Principal Amount Held
for Account Holder(s)
   Principal Amount to be Tendered*
      
      
      
      
      

 

* Unless otherwise indicated, the entire principal amount held for the account of the undersigned will be tendered.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized (a) to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes, including but not limited to the representations that the undersigned (i) is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuers or the Guarantors, (ii) is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of Exchange Notes, (iii) is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business and (iv) is not a broker-dealer tendering Outstanding Notes acquired for its own account directly from the Issuers. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Issuers or the Guarantors, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to exemptions from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and must comply with such requirements in connection with any secondary resale transaction.

 

3


     
    SIGN HERE    
                                                   
   

Dated: 

                                               , 2011                        
   
   

Signature(s): 

                                                                         
                                                   
   
   

Print Name(s): 

                                                                     
   
   

Address: 

                                                                             
   
                                                                                       
      (Please include Zip Code)      
                                                   
   

Telephone Number 

                                                                 
                    (Please include Area Code)                        
                                                   
   
   

Tax Identification Number or Social Security Number:                                                                                      _____________

           
                                                   
   
   

My Account Number With You:                                                                                                                                 _____________

           
                                                                                             

 

4

Exhibit 99.4

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.

CANADA’S WONDERLAND COMPANY

MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$405,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR 9  1 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF THEIR OUTSTANDING 9  1 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

This form, or one substantially equivalent hereto, must be used to accept the Exchange Offer made by Cedar Fair, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Cedar Fair”), Canada’s Wonderland Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company (“Cedar Canada”), and Magnum Management Corporation, an Ohio corporation (“Magnum” and, collectively with Cedar Fair and Cedar Canada, the “Issuers”), and the Guarantors, pursuant to the Prospectus, dated                     , 2011 (the “Prospectus”), and the attached Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), if the certificates for the Outstanding Notes (the “Outstanding Notes”) are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. This form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission (if signatures are not required to be medallion guaranteed), mail or hand delivery to The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Exchange Agent”) as set forth below. In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Letter of Transmittal.

The Exchange Agent is:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

The Bank of New York Mellon

480 Washington Boulevard – 27 th

Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization

Attn: Diane Amoroso

By Facsimile Transmission

(eligible institutions only):

212-815-5802

Telephone Inquiries:

212-815-5381

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE WHEN PERMITTED TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN ASSET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.


This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as such term is used in the Prospectus), such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space in Box 8 provided on the Letter of Transmittal for Guarantee of Signatures.

 

2


Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuers the principal amount of Outstanding Notes indicated below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures” section of the Prospectus.

 

Certificate Number(s) (if known) of Outstanding Notes or
Account Number at Book-Entry Transfer Facility
   Aggregate Principal
Amount
Represented by
Outstanding Notes
   Aggregate Principal Amount of
Outstanding Notes Being
Tendered
           
           
           
           
           

 

     
    PLEASE COMPLETE AND SIGN    
                                 
                                             
    (Signature(s) of Record Holder(s))    
                                 
                                             
    (Please Type or Print Name(s) of Record Holder(s))    
                                 
              Dated:            , 2011              
                                 
   

Address: 

                                                 
                 

(Zip Code)

             
                                 
                                             
    (Daytime Area Code and Telephone No.)    
                                 
   

¨

  Check this Box if the Outstanding Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company.    
                                 
   

Account Number:

                                             
                                                             

THE ACCOMPANYING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED.

 

3


     
   

GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

 

The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature medallion program or an “eligible guarantor institution,” as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), hereby (a) represents that the above person(s) “own(s)” the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby within the meaning of Rule 14e-4(b)(2) under the Exchange Act, (b) represents that the tender of those Outstanding Notes complies with Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act and (c) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth in the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates representing all tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signatures guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal or a book-entry confirmation (a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company) and agent’s message within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

   
                                     
   

Name of Firm:

                                                     
    (Authorized Signature)    
                                     
   

Address:

                                                         
                   

(Zip Code)

           
                                     
   

Area Code and Tel. No.:

                                                 
       
   

Name:

                                                         
    (Please Type or Print)    
                                     
   

Title:

                                                         
                                     
   

Dated:

                  , 2011                        
                                     
   

NOTE:

  DO NOT SEND OUTSTANDING NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. OUTSTANDING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.    
                                                                     

 

4


INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

 

1. Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover page hereof prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the holders and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the holders use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that the holders use properly insured, registered mail with return receipt requested. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedure, see Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal. No Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to the Issuers.

 

2. Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes referred to herein, the signatures must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Outstanding Notes listed, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Issuers, evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

 

3. Questions and Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover hereof. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

 

5